Blacksmith Metalsmith Knifemaker Farrier

Transcription

Pieh Tool Company • www.piehtoolco.com
Product Catalog
Blacksmith
Metalsmith
Knifemaker
Farrier
www.piehtoolco.com
888.743.4866 928.554.0700
$7
Pieh Tool Company is
located in Arizona’s pristine
Yavapai County, just minutes
from captivating Sedona. We
are in a country that is rich with
metalsmiths, sculptors, artists
and horse enthusiasts!
We stock a variety of machinery, vises, power
tools, saws, anvils, forges, fluxes, finishes,
hammers, tongs, horseshoes, feed, nails, rivets,
lag bolts, videos & hundreds of book titles.
We serve blacksmiths, fabricators, knifemakers,
jewelers, farriers, horseowners and hobbyists.
The Pieh Legacy Collection ™ demonstrates our
commitment to quality blacksmith tools. Be sure to check
out the Billy ™ tongs, our new Ergonomic Hammer line,
and other Pieh Tool products. We’re sure you will be
extremely satisfied!
EDUCATION
SEMINARS
CONVENIENCE
Pieh Tool Company Distribution Center in Camp Verde, Arizona
The "Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork" offers educational opportunities to the metal
working trades in the United States. Classes are held monthly. Reservations are required.
Semi-annual demonstrations offer you an opportunity to learn from the masters in your craft. Be
sure to visit the Calendar on our website for our schedule of events.
Secure online shopping is available to you at www.piehtoolco.com. We ship worldwide.
The following trademarks are owned by their respective companies; Pieh Tool Company: Pieh Legacy Collection, the Billy, the Bonnie; Radians: Radians AV; Rad Band, Thoro’Bred: Thoro’Bred, Queens Plate, Easy
Care: Easy Boot Glove, Hoof Suspension; Equine Innovations: Hoofjack; Gene Ovnicek: Natural Balance; JET, WILTON, Powermatic: Milwaukee, Sawzall, Hackzall, Thunderbolt, M12, M18, Shockwave.
PIEH TOOL COMPANY, INC.
661 E. Howards Rd. Suite J
. Camp Verde, AZ
86322 USA
DIRECTIONS TO THE DISTRIBUTION CENTER
Look for a tan and rust colored western style building on the south side of Hwy 260. We
are located in the Zane Grey Complex. Parking is available in front of the building.
Coming from the South (Phoenix or Prescott):
I-17 North. Take exit #285, General Crook Trail ramp. Turn right. Go East (right) on Hwy
260/General Crook Trail. Drive 1.8 miles on Hwy 260. Take 2nd right after over Verde
River Bridge on Howards Road. (This is the frontage and access road to Hwy 260)
Take an immediate left on Howards Road. Go 1/8 mi-we’re on the right.
Coming from the Nor th (Flagstaff):
I-17 South. Take exit #287, Hwy-260/Cottonwood (AZ-89A) exit towards Payson. Travel
East (left) on Hwy 260/General Crook Trail. Drive about 5 miles on Hwy 260. Take 2nd
right after over Verde River Bridge on Howards Road. (This is the frontage and access
road to Hwy 260) Take an immediate left on Howards Road. Drive 1/8 mi-we’re on the right.
Coming from the West on Hwy 89A (Cottonwood/Sedona):
Take 89A, cross over freeway and keep going East on Hwy 260/General Crook Trail.
Drive about 5 miles on Hwy 260. Take 2nd right after over Verde River bridge on
Howards Road. (This is the frontage and access road to Hwy 260) Take an immediate
left on Howards Road. Drive 1/8 mi-we’re on the right.
Coming from the East (Payson):
Take Hwy 87/Hwy 260/General Crook Trail for 30 miles. Continue on Hwy 260/General
Crook Trail . Turn left onto Parish Lane. Take an immediate left onto Howards Road.
(Hwy 260 Frontage and Access Road) Drive about 1/4 mile down and we are on the left.
Distribution Center Hours
Monday-Friday:
8 am - 5 pm
Follow us on Facebook!
Pieh Tool Company, Inc.
1-888-743-4866
Phoenix Store Hours
Monday-Friday:
8 am - 4 pm
(June 1 - Sept. 30: 7 am - 4 pm)
Saturday:
9 am - 1 pm
If you are in the Phoenix area be sure to visit
our second location:
28255 N. Tatum Blvd. #1
Cave Creek, AZ 85331
See page 161 for directions.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Order Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201-204
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Inside Back Cover
Abrasives, Rouges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120
Advertisers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205-208
Air Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Antiseptics (Veterinary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Anvil Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 84-88
Anvils, Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72, 74
Aprons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 67
Benders, Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134, 145
Blacksmith Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Blacksmith Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Blowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146-147
Books & DVDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162-199
Brushes (Wire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Clothing (Work Shirts, T-Shirts, Suspenders) 159-160
Coke & Coal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Drills, Drill Presses. . 110, 112-113, 115, 130, 135
Equine Anatomy Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Farrier Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-67, 94
Files & Rasps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-59
Fly Presses & Tooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142-143
Forges, Coal & Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 150-156
Furnaces & Crucibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Follow us today to stay updated!
Gift Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-161
Grinder, Belt Sanders, & Buffers . .111, 129-130, 135
Hammers, Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76-83
Hand Stamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Hoof Care & Repair, Liniments . . . . . . 46-47, 52
Hoof Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-45
Hoof Stands, Shoeing Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . 38-39
Horseshoe Nails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Horseshoes, Hoof Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Ironworkers (Edwards™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144-145
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Metal Finishes, Patinas, Sealers . . . . . . 100-104
Metal Forming Stakes & Tools . . . . . . . . . . 84-88
Power Hammers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138, 141
Power Tools (Corded & Cordless) . . .109-117, 129-135
Punches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-66, 88-90
Repousse Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . .83-84, 90-91
Rivets, Lags, Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-99
Safety Protection (Gloves, Eye & Ear) . . . . . . 68-69
Saws & Blades . . 109-110, 114-115, 124-125, 131
Shears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 107, 111, 116, 133
Studs (Traction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Swage Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Tongs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92-94
Vises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-75
Welding Fluxes, Hardener . . . . . . . . . . . 147-149
Dedication
Visit our 2nd store location
serving the North Phoenix area.
This catalog is dedicated to my dear parents whom I miss very much
and to my son William, the future.
Pieh Tool Company 2, LLC.
NE Corner of Tatum & Dynamite
28255 N. Tatum Blvd., Ste #1
Cave Creek, Arizona 85331
Thank you to our holy Father God and Jesus Christ for giving me the
strength to persevere. We ask for your continued guidance
in the operation of Pieh Tool Company.
(See photos and information on page 161)
Thank you to all our customers. We appreciate your business and
hope we enhance your lives by touching it.
Sincerely, Amy Pieh
Catalog Coupon $5.00 Off Order
Present or mention this coupon at time of order
and we will deduct $5.00 from your order.
If faxing or mailing in order,
$'276%&6PDOO%XVLQHVV&RQFHUQ&HUWL¿FDWLRQ
ADOT DBE - Disadvantaged Business Enterprise
fax to: 928-554-0800, OR mail to: Pieh Tool Company, Inc
661 E. Howards Rd. Suite J • Camp Verde, AZ 86322 U.S.A.
1-888-743-4866
*Only one coupon per person per year
1
About the President
Many people ask me how I ended up selling horseshoes and blacksmith supplies.
Their second question usually is: "Why did you pick Camp Verde, Arizona?"
It's a simple story…
In 1960, seven years before I was born, my father Bill and mother Bonnie started
Centaur Forge, Ltd. I grew up knowing blacksmiths and shoers. Didn't everybody?
Dad and Mom's passion for taking care of the folks who depended upon them
brought them success in their business. They also made a lot of friends. As far as
my parents were concerned, 'caring' was a hundred and ten percent effort. It was
always their goal to provide the widest selection of products from books to anvils
for the best value. That stuck with me.
That passion for caring stuck with me when I joined the United States Air Force and became a safety
inspector on aircraft. After I separated from the military I continued as a metallurgical inspector in the
aerospace, fossil fuel and nuclear power industries worldwide.
When my father became seriously ill and died in 2000, I moved back to Wisconsin to help at the company.
Not long after, my mother also passed away. In the two years I worked at my parents' company, I realized
that there was more to my returning home than just helping out -- I was carrying on a forty-year family
tradition.
Everyday when I awakened I could hardly wait to get to the office. Centaur Forge's customers had become
my parents' friends, and their friends were quickly becoming my friends too. Just like my parents, I wanted
to be there for my friends when they needed me. I realized how much I loved this business.
When the company was sold, I went back to work at the Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station in Arizona,
but I just could not walk away from the industry or the customers who had now become my friends. I asked
for and received loads of advice from a lot of folks. I prayed a lot. Then one day I visited Camp Verde.
Looking across the western landscape I thought, “You know Amy face it, you miss the blacksmith and
horseshoe supply business and the people. You like the wide-open spaces here. And the neighbors are
terrific. Dad and Mom would be very proud that I established a business and carried on the traditions they
practiced over four decades.” Just then there was this little voice that whispered out of nowhere. "You can
do it Amy, right here." And well, what can I say? Welcome to Pieh Tool Company! It is hard to believe we
celebrated our 10 year anniversary and also opened a second store in North Phoenix just last year!
Pieh Tool Company is my dream in the making. It is my 'thank you' to
two of the most wonderful people I ever knew, Bonnie and Bill Pieh.
My Chief Director and son, William Theodore, my staff and I look forward
to your visit at our store for a cup of coffee. Come see what's new in
the world of blacksmithing and horseshoeing. Our dog and company
mascot Ally, will be waiting at the door to greet you. Until then, we are
only a web page or a phone call away from your horseshoeing and
blacksmithing needs. If you're not near a computer, just pick up the
phone and dial toll free.
We'll be excited to hear from you and process your order in the same prompt, friendly and
efficient manner my parents did...and always at the best prices in the industry.
Warmest regards,
Amy Pieh, President
2
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoe Nails
ANVIL BRAND NAILS
City Nails are in 5 lb box quantities only.
ITEM #
SIZE
COUNT
/BOX
LENGTH
(in)
BOXES
/CASE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
BOX CASE PRICE
PRICE
BREAK
A ABCH6
CH 6
660
2.12
1
BX
5.34
61.85
N/A
ABCH7
CH 7
590
2.44
1
BX
5.32
58.80
N/A
ABCH8
CH 8
560
2.56
1
BX
5.32
58.80
N/A
A
CAPEWELL NAILS
Manufactured from high quality steel. Capewell nails are carefully monitored in production
procedures. Uniformly tempered to give optimum elasticity. Designed and formed to permit easy,
accurate driving.
City For use with saddle horses, working horses and ponies.
ITEM #
SIZE
COUNT
/BOX
LENGTH
(in)
BOXES
/CASE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
BOX CASE PRICE
PRICE
BREAK
B CCH5/100
CH 5
100
1.87
32
BX
0.63
7.85
7.46
CCH5/250
CH 5
250
1.87
16
BX
1.52
18.85
17.91
CCH5/500
CH 5
500
1.87
8
BX
3.06
36.90
35.06
17.91
CCH6/250
CH 6
250
2.10
8
BX
1.87
18.85
CCH7/100
CH 7
100
2.25
16
BX
0.90
9.12
8.66
CCH7/250
CH 7
250
2.25
8
BX
2.26
19.95
18.95
CCH8/100
CH 8
100
2.44
16
BX
0.96
9.12
8.66
CCH8/250
CH 8
250
2.44
8
BX
2.58
19.95
18.95
City Slim Blade Drives with less hoof displacement. Great for sliding plates.
C CSB4.5/250
SB 4-1/2
250
1.76
16
BX
B
C
D
E
1.03
19.00
18.05
CSB4.5XL/250
SB 4-1/2 XL
250
1.81
16
BX
1.08
19.55
18.57
CSB5/100
SB 5
100
1.95
32
BX
0.57
7.85
7.46
CSB5/250
SB 5
250
1.95
16
BX
1.42
18.85
17.91
CSB5/500
SB 5
500
1.95
8
BX
2.90
36.90
35.06
CSB6/250
SB 6
250
2.15
8
BX
1.86
19.20
18.24
F
G
Race For racing and reining horses (racing and sliding plates) and in smaller feet.
D CRN3/250
CRN3.5/250
RN 3
250
1.37
32
BX
0.74
22.40
21.28
RN 3-1/2
250
1.50
16
BX
0.90
21.15
20.10
18.05
CRN3.5XL250
RN 3-1/2 XL
250
1.50
16
BX
0.93
19.00
CRN4/100
RN 4
100
1.62
32
BX
0.45
9.15
8.69
CRN4/250
RN 4
250
1.62
16
BX
1.07
22.00
20.90
CRN4.5/100
RN 4-1/2
100
1.75
32
BX
0.43
8.95
8.50
CRN4.5/250
RN 4-1/2
250
1.75
16
BX
1.05
21.35
20.28
CRN5/100
RN 5
100
1.83
32
BX
0.49
9.15
8.69
CRN5/250
RN 5
250
1.83
16
BX
1.18
19.20
18.24
Platers Special For racing and reining horses, length of 5, head of 4.5 race nail - good for small shoes.
E CPS5/250
PS-5
250
1.83
16
BX
1.29
19.95
18.95
CPS5/500
PS-5
500
1.83
8
BX
2.90
39.10
37.14
Regular Used for larger shoes - farm, draft and show horses, and also used for resets.
F CRH5/250
RH-5
250
1.95
8
BX
1.65
21.55
20.47
CRH6/250
RH-6
250
2.12
8
BX
2.14
21.55
20.47
CRH7/100
RH-7
100
2.31
16
BX
1.12
9.15
8.69
CRH7/250
RH-7
250
2.31
8
BX
2.72
22.40
21.28
CRH8/100
RH-8
100
2.50
8
BX
1.23
9.15
8.69
CRH9/100
CRH10/100
CRH10/250
RH-9
RH-10
RH-10
100
100
250
2.68
2.87
2.87
8
8
4
BX
BX
BX
1.75
1.82
4.38
8.80
9.15
22.40
8.36
8.69
21.28
CRH12/100
RH-12
100
3.22
8
BX
2.04
9.15
8.69
CRH16/100
RH-16
100
3.72
8
BX
2.22
9.15
8.69
1.51
22.40
21.28
Nail Styles
"CH"
City Head nails are an excellent choice for
a variety of shoes. They work especially
well in drop-forged shoes.
“Combo” Combo features larger head with slim shank
making it perfect for resets and shoes with
larger nail holes.
“CS”
Countersunk nails are used for hand-made
and foreign-made shoes.
"E"
E nails are styled after the traditional European
design and work well in both hand-made and a
variety of imported shoes.
“E-Slim" E-Slim nails feature a more defined head and
a much slimmer shank than the regular E nails,
allowing them to be used in a wider variety of
shoes, including ones punched for City Head
nails. For pleasure and sport horses.
“FROST” FROST nails are used to provide traction in icy
conditions.
“MUD” MUD nails are used to provide traction in mud
conditions.
"RN"
Race nails are the perfect choice for the plater
and can be used in pony shoes and sliding
plates.
“RH”
Regular Head nails feature a larger head and
used for larger shoes -- farm, draft, show
horses and for resetting.
Countersunk Used for hand-made and foreign-made shoes.
G CCS5/250 *S/O CS-5
250
1.87
16
BX
COOPER NAILS
City Lite Versatile light nail for thin walled hooves, smaller/lighter keg or hand-made shoes.
ITEM #
SIZE
COUNT
/BOX
LENGTH
(mm)
BOXES
/CASE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
BOX CASE PRICE
PRICE
BREAK
H CS5L250
Lite 5
250
48
16
BX
1.46
18.70
17.77
CS5L500
Lite 5
500
48
8
BX
2.82
35.95
34.15
CS10L100
Lite 10
100
71
8
BX
1.66
8.75
8.31
CS12L100
Lite 12
100
80
8
BX
1.92
8.75
8.31
1-888-743-4866
H
3
Horseshoe Nails
DELTA NAILS
Delta nails feature a sharp point, an exact bevel and a slightly longer shank than other brands.
City
A
ITEM #
SIZE
COUNT
/BOX
LENGTH
(mm)
BOXES
/CASE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
BOX CASE PRICE
PRICE
BREAK
A D4.5/250
D5/250
D5/500
D6/250
CH
CH
CH
CH
4.5
5
5
6
250
250
500
250
44
49
49
54
24
12
8
16
BX
BX
BX
BX
1.14
1.72
3.30
2.04
16.40
17.85
35.70
16.40
15.58
16.96
33.92
15.58
CH 5 Slim
CH 5 Slim
250
500
52
52
12
8
BX
BX
1.59
3.02
17.85
35.70
16.96
33.92
E3
E4
E5
250
250
500
45
51
51
12
12
8
BX
BX
BX
1.75
3.94
16.40
16.40
32.75
15.58
15.58
31.12
250
250
250
250
48
51
54
56
12
12
12
12
BX
BX
BX
BX
1.54
1.66
1.86
2.13
20.05
20.05
20.05
20.05
19.05
19.05
19.05
19.05
1.62
3.06
20.00
40.00
19.00
38.00
City Slim
B D5SL/250
D5SL/500
B
E Head
C D3E/250
D4E/250
D5E/500
C
E Slim
D
D D3ESL/250
D4ESL/250
D5ESL/250
D6ESL/250
E
E
E
E
E
3
4
5
6
Slim
Slim
Slim
Slim
Combo Slim (Larger head than the City nail-perfect for resets)
E D5CSL/250
D5CSL/500
F
Combo 5 Slim 250
Combo 5 Slim 500
52
52
12
8
BX
BX
Race
F
G
D3.5R/250
RN 3.5
250
40
24
BX
0.90
20.05
19.05
D4R/250
RN 4
250
41
24
BX
0.96
17.85
16.96
D4.5R/250
RN 4.5
250
46
24
BX
1.22
20.05
19.05
DEX 50
500
50
8
BX
1.48
37.20
35.34
Dex
G DX/500
LIBERTY NAILS
The new Liberty nails, by Kerckhaert are engineered to meet the demand for a high quality forged nail.
City
H
ITEM #
SIZE
COUNT
/BOX
LENGTH
(mm)
BOXES
/CASE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
BOX CASE PRICE
PRICE
BREAK
H LCH5/250
CH 5
250
50
12
BX
1.74
18.30
17.39
LCH6/250
CH 6
250
53
12
BX
2.03
20.15
19.14
Combo 5
250
49.55
12
BX
1.73
18.30
17.39
Combo 5 Slim 250
52.55
12
BX
1.71
18.30
17.39
Slim 5
250
52.55
12
BX
1.68
18.30
17.39
K LESL2/250
E-Slim 2
250
45.7
24
BX
1.20
17.46
16.59
LESL3/250
E-Slim 3
250
47.8
12
BX
1.49
17.86
16.97
LESL4/250
E-Slim 4
250
50.3
12
BX
1.79
18.67
18.30
Combo
J LCO5/250
Combo Slim
LCOS5/250
Slim
LSB5/250
E Slim
J
K
LESL5/250
E-Slim 5
250
53.9
12
BX
2.09
19.48
18.51
LESL6/250
E-Slim 6
250
57.5
12
BX
2.34
19.80
18.81
LESL7/250
E-Slim 7
250
60.3
8
BX
2.72
20.70
19.67
MUSTAD NAILS
The Mustad nail has a slimmer, sleeker shank and drives easy. Reinforced, tapered head fits
properly in most standard shoes. New head ribbing allows easy identification of inner side.
Sharper beveled points for easy hoof wall exit and proper stiffness for straight accurate driving
without bending.
E Head For European and hand-made shoes.
ITEM #
L
Magnets
are on page 105.
4
SIZE
COUNT
/BOX
LENGTH
(in)
BOXES
/CASE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
BOX
PRICE
CASE PRICE
BREAK
L ME2/250
E-2
250
1.614
16
BX
1.26
20.85
19.81
ME3/250
E-3
250
1.772
16
BX
1.38
20.25
19.24
ME4/250
E-4
250
1.870
8
BX
1.73
20.05
19.03
ME5/250
E-5
250
2.008
8
BX
1.91
20.25
19.24
ME6/250
E-6
250
2.125
8
BX
2.14
20.45
19.43
ME7/250
E-7
250
2.244
8
BX
2.48
19.08
18.13
ME8/100
E-8
100
2.382
8
BX
1.21
8.50
8.08
ME9/100
E-9
100
2.520
8
BX
1.36
8.50
8.08
ME10/100
E-10
100
2.677
8
BX
1.55
8.50
8.08
ME12/100
E-12
100
3.031
8
BX
1.91
8.50
8.08
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoe Nails
MUSTAD NAILS
(continued)
E Slim European style for thin walls & brittle hooves. Longer and thinner than a normal E nail.
SIZE
COUNT
/BOX
LENGTH
(mm)
BOXES
/CASE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
BOX CASE PRICE
PRICE
BREAK
A ESL3/250
E-3 Slim
250
1.850
8
BX
1.47
21.08
20.03
ESL4/250
E-4 Slim
250
2.008
8
BX
1.71
21.08
20.03
ESL5/250
E-5 Slim
250
2.125
8
BX
1.96
21.08
20.03
18.67
ITEM #
A
City For use with saddle horses, working horses and ponies.
MCH4.5/250
CH 4.5
250
1.870
16
BX
1.13
19.65
MCH5/100
CH 5
100
1.969
16
BX
1.00
8.10
7.70
MCH5/250
CH 5
250
1.969
8
BX
1.50
19.65
18.67
B
Combo For thin walls and brittle hooves.
B COMBO5
Combo 5
250
1.890
8
BX
1.50
17.85
16.96
COMBO6
Combo 6
250
2.126
8
BX
2.09
20.85
19.81
C
Frost (Traction Nail) Used for icy conditions.
C FROST4/100
Frost 4
100
1.969
16
BX
0.98
8.50
8.08
FROST5/100
Frost 5
100
2.087
16
BX
0.96
8.50
8.08
FROST6/100
Frost 6
100
2.205
16
BX
1.14
8.50
8.08
D
LiBero Arc Used to provide traction in mud.
D MARC2/250
LiBero Arc 2
250
1.791
12
BX
1.30
19.00
18.05
MARC3/250
LiBero Arc 3
250
1.870
12
BX
1.61
18.00
17.10
MARC4/250
LiBero Arc 4
250
2.001
12
BX
1.74
18.00
17.10
MARC5/250
LiBero Arc 5
250
2.126
12
BX
1.94
18.00
17.10
MARC6/250
LiBero Arc 6
250
2.343
12
BX
2.28
18.00
17.10
E
F
MUD (Traction Nail) Used to provide traction in mud.
E MUD4/100
MUD 4
100
1.732
16
BX
0.79
8.50
8.08
MUD5/100
MUD 5
100
1.850
16
BX
1.00
8.50
8.08
MUD6/100
MUD 6
100
2.008
16
BX
1.24
8.50
8.08
G
MX
Slim shank with four-sided tapered head. MX 50 fits 6 mm shoes, MX 60 fits 8 mm shoes. The
MX nail has been developed especially for extra thin walled hooves.
F MX50/250
MX 50
250
1.969
8
BX
1.46
19.65
18.67
MX55/250 *S/O MX 55
250
2.165
8
BX
1.76
20.05
19.05
MX60/250 *S/O MX 60
250
2.323
8
BX
2.00
20.05
19.05
MX70/250 *S/O MX 70
250
2.086
8
BX
2.25
20.45
19.43
Race Used for race horses.
G MRN3/250
RN 3
250
1.378
16
BX
0.82
20.45
19.43
MRN3.5/250
RN 3.5
250
1.496
16
BX
0.83
20.25
19.24
MRN4/250
RN 4
250
1.614
16
BX
1.13
20.05
19.05
MRN4.5/250
RN 4.5
250
1.752
16
BX
1.16
19.15
18.20
MRN5/250
RN 5
250
1.870
16
BX
1.28
19.85
18.86
MRN6/250
RN 6
250
2.008
16
BX
1.33
20.25
19.24
3-1/2 Race
VECTOR NAILS
4-1/2 Race
Packaged in convenient and durable plastic containers that resist moisture and damage. A rolled
nail with high tensile strength.
5 Race
E Slim
ITEM #
SIZE
COUNT
/BOX
LENGTH
(in)
BOXES
/CASE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
BOX
PRICE
CASE PRICE
BREAK
H VES3/250
ES 3
250
1.85
12
BX
1.65
19.92
18.93
VES4/250
ES 4
250
2.05
12
BX
2.00
20.29
19.28
Slim
VSB5/250
SB 5
250
2.00
12
BX
1.64
19.92
18.93
CH 5
CH 6
250
250
1.90
2.15
12
12
BX
BX
1.76
2.16
19.92
21.48
18.93
20.41
VRN3.5/250
RN 3.5
250
1.50
24
BX
1.08
19.16
18.203
VRN4.5/250
RN 4.5
250
1.60
24
BX
1.19
19.92
18.93
VRN5/250
RN 5
250
1.80
12
BX
1.55
19.92
18.93
VX50/250
VX 50
250
1.95
12
BX
1.72
19.92
18.93
VX60/250
VX 60
250
2.15
12
BX
1.70
19.92
18.93
VS4.5/250
Special 4.5
250
1.65
24
BX
1.15
19.92
18.93
VS5/250
Special 5
250
1.70
12
BX
1.29
19.92
18.93
4-1/2 Special
5 Special
H
5 Slim
City
VCH5/250
VCH6/250
Race
VX
5 City
6 City
VX 50
VX 60
ES 3
Special
1-888-743-4866
ES 4
5
Horseshoes (Riding)
STEEL
RIDING SHOES - PLAIN
St. Croix Plain
Among all the special shoes is a perennial favorite: The Plain is America’s basic flat creased horseshoe.
This versatile shoe is designed for steady performance wherever you shoe. Punched for CH5 nails.
Lite Plain
ITEM #
A
SIZE
WT
PATTERN THICK (in) PR
(oz)
LxW (in)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
A SC11110
3x0
N/A
5/16
13.9
4-3/8 x 4-1/8
20
PR
0.87
4.00
3.56
SC11111
2x0
N/A
5/16
17.0
4-3/4 x 4-3/8
20
PR
1.06
4.00
3.56
SC11112
0
N/A
5/16
19.7
5 x 4-5/8
20
PR
1.23
4.00
3.56
SC11113
1
N/A
5/16
21.1
5-1/4 x 4-7/8
20
PR
1.32
4.25
3.78
SC11114
2
N/A
5/16
24.0
5-5/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.50
4.50
4.01
SC11115
3
N/A
5/16
27.4
6 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.71
4.80
4.27
Plain
B
B SC10110
3x0
N/A
3/8
16.2
4-3/8 x 4-1/8
20
PR
1.01
4.35
3.87
SC10111
2x0
N/A
3/8
18.6
4-3/4 x 4-3/8
20
PR
1.16
4.35
3.87
SC10112
0
N/A
3/8
21.8
5 x 4-5/8
20
PR
1.36
4.35
3.87
SC10113
1
N/A
3/8
25.0
5-1/4 x 4-7/8
20
PR
1.56
4.60
4.09
SC10114
2
N/A
3/8
28.5
5-5/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.78
4.85
4.32
SC10115
3
N/A
3/8
29.8
6 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.86
5.15
4.58
Surefit
C
D
These shoes are based on the popular line of Lite shoes, a hind pattern with a V-shaped crease. Web
grows with the size of the shoe, reducing time on the anvil. Gives sole pressure relief, and finished heels.
Nail pattern allows room for side clips to be drawn.
C 11150
3x0
Front
5/16
15.5
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
20
PR
0.97
3.95
3.52
11151
2x0
Front
5/16
17.9
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
20
PR
1.12
3.95
3.52
11152
0
Front
5/16
20.3
4-7/8 x 5
20
PR
1.27
3.95
3.52
11153
1
Front
5/16
22.9
5-1/4 x 5-3/8
20
PR
1.43
4.20
3.74
11154
2
Front
5/16
27.3
5-1/4 x 5-3/8
20
PR
1.54
4.45
3.97
D 11170
3x0
Hind
5/16
14.6
4-1/2 x 4-3/8
20
PR
0.91
3.95
3.52
11171
2x0
Hind
5/16
16.6
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
20
PR
1.04
3.95
3.52
11172
0
Hind
5/16
19.2
5-1/8 x 4-7/8
20
PR
1.20
3.95
3.52
11173
1
Hind
5/16
21.9
5-1/4 x 5-1/8
20
PR
1.37
4.20
3.74
11174
2
Hind
5/16
24.6
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
20
PR
1.54
4.45
3.97
Diamond Classic
The nail hole pattern in the Diamond Classic allows more accurate nail placement with precision spaced
and punched. The Classic is wide webbed for increased bearing surface and hoof wall support. Full 1/8”
wide crease permits deep seating of nail head in counter sink. The nail head won’t hang-up on crease walls.
ITEM #
E
E DC000
SIZE
PATTERN
WT LxW (in)
THICK (in) PR
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
3x0
N/A
1/4
12.6
4 x 4-13/32
20
PR
0.79
3.25
3.09
DC00
2x0
N/A
1/4
14.7
4-1/4 x 4-3/8
20
PR
0.92
3.45
3.28
DC0
0
N/A
1/4
16.8
4-5/8 x 5
20
PR
1.05
3.70
3.52
DC1
1
N/A
1/4
19.2
4-7/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.20
4.15
3.94
DC2
2
N/A
1/4
22.7
5-1/8 x 5-5/8
10
PR
1.42
4.25
4.04
Kerckhaert
SX7 (Light - 7mm)
The Kerckhaert SX-7 is an ideal shoe for the quarter horse or light riding horse. Made from a light but
tough steel and precisely punched. The nail head locks securely in the countersunk crease. Popular in
America. Advised nails: City Head or Slim Blade.
ITEM #
F
G
6
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
F 30SX7F187
3x0
Front
18 x 7
17.0
4-1/2 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.06
4.66
4.43
20SX7F187
2x0
Front
18 x 7
18.7
4-3/4 x 4-7/8
15
PR
1.17
4.66
4.43
0SX7F187
0
Front
18 x 7
20.0
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.25
4.66
4.43
1SX7F187
1
Front
18 x 7
19.8
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.24
4.66
4.43
2SX7F187
2
Front
18 x 7
21.6
5-3/8 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.30
4.66
4.43
G 30SX7H187
3x0
Hind
18 x 7
16.1
4-1/2 x 4-3/8
15
PR
1.01
4.66
4.43
20SX7H187
2x0
Hind
18 x 7
17.3
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.08
4.66
4.43
0SX7H187
0
Hind
18 x 7
18.7
5 x 4-7/8
15
PR
1.17
4.66
4.43
1SX7H187
1
Hind
18 x 7
19.8
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.24
4.66
4.43
2SX7H187
2
Hind
18 x 7
20.4
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.30
4.66
4.43
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes (Riding)
Kerckhaert SX7, Clipped (Light - 7mm)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
1.19
6.91
6.56
1.20
6.91
6.56
PR
1.28
6.91
6.56
15
PR
1.30
6.91
6.56
5-3/8 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.36
6.91
6.56
4-1/2 x 4-3/8
15
PR
1.15
6.91
6.56
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A 30SX7F187Q
3x0
Front QC
18 X 7
19.0
4-1/2 x 4-5/8
15
PR
20SX7F187Q
2x0
Front QC
18 X 7
19.4
4-3/4 x 4-7/8
15
PR
0SX7F187Q
0
Front QC
18 X 7
20.5
5-1/8 x 5
15
1SX7F187Q
1
Front QC
18 X 7
20.8
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
2SX7F197Q
2
Front QC
19 X 7
21.8
3x0
Hind SC
18 X 7
18.4
B 30SX7H187S
STEEL
(continued)
SIZE
ITEM #
20SX7H187S
2x0
Hind SC
18 X 7
18.6
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.16
6.91
6.56
0SX7H187S
0
Hind SC
18 X 7
19.2
5 x 4-7/8
15
PR
1.20
6.91
6.56
1SX7H187S
1
Hind SC
18 X 7
20.3
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.27
6.91
6.56
2SX7H197S
2
Hind SC
19 X 7
22.0
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.38
6.91
6.56
A
Delta
Challenger TS7 Shoes
The Delta Challenger is a flat steel creased horseshoe with a full toe for longer wear. Has built in sole relief
with a nail hole placement for thin walled horses. *The TS7 is similar to the Kerckhaert SX7 horseshoe and
is a “light” shoe. Their full toes simply last longer than the competition. Their balanced shape means less time
on the anvil. Delta Challenger shoes are punched for CH5 Nail.
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
C TS7-F40
4x0
Front
7
14.6
4-1/4 x 4-3/8
10
PR
0.91
4.45
3.96
TS7-F30
3x0
Front
7
17.2
4-1/2 x 4-5/8
10
PR
1.08
4.45
3.96
TS7-F20
2x0
Front
7
19.2
4-3/4 x 4-7/8
10
PR
1.20
4.45
3.96
TS7-F0
0
Front
7
20.5
4-1/4 x 4-3/8
10
PR
1.28
4.45
3.96
TS7-F1
1
Front
7
21.8
4-1/2 x 4-5/8
10
PR
1.36
4.45
3.96
TS7-F2
2
Front
7
30.6
4-3/4 x 4-7/8
10
PR
1.41
4.45
3.96
TS7-H40
4x0
Hind
7
14.6
4-1/8 x 4-1/4
10
PR
0.90
4.45
3.96
TS7-H30
3x0
Hind
7
17.2
4-1/4 x 4-1/4
10
PR
1.04
4.45
3.96
TS7-H20
2x0
Hind
7
18.6
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.16
4.45
3.96
TS7-H0
0
Hind
7
20.5
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.28
4.45
3.96
TS7-H1
1
Hind
7
21.9
5x5
10
PR
1.37
4.45
3.96
TS7-H2
2
Hind
7
22.2
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.39
4.45
3.96
ITEM #
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
B
C
Challenger TS8 Shoes
The Delta Challenger is a flat steel creased horseshoe with a full toe for longer wear. Has built in sole relief
with a nail hole placement for thin walled horses. *The TS8 is similar to the Kerckhaert SX8 horseshoe. The
full toes simply last longer, their balanced shape means less time on the anvil. Delta Challenger shoes are
punched for CH5 Nail.
D TS8-F20
2x0
Front
8
22.2
5X5
10
PR
1.39
4.90
4.36
TS8-F0
0
Front
8
24.3
5-1/8 X 5-1/8
10
PR
1.52
4.90
4.36
TS8-F1
1
Front
8
27.0
5-1/4 X 5-3/8
10
PR
1.69
4.90
4.36
TS8-F2
2
Front
8
28.0
5-3/4 X 5-1/2
10
PR
1.75
4.90
4.36
TS8-F3
3
Front
8
31.7
5-3/4 X 5-7/8
10
PR
1.98
5.60
4.98
TS8-F4
4
Front
8
32.6
6X6
10
PR
2.04
5.60
4.98
TS8-H20
2x0
Hind
8
21.3
4-7/8 X 4-3/4
10
PR
1.33
4.90
4.36
TS8-H0
0
Hind
8
22.4
5X5
10
PR
1.40
4.90
4.36
TS8-H1
1
Hind
8
24.6
5-1/4 X 5-1/4
10
PR
1.54
4.90
4.36
TS8-H2
2
Hind
8
26.7
5-1/2 X 5-1/2
10
PR
1.67
4.90
4.36
TS8-H3
3
Hind
8
29.6
5-3/4 X 5-3/4
10
PR
1.85
5.60
4.98
TS8-H4
4
Hind
8
30.6
5-7/8 X 5-7/8
10
PR
1.91
5.60
4.98
Kerckhaert
D
E
SX8 (Regular - 8mm)
The Kerckhaert SX8 is wider and thicker than the SX7. The steel size gives more support in a tough,
workable material. Very popular shoe in America. Advised nails: CH and SB.
ITEM #
E 20SX8F198
0SX8F198
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
Front
19 x 8
21.8
4-1/2 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.36
5.16
4.90
0
Front
19 x 8
22.9
4-3/4 x 4-7/8
15
PR
1.43
5.16
4.90
1SX8F208
1
Front
20 x 8
25.8
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.61
5.16
4.90
2SX8F208
2
Front
20 x 8
26.9
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.68
5.16
4.90
3SX8F228
F 20SX8H198
3
Front
22 x 8
30.9
5-3/8 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.93
5.89
5.60
2x0
Hind
19 x 8
21.3
4-1/2 x 4-3/8
15
PR
1.33
5.16
4.90
0SX8H198
0
Hind
19 x 8
22.2
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.39
5.16
4.90
1SX8H208
1
Hind
20 x 8
24.6
5 x 4-7/8
15
PR
1.54
5.16
4.90
2SX8H208
2
Hind
20 x 8
26.4
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.64
5.16
4.90
3SX8H228
3
Hind
22 x 8
30.4
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.90
5.89
5.60
SC = Side Clip
F
QC = Quarter Clip
1-888-743-4866
7
Horseshoes (Riding)
STEEL
Kerckhaert SX8, Clipped (Regular - 8mm)
ITEM #
A 20SX8F198Q
0SX8F198Q
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
(continued)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
Front QC 19 x 8
22.8
4-3/4 x 4-7/8
15
PR
1.42
7.19
6.83
0
Front QC 19 x 8
24.3
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.52
7.19
6.83
1SX8F208Q
1
Front QC 20 x 8
26.4
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.65
7.19
6.83
2SX8F218Q
2
Front QC 21 x 8
30.2
5-3/8 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.89
7.19
6.83
3SX8F228Q
3
Front QC 22 x 8
33.0
5-7/8 x 6
15
PR
2.06
8.08
7.68
4SX8F228Q
4
Front QC 22 x 8
34.6
6-1/8 x 6-1/8
15
PR
2.16
8.08
7.68
B 20SX8H198S
A
SIZE
0SX8H198S
2x0
Hind SC
19 x 8
22.1
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.38
7.19
6.83
0
Hind SC
19 x 8
23.2
5 x 4-7/8
15
PR
1.45
7.19
6.83
1SX8H208S
1
Hind SC
20 x 8
25.1
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.57
7.19
6.83
2SX8H218S
2
Hind SC
21 x 8
29.0
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.81
7.19
6.83
3SX8H228S
3
Hind SC
22 x 8
30.9
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
15
PR
1.93
8.08
7.68
4SX8H228S
4
Hind SC
22 x 8
33.6
6-1/8 x 6
15
PR
2.10
8.08
7.68
KH SSP
B
Kerckhaert’s unique ability to design front and hind shapes, allows the user to minimize the amount of
shaping work necessary to get an optimum fit. The shoes are symmetrical - not left and right as in the
European styles. The original unclipped style, most popular on the hunter jumper circuit. A broad choice
of steel sizes, made in front and hind patterns - left and right, makes this an extremely versatile series.
Punched for E-head.
C 20SSPF198
C
2x0
Front
19 x 8
21.9
4-3/4 x 5
15
PR
1.37
6.38
6.06
0SSPF208
0
Front
20 x 8
24.6
5 x 5-5/16
15
PR
1.51
6.38
6.06
1SSPF208
1
Front
20 x 8
25.6
5-5/16 x 5-1/2 15
PR
1.60
6.38
6.06
2SSPF228
2
Front
22 x 8
29.9
6 x 5-3/4
15
PR
1.87
6.65
6.32
3SSPF2210
3
Front
22 x 10
37.8
5-3/4 x 6-1/8
15
PR
2.36
7.61
7.23
4SSPF2210
4
Front
22 x 8
40.0
6-1/8 x 6-3/8
15
PR
2.50
7.92
7.52
5SSPF2210
5
Front
22 x 10
42.6
6-3/8 x 6-3/4
15
PR
2.66
7.92
7.52
20SSPH198
2x0
Hind
19 x 8
21.3
4-7/8 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.33
6.38
6.06
0SSPH208
0
Hind
20 x 8
23.7
5-1/2 x 5
15
PR
1.48
6.38
6.06
1SSPH208
1
Hind
20 x 8
24.8
5-3/8 x 5-5/16 15
PR
1.54
6.38
6.06
2SSPH228
2
Hind
22 x 8
28.5
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.78
6.65
6.32
3SSPH2210
3
Hind
22 x 10
36.8
5-7/8 x 5-3/4
15
PR
2.30
7.61
7.23
4SSPH2210
4
Hind
22 x 10
38.4
6-3/16 x 6-1/8 15
PR
2.40
7.92
7.52
5SSPH2210
5
Hind
22 x 10
41.3
6-5/8 x 6-7/16 15
PR
2.58
7.92
7.52
KH DF
D
E
The DF series of shoes is a European line of shoes. This line has become very popular in recent years.
Made for the discerning farrier who requires finesse and attention to detail in his work. The DF line offers
the broadest selection in features such as fronts and hinds, different web sizes, clip positioning and nail
hole sizing according to the size of the shoe. The front shape DF shoes with quarter clips are the fastest
growing style in the A class Jumper circuit. The variety of steel sizes, combined with the excellent clip style
and punching, has helped lead Kerckhaert to the top in this segment of the market. Shoes are symmetrical.
Punched for E-head.
D 0DF208FQ
0
Front QC 20 x 8
25.4
5 x 5-5/16
15
PR
1.59
7.96
7.56
1DF228FQ
1
Front QC 22 x 8
29.8
5-5/16 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.86
8.05
7.65
7.65
2DF228FQ
2
Front QC 22 x 8
31.4
6 x 5-3/4
15
PR
1.96
8.05
3DF248FQ
3
Front QC 24 x 8
32.0
5-3/4 x 6-1/8
15
PR
2.19
9.12
8.66
4DF258FQ
4
Front QC 25 x 8
35.0
6-1/8 x 6-3/8
15
PR
1.97
9.47
9.00
5DF2510FQ
5
Front QC 25 x 10
46.4
6-3/8 x 6-5/8
15
PR
2.90
10.36
9.84
6DF2510FQ
6
Front QC 25 x 10
46.7
7 x 7-1/8
10
PR
2.92
11.12
10.56
KH DF Select
Specifically designed for the hunter jumper market where additional support is required. Heels are
elongated and tapered with side clips. Widest part of shoe is moved forward, allowing an “extended” heel
fit. Punched for E-head.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
E 0DFS208-H
0
Hind SC
20 x 8
22.6
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.41
8.69
8.26
1DFS208-H
1
Hind SC
20 x 8
26.0
5-3/8 x 5-5/16
15
PR
1.62
8.69
8.26
2DFS228-H
2
Hind SC
22 x 8
30.0
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.88
8.69
8.26
3DFS228-H
3
Hind SC
22 x 8
32.6
5-7/8 x 5-7/16
15
PR
2.04
8.69
8.26
4DFS2210-H
4
Hind SC
22 x 10
40.0
6-3/16 x 6-1/8
15
PR
2.50
10.07
9.57
5DFS2510-H
5
Hind SC
22 x 10
6-1/2 x 6-3/8
15
PR
1.47
10.87
10.33
SC = Side Clip
8
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
www.piehtoolco.com
QC = Quarter Clip
Horseshoes (Riding)
Werkman
STEEL
WS Special Shoes
The Werkman Special has improved shaping to reduce fitting time. They feature convenient front and hind
patterns with an exact crease and precise nail holes. The toe sections have slightly more material for extra
durability, and the left and right shoes feature a longer outside branch. They are punched for E-head nails.
BX PRICE
BREAK
SIZE
PATTERN
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A WS188F0
0
WS Front 18 x 8
22.8
5-1/16 x 5-3/16 15
PR
1.40
5.85
5.56
WS188F1
1
WS Front 18 x 8
24.4
5-5/16 x 5-7/16 15
PR
1.52
5.85
5.56
ITEM #
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PRICE
WS188H0
0
WS Hind
18 x 8
22.8
5-1/16 x 5-3/16 15
PR
1.40
5.85
5.56
WS188H1
1
WS Hind
18 x 8
23.7
5-3/8 x 5-7/16
PR
1.50
5.85
5.56
15
A
St. Croix
EZ
St. Croix EZ Shoe protects a hoof with a wider web. It fits without going to the anvil. Advised nails: City Head.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
B SC14611
2x0
Front
5/16
19.6
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
20
PR
1.23
4.85
4.32
SC14612
0
Front
5/16
23.0
5x5
20
PR
1.44
4.85
4.32
SC14613
1
Front
5/16
26.7
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.67
4.85
4.32
SC14614
2
Front
5/16
30.0
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
20
PR
1.88
5.20
4.63
SC14615
3
Front
5/16
32.0
5-7/8 x 5-7/8
10
PR
2.00
5.40
4.81
SC14616
4
Front
5/16
35.2
6 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.20
5.80
5.16
2x0
Hind
5/16
18.9
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
20
PR
1.18
4.85
4.32
SC14712
0
Hind
5/16
23.0
5x5
20
PR
1.44
4.85
4.32
SC14713
1
Hind
5/16
25.6
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.60
4.85
4.32
SC14714
2
Hind
5/16
27.8
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
20
PR
1.74
5.20
4.63
SC14715
3
Hind
5/16
31.4
5-7/8 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.96
5.40
4.81
SC14716
4
Hind
5/16
35.2
6-1/4 x 6-1/8
10
PR
2.20
5.80
5.16
C SC14711
B
C
EZ, Clipped
Hind feet need traction to push off, plus support and protection. Find it all in this fine-fitting hind pattern.
D SC15621
2x0
Front QC 5/16
19.8
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.24
7.15
6.36
SC15622
0
Front QC 5/16
23.8
5x5
10
PR
1.49
7.15
6.36
SC15623
1
Front QC 5/16
25.9
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.62
7.15
6.36
SC15624
2
Front QC 5/16
30.7
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.92
7.35
6.54
SC15625
3
Front QC 5/16
32.8
5-7/8 x 5-7/8
10
PR
2.05
7.65
6.81
SC15626
4
Front QC 5/16
36.2
6 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.26
7.80
6.94
2x0
Hind SC
5/16
19.0
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.19
7.15
6.36
SC15722
0
Hind SC
5/16
22.2
5x5
10
PR
1.39
7.15
6.36
SC15723
1
Hind SC
5/16
25.9
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.62
7.15
6.36
SC15724
2
Hind SC
5/16
30.2
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.89
7.35
6.54
SC15725
3
Hind SC
5/16
31.6
5-7/8 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.98
7.65
6.81
SC15726
4
Hind SC
5/16
33.3
6-1/4 x 6-1/8
10
PR
2.08
7.80
6.94
E SC15721
EZ Plus
D
E
*S/O
F SCEZPF1
1
Front
3/8
28.8
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.80
5.35
5.08
SCEZPF2
2
Front
3/8
30.4
5-11/16 x 5-5/8 10
PR
1.90
5.45
5.18
SCEZPF3
3
Front
3/8
40.0
6 x 5-5/16
10
PR
2.50
6.30
5.99
G SCEZPH1
1
Hind
3/8
28.3
5-3/8 x 5-1/2
20
PR
1.77
5.35
5.08
SCEZPH2
2
Hind
3/8
30.4
5-3/4x 5-7/8
10
PR
1.90
5.40
5.18
SCEZPH3
3
Hind
3/8
45.1
6-1/16 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.82
6.30
5.99
F
St. Croix
Xtra
St. Croix Xtra has extra width, extra protection and is perfect for “in-between” sized feet. Advised nails: City Head.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
H SC14111
2x0
N/A
5/16
19.2
4-7/8 x 4-1/2
20
PR
1.20
4.95
4.41
SC14112
0
N/A
5/16
22.2
5-1/8 x 4-3/4
20
PR
1.39
4.95
4.41
SC14113
1
N/A
5/16
25.9
6-3/8 x 6
20
PR
1.62
5.05
4.49
SC14114
2
N/A
5/16
29.1
5-3/4 x 5-3/8
20
PR
1.82
5.25
4.67
SC14115
3
N/A
5/16
30.4
6-1/8 x 5-5/8
10
PR
1.84
5.70
5.07
SC14116
4
N/A
5/16
32.7
6-3/8 x 5-7/8
10
PR
2.06
6.35
5.65
SC14117
5
N/A
5/16
38.4
6-3/4 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.40
7.05
6.27
SC = Side Clip
G
H
QC = Quarter Clip
1-888-743-4866
9
Horseshoes (Riding)
STEEL
Diamond
Specials Plain
The Diamond Special has a wide web and provides more hoof wall support and protection to hoof. Easily
worked cold to fit either front or hind hooves. Advised nails: City Head.
ITEM #
A DS000
A
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
3x0
N/A
1/4
14.4
4-1/2 x 4
20
PR
0.90
3.50
3.32
DS00
2x0
N/A
1/4
17.4
4-3/4 x 4-3/8
20
PR
1.09
3.85
3.66
DS0
0
N/A
1/4
18.1
5 x 4-11/16
20
PR
1.13
4.05
3.85
DS1
1
N/A
1/4
19.4
5-1/4 x 5
10
PR
1.21
4.30
4.09
DS2
2
N/A
1/4
23.8
5-5/8 x 5-3/16
10
PR
1.49
4.60
4.37
DS4
4
N/A
1/4
35.5
6-5/8 x 6-1/8
10
PR
2.22
6.30
5.99
DS5
5
N/A
1/4
42.9
7-1/4 x 6-1/2
10
PR
2.68
8.80
8.36
Kerckhaert
Standard
Quality in a one shape pattern (no front or hind). The placement of the nails in a V-shaped crease allows
you to nail with confidence, knowing the integrity of the hoof will not be compromised. Fuller toe, inside bevel,
sole relief and slight taper to heel area. The quality is unsurpassed. Shoes are symmetrical. Punched for 5
City or 5 Slim.
ITEM #
B 20STD188
B
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
N/A
8
20.2
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.26
4.89
4.65
0STD198
0
N/A
8
22.1
5 x 4-7/8
15
PR
1.38
5.00
4.75
1STD198
1
N/A
8
23.0
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.44
5.00
4.75
2STD208
2
N/A
8
24.0
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.60
5.54
5.26
Standard Extra
A wide-web pattern designed to give protection and support - especially in rough terrain. Features include
bevel on ground side, sole relief and slight tapering of heels. V-crease allows for better nail fit. Shoes are
symmetrical. Punched for 5 City or 5 Slim.
C 20STDSTRA
0STDSTRA
2x0
N/A
5/16
22.2
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.39
5.32
5.05
0
N/A
5/16
24.3
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.52
5.32
5.05
1STDSTRA
1
N/A
5/16
27.2
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.70
5.41
5.14
2STDSTRA
2
N/A
5/16
29.1
5-3/4 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.82
5.65
5.37
Comfort, Clipped
C
The new Steel Comfort meets the demands of farriers looking for a high quality shoe that aids in breakover.
Key design features include - rolled toe and branches, better breakover improves coordination of movement,
optimizes balance, less pressure on the tendons. Built-in sole relief. Punched for Liberty E-4 Slim and 5
Combo.
D 0CSFC
0
Front SC 5/16
28.2
5x5
10
PR
1.76
10.73
10.19
1CSFC
1
Front SC 5/16
29.1
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.82
10.73
10.19
2CSFC
2
Front SC 5/16
33.1
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
2.07
11.51
10.93
3CSFC
3
Front SC 5/16
35.1
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
10
PR
2.20
11.51
10.93
Classic Fast Break (Roller)
D
This half round style actually boasts more ground surface than a true half round but you get the full benefit
of ease of break-over that half round shoes are noted for. The full shape of the front pattern allows for
easy fitting. The width of the sections gives a great base of support. Classic Roller Fronts are symmetrical.
Punched for E-head nails.
E 0CRU
0
Front
1/4
26.1
5 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.63
9.88
1CRU
1
Front
1/4
28.2
5-1/4 x 5-5/8
10
PR
1.76
9.88
9.39
9.39
2CRU
2
Front
1/4
32.6
5-1/2 x 5-7/8
10
PR
2.04
10.98
10.98
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
9.39
Classic Roller, Clipped
ITEM #
E 20CRCF
E
SIZE
PATTERN
2X0
Front SC 1/4
24.24 *
10
PR
1.50
9.88
0CRCF
0
Front SC 1/4
26.24 5 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.64
10.10
9.88
1CRCF
1
Front SC 1/4
29.52 5-1/4 x 5-3/8
10
PR
1.85
10.10
10.25
2CRCF
2
Front SC 1/4
29.87 5-1/2 x 5-5/8
10
PR
1.87
10.10
10.25
3CRCF
3
Front SC 1/4
35.2
6x6
10
PR
2.20
11.15
11.33
0CRCH
0
Hind SC
1/4
27.28 5 x 5
10
PR
1.71
10.10
10.25
1CRCH
1
Hind SC
1/4
28.96 5-1/4 x 5-1/8
10
PR
1.81
10.10
10.25
2CRCH
2
Hind SC
1/4
29.76 5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.86
10.10
10.25
3CRCH
3
Hind SC
1/4
31.52 5-7/8 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.97
11.15
11.35
SC = Side Clip
10
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes (Riding)
Kerckhaert TDR Half-Round
STEEL
(continued)
The TDR is a steel half-round trotter shoe. The advantage is that the front legs can make place for the fast
moving hind legs. The crease of the TDR gives you traction that is not available with a typical plain stamped
half-round. In addition to this, there are no sharp edges, which prevents damage to the legs. The available
different dimensions make it possible to experiment with the balance of the horse. Advised nails: E or JC.
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
0.92
8.55
8.12
1.19
8.80
8.36
PR
1.33
8.80
8.36
15
PR
1.39
8.80
8.36
15
PR
1.49
8.80
8.36
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
14.70 4-7/16 x 4.42
15
PR
19.40 4-3/4 x 4.70
15
PR
9
21.28 5 x 5-1/8
15
Front
9
22.24 5-1/4 x 5-3/8
Front
9
23.89 5-1/2 x 5-3/4
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT
(oz)
A 30TDRF169
3x0
Front
8
20TDRF189
2x0
Front
9
0TDRF189
0
Front
1TDRF189
1
2TDRF189
2
ITEM #
LxW (in)
A
Grand Circuit
Shapers, 7mm (Lite)
A steel shoe with the shape most like the natural shape of a horse’s hoof before being distorted by ground
pressure. For balanced motion, ease of fit and most natural motion for the horse. The Grand Circuit Shaper is
GHVLJQHGWRJLYHHDVHRIEUHDNRYHUDQGGLUHFWLRQLQÀLJKWZKLOHUHGXFLQJWKHSRVVLELOLW\RIIRUJLQJRURYHUUHDFKLQJ
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
B GCS7-F4
4 (3x0) Front
7
14.7
4-1/2 x 4-1/4
15
PR
0.93
4.35
4.13
GCS7-F5
5 (2x0) Front
7
16.23 4-3/4 x 4-1/2
15
PR
1.02
4.42
4.20
GCS7-F6
6 (0)
Front
7
17.7
5 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.11
4.58
4.35
GCS7-F7
7 (1)
Front
7
18.6
5-1/4 x 5
15
PR
1.16
4.59
4.35
8 (2)
Front
7
19.4
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.18
4.64
4.41
4 (3x0) Hind
7
14.6
4-1/2 x 4-1/4
15
PR
1.23
4.35
4.13
GCS7-F8
C GCS7-H4
GCS7-H5
5 (2x0) Hind
7
15.5
4-3/4 x 4-1/2
15
PR
0.97
4.42
4.20
GCS7-H6
6 (0)
Hind
7
17.3
5 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.08
4.58
4.35
GCS7-H7
7 (1)
Hind
7
18.2
5-1/4 x 5
15
PR
1.16
4.59
4.35
B
Shapers, 7mm (Lite) Clipped
B GCS7C-F5
5 (2x0) Front SC 7
16.8
4-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.05
4.67
4.44
GCS7C-F6
6 (0)
Front SC 7
18.6
5 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.16
4.98
4.73
GCS7C-F7
7 (1)
Front SC 7
19.4
5-1/4 x 5
10
PR
1.21
5.06
4.81
GCS7C-F8
8 (2)
Front SC 7
20.8
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.30
5.06
4.81
C GCS7C-H5
5 (2x0) Hind SC
7
16.3
4-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.02
4.67
4.44
GCS7C-H6
6 (0)
Hind SC
7
17.6
5 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.10
4.98
4.73
GCS7C-H7
7 (1)
Hind SC
7
19.0
5-1/4 x 5
10
PR
1.19
5.06
4.81
GCS7C-H8
8 (2)
Hind SC
7
21.6
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.31
5.06
4.81
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
C
Shapers, 8mm
ITEM #
D GCS8-F5
5 (2x0) Front
8
19.7
4-3/4 x 4-1/4
15
PR
1.23
4.48
4.26
GCS8-F6
6 (0)
Front
8
21.9
5 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.37
4.88
4.64
GCS8-F7
7 (1)
Front
8
24.3
5-1/4 x 5
15
PR
1.52
5.00
4.75
GCS8-F8
8 (2)
Front
8
26.4
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.65
5.17
4.91
GCS8-F9
9 (3)
Front
8
30.0
5-3/4 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.87
5.41
5.14
GCS8-F10
10 (4)
Front
8
33.0
6 x 6-1/4
15
PR
2.06
5.59
5.31
GCS8-F11
11 (5)
Front
8
36.5
6-1/4 x 6
15
PR
2.28
6.07
5.77
GCS8-F12
12 (6)
Front
8
41.0
6-1/2 x 6-1/4
15
PR
2.56
6.18
5.87
5 (2x0) Hind
8
18.2
4-3/4 x 4-1/2
15
PR
1.14
4.48
4.26
GCS8-H6
6 (0)
Hind
8
21.2
5 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.32
4.88
4.64
GCS8-H7
7 (1)
Hind
8
23.0
5-1/4 x 5
15
PR
1.44
5.00
4.75
GCS8-H8
8 (2)
Hind
8
25.1
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.57
5.17
4.91
GCS8-H9
9 (3)
Hind
8
28.6
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.79
5.41
5.14
GCS8-H10
10 (4)
Hind
8
31.0
5-3/4 x 6
15
PR
1.94
5.59
5.31
GCS8-H11
11 (5)
Hind
8
37.4
6 x 6-1/4
15
PR
2.34
6.07
5.77
GCS8-H12
12 (6)
Hind
8
41.6
6-1/2 x 6-1/2
15
PR
2.60
6.18
5.87
E GCS8-H5
D
E
Shapers, 8mm Clipped
F GCS8C-F5
2x0 (5) Front SC
8
19.8
4-3/4 x 4-1/4
10
PR
1.03
4.85
4.61
GCS8C-F6
0 (6)
Front SC
8
22.4
5 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.03
5.20
4.94
GCS8C-F7
1 (7)
Front SC
8
22.7
5-1/4 x 5
10
PR
1.43
5.30
5.04
GCS8C-F8
2 (8)
Front SC
8
26.9
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.68
5.49
5.22
GCS8C-F9
3 (9)
Front SC
8
30.7
5-3/4 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.92
5.78
5.49
GCS8C-F10
4 (10) Front SC
8
33.9
6 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.12
6.07
5.77
GCS8C-F11
5 (11)
Front SC
8
37.5
6-1/4 x 6
10
PR
2.34
6.55
6.22
GCS8C-F12
6 (12) Front SC
8
44.2
6-1/2 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.76
6.65
6.32
F
6mm = 1/2”
7mm = 5/16”
8mm = 5/8”
9mm = 3/4”
SC = Side Clip
1-888-743-4866
11
Horseshoes (Riding • Sport)
STEEL
Shapers, 8mm Clipped
ITEM #
A GCS8C-H5
A
SIZE
(continued)
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
5 (2x0) Hind SC
8
20.3
4-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.27
4.85
4.61
GCS8C-H6
6 (0)
Hind SC
8
21.1
5 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.35
5.20
4.94
GCS8C-H7
7 (1)
Hind SC
8
23.7
5-1/4 x 5
10
PR
1.48
5.30
5.04
GCS8C-H8
8 (2)
Hind SC
8
27.5
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.72
5.49
5.22
GCS8C-H9
9 (3)
Hind SC
8
29.8
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.86
5.78
5.49
GCS8C-H10
10 (4)
Hind SC
8
34.9
5-3/4 x 6
10
PR
2.18
6.07
5.77
GCS8C-H11
11 (5)
Hind SC
8
39.2
6 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.45
6.55
6.22
GCS8C-H12
12 (6)
Hind SC
8
42.2
6-1/2 x 6-1/2
10
PR
2.64
6.65
6.32
Shapers, RT (Regular Toe) Hind
Hind patterns offers a more traditional toe shape and longer branches for added heel support.
B GCRT8-H5
B
5 (2x0) Hind
8
19.5
4-7/8 x 4-1/2
15
PR
1.22
4.48
4.26
GCRT8-H6
6 (0)
Hind
8
21.8
5-1/4 X 4-3/4
15
PR
1.36
4.88
4.64
GCRT8-H7
7 (1)
Hind
8
24.6
5-3/8 x 5
15
PR
1.54
5.00
4.75
GCRT8-H8
8 (2)
Hind
8
26.8
5-3/4 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.68
5.17
4.91
GCRT8-H9
9 (3)
Hind
8
28.8
6 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.80
5.41
5.14
GCRT8-H10
10 (4) Hind
8
34.6
*
15
PR
2.16
5.59
5.31
GCRT8-H11
11 (5) Hind
8
38.4
*
15
PR
2.40
6.07
5.77
Shapers, RT (Regular Toe) Hind, Clipped
GCRT8-HC5
5 (2x0) Hind SC
8
19.5
4-7/8 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.35
5.15
4.90
GCRT8-HC6
6 (0)
8
21.8
5-1/4 X 4-3/4
10
PR
1.45
5.49
5.22
Hind SC
Werkman
WZL Riding Shoe, 19x8 Clipped
The Werkman Riding Horse line of steel shoes was designed with the pleasure horse in mind; the lightest
of the Werkman clipped shoe with a V-style crease. User friendly front/hind pattern, punched for E-Nails.
ITEM #
C WZL198FQC1
C
D
WZL198FQC2
BX PRICE
BREAK
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
1 (2x0) Front QC 8
23.2
5 x 5-5/8
10
PR
1.45
7.00
6.65
2 (0)
25.4
5-3/8 x 5-1/8
10
PR
1.59
7.00
6.65
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
Front QC 8
PRICE
WZL198FQC3
3 (1)
Front QC 8
27.0
5-5/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.69
7.00
6.65
WZL198FQC4
4 (2)
Front QC 8
27.5
5-3/4 x 5-3/8
10
PR
1.72
7.00
6.65
WZL198FQC5
5 (3)
Front QC 8
WZL198HSC1
1 (2x0) Hind SC
8
28.2
6 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.76
7.00
6.65
22.6
5-1/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.41
7.00
6.65
WZL198HSC2
2 (0)
Hind SC
8
25.0
5-3/8 x 5-1/16
10
PR
1.56
7.00
6.65
WZL198HSC3
3 (1)
Hind SC
8
26.1
5-5/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.63
7.00
6.65
WZL198HSC4
4 (2)
Hind SC
8
27.7
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.73
7.00
6.65
WZL198HSC5
5 (3)
Hind SC
8
28.3
6 x 5-5/8
10
PR
1.77
7.00
6.65
WZL Riding Shoe, 22x8 Clipped
D WZL228FQC3
3 (1)
Front QC 8
*
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
10
PR
2.00
7.00
6.65
WZL228FQC4
4 (2)
Front QC 8
*
5-3/4 x 5-3/8
10
PR
2.00
7.00
6.65
6.65
WZL228FQC5
5 (3)
Front QC 8
32.5
5-7/8 x 5
10
PR
2.03
7.00
WZL228FQC6
6 (4)
Front QC 8
33.8
6-1/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
2.11
7.00
6.65
WZL228HSC3
3 (1)
Hind SC
*
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.90
7.00
6.65
8
WZL228HSC4
4 (2)
Hind SC
8
*
5-3/4 x 5-3/8
10
PR
1.90
7.00
6.65
WZL228HSC5
5 (3)
Hind SC
8
31.7
5-7/8 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.98
7.00
6.65
WZL228HSC6
6 (4)
Hind SC
8
33.8
6-1/4 x 6
10
PR
2.11
7.00
6.65
Equi-Librium
Mustad
E
The Equi-Librium shoe is the “Official Horseshoe of the Tevis.” It is a sport shoe for performance horses,
having to make (fast) turns in their work; a great shoe for Dressage. The outside branch is slightly longer,
with the nail holes punched a fraction coarser for optimum fitting and nailing on. The extra wide toe area is
forged with a 2 dimensional convex curve allowing the horse to fluently breakover in any direction required.
Having full heels gives the farrier the option of forging a variety of innovative alternatives in the heel area of
the shoe. Advised nails: E Head and E Head Slim.
ITEM #
E MUEL20F
F
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
LxW (in)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
Front
3/8
27.4
5-1/8 x 5
10
PR
1.71
10.35
9.84
MUEL0F
0
Front
3/8
29.8
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.86
10.35
9.84
MUEL1F
1
Front
3/8
33.6
5-1/2 x 5-5/8
10
PR
2.08
10.35
9.84
Mustad, Side Clipped
F MUEL2FC
2
Front SC
3/8
39.7
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
2.48
12.07
11.47
MUEL3FC
3
Front SC
3/8
40.3
6x6
10
PR
2.52
12.07
11.47
MUEL4FC
4
Front SC
3/8
44.5
6-1/2 x 6-1/2
10
PR
2.78
12.07
11.47
SC = Side Clip
12
PR WT
(oz)
www.piehtoolco.com
QC = Quarter Clip
Horseshoes (Riding • Sport)
Toe/Heeled
STEEL
St. Croix Heeled
St. Croix Heeled has clean, angled heel calks to help horses on rough ground. Advised nails: City Head.
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
1.09
1.22
4.89
4.89
4.65
4.65
PR
1.48
4.89
4.65
PR
1.73
5.30
5.04
10
PR
1.87
5.70
5.42
5-1/2 x 6
10
PR
2.04
6.13
5.83
5-3/4 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.40
6.15
5.84
ITEM #
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A SC10310
SC10311
3x0
2x0
3/8
3/8
17.0
19.5
4-1/8 x 4-3/8
4-3/8 x 4-3/4
20
20
PR
PR
SC10312
0
3/8
23.7
4-5/8 x 5
10
SC10313
1
3/8
27.7
4-7/8 x 5-1/4
10
SC10314
2
3/8
30.0
5-1/4 x 5-5/8
SC10315
3
3/8
32.6
SC10316
4
3/8
32.6
A
Toed and Heeled
St. Croix Toed and Heeled is a maximum-traction shoe with rounded toe grab. Advised nails: City Head.
B SC10410
3x0
3/8
18.2
4-1/8 x 4-3/8
20
PR
1.14
5.11
4.85
SC10411
2x0
3/8
21.9
4-3/8 x 4-3/4
20
PR
1.37
5.11
4.85
SC10412
0
3/8
23.5
4-5/8 x 5
10
PR
1.47
5.11
4.85
SC10413
1
3/8
27.2
4-7/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.70
5.40
5.13
SC10414
2
3/8
32.0
5-1/4 x 5-5/8
10
PR
2.00
5.72
5.44
SC10415
3
3/8
38.1
5-1/2 x 6
10
PR
2.38
6.08
5.78
SC10416
4
3/8
40.0
5-3/4 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.50
6.70
6.37
B
SPORT SHOES
St. Croix
Eventer
St. Croix Eventer, a wide rolled-toe shoe has a concave hoof surface, graduated thickness 9/32” to 3/8” and
a full, clean crease. Natural shape with heel platform ready for drilling and tapping. Advised nails: City Head.
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
1.06
4.85
4.32
1.23
4.85
4.32
PR
1.50
4.85
4.32
20
PR
1.64
4.85
4.32
20
PR
1.86
5.20
4.63
5-7/8 x 5-7/8
10
PR
2.00
5.40
4.81
34.6
6 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.16
5.80
5.16
3/8
17.0
4-1/2 x 4-7/16 20
PR
1.06
4.85
4.32
Hind
3/8
19.2
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
20
PR
1.20
4.85
4.32
0
Hind
3/8
22.6
5x5
20
PR
1.41
4.85
4.32
SC14913
1
Hind
3/8
24.8
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.55
4.85
4.32
SC14914
2
Hind
3/8
29.8
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
20
PR
1.86
5.20
4.63
SC14915
3
Hind
3/8
31.0
5-7/8 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.94
5.40
4.81
SC14916
4
Hind
3/8
33.3
6-1/4 x 6-1/8
10
PR
2.08
5.80
5.16
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT
(oz)
LxW (in)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
C SC14810
3x0
Front
3/8
17.0
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
20
PR
SC14811
2x0
Front
3/8
19.7
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
20
PR
SC14812
0
Front
3/8
24.0
5x5
20
SC14813
1
Front
3/8
26.2
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
SC14814
2
Front
3/8
29.8
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
SC14815
3
Front
3/8
32.0
SC14816
4
Front
3/8
D SC14910
3x0
Hind
SC14911
2x0
SC14912
C
D
Eventer, Side Clipped
E SC15820
3x0
Front SC
3/8
17.6
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.10
7.15
6.36
SC15821
2x0
Front SC
3/8
19.7
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.23
7.15
6.36
SC15822
0
Front SC
3/8
24.8
5x5
10
PR
1.55
7.15
6.36
SC15823
1
Front SC
3/8
26.1
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.63
7.15
6.36
SC15824
2
Front SC
3/8
30.7
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.92
7.35
6.54
SC15825
3
Front SC
3/8
34.2
5-7/8 x 5-7/8
10
PR
2.14
7.65
6.81
SC15826
4
Front SC
3/8
36.2
6 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.26
7.80
6.94
F SC15920
3x0
Hind SC
3/8
16.5
4-1/2 x 4-7/16
10
PR
1.03
7.15
6.36
SC15921
2x0
Hind SC
3/8
19.8
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.23
7.15
6.36
SC15922
0
Hind SC
3/8
23.0
5x5
10
PR
1.44
7.15
6.36
SC15923
1
Hind SC
3/8
25.3
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.58
7.15
6.36
SC15924
2
Hind SC
3/8
30.4
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.90
7.35
6.54
SC15925
3
Hind SC
3/8
31.0
5-7/8 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.94
7.65
6.81
SC15926
4
Hind SC
3/8
32.8
6-1/4 x 6-1/8
10
PR
2.05
7.80
6.94
E
F
SC = Side Clip
Needing up-to-date information?
Visit us on the Web: www.piehtoolco.com
1-888-743-4866
13
Horseshoes (Sport)
STEEL
St. Croix Eventer Plus
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
1.40
5.40
5.13
1.83
5.40
5.13
PR
2.08
5.55
5.28
10
PR
2.36
6.45
6.13
5x5
20
PR
1.36
5.40
5.13
27.2
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.70
5.40
5.13
3/8
32.0
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
10
PR
2.00
5.55
5.28
3/8
36.2
5-7/8 x 5-3/4
10
PR
2.26
6.45
6.13
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A SC14842
0
Front
5/16
22.4
5x5
20
PR
SC14843
1
Front
3/8
29.3
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
20
PR
SC14844
2
Front
3/8
33.3
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
SC14845
3
Front
3/8
37.8
5-7/8 x 5-7/8
B SC14942
0
Hind
5/16
21.8
SC14943
1
Hind
3/8
SC14944
2
Hind
SC14945
3
Hind
ITEM #
A
(continued)
Same as the Eventer shoe only wider with finished boxed heels.
Advantage
B
Balance and versatility: these are the qualities that determine the success of both the horse and rider
at a competitive level. A horse must move with agility and speed, quickly and smoothly responding to
directions, particularly in Western performance. This Advantage is designed to allow fluid movement with
total control. Punched for CH5.
C SCADVF000
SCADVF00
C
Front
5/16
16.3
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
20
PR
1.02
5.00
4.45
Front
5/16
17.6
4-3/8 x 4-1/2
20
PR
1.10
5.00
4.45
SCADVF0
0
Front
5/16
19.5
5-5/8 x 5
20
PR
1.22
5.00
4.45
SCADVF1
1
Front
5/16
25.6
5-3/8 x 5-5/8
20
PR
1.60
5.00
4.45
SCADVF2
2
Front
3/8
28.2
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
20
PR
1.76
5.10
4.54
SCADVF3
3
Front
3/8
30.7
6-1/8 x 6
20
PR
1.92
5.95
5.30
D SCADVH000
SCADVH00
D
3x0
2x0
3x0
Hind
5/16
16.0
4-1/4 x 4-1/2
20
PR
1.00
5.00
4.45
2x0
Hind
5/16
17.3
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
20
PR
1.08
5.00
4.45
SCADVH0
0
Hind
5/16
19.2
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.20
5.00
4.45
SCADVH1
1
Hind
5/16
25.3
5-5/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.58
5.00
4.45
SCADVH2
2
Hind
3/8
27.8
5-3/4 x 5-1/2
20
PR
1.74
5.10
4.54
SCADVH3
3
Hind
3/8
30.4
6-1/8 x 6-1/4
20
PR
1.90
5.95
5.30
Kerckhaert
Triumph
This new broad toe rim shoe is based on Kerckhaert’s aluminum Triumph shoe. It provides excellent
traction, enhanced break-over and built-in sole relief. They are available in front and hind patterns from
sizes 00 to 3. Punched for City Head nails such as the Delta Slim and Combo nail.
ITEM #
E 20TSF
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
Front
7/16
20.0
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.25
5.32
5.05
0TSF
0
Front
7/16
22.4
5x5
15
PR
1.40
5.32
5.05
1TSF
1
Front
7/16
26.2
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
15
PR
1.64
5.32
5.05
2TSF
2
Front
7/16
28.5
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.78
5.90
5.61
3TSF
3
Front
7/16
29.6
5-7/8 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.85
5.90
5.61
2x0
Hind
7/16
19.4
4-1/4 x 4-1/4
15
PR
1.21
5.32
5.05
0TSH
0
Hind
7/16
22.1
5-1/8 x 4-7/8
15
PR
1.38
5.32
5.05
1TSH
1
Hind
7/16
27.7
5-1/2 x 5
15
PR
1.73
5.32
5.05
2TSH
2
Hind
7/16
28.0
5-3/4 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.75
5.90
5.61
3TSH
3
Hind
7/16
30.0
5-3/4 x 5-3/8
15
PR
1.82
5.90
5.61
F 20TSH
E
SIZE
Triumph Light Steel
F
G 30TLSF
3x0
Front
3/8
17.1
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
15
PR
1.07
5.32
5.05
20TLSF
2x0
Front
3/8
18.1
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.13
5.32
5.05
0TLSF
0
Front
3/8
18.6
5x5
15
PR
1.16
5.32
5.05
1TLSF
1
Front
3/8
19.8
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
15
PR
1.24
5.32
5.05
30TLSH
3x0
Hind
3/8
16.0
4-1/4 x 4-1/4
15
PR
0.98
5.32
5.05
20TLSH
2x0
Hind
3/8
16.3
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
15
PR
1.02
5.32
5.05
0TLSH
0
Hind
3/8
17.0
4-1/8 x 5-7/8
15
PR
1.06
5.32
5.05
1TLSH
1
Hind
3/8
18.2
5-1/2 x 5
15
PR
1.14
5.32
5.05
G
the Bonnie knives
TM
We have designed the ultimate hoof knife with a comfortable long and narrow or
TM
shorter and wider redwood handle. “The Bonnie " fulfills the farrier’s needs at
a bladesmith’s standard with a deep curve to aid in cleaning out the frog, having
TM
a tight hook at the blade’s end. Accomplished farriers like "The Bonnie " for its
long lasting sharpness of the stainless steel blade. With frequent use and proper
TM
care "The Bonnie " should last for one year before replacement. (Pages 55-56)
14
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes (Sport • Toe Weights)
Kerckhaert Triumph Steel, Side Clipped
ITEM #
A 20TSFC
STEEL
(continued)
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
Front SC
7/16
21.3
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.33
7.56
7.18
0TSFC
0
Front SC
7/16
22.9
5x5
15
PR
1.43
7.56
7.18
1TSFC
1
Front SC
7/16
26.4
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
15
PR
1.65
7.56
7.18
2TSFC
2
Front SC
7/16
28.6
5-1/4 x 5-3/8
15
PR
1.79
7.92
7.52
3TSFC
3
Front SC
7/16
32.2
5-7/8 x 5-1/2
15
PR
2.01
7.92
7.52
20TSHC
2x0
Hind SC
7/16
20.5
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
15
PR
1.28
7.56
7.18
0TSHC
0
Hind SC
7/16
23.8
4-1/8 x 5-7/8
15
PR
1.49
7.56
7.18
1TSHC
1
Hind SC
7/16
27.5
5-1/2 x 5
15
PR
1.72
7.56
7.18
2TSHC
2
Hind SC
7/16
28.5
5-3/4 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.78
7.92
7.52
3TSHC
3
Hind SC
7/16
32.0
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
15
PR
2.00
7.92
7.52
A
Vulcan
Blenkinsop Front Steel Shoes
These shoes have a conventional design that incorporates many necessary modern day features. These
shoes come in a true front pattern that helps eliminate some issues caused by the “one-style-fits-all” shape
of many keg shoes on the market today. The shape allows farriers to achieve a better fit more quickly
because the shoe is designed to fit around the coffin bone will few alterations, meaning the widest part
of the shoe aligns with the widest part of the foot quite well right out of the box. This shoe features a
well designed ROLL in the toe of the shoe that continues around towards the quarters, offering the much
needed leverage reduction required for many equine athletes today.
ITEM #
B VBF-00
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
00
Front
5/16
20.2
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.26
6.40
6.08
VBF-0
0
Front
5/16
22.4
5x5
10
PR
1.40
6.45
6.13
VBF-1
1
Front
5/16
26.0
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.62
6.55
6.22
VBF-2
2
Front
5/16
30.4
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.90
6.60
6.27
B
Vulcan Profile Wedged Hind
The PROfile™ Hind shoes are specially designed to facilitate many of the needs of today’s performance
and sport horses. The PROfile™ features a beveled toe to allow for ease of breakover and leverage
reduction and a unique nailing pattern to allow for an optimal amount of toe slide required by performance
horses. The primary nail hole is set out of the crease so the nail head can be ground flush causing the toe
portion to have a reduced amount of friction. The shoe is then creased from the second nail hole back to
allow for some M/L traction. The overall side profile of the shoe is slightly graduated to help with pastern
alignment and to mimic the natural progressive wear configuration of hind sport shoes. The foot surface of
the PROfile™ is well seated out to allow for good sole relief. And finally, alignment marks on the center of
the shoe make it easier to get the shoe properly placed around the widest part of the foot to maintain good
D/P balance.
C PROH-000
PROH-00
3x0
Hind
5/16
17.8
4-5/8 x 4-1/4
10
PR
1.11
5.70
5.42
2x0
Hind
5/16
20.3
4-7/8 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.27
5.85
5.56
PROH-0
0
Hind
3/8
24.3
5-1/8 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.52
5.95
5.66
PROH-1
1
Hind
3/8
27.5
5-3/8 x 5
10
PR
1.72
6.00
5.70
PROH-2
2
Hind
7/16
30.2
5-5/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.89
6.10
5.80
C
TOE WEIGHTS
Diamond
Tennessee Walking
The Diamond Toe Weight shoes are designed for Tennessee walking horses and breeds requiring extra
weights. Forged with countersunk nail holes and weight at the toe. Sizes 1-2 have six nail holes, size 3 has
eight.
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
D 1TW
1
3/8
31.0
5-1/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.94
16.05
15.25
2TW
2
3/8
37.4
5-3/4 x 4-7/8
10
PR
2.34
15.60
14.82
3TW
3
7/17
39.4
6-1/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
2.46
15.70
14.92
ITEM #
D
EVEN WEIGHTS
Anvil Brand
Even Weight Die B 3/8” Blank Shoe is not punched.
ITEM #
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
E 34-314-14
14”
3/8
44.8
6-5/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
2.80
8.30
7.89
34-314-15
15”
3/8
48.0
7 x 5-5/8
10
PR
3.00
8.45
8.03
34-314-16
16”
3/8
52.2
7-1/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
3.26
8.60
8.17
E
SC = Side Clip
1-888-743-4866
15
Horseshoes (Gaited Toe Weights • Racing)
STEEL
GAITED
TOE WEIGHTS
For Gaited Horse Breeds. Used to enhance the horse’s gait. A horse must be conditioned to carry a shoe with a
toe weight. Horse should be hot shoed every time. Sizing is circumferential.
Anvil Brand
Die B
5/16” Blank Shoe is not punched.
ITEM #
A
THICK
(in)
SIZE
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
A 34-099-12
12”
5/16
25.4
4-3/8 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.59
7.75
7.37
34-099-13
13”
5/16
28.8
4-3/4 x 6-1/8
10
PR
1.80
8.00
7.60
34-099-14
14”
5/16
31.0
5-1/8 x 6-1/2
10
PR
1.94
8.25
7.84
34-099-15
15”
5/16
33.6
5-1/2 x 7
10
PR
2.10
8.55
8.13
34-099-16
16”
5/16
35.4
5-5/8 x 7-3/8
10
PR
2.21
8.75
8.32
5/16” It is punched for pads.
B
B 34-101-12
12”
5/16
25.8
4-5/8 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.65
10.80
10.26
34-101-13
13”
5/16
28.8
5 x 6-1/8
10
PR
1.80
11.10
10.55
34-101-14
14”
5/16
30.6
5-1/4 x 6-1/2
10
PR
1.91
11.35
10.79
34-101-15
15”
5/16
33.3
5-1/2 x 7
10
PR
2.08
11.55
10.98
34-101-16
16”
5/16
34.4
5-1/2 x 7-1/4
10
PR
2.15
11.75
11.17
3/8” Blank Shoe is not punched.
C
C 34-102-12
12”
3/8
31.2
4-5/8 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.95
7.75
7.37
34-102-13
13”
3/8
34.2
4-3/4 x 6-1/8
10
PR
2.12
8.10
7.70
34-102-14
14”
3/8
37.4
5-1/8 x 6-7/8
10
PR
2.34
8.30
7.89
34-102-15
15”
3/8
40.3
5-1/2 x 7
10
PR
2.52
8.55
8.13
34-102-16
16”
3/8
43.2
5-5/8 x 7-1/2
10
PR
2.70
8.85
8.41
D 34-103-12
12”
3/8
31.2
4-1/2 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.95
10.90
10.36
34-103-13
13”
3/8
34.8
4-7/8 x 6-1/8
10
PR
2.14
11.10
10.55
34-103-14
14”
3/8
37.4
5-3/8 x 6-1/2
10
PR
2.34
11.35
10.79
34-103-15
15”
3/8
39.4
5-5//8 x 7
10
PR
2.46
11.65
11.07
34-103-16
16”
3/8
42.2
5-1/2 x 7-3/8
10
PR
2.64
11.90
11.31
Die C
D
E 34-118-12
12”
3/8
30.9
5-1/2 x 4-3/8
10
PR
1.93
10.90
10.36
34-118-13
13”
3/8
34.7
6x5
10
PR
2.17
11.10
10.55
34-118-14
14”
3/8
36.5
6-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
2.28
11.35
10.79
34-118-15
15”
3/8
39.4
6-1/2 x 5-3/8
10
PR
2.46
11.65
11.07
34-118-16
16”
3/8
42.2
7-1/4 x 5-7/8
10
PR
2.64
11.90
11.31
RACING
Steel rim shoes provide excellent traction. We offer three weights of rim shoes. The regular weight, light
and ultra light. The ultra light makes a great training plate.
E
St. Croix
Ultra Lite Rim (Training Plate)
The St. Croix Ultra Lite Rim has traction without weight! Thin and used as a training plate, forged for
strength with a full crease and rolled toe. Advised nails: City Head.
ITEM #
THICK
(in)
SIZE
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
F SC13220
3x0
1/4
10.9
4-3/8 x 4-1/8
20
PR
0.68
5.50
4.90
SC13221
2x0
1/4
12.4
4-3/4 x 4-3/8
20
PR
0.77
5.50
4.90
SC13222
0
1/4
14.1
5 x 4-5/8
20
PR
0.88
5.50
4.90
SC13223
1
1/4
15.4
5-1/4 x 4-7/8
20
PR
0.96
5.70
5.07
SC13224
2
1/4
17.3
5-5/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.08
5.85
5.21
Concorde
F
The Concorde horseshoe is a light steel shoe designed for competitive horses where good grip and traction
are important factors, for example racing horses. The Concorde is a complete concave horseshoe that in
combination with the all-round crease offers extra traction and lower weight. The crease is continuous through
the toe area and back to the heel. The concave section in the toe moves the turning point slightly, so it is
displaced backwards, which assists the rolling motion of the foot. The concave form also ensures that manure
and sand on the inside of the horseshoe can easily drop off. On hind Concorde horseshoes the heel section is
fully formed to provide additional support and to easily allow adaptations such as drilling holes for studs.
ITEM #
G
16
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
G SCCSF5
5
Front
5/16
16.5
19 x 129
10
PR
1.03
3.85
3.43
SCCSF6
6
Front
5/16
17.8
20 x 133
10
PR
1.11
4.00
3.56
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes (Rimmed)
RIMMED
STEEL
St. Croix
Lite Rim
Full-crease and outside-rim traction, but relief from grab! Unique rolled toe eases breakover.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
A SC11210
3x0
N/A
3/8
13.0
4-3/8 x 4-1/8
20
PR
0.81
4.15
3.69
SC11211
2x0
N/A
3/8
15.8
4-3/4 x 4-3/8
20
PR
0.99
4.15
3.69
SC11212
0
N/A
3/8
17.1
5 x 4-5/8
20
PR
1.07
4.15
3.69
SC11213
1
N/A
3/8
20.5
5-1/4 x 4-7/8
20
PR
1.28
4.40
3.92
SC11214
2
N/A
3/8
23.7
5-5/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.48
4.65
4.14
SC11215
3
N/A
3/8
24.3
6 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.52
4.80
4.27
A
Rim
St. Croix Rim shoes have full-crease and outside-rim traction, but relief from grab! The unique rolled toe
eases breakover. Advised nails: City Head.
B SC10210
3x0
N/A
7/16
15.7
4-3/8 x 4-1/8
20
PR
0.98
4.50
4.01
SC10211
2x0
N/A
7/16
18.7
4-3/4 x 4-3/8
20
PR
1.17
4.50
4.01
SC10212
0
N/A
7/16
19.4
5 x 4-5/8
20
PR
1.21
4.50
4.01
SC10213
1
N/A
7/16
22.4
5-1/4 x 4-7/8
20
PR
1.40
4.75
4.23
SC10214
2
N/A
7/16
25.4
5-5/8 x 5-1/4
20
PR
1.59
5.00
4.45
SC10215
3
N/A
7/16
28.5
6 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.78
5.35
4.76
B
Surefit
These shoes are based on the popular line of Lite shoes with a V-shaped crease for better nail position.
They are designed to reduce your time at the anvil and ensure the best possible fit. The Surefit provides
sole pressure relief and improved comfort.
C 11191
2x0
Front
5/16
17.3
4-5/8 x 4-3/4
20
PR
1.08
4.10
3.65
11192
0
Front
5/16
19.7
5 x 5-1/8
20
PR
1.23
4.10
3.65
11193
1
Front
5/16
21.9
5-1/4 x 5-3/8
20
PR
1.37
4.35
3.87
11194
2
Front
5/16
24.5
5-1/4 x 5-3/8
20
PR
1.53
4.60
4.09
11181
2x0
Hind
5/16
16.6
4-3/4 X 4-5/8
20
PR
1.08
4.10
3.65
11182
0
Hind
5/16
19.2
5-1/8 X 4-7/8
20
PR
1.20
4.10
3.65
11183
1
Hind
5/16
21.4
5-1/4 X 5-1/8
20
PR
1.37
4.35
3.87
11184
2
Hind
5/16
24.6
5-5/8 X 5-1/2
20
PR
1.53
4.60
4.09
C
Kerckhaert
KH Standard Rim
These shoes are based on the popular line of Lite shoes with a V-shaped crease for better nail position.
They are designed to reduce your time at the anvil and ensure the best possible fit. The NEW (2011)
improved fit provides sole pressure relief and improved comfort.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
30STDLR188
3x0
N/A
5/16
14.7
4-1/2 x 4-3/8
15
PR
0.92
4.51
4.29
20STDLR188
2x0
N/A
5/16
17.1
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.07
4.51
4.29
D 0STDR198
0
N/A
5/8
21.0
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.31
5.28
5.02
1STDR198
1
N/A
5/8
22.4
5 x 4-7/8
15
PR
1.40
5.28
5.02
2STDR208
2
N/A
5/8
23.5
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.47
5.28
5.02
D
Grand Circuit
Shaper Rim
Shaped to fit more feet with less effort with more nail holes. Wide Rim for dirt to dirt traction. Rim set to the
back third at the toe for improved wear.
E GCSR8-F5
5
Front
5/16
18.7
4-1/2 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.17
4.48
4.26
GCSR8-F6
6
Front
5/16
20.6
4-5/8 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.29
4.88
4.64
GCSR8-F7
7
Front
5/16
23.0
5x5
15
PR
1.44
5.00
4.75
GCSR8-F8
8
Front
5/16
25.6
5-1/2 x 5-3/8
15
PR
1.60
5.17
4.91
GCSR8-F9
9
Front
5/16
26.1
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
15
PR
1.60
5.41
5.14
GCSR8-H5
5
Hind
5/16
18.2
4-1/2 x 4-5/8
15
PR
1.14
4.48
4.26
GCSR8-H6
6
Hind
5/16
19.7
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.23
4.88
4.64
GCSR8-H7
7
Hind
5/16
22.2
5-1/8 x 5
15
PR
1.39
5.00
4.75
GCSR8-H8
8
Hind
5/16
26.1
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
15
PR
1.63
5.17
4.91
E
We offer flux coated Carbraze rods (borium),
page 148 as another traction option besides studs.
1-888-743-4866
17
Horseshoes (Rimmed)
STEEL
Vulcan
RM Steel
The Vulcan RM Shoes have a conventional concave design in front and hind patterns that allow farriers to
achieve a better fit more quickly. The shoe is designed to fit around the coffin bone with few alterations,
meaning the widest part of the shoe aligns with the widest part of the foot quite well, right out of the box.
A
B
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
0.95
5.20
4.94
1.24
5.25
4.99
PR
1.32
5.30
5.04
10
PR
1.52
5.40
5.13
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.66
5.50
5.23
30.2
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.89
5.55
5.28
23 x 10
33.0
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
2.00
5.60
5.32
Hind
20 x 9.25
18.4
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.15
5.20
4.94
2x0
Hind
20 x 9.25
20.5
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.28
5.25
4.99
VRMH0
0
Hind
20 x 9.25
22.1
5x5
10
PR
1.38
5.30
5.04
VRMH1
1
Hind
21 x 9.5
25.9
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.62
5.40
5.13
VRMH2
2
Hind
22 x 10
26.1
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.63
5.50
5.23
VRMH3
3
Hind
23 x 10
32.2
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
2.01
5.55
5.28
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
18.3
10
PR
1.19
6.55
6.23
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A VRMF30
3x0
Front
20 x 9.25
15.2
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
VRMF20
2x0
Front
20 x 9.25
19.8
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
VRMF0
0
Front
20 x 9.5
21.9
5x5
10
VRMF1
1
Front
21 x 9.5
24.3
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
VRMF2
2
Front
22 x 10
26.6
VRMF3
3
Front
23 x 10
VRMF4
4
Front
B VRMH30
3x0
VRMH20
RM Steel, Clipped
C
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
C VRMF-C30
3x0
Front QC 20 x 9.25
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
VRMF-C20
2X0
Front QC 20 x 9.25
20.6
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.29
6.60
6.27
VRMF-C0
0
Front QC 20 x 9.5
22.2
5x5
10
PR
1.39
6.70
6.37
VRMF-C1
1
Front QC 21 x 9.5
23.7
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.48
6.75
6.42
VRMF-C2
2
Front QC 22 x 10
29.1
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.82
6.85
6.51
VRMF-C3
3
Front QC 23 x 10
31.0
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.94
6.90
6.56
VRMF-C4
4
Front QC 23 x 10
32.0
6x6
10
PR
2.00
7.00
6.65
VRMH-C30
3x0
Front QC 20 x 9.25
18.9
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.29
6.55
6.23
VRMH-C20
2X0
Hind QC
20.2
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.32
6.60
6.27
20 x 9.25
VRMH-C0
0
Hind QC
20 x 9.25
23.2
5x5
10
PR
1.39
6.70
6.37
VRMH-C1
1
Hind QC
21 x 9.5
27.4
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.71
6.75
6.42
VRMH-C2
2
Hind QC
22 x 10
29.6
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.85
6.85
6.51
VRMH-C3
3
Hind QC
23 x 10
31.4
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
2.00
6.90
6.56
Thoro’Bred
USH Legacy
D
E
Thoro’Bred has brought together all of the new features found in pleasure shoes today and added even
more into our USH LEGACY shoes. Sole reliefs, no sharp edges, ease of breakover and positive locking
nail head pockets are just a few of the features.
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
1.22
4.16
3.95
1.29
4.16
3.95
PR
1.39
4.16
3.95
10
PR
1.48
4.16
3.95
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.82
4.16
3.95
31.0
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.94
4.31
4.09
18.9
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.18
4.16
3.95
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
D USHL-F30
3x0
Front
7/8
18.3
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
USHL-F20
2X0
Front
7/8
20.6
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
USHL-F0
0
Front
7/8
22.2
5x5
10
USHL-F1
1
Front
7/8
23.7
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
USHL-F2
2
Front
7/8
29.1
USHL-F3
3
Front
7/8
3x0
Hind
7/8
E USHL-H30
USHL-H20
2X0
Hind
7/8
20.2
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.25
4.16
3.95
USHL-H0
0
Hind
7/8
23.2
5x5
10
PR
1.45
4.16
3.95
USHL-H1
1
Hind
7/8
27.4
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.71
4.16
3.95
USHL-H2
2
Hind
7/8
29.6
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.85
4.16
3.95
USHL-H3
3
Hind
7/8
31.4
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
1.96
4.31
4.09
QC = Quarter Clip
18
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes (Reining) • Barstock
Hand Made Shoes
STEEL
Billy Crothers’ Concave Shoes have similar qualities to a hand forged shoe. A beautiful concave shoe that
has a symmetrical, elliptical shape, ‘forged’ upright heels, unique ‘bob punch’ clips and crisp nail holes
which offer excellent fit and correct pitch. Hind shoes are sided with safe inside heel and toe.
Billy Crothers’ Concave Shoes
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
1.50
8.75
8.31
1.50
8.75
8.31
PR
1.75
8.75
8.31
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
1.52
8.75
8.31
24.0
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
1.50
8.75
8.31
20 x 10
24.8
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
1.55
8.75
8.31
5
Front SC 20 x 10
24.3
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
1.52
9.15
8.69
HM34x38-6FSC
6
Front SC 20 x 10
24.3
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
1.52
9.15
8.69
HM34x38-7FSC
7
Front SC 20 x 10
28.5
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
1.78
9.15
8.69
HM34x38-5HSC
5
Hind SC
20 x 10
24.0
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
1.50
9.15
8.69
HM34x38-6HSC
6
Hind SC
20 x 10
25.6
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
1.60
9.15
8.69
HM34x38-7HSC
7
Hind SC
20 x 10
25.6
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
1.60
9.15
8.69
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
24.0
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
24.0
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
PR
20 x 10
28.0
3/4 x 3/8 stock 10
Hind
20 x 10
24.3
6
Hind
20 x 10
HM34x38-7H
7
Hind
B HM34x38-5FSC
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
A HM34x38-5F
5
Front
20 x 10
HM34x38-6F
6
Front
20 x 10
HM34x38-7F
7
Front
HM34x38-5H
5
HM34x38-6H
ITEM #
A
BAR STOCK
Billy Crothers’ HMS
Concave Bar Stock for horseshoes from Billy Crothers in the UK is in 6 foot lengths.
ITEM #
SIZE
STOCK SIZE
(Iin)
PATTERN
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
B
C BSC34x38-6
6’
Concave
3/4 x 3/8
10
EA
3.60
13.30
12.64
BSC78x38-6
6’
Concave
7/8 x 3/8
10
EA
6.00
13.30
12.64
THERAPEUTIC
C
EDSS
Centre Fit
The EDSS Centre Fit Shoes are designed to fit the foot in a balanced fashion around the widest part of
the foot (which is essentially the center of rotation of the coffin joint). The Centre Fit Shoes are used for a
wide variety of disciplines including dressage, hunters, jumpers, and western performance & English show
horses, and a good choice for trail and other pleasure horses.
ITEM #
D CFF-20
CFF-0
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR
/BX
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
Front
5/16
17.0
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.06
5.80
5.51
0
Front
5/16
20.2
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.26
5.85
5.56
CFF-1
1
Front
3/8
23.7
5x5
10
PR
1.48
5.90
5.61
CFF-2
2
Front
3/8
27.4
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.71
6.00
5.70
E CFH-20
CFH-0
2x0
Hind
5/16
16.3
4-5/8 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.02
5.80
5.51
0
Hind
5/16
19.5
4-7/8 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.22
5.85
5.56
CFH-1
1
Hind
3/8
23.4
5-1/8 x 5
10
PR
1.46
5.90
5.61
CFH-2
2
Hind
3/8
28.3
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.77
6.00
5.70
D
Centre Fit Performance
The Centre Fit Performance Hind shoes are specially designed to facilitate many of the needs of today’s
performance horses that work in arena surfaces. The wider toe section allows for less toe-sink in the
propulsion stride phase, and extra heel length has been added to support the heel and minimize reverse
rotation of the foot.
F CFPH-00
2x0
Hind
5/16
18.9
4-7/8 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.18
6.15
5.84
CFPH-0
0
Hind
5/16
21.9
5-1/8 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.37
6.25
5.94
CFPH-1
1
Hind
3/8
26.4
5-3/8 x 5
10
PR
1.65
6.30
5.99
CFPH-2
2
Hind
3/8
31.2
5-5/8 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.95
6.40
6.08
CFPH-3
3
Hind
3/8
34.7
5-7/8 x 5-1/2
10
PR
2.17
6.55
6.23
E
SC = Side Clip
F
Be sure to look at all of the
Horseshoeing
and Horse Care Books
in the back of the catalog!
Pages 189-191.
1-888-743-4866
19
Horseshoes (Therapeutic • Reining • Sliding)
STEEL
THERAPEUTIC
Natural Balance
The EDSS Natural Balance Shoe (NBS) addresses the biomechanical needs of the equine foot for support
and protection in a domestic environment. This shoe offers the horse the most natural foundation for
optimal performance with minimal stress. A few suggested hoof preparation guidelines will help to properly
orient the shoe to the coffin bone as well as prevent hoof capsule distortion.
ITEM #
A NBS2X0F
A
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
Front
3/8
20.3
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.27
8.60
8.17
NBS0F
0
Front
3/8
21.6
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.35
8.95
8.50
NBS1F
1
Front
3/8
23.8
5x5
10
PR
1.49
8.95
8.50
NBS2F
2
Front
3/8
25.9
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.62
9.20
8.74
NBS3F
3
Front
3/8
31.0
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.94
9.20
8.74
NBS4F
4
Front
3/8
34.6
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
2.16
9.70
9.22
NBS5F
5
Front
3/8
37.8
6x6
10
PR
2.36
10.90
10.36
NBS2X0H
2x0
Hind
3/8
18.4
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.15
8.10
7.70
NBS0H
0
Hind
3/8
21.1
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.32
8.10
7.70
NBS1H
1
Hind
3/8
25.9
5x5
10
PR
1.62
8.50
8.08
NBS2H
2
Hind
3/8
27.7
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.73
8.50
8.08
NBS3H
3
Hind
3/8
24.7
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
1.90
9.70
9.22
NBS4H
4
Hind
3/8
32.6
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
2.04
10.00
9.50
SLIDING PLATES (REINING)
Kerckhaert
B
The Pride “Fine” series of sliding plates offers a choice for the farrier that prefers a finer punching pattern.
The series is available in a 1/4” x 7/8” stock size, with a very slight taper in the heel area. The nail pattern
works best for a shoe fit that is very close to a perimeter fit, where the shoe is not set forward. The shoe
design pattern and nail hole placement compares to the Equine Forgings™ pattern. However the Pride
Fine series offers cleaner and more consistent hole punching, a flatter shoe, and a more refined heel finish.
Shoes are symmetrical. Punched precisely for 4-1/2 Race or 4-1/2 Race XS nails and requiring little filing
to reduce the head of the nail. Size 2x0 and 0 are punched for 6 nails; sizes 1 is punched for 8 nails. New
Material: Now made with a higher carbon steel. Because higher carbon content can increase the chances
for breakage, if the shoes are quenched while red hot, Kerckhaert advises “air cooling” of the shoe.
Fine Sliding Plate, Pride 7/8”
ITEM #
B 20SP78
C
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
7.24
10”
1/4
23.4
4-3/4 x 3-7/8
15
PR
1.46
7.62
0SP78
11”
1/4
23.4
5-1/4 x 4-1/8
15
PR
1.46
7.62
7.24
1SP78
12”
1/4
23.4
5-3/4 x 4-1/4
15
PR
1.46
7.62
7.24
Fine Sliding Plate, Pride 1”
0SP1
11”
1/4
21.6
5-1/4 x 4-1/8
15
PR
1.35
8.00
7.60
1SP1
12”
1/4
24.2
5-3/4 x 4-1/4
15
PR
1.51
8.00
7.60
2SP1
13”
1/4
27.4
6-1/4 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.71
8.00
7.60
Fine Sliding Plate, Pride 1-1/4”
C 0SP1.25TH
11”
1/4
24.7
5-1/4 x 4-1/8
15
PR
1.54
11.30
10.74
1SP1.25TH
12”
1/4
26.4
5-3/4 x 4-1/4
15
PR
1.65
11.30
10.74
2SP1.25TH
13”
1/4
29.6
6-1/4 x 4-3/4
15
PR
1.85
11.30
10.74
EDSS
D
The general shape of the shoe has a bold toe with an arched bevel to allow better breakover and better
stabilization during the slide. The Inside web of the shoe is made as straight as possible on the Regular
and Super Slider models, to minimize friction over the ground surface of the foot during slides. At the
same time, the outside perimeter of the shoe closely follows the radius of the foot to make for a close fit
(meaning less chance of pulling shoes), yet does not hinder slide length.
TK Sliders, Max 1”
ITEM #
D TKK-20
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
1/4
22.9
5 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.43
10.15
9.64
TKK-0
0
1/4
25.4
5-1/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.59
10.15
9.64
TKK-1
1
1/4
28.2
5-1/2 x 5
10
PR
1.76
10.15
9.64
TK Sliders, Super 1-1/4”
E
20
E TKSS-0
0
1/4
26.1
5-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.63
10.90
10.36
TKSS-1
1
1/4
26.9
6 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.68
10.90
10.36
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes (Sliding)
Anvil Brand
STEEL
3/4” Tapered Sliding Plates
Anvil Brand’s reining shoes are popular all across the United States. Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
ITEM #
A 34-027-11
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR
/BX
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
11”
1/4
17.1
5-3/16 x 3-7/8
20
PR
1.07
7.05
6.70
34-027-11.5
11.5”
1/4
18.2
5-5/16 x 4
20
PR
1.14
7.20
6.84
34-027-12
12”
1/4
19.0
5-7/16 x 4-3/16 20
PR
1.19
7.20
6.84
7/8” Sliding Plates Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
B 34-284-11
11”
1/4
20.0
5-1/4 x 4-1/8
20
PR
1.25
7.90
7.51
34-284-11.5
11.5”
1/4
21.1
5-3/8 x 4-1/8
20
PR
1.34
8.15
7.75
34-284-12
12”
1/4
22.2
5-5/8 x 4-5/16 20
PR
1.49
8.15
7.75
34-284-13
13”
1/4
23.4
6-1/8 x 4-3/8
PR
1.49
8.45
8.03
20
A
1” Tapered Sliding Plates Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
C 34-034-11
11”
1/4
20.3
5-1/2 x 4
20
PR
1.27
9.00
8.55
34-034-12
12”
1/4
22.6
5-3/4 x 4-1/4
20
PR
1.41
9.15
8.70
34-034-13
13”
1/4
24.3
6-1/4 x 4-1/2
20
PR
1.52
9.35
8.89
B
1” Sliding Plates Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
D 34-035-11
11”
1/4
23.2
5-1/2 x 4-1/4
20
PR
1.45
7.15
6.80
34-035-11.5
11.5”
1/4
23.8
5-3/4 x 4-1/4
20
PR
1.49
7.30
6.94
34-035-12
12”
1/4
24.6
5-3/4 x 4-7/16 20
PR
1.54
7.30
6.94
34-035-13
13”
1/4
27.4
6-1/8 x 4-5/8
20
PR
1.71
7.55
7.18
34-035-14
14”
1/4
29.1
6-7/8 x 4-3/4
20
PR
1.82
7.60
7.22
C
D
1-1/4” Tapered Sliding Plates Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
E 34-041-11
11”
1/4
24.8
5-5/8 x 4-3/8
20
PR
1.55
9.45
8.98
34-041-11.5
11.5”
1/4
26.4
5-7/8 x 4-3/8
20
PR
1.64
9.65
9.17
34-041-12
12”
1/4
27.0
6-1/8 x 4-3/8
20
PR
1.69
9.65
9.17
34-041-13
13”
1/4
29.4
6-5/8 x 4-1/2
20
PR
1.84
9.90
9.41
34-041-14
14”
1/4
31.8
7 x 4-5/8
20
PR
1.99
10.05
9.55
E
Double S
Double S Horseshoes is an environmentally friendly endeavor, using clean, carbon neutral, sustainable
energy. Double S Sliders are made in Italy.
S Sliding Plate, 7/8” Advised nail: RN 4.5.
ITEM #
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR
/BX
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
F 74072
10”
1/4
18.9
5-1/4 x 4
10
PR
1.18
9.20
8.74
74073
11”
1/4
19.8
5-1/2 x 4-1/4
10
PR
1.24
9.20
8.74
74074
12”
1/4
21.3
5-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.33
9.20
8.74
74075
13”
1/4
22.4
5-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.40
9.20
8.74
F
G
H
J
SL Sliding Plate, 1” Advised nail: RN 4.5.
G 74032
10”
1/4
18.9
5-1/4 x 4
10
PR
1.18
9.20
8.74
74033
11”
1/4
21.1
5-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.32
9.20
8.74
74034
12”
1/4
22.6
5-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.41
9.20
8.74
74035
13”
1/4
23.4
6 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.46
9.20
8.74
SN Tapered Sliding Plate, 1” Advised nail: RN 4.5.
Double S Slider “SN’’ has a 1” Tapered Heel Futurity Plate, with beveled toe, four nail holes.
H 74052
10”
1/4
19.5
5-1/4 x 4
10
PR
1.22
9.20
8.74
74053
11”
1/4
20.2
5-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.26
9.20
8.74
74054
12”
1/4
18.7
5-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.44
9.20
8.74
74055
13”
1/4
25.1
6 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.57
9.20
8.74
SM Tapered Sliding Plate, 1-1/4” Advised nail: 4RN 4.5.
J 74042
10”
1/4
20.8
5-1/4 x 4
10
PR
1.30
9.85
9.36
74043
11”
1/4
23.0
5-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.44
9.85
9.36
74044
12”
1/4
25.1
5-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.57
9.85
9.36
K
S Tapered Sliding Plate, 1-1/4” Advised nail: RN 4.5.
K 74062
10”
1/4
20.6
5-1/4 x 4
10
PR
1.29
9.85
9.36
74063
11”
1/4
22.9
5-1/2 x 4-1/4
10
PR
1.43
9.85
9.36
74064
12”
1/4
25.0
5-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.56
9.85
9.36
74065
13”
1/4
26.9
6 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.63
9.85
9.36
1-888-743-4866
21
Horseshoes (Sliding • Pony • Mule • Draft)
STEEL
Double S SJ Directional Sliding Plate, 1” Advised nail: RN 4.5 or PS5.
ITEM #
A
(continued)
The Double S Directional Slider features one tapered heel (to help straighten the direction of the slide)
beveled toe, four nail holes and a great easy fit shape. One branch is wider than the other (called a trailer)
giving the shoe a right and left pattern.
THICK
(in)
SIZE
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
A 74120
10”
1/4
18.4
5-1/4 x 4
10
PR
1.15
9.85
9.36
74121
11”
1/4
20.2
5-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.26
9.85
9.36
74122
12”
1/4
22.2
5-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
1.39
9.85
9.36
74123
13”
1/4
22.9
6 x 4-3/4
10
PR
1.43
9.85
9.36
PONY
St. Croix
Shoes for our smallest customers! A smaller version of the St. Croix “Plain” shoe. Dropped-forged for strength.
SIZE
THICK
(in)
B SC25118
0
1/2 x 1/4 9.4
SC25119
1
5/8 x 1/4 10.2
ITEM #
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
0.59
3.65
3.25
0.64
3.90
3.47
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
3-3/4 x 3-1/4
40
PR
4-1/8 x 3-1/2
40
PR
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
Diamond
B
The Diamond Pony shoe is forged from special steel (like the regular horseshoe) to give long wear. Six
properly spaced nail holes fit the average pony hoof. NOTE: For No. 2 Pony shoe, use Diamond 3x0
Classic Plain horseshoe.
C 0PONY
0
1/2 x 1/4 8.2
3-1/4 x 3-3/4
40
PR
0.51
3.25
3.09
1PONY
1
5/8 x 1/4 10.4
3-1/2 x 4-1/8
40
PR
0.65
3.50
3.33
Kerckhaert
This has a natural shape that makes it ideal for ponies and horses with smaller feet. It is a good shoe for
miniatures as well. It is punched for Race nails. Shoes are 16x6 mm.
C
D 80STDPO
8x0
3/16
10.1
3-3/8 x 3-1/2
15
PR
0.63
4.84
4.60
60STDPO
6x0
3/16
10.8
3-3/4 x 4
15
PR
0.68
4.84
4.60
40STDPO
4x0
3/16
11.7
4-1/8 x 4-1/8
15
PR
0.73
4.84
4.60
MULE
St. Croix
D
Mule shoes are easy to nail on with added heal traction. Punched for City Head nails.
E SC25135
3x0
3/8
15.4
3-3/8 x 4-5/8
20
PR
0.96
3.80
3.38
SC25136
2x0
3/8
18.1
3-7/8 x 4-3/8
20
PR
1.13
4.10
3.65
SC25137
0
3/8
20.2
4-1/8 x 5
20
PR
1.26
4.40
3.92
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
DRAFT
Kerckhaert
Workhorse (Light)
This Kerckhaert Workhorse Lite is a working horseshoe left unclipped. Advised nails: E.
ITEM #
E
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
F 5WHF2810
5
Front
3/8
53.1
6-5/8 x 6-7/8
10
PR
3.32
14.90
14.16
6WHF2810
6
Front
3/8
56.3
7-1/8 x 7-1/8
10
PR
3.52
14.90
14.16
7WHF2810
7
Front
3/8
59.5
7-3/8 x 7-1/2
10
PR
3.72
14.90
14.16
8WHF2810
8
Front
3/8
62.7
7-5/8 x 7-7/8
10
PR
3.92
14.90
14.16
5WHH2810
5
Hind
3/8
51.2
6-1/2 x 6-5/8
10
PR
3.20
14.90
14.16
6WHH2810
6
Hind
3/8
55.0
7x7
10
PR
3.44
14.90
14.16
7WHH2810
7
Hind
3/8
57.9
7-3/8 x 7-1/4
10
PR
3.62
14.90
14.16
8WHH2810
8
Hind
3/8
61.1
7-5/8 x 7-1/2
10
PR
3.82
14.90
14.16
Workhorse, Toe Clipped (Light)
The Kerckhaert Workhorse Light features a big strong clip, v-style crease and course punching. Toe clips
are recommended because these horses do not walk at high speed and the there is smaller chance of
damaging the front legs. Advised nails: E.
F
G
G 5WHF2810T
5
Front TC
3/8
53.8
6-5/8 x 6-7/8
10
PR
3.41
14.90
14.16
6WHF2810T
6
Front TC
3/8
56.6
7-1/8 x 7-1/8
10
PR
3.54
14.90
14.16
7WHF2810T
7
Front TC
3/8
60.2
7-3/8 x 7-1/2
10
PR
3.76
14.90
14.16
8WHF2810T
8
Front TC
3/8
63.7
7-5/8 x 7-7/8
10
PR
3.98
14.90
14.16
5WHH2810T
5
Hind TC
3/8
52.2
6-1/2 x 6-5/8
10
PR
3.32
14.90
14.16
6WHH2810T
6
Hind TC
3/8
55.4
7x7
10
PR
3.46
14.90
14.16
7WHH2810T
7
Hind TC
3/8
58.2
7-3/8 x 7-1/4
10
PR
3.64
14.90
14.16
8WHH2810T
8
Hind TC
3/8
61.4
7-5/8 x 7-1/2
10
PR
3.84
14.90
14.16
TC = Toe Clip
22
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes (Draft • Egg Bar)
Workhorse, Toe Clipped (Heavy)
(continued)
STEEL
The Workhorse Heavy is a 1/2” x 1-1/4” shoe designed for the heaviest of draft horses and features a big
strong clip. Toe clips are recommended because these horses do not walk at high speed and the there is
smaller chance of damaging the front legs. Advised nails: E.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR/
BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
A 3WHF2812T
3
Front TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
57.9
5-7/8 x 6-1/8 10
PR
3.62
14.60
13.87
4WHF2812T
4
Front TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
61.1
6-1/4 x 6-3/8 10
PR
3.82
14.93
14.18
5WHF3212T
5
Front TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
78.7
6-5/8 x 6-7/8 10
PR
4.92
17.68
16.80
6WHF3212T
6
Front TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
81.6
7-1/8 x 7-1/8 10
PR
5.10
17.68
16.80
7WHF3212T
7
Front TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
85.1
7-3/8 x 7-1/2 10
PR
5.32
17.97
17.07
8WHF3212T
8
Front TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
91.8
7-5/8 x 7-7/8 10
PR
5.74
17.97
17.07
3WHH2812T
3
Hind TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
55.4
5-7/8 x 5-7/8 10
PR
3.46
14.60
13.87
4WHH2812T
4
Hind TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
59.5
6-1/4 x 6-1/8 10
PR
3.72
14.93
14.18
5WHH3212T
5
Hind TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
75.5
6-1/2 x 6-5/8 10
PR
4.72
17.68
16.80
6WHH3212T
6
Hind TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
80.6
7x7
10
PR
5.04
17.68
16.80
7WHH3212T
7
Hind TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
84.2
7-3/8 x 7-1/4 10
PR
5.26
17.97
17.07
8WHH3212T
8
Hind TC
1/2 x 1-1/4
89.6
7-5/8 x 7-1/2 10
PR
5.60
17.97
17.07
A
EGG BAR
Blurton
Quarter Clip Heart Bar
The Jim Blurton Heart Bar shoe is designed to offer maximum support to the foot and coffin bone while
offering the farrier a shoe that is superbly balanced and easy to fit. The shoe incorporates a roll toe and is
safed off at the heel. Side clips are standard with a countersunk position for stud holes. Unique to these
shoes are pitched nail holes providing a different angle for each nail making it easier to nail on.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
B
BX PRICE
BREAK
B BHBC3X0
3x0
QC
3/8
25.0
5-1/4 x 4-1/2 10
PR
1.56
30.30
28.79
BHBC2X0
2x0
QC
3/8
27.2
5-1/2 x 4-3/4 10
PR
1.70
30.30
28.79
BHBC0
0
QC
3/8
28.3
5-3/4 x 5
10
PR
1.77
30.30
28.79
BHBC1
1
QC
3/8
31.0
6 x 5-1/4
10
PR
1.94
30.30
28.79
BHBC2
2
QC
3/8
40.0
6-1/4 x 5-1/2 10
PR
2.50
31.80
30.21
BHBC3
3
QC
3/8
44.0
6-1/2 x 5-3/4 10
PR
2.75
31.80
30.21
BHBC4
4
QC
3/8
47.8
6-3/4 x 6
10
PR
2.99
33.90
32.21
BHBC5
5
QC
3/8
51.8
7 x 6-1/4
10
PR
3.24
33.90
32.21
C
Blurton Quarter Clip Straight Bar
The Jim Blurton Straight Bar shoe offers support to the heel and frog spreading the weight evenly. A bar
runs directly between the two heels, enlarging the ground-bearing surface at the back of the foot, ideal for
competition horses. The shoe incorporates a roll toe and is safed off at the heel. Side clips are standard
with a countersunk position for stud holes. Unique to these shoes they incorporate pitched nail holes
providing a different angle for each nail making it easier to nail on.
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
PR
1.16
30.30
28.79
PR
1.40
30.30
28.79
PR
1.64
30.30
28.79
10
PR
1.87
30.30
28.79
5-3/4 x 5-1/2
10
PR
2.02
31.80
30.21
38.1
6 x 5-3/4
10
PR
2.38
31.80
30.21
40.3
6-1/4 x 6
10
PR
2.52
33.90
32.21
47.8
6-1/2 x 6-1/4
10
PR
2.99
33.90
32.21
PR
/BX
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
C BSBC3X0
3x0
QC
3/8
18.6
4-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
BSBC2X0
2x0
QC
3/8
22.4
5 x 4-3/4
10
BSBC0
0
QC
3/8
26.2
5-1/4 x 5
10
BSBC1
1
QC
3/8
29.9
5-3/4 x 5-1/4
BSBC2
2
QC
3/8
32.3
BSBC3
3
QC
3/8
BSBC4
4
QC
3/8
BSBC5
5
QC
3/8
U/M
D
Delta Egg Bar
Delta’s Eggbar is the only European style eggbar with no weld. These shoes feature a true crease, precise
nail holes and an easy-to-fit shape. Advised nails: City Head.
BX PRICE
BREAK
ITEM #
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
D DEBP2X0
2x0
1/4
21.3
5-1/4 x 4-3/8 10
PR
1.33
15.55
14.77
0
5/16
24.3
5-1/2 x 4-5/8 10
PR
1.52
15.55
14.77
DEBP0
DEBP1
1
5/16
29.1
5-3/4 x 4-7/8 10
PR
1.82
15.55
14.77
DEBP2
2
5/16
32.6
6 x 5-1/8
10
PR
2.04
15.55
14.77
DEBP3
3
5/16
36.5
6-1/4 x 5-1/4 10
PR
2.28
19.15
15.77
QC = Quarter Clip
TC = Toe Clip
1-888-743-4866
23
Horseshoes (Egg Bar)
STEEL
Kerckhaert
FPD SX7 Egg Bar Front, Quarter Clipped
The SX7 Egg bar shoes are carefully fabricated using the Kerckhaert shoes and the same steel for the
bars. Available in a variety of styles, these bar shoes have become the most popular brand in North
America. The SX7 is used in a variety of disciplines, especially where strength and good support are
required. Shoes are symmetrical (shoe fits left or right). Punched for 4-1/2 Regular, 5 Race or 5 Slim.
A
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
A EBS7F-20
C
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
QC Front 7
23.5
4-5/16 x 5-1/2
5
PR
1.47
21.45
20.38
EBS7F-0
0
QC Front 7
27.2
5-1/4 x 5-5/8
5
PR
1.70
21.45
20.38
EBS7F-1
1
QC Front 7
30.9
5-3/8 x 6-1/8
5
PR
1.93
21.45
20.38
FPD SX8 Egg Bar, Clipped
The Kerckhaert SX-8 Egg Bar shoes are carefully fabricated using the Kerckhaert shoes and the same
steel for the bars. The SX-8 is used in a variety of disciplines, especially where strength and good support
are required. Clipped Only. Advised nail: 5 City or 5 Slim.
B EBS8F-20
B
THICK
(mm)
2x0
QC Front
8
28.8
4-3/4 x 4-7/8
5
PR
1.80
22.34
21.22
EBS8F-0
0
QC Front
8
29.9
5-1/8 x 5
5
PR
1.87
22.34
21.22
EBS8F-1
1
QC Front
8
33.0
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
5
PR
2.06
22.34
21.22
EBS8F-2
2
QC Front
8
37.1
5-1/2 x 5-3/8
5
PR
2.32
22.34
21.22
EBS8F-3
3
QC Front
8
41.0
6 x 5-7/8
5
PR
2.56
24.01
22.81
EBS8F-4
4
QC Front
8
43.8
6-1/8 x 6-1/8
5
PR
2.74
24.01
22.81
EBS8H-20
2x0
SC Hind
8
27.7
4-1/2 x 4-5/8
5
PR
1.73
22.34
21.22
EBS8H-0
0
SC Hind
8
29.9
5 x 4-7/8
5
PR
1.87
22.34
21.22
EBS8H-1
1
SC Hind
8
33.0
5-1/8 x 5
5
PR
2.06
22.34
21.22
EBS8H-2
2
SC Hind
8
36.5
5-3/8 x 5-1/4
5
PR
2.28
22.34
21.22
EBS8H-3
3
SC Hind
8
40.6
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
5
PR
2.54
24.01
22.81
EBS8H-4
4
SC Hind
8
42.2
6-1/8 x 6
5
PR
2.64
24.01
22.81
FPD SX8 Straight Bar, Clipped
SX8 Straight Bar Shoes are symmetrical. Available in a Front Pattern only. Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
D
C SBS8F0
0
QC Front 8
29.0
5-1/8 x 5
5
PR
1.81
22.34
SBS8F1
1
QC Front 8
30.4
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
5
PR
1.90
22.34
21.22
21.22
SBS8F2
2
QC Front 8
33.0
5-3/8 x 5-1/2
5
PR
2.06
22.34
21.22
22.83
SBS8F3
3
QC Front 8
36.5
5-7/8 x 6
5
PR
2.28
24.03
SBS8F4
4
QC Front 8
41.9
6-1/8 x 6-1/8
5
PR
2.62
24.03
22.83
SBS8F5
5
QC Front 8
42.8
6-3/8 x 6-5/8
5
PR
2.67
24.03
22.83
FPD SX8 Heart Bar, Clipped
SX8 Straight Bar Shoes are symmetrical. Available in a Front Pattern only. Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
D HBS8F20
E
2X0
QC Front
8
19.8
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
5
PR
1.24
26.29
24.98
HBS8F0
0
QC Front
8
29.8
5-1/8 x 5
5
PR
1.86
26.29
24.98
HBS8F1
1
QC Front
8
30.9
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
5
PR
1.93
26.29
24.98
HBS8F2
2
QC Front
8
34.2
5-3/8 x 5-1/2
5
PR
2.14
26.29
24.98
HBS8F3
3
QC Front
8
37.0
5-7/8 x 6
5
PR
2.31
26.94
25.59
HBS8F4
4
QC Front
8
39.7
6-1/8 x 6-1/8
5
PR
2.48
26.94
25.59
Vulcan
Egg Bar
The Vulcan Egg Bar is a flat steel shoe with an integrated sole relief, and has plenty of nail holes for a wide
choice of nailing options when installing. They have no sharp edges, safeing at the heels.
ITEM #
E VEB-20
F
SIZE
THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2X0
18 x 8
19.8
5-3/4 x 5
5
PR
1.24
20.80
19.76
VEB-0
0
18 x 8
24.8
6-1/8 x 5-5/16
5
PR
1.55
22.20
21.09
VEB-1
1
18 x 8
29.1
6-3/8 x 5-1/2
5
PR
1.82
22.20
21.09
VEB-2
2
18 x 8
33.9
6-5/8 x 5-3/4
5
PR
2.12
23.55
22.37
Heart Bar
The Vulcan Heart Bar has an integrated sole relief and has plenty of nail holes for a wide choice of nailing
options when installing. It has side clips to help keep the shoe in place and the nails tightly clinched,
center punched flats for ease of stud or caulk placement and has no sharp edges. The pattern has a nicely
rounded toe area and the bar is easily opened or closed at the heels when heated if needed due to the
shape of the bar.
F VCHB-20
VCHB-0
2X0
3/8
17.9
5-1/8 x 5
5
PR
1.12
24.30
23.08
0
3/8
19.8
5-3/8 x 5-5/16
5
PR
1.24
25.00
23.75
VCHB-1
1
3/8
21.8
5-5/8 x 5-1/2
5
PR
1.36
25.00
23.75
VCHB-2
2
3/8
24.5
5-7/8 x 5-3/4
5
PR
1.53
25.90
24.61
QC = Quarter Clip
24
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes (Egg Bar) • Traction Aids
Vulcan Straight Bar
(continued)
STEEL
The Vulcan Straight Bar has an integrated sole relief and has plenty of nail holes for a wide choice of
nailing options when installing. It also has side clips to help keep the shoe in place and the nails tightly
clinched, center punched flats for ease of stud or caulk placement and has no sharp edges. The pattern
has a nicely rounded toe area and the bar is easily closed at the heels when heated if needed due to the
shape of the bar.
ITEM #
THICK
(in)
SIZE
A VCSB-20
PR
/BX
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2X0
3/8
17.9
5-1/16 x 5
5
PR
1.12
22.35
21.23
VCSB-0
0
3/8
19.8
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
5
PR
1.24
22.35
21.23
VCSB-1
1
3/8
21.8
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
5
PR
1.36
22.35
21.23
VCSB-2
2
3/8
24.4
5-3/4 x 6
5
PR
1.53
23.10
21.94
A
Werkman
Quarter Clip Egg Bar
Although Werkman uses modern technologies, they still cling to traditional principles: horseshoes of rolled
metal. The life span is long and they are renowned for their creases and nail holes and are carefully finished
to provide a beautiful, well-groomed look - an important advantage in today’s equestrian events.
B WCEBP2X0
WCEBP0
2x0
QC
3/16
18.9
5-1/4 x 4-3/8
10
PR
1.18
25.75
24.46
0
QC
1/4
28.2
5-3/8 x 4-5/8
10
PR
1.76
25.75
24.46
WCEBP1
1
QC
1/4
29.8
5-3/4 x 4-7/8
10
PR
1.86
25.75
24.46
WCEBP2
2
QC
1/4
32.6
6-1/8 x 5-1/8
10
PR
2.04
25.75
24.46
WCEBP3
3
QC
1/4
33.6
6-3/8 x 5-3/8
10
PR
2.10
29.00
27.55
WCEBP4
4
QC
1/4
39.7
6-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
2.48
29.00
27.55
WCEBP5
5
QC
1/4
41.3
6-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
2.58
29.00
27.55
WCEBP6
6
QC
1/4
45.1
7x6
10
PR
2.82
29.00
27.55
B
STUDS (PLUGS)
Mustad
Mustad Ice
Ice studs made of steel with hardened body and welded tungsten carbide insert. Designed for riding and
jumping on hard and rocky terrain.
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WxL (mm)
THICK
(in)
CNT/
BX
U/M
WT
(oz)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
C 70632
Screw-In Stud
3
12 x 15
3/8
50
EA
0.04
1.35
1.28
70640
Screw-In Stud
4
10 x 9-1/2
3/8
50
EA
0.03
1.05
0.99
70648
Screw-In Stud
5
10 x 11
3/8
50
EA
0.02
1.05
0.99
70664
Screw-In Stud
7
12 x 9
3/8
50
EA
0.02
1.30
1.24
70678
Screw-In Stud
8
10 x 7-1/2
3/8
50
EA
0.01
1.05
0.99
70680
Screw-In Stud
8
12 x 7-1/2
3/8
50
EA
0.02
1.05
0.99
70676
Screw-In Stud
8
10 x 7-1/2
5/16
50
EA
0.01
1.05
0.99
ITEM #
C
E
D
F
Drive-In Studs
Mustad’s carbide tip studs offer superior traction on ice, snow, mud, and blacktop without time consuming
welds. They are quick and easy to apply, just drill the hole and drive them in!
G
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
WT
(oz)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
D 70682
Stud, P-9
Shows 5/16” above the shoe. For hacks,
hunters, light harness horses, and roadsters.
9/16
50
EA
0.02
1.10
1.05
E 70694
Stud, P-11
Shows 1/4” above the shoe. Drive in stud
for small ponies, light weight hunters, and
thoroughbreds in training.
3/8
50
EA
0.01
1.05
1.00
ITEM #
F 70697
Stud, P-13
5/16
3/8” taper into shoe. This drive-in stud is a flush
fitting plug for very heavy commercial or draft
horses.
CNT
/BX
50
EA
0.01
0.95
.91
Plugits
Mustad Plugits prevent debris from getting into the horse’s heel area by plugging the stud hole. Plugits are
treated with a rust preventive formula to give the ultimate in thread protection.
ITEM #
G 80601
WT
(oz)
DESCRIPTION
CNT/
BAG
U/M
Mustad Plugits, Cotton
100
BAG 0.11
We have borium rods
in 3 sizes on page 148.
DRILL BIT AND TAP GUIDE
This chart is helpful in the selection of
correct drill bits and taps for use with studs.
PRICE
PRICE BAGBREAK
9.60
9.12
Our Stud Punches
are on page 66.
1-888-743-4866
Size
Drill Bit
Taper Tap
5/16”
9/16”
3/8”
17/64”
15/32”
5/16”
5/16”
9/16”
3/8”
Drill
Stud Rivet
3/32”
1/8”
9/64”
#14 Copper Rivets
#12 Copper Rivets
#10 Copper Rivets
HELPFUL TIPS FOR STUDS
The shoes should always be fitted to the foot before drilling
holes, or the holes will become egg shaped or the WearTrac/
Borium may be damaged. We recommend practicing on another
horseshoe or piece of scrap steel. Each method has advantages
and disadvantages. The decision is made based on the horse, the
shoe and usage, economics and available tools and equipment.
Drive Calks: Following the Screw Calk method with the
exception of using a tapered punch (greased) instead. The holes
are dried thoroughly and calks are driven in and the shoe nailed
on. The tungsten pins must not be struck on directly with a steel
hammer, but use a 1” round drift with a hole countersunk in the
center so the force of the blow will not be in the insert.
25
Tapper & Therapeutic Aids
TAPPING TOOLS
Valley Shoe Tapper
Easy to use, faster than a drill and reduces tap breakage. Simplify Threading Stud Holes with the Valley
Shoe Tapper!
A
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
WT
(oz)
PRICE
A VST *S/O
Valley Shoe Tapper w/Bolt Down Plate
This model comes with a bolt down plate so
you can attach it to a work bench or even a
swing out arm in the shoeing trailer.
3/8” Hardie
EA
6.00
107.45
B VST1 *S/O
Valley Shoe Tapper
1” Hardie
EA
6.00
90.45
Valley Shoe Tapper
7/8” Hardie
EA
6.00
90.45
C SPT170130
Tap Spiral, Pointed Straight
5/16” Bit
EA
0.05
6.65
SPT170132
Tap Spiral, Pointed Straight
3/8” Bit
EA
0.05
7.20
Tap Spiral, Fluted
5/16” Bit
EA
0.04
11.90
Tap Spiral, Fluted
T Handle for Tap Wrench
Fits 1/4” - 1/2”
Rapid Tap Cutting Fluid
3/8” Bit
1/2”
EA
EA
0.06
0.36
13.80
5.00
4 oz
EA
0.32
3.95
ITEM #
VST78 *S/O
B
D SFTP170932
SFTP170934
THNDTW
E O4Z-NRT
C
CLIPS
Weld-On Toe Clips
Weld on clips are sheared pieces of steel which are designed to be welded to a horseshoe. Clips help to
stabilize the horseshoe on the horses hoof and reduce the stress applied to the nails.
D
ITEM #
E
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
CNT/
BOX
U/M
PR WT
(oz)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
F WOTC1
Steel Weld-On Toe Clip
1 x 1-1/2
10
PR
0.05
0.95
0.90
WOTC2
1x2
10
PR
0.07
0.95
0.90
WOTC3
1 x 2-1/2
10
PR
0.10
0.95
0.90
WOTC4
3/4 x 1
10
PR
0.13
0.95
0.90
Heel Springs
Heel springs are used for contracted heels-use under a pad.
F
G HSS
Heel Spring
Small
PR
0.04
7.32
N/A
HSM
Heel Spring
Medium
PR
0.03
7.32
N/A
HSL
Heel Spring
Large
PR
0.04
7.32
N/A
6.00
N/A
INSERTS
Halverson Heart Bar ‘V’ Insert
Steel heart bar “V” inserts are used in modified or handmade shoes to add frog support.
G
H HLVinsert
Halverson V Insert
PR
0.62
RAILS
Aluminum Wedge Rails
The Aluminum EDSS Wedge Rails - are wedge shaped parts that attach to the branches of a shoe. The
stabilizing peg and attachment hole are used to fasten the Rails to the pre-drilled EDSS Shoes. The rails are
most beneficial for adjusting the tension on the deep digital flexor tendon. Aluminum Rails are sold in Pairs
of individual sizes (4 pieces).
H
ITEM #
J
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR
/BX
U/M
PR WT
(oz)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
13.30
J AlumWRail-S
Alum Wedge Rail
Short
1/4
3
PR
0.18
14.00
AlumWRail-M
Alum Wedge Rail
Medium 1/2
3
PR
0.25
14.50
13.78
AlumWRail-T
Alum Wedge Rail
Tall
3
PR
0.34
15.00
14.25
3/4
*S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEM
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
We customize each certificate!
26
Be sure to check out our equine books
on pages 189-190.
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes Aluminum (Therapeutic • Sport)
A LUM I NUM
THERAPEUTIC
Natural Balance
The Natural Balance Shoe addresses the biomechanical needs of the equine foot for support and protection
which offers the horse the most natural foundation for optimal performance with minimal stress. This wideweb, rolled toe shoe has no wear plate in the shoe, therefore the toe can wear back as the foot grows in
length, allowing the foot to stay in “Natural Balance” for a longer period of time until the reset. Made of a
forged aluminum alloy that is heat treated for added hardness.
ITEM #
A 4NBS00
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
3/8
10.7
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
0.64
17.00
16.15
4NBS0
0
3/8
11.5
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.72
17.00
16.15
4NBS1
1
3/8
12.8
5x5
10
PR
0.80
17.00
16.15
4NBS2
2
3/8
12.3
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.77
17.00
16.15
4NBS3
3
3/8
13.6
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
0.85
17.00
16.15
4NBS4
4
3/8
14.2
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
0.89
17.50
16.63
A
Natural Balance PLR
The NB PLR is the next generation in aluminum performance foot wear for horses. Reducing the leverage
to the joint by bringing the breakover point of a shoe in a closer proximity to the tip of P3 has proven to be
extremely beneficial as a treatment protocol. Horses that are free of pain with a reduction in the amount of
effort it takes to move will perform better and stay sounder longer.
B NBPLR-F30
3x0
Flat
1/2
10.9
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
0.68
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-F20
2x0
Flat
1/2
10.2
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
0.64
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-F0
0
Flat
1/2
11.8
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.74
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-F1
1
Flat
1/2
12.6
5x5
10
PR
0.79
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-F2
2
Flat
1/2
13.3
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.83
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-F3 *S/O 3
Flat
1/2
13.8
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
0.86
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-F4 *S/O 4
Flat
1/2
14.2
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
0.89
19.60
18.62
C NBPLR-W30
3x0
Wedge
1/2
10.1
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
0.63
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-W20
2x0
Wedge
1/2
10.4
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
0.65
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-W0
0
Wedge
1/2
11.2
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.70
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-W1
1
Wedge
1/2
12.6
5x5
10
PR
0.79
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-W2
2
Wedge
1/2
12.6
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.79
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-W3 *S/O 3
Wedge
1/2
13.4
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
0.84
19.20
18.24
NBPLR-W4 *S/O 4
Wedge
1/2
14.1
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
0.88
19.60
18.62
B
C
KB
2-Degree
KB horseshoes take on the traditional horseshoe, by being light and durable with a two-degree graduation,
adding excellent base support. Made from the same user-friendly aluminum alloy as all KB shoes, extending
the life of the shoe for active horses. This true ”sporthorse” shoe has a wide-web “rolled-toe” feature, which
provides greater stability and ease of breakover.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
D GEOHW00
2x0
Wedge
3/8
9.8
10
PR
0.61
22.05
20.95
4-13/16 x 4-7/16
GEOHW0
0
Wedge
3/8
11.2
5-1/8 x 4-11/16
10
PR
0.70
23.15
21.99
GEOHW1
1
Wedge
13/32
13.1
5-1/2 x 5
10
PR
0.82
24.15
22.94
GEOHW2
2
Wedge
13/32
14.2
5-5/8 x 5-5/16
10
PR
0.89
25.15
23.89
Navicular Open Heel
E
This shoe is very similar to the Navicular Egg Bar only with the open heel.
E GEOHN00
GEOHN0
2x0
Heeled
3/8
10.4
5-3/16 x 4-5/16
10
PR
0.65
22.05
20.95
0
Heeled
3/8
12.5
5-1/2 x 4-5/8
10
PR
0.78
23.15
21.99
GEOHN1
1
Heeled
3/8
13.8
5-11/16 x 4-13/16 10
PR
0.86
24.15
22.94
GEOHN2
2
Heeled
3/8
14.6
5-7/8 x 5
PR
0.91
25.15
23.89
10
D
SPORT
St. Croix
Eventer, Clipped
The St. Croix Eventer is a rolled-toe shoe with a concave hoof surface, graduated thickness, and a full,
clean crease. Same great features as the Steel Eventer! State-of-the-art quarter clips now with forged in
wear plates. Punched CH.
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
Front QC 3/8
7.8
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.49
11.80
10.50
0
Front QC 3/8
9.1
5x5
10
PR
0.57
11.80
10.50
1
Front QC 3/8
10.1
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.63
11.80
10.50
SC19844
2
Front QC 3/8
11.2
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
0.70
12.45
11.08
SC19845
3
Front QC 3/8
12.8
5-7/8 x 5-7/8
10
PR
0.80
12.45
11.08
SC19846
4
Front QC 3/8
12.6
6 x 6-1/4
10
PR
0.79
12.45
11.08
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
F SC19841
2x0
SC19842
SC19843
THICK
(in)
F
1-888-743-4866
27
Horseshoes (Sport)
ALU M IN U M
A
St Croix Eventer, Clipped
(continued)
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
A SC19941
2x0
Hind QC
3/8
8.3
4-3/4 x 4-7/8
10
PR
0.52
11.80
10.50
SC19942
0
Hind QC
3/8
8.5
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
10
PR
0.53
11.80
10.50
SC19943
1
Hind QC
3/8
10.7
5-3/8 x 5-1/2
10
PR
0.67
11.80
10.50
SC19944
2
Hind QC
3/8
11.0
5-1/2 x 5-5/8
10
PR
0.69
12.45
11.09
SC19945
3
Hind QC
3/8
11.5
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
0.72
12.45
11.09
Victory
Elite
A lightweight wide web aluminum competition shoe. It has sure-footed traction, rugged durability and flat
heels; can be drilled and tapped for studs. The 2-degree provides firm heel support and faster breakover.
ITEM #
B 010
012
B
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
XS
5/16
6.9
4-5/8 x 4-5/8
10
PR
0.43
10.65
10.12
0
S
5/16
7.5
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
10
PR
0.47
10.65
10.12
013
0.5
S+
5/16
8.5
5-1/8 x 5
10
PR
0.52
10.65
10.12
014
1
M
5/16
8.6
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.54
10.75
10.22
015
1.5
M+
3/8
10.1
5-3/8 x 5-1/2
10
PR
0.63
10.75
10.22
016
2
L
3/8
10.6
6 x 5-5/8
10
PR
0.66
10.75
10.22
018
3
XL
3/8
11.4
6 1/8 x 5-7/8
10
PR
0.71
11.00
10.45
2-Degree
C 020
C
SIZE
2x0
XS
3/8
7.8
4-5/8 x 4-5/8
10
PR
0.49
10.90
10.36
022
0
S
3/8
8.5
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
10
PR
0.53
10.90
10.36
023
0.5
S+
3/8
9.3
5-1/8 x 5
10
PR
0.58
10.90
10.36
024
1
M
3/8
9.6
5-1/2 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.60
11.10
10.55
025
1.5
M+
3/8
10.6
5-3/8 x 5-1/2
10
PR
0.66
11.10
10.55
026
2
L
3/8
11.0
6 x 5-5/8
10
PR
0.69
11.10
10.55
D 072
0
Hind S
3/8
8.0
4-7/8 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.50
11.50
10.93
074
1
Hind M
3/8
11.7
5-1/4 x 5-1/8
10
PR
0.73
11.75
11.16
076
2
Hind L
3/8
13.1
5-5/8 x 5-7/8
10
PR
0.82
11.75
11.16
E 032
0
Wedge S
9.4
4-7/8 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.59
19.75
18.76
034
1
Wedge M
11.0
5-1/4 x 5-1/8
10
PR
0.69
19.75
18.76
036
2
Wedge L
13.4
5-5/8 x 5-7/8
10
PR
0.84
20.30
19.28
3-Degree
D
Kerckhaert
Triumph (Fronts Only)
E
A dropped forge shoe with built-in sole relief and designed with a toe shape that is more natural. The
branches are less round, providing a quicker fit for the narrower foot. It features six nail holes in each
branch offering excellent nail placement choices. This shoe offers a slight taper from toe to heel to suit a
more traditional shoeing style and a taper in the heel to help minimize the finish work in that area.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
F 40TAF
4x0
Front
5/16
6.0
*
15
PR
0.38
10.23
9.72
30TAF
3x0
Front
5/16
7.0
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
15
PR
0.44
10.23
9.72
20TAF
2x0
Front
5/16
7.7
4-7/8 x 4-3/4
15
PR
0.48
10.23
9.72
0TAF
0
Front
5/16
9.0
5x5
15
PR
0.56
10.23
9.72
1TAF
1
Front
5/16
10.1
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
15
PR
0.63
10.23
9.72
2TAF * S/O
2
Front
5/16
11.0
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
15
PR
0.69
10.95
10.41
3TAF *S/O
3
Front
5/16
12.6
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
15
PR
0.79
10.95
10.41
Wedged
F
F 30TAFW
3x0
Front
7/16
8.5
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
15
PR
0.53
11.81
11.22
20TAFW
2x0
Front
7/16
9.6
4-7/8 x 4-3/4
15
PR
0.60
11.81
11.22
0TAFW
0
Front
7/16
10.6
5x5
15
PR
0.66
11.81
11.22
1TAFW
1
Front
7/16
12.0
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
15
PR
0.75
11.81
11.22
2TAFW
2
Front
7/16
13.4
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
15
PR
0.84
12.60
11.97
3TAFW
3
Front
7/16
14.8.
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
15
PR
0.92
12.60
11.97
Triumph, Side Clipped
SC = Side Clip
QC = Quarter Clip
28
F 30TAFC
3x0
Front SC
5/16
7.5
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
15
PR
0.47
11.95
11.35
20TAFC
2x0
Front SC
5/16
8.3
4-7/8 x 4-3/4
15
PR
0.52
11.95
11.35
0TAFC
0
Front SC
5/16
9.1
5x5
15
PR
0.57
11.95
11.35
1TAFC
1
Front SC
5/16
10.4
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
15
PR
0.65
11.95
11.35
2TAFC
2
Front SC
5/16
11.7
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
15
PR
0.73
12.68
12.05
3TAFC
3
Front SC
5/16
12.7
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
15
PR
0.79
12.68
12.05
4TAFC
4
Front SC
5/16
15.0
6-1/8 x 6-1/8
15
PR
0.94
12.68
12.05
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes (Sport • Racing Plates)
Kerckhaert Comfort Aluminum Side Clip Front
A LUM I NUM
An addition to the Comfort series that offers a lighter weight option. Key design features include - rolled toes
and branches, better breakover improves coordination of movement, optimizes balance, less pressure on the
tendons. Adequate thickness to provide strength and durability. Toe insert to increase wear. Built-in sole relief.
Punched for E-head: 0 & 1 – E-4 Slim; 2 & 3 – E-5 Slim.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
A 0CAFC
0
Front SC
12.3
5x5
10
PR
0.77
13.75
13.06
1CAFC
1
Front SC
14.2
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.89
13.75
13.06
2CAFC
2
Front SC
15.0
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
0.94
14.27
13.57
3CAFC
3
Front SC
16.0
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
10
PR
1.00
14.27
13.57
RACING PLATES
A
Kerckhaert
Traditional XT
The Tradition series racing plates from Kerckhaert offer the North American market an option for shoeing
styles and feet that require a narrower pattern than the Kings. The main design differences are the shape,
a slight taper in the width from toe to heel, a nail pattern that is spread and punched slightly finer. This has
met with a good response from farriers in the market. They are finding that the Tradition and the Kings shape
have a place in their trucks due to the wider variations of front shaped feet. Shoes are symmetrical. Punched
for 3-1/2 Race, 3-1/2 Race XL, 4-1/2 Race or 4-1/2 Slim.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
B
BX PRICE
BREAK
B KH5TXTF
5
Front
1/4
7.9
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
0.59
6.97
6.62
KH6TXTF
6
Front
1/4
6.6
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.41
6.97
6.62
KH5TXTH
5
Hind
1/4
6.4
5x5
10
PR
0.40
6.97
6.62
KH6TXTH
6
Hind
1/4
6.6
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.41
6.97
6.62
EDSS
The Natural Balance shoes are used for a wide variety of disciplines ranging from hunter & jumpers to gaming & speed event
horses. The aluminum NBS have been used with success for training on the race track, where as the steel have shown
improved shoe wear and less fatigue and interference on endurance rides. When used in conjunction with a pad, frog insert
and sole support impression material, minor chronic lameness problems can be treated.
PLR Race
C
BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK
BREAK
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT
(oz)
LxW (in)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
C NBPLR-R4
4
Front
7/8
8.0
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
PR
0.50
10.00
9.50
9.02
NBPLR-R5
5
Front
7/8
8.5
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.53
10.00
9.50
9.02
NBPLR-R6
6
Front
7/8
10.1
5x5
10
PR
0.63
10.00
9.50
9.02
NBPLR-R7
7
Front
7/8
11.4
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.71
10.00
9.50
9.02
ITEM #
Set = 4 shoes
Thoro’Bred
Queens
Thoro’Bred Queens Aluminum Racing Plates are for tracks that do not allow inserts, calks or toe grabs that protrude
above the plate. This shoe reduces tendon strain and muscle pulls. Set = 4 shoes.
SHIP WT
(lb)
BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK
BREAK
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
D 1QPF3
3
Front
5/8
11.8
4-1/4 x 4-1/8
10
SET 0.74
11.50
10.92
10.35
1QPF4
4
Front
5/8
13.0
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
10
SET 0.81
11.50
10.92
10.35
1QPF5
5
Front
5/8
14.2
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
10
SET 0.89
11.50
10.92
10.35
1QPF6
6
Front
5/8
14.2
5 x 4-7/8
10
SET 0.89
11.50
10.92
10.35
1QPF7
7
Front
5/8
14.9
5-1/4 x 5-1/8
10
SET 0.93
11.50
10.92
10.35
1QPF8 *S/O
8
Front
5/8
28.8
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
10
SET 1.80
12.05
11.45
10.84
E 1QPH3
3
Hind
5/8
12.3
4-3/8 x 4-1/8
10
SET 0.77
11.50
10.92
10.35
1QPH4
4
Hind
5/8
11.8
4-1/2 x 4-3/8
10
SET 0.74
11.50
10.92
10.35
1QPH5
5
Hind
5/8
13.0
5-5/8 x 4-5/8
10
SET 0.81
11.50
10.92
10.35
1QPH6
6
Hind
5/8
14.1
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
SET 0.88
11.50
10.92
10.35
1QPH7
7
Hind
5/8
14.1
5-1/4 x 4-7/8
10
SET 0.88
11.50
10.92
10.35
1QPH8 *S/O
8
Hind
5/8
28.8
5-1/4 x 5-1/8
10
SET 1.80
12.05
11.45
10.84
ITEM #
PRICE
Set = 4 shoes
D
E
Silver Queens
The new Silver Queen was developed as a moderate approach to the Natural Balance Shoe and the World Racing Plate.
A beveled toe allows ease of breakover to help reduce the strain on muscles, tendons and joints and has a thicker cross
section that creates a better cupping action. More nail holes so the farrier can choose and alternate the nail pattern from
one shoeing to the next to help preserve the integrity of the hoof. Tapered heels on the inside to reduce the pressure on
one of the most sensitive areas. The Silver Queen is basically a front shoe although it can be used on the hind for horses
that forge. Shoeing competition horses for top performance requires experienced farriers who understand anatomy and
conformation, especially in the legs and hooves. It is extremely important to know where the center of the hoof is in order to
place the shoe where the break over point is located. Set = 4 shoes.
F 1SQF4
4
Front
3/4
16.0
4-3/8 x 4-1/2
10
SET 1.00
12.45
11.83
11.21
1SQF5
5
Front
3/4
16.0
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
SET 1.00
12.45
11.83
11.21
1SQF6
6
Front
3/4
17.6
5-1/8 x 5
10
SET 1.10
12.45
11.83
11.21
1SQF7
7
Front
3/4
20.8
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
10
SET 1.30
12.45
11.83
11.21
F
SC = Side Clip
1-888-743-4866
29
Horseshoes (Racing Plates)
ALU M IN U M
Silver Queens XT
A step-down section on the inside of the toe area like the fronts, gives more traction without increasing the height;
multiple nail holes, a thicker cross section with sole relief and side grooving for addional traction. The XT Toe grab is
set back to give the horse a more efficient angle for grip. XT Toe height is .080 (2 mm) above the aluminum surface.
ITEM #
Set = 4 shoes
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK
BREAK
A 1QHXT4
4
Hind
5/8
17.6
4-3/8 x 4-1/4
10
SET 1.10
11.30
10.74
10.17
1QHXT5
5
Hind
5/8
20.8
4-5/8 x 4-1/2
10
SET 1.30
11.30
10.74
10.17
1QHXT6
6
Hind
5/8
22.4
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
10
SET 1.40
11.30
10.74
10.17
1QHXT7
7
Hind
5/8
24.8
5 x 4-3/4
10
SET 1.55
11.30
10.74
10.17
Aluminum Regular Toe
A
B
This is the most popular Thoro’Bred style plate. An excellent all around performer. Five nail hole pattern in sizes 5-8.
B 1RTF3
3
Front
3/4
11.7
4-1/4 x 4-1/4
10
SET 0.73
11.30
10.74
10.17
1RTF4
4
Front
3/4
12.8
4-7/16 x 4-7/16 10
SET 0.80
11.30
10.74
10.17
10.17
1RTF5
5
Front
3/4
13.6
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
SET 0.80
11.30
10.74
1RTF6
6
Front
3/4
14.4
5x5
10
SET 0.90
11.30
10.74
10.17
1RTF7
7
Front
3/4
14.7
5-1/8 x 5-1/4
10
SET 0.92
11.30
10.74
10.17
1RTF8 *S/O
8
Front
3/4
15.2
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
10
SET 0.95
11.85
11.26
10.67
Aluminum Regular Plain
Thoro’Bred’s most popular hind pattern racing plate in the USA. Features a regular height toe grab and plain heels
for protection. Five nail hole pattern in size 5 and above. Available with side clips to help prevent the plate from
moving back on the hoof and becoming loose between shoeings.
C
C 1RPH3
1RPH4
1RPH5
1RPH6
1RPH7
1RPH8 *S/O
3
4
5
6
7
8
Hind
Hind
Hind
Hind
Hind
Hind
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
11.0
12.8
12.6
14.4
14.1
15.2
4-1/4 x 4-1/4
4-3/8 x 4-3/8
4-5/8 x 4-5/8
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
5 x 4-7/8
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
10
10
10
10
10
10
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
0.69
0.80
0.79
0.90
0.88
0.95
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.85
10.74
10.74
10.74
10.74
10.74
11.26
10.17
10.17
10.17
10.17
10.17
10.67
Aluminum Regular Toe Block, Hinds
The TB Regular Toe Block is used to lift the heels and prevent excessive heel grab or “running down.” Has regular
toe grab.
D
SHIP WT
(lb)
BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK
BREAK
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
D 1BH3
3
Hind
5/8
16.0
4-1/4 x 4-1/16
10
SET 1.00
12.80
12.16
11.52
1BH4
4
Hind
5/8
17.6
4-3/8 x 4-1/4
10
SET 1.10
12.80
12.16
11.52
1BH5
5
Hind
5/8
19.2
4-5/8 x 4-1/2
10
SET 1.20
12.80
12.16
11.52
1BH6
6
Hind
5/8
22.4
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
10
SET 1.40
12.80
12.16
11.52
1BH7
7
Hind
5/8
25.6
5 x 4-3/4
10
SET 1.60
12.80
12.16
11.52
ITEM #
PRICE
Aluminum Quarter Horse Block, Hinds *S/O
The TB Quarter Hourse Block is used to lift the heels and prevent excessive heel grab or “running down.” Has an
increased height of the Toe Grab for increased traction and acceleration.
E
E 1QBH3 *S/O
3
Hind
5/8
17.6
4-1/4 x 4-1/16
10
SET 1.10
12.80
12.16
11.52
1QBH4 *S/O
4
Hind
5/8
20.8
4-3/8 x 4-1/4
10
SET 1.30
12.80
12.16
11.52
1QBH5 *S/O
5
Hind
5/8
24.0
4-5/8 x 4-1/2
10
SET 1.50
12.80
12.16
11.52
1QBH6 *S/O
6
Hind
5/8
27.2
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
10
SET 1.70
12.80
12.16
11.52
1QBH7 *S/O
7
Hind
5/8
28.0
5 x 4-3/4
10
SET 1.75
12.80
12.16
11.52
Aluminum Low Toe, Fronts *S/O
The TB Low Toe is used on hard or fast tracks. It provides traction with less strain on tendons and ligaments.
Available in fronts only. 5 Nail Holes.
F
G
SHIP WT
(lb)
BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK
BREAK
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
F 1LTF3 *S/O
3
Front
5/8
17.6
4-1/4 x 4-1/16
10
SET 1.10
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LTF4 *S/O
4
Front
5/8
19.2
4-1/2 x 4-3/8
10
SET 1.20
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LTF5 *S/O
5
Front
5/8
24.0
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
10
SET 1.50
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LTF6 *S/O
6
Front
5/8
26.4
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
10
SET 1.65
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LTF7 *S/O
7
Front
5/8
28.0
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
10
SET 1.75
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LTF8 *S/O
8
Front
5/8
29.6
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
10
SET 1.85
11.95
11.35
10.67
ITEM #
PRICE
Aluminum Level Grip, Fronts
The TB Level Grip Front is a great performer, excellent for turf and dirt courses. This style was worn by John Henry
most of his career, and features a high outside rim for equal traction and balance. The grip provides 180 degrees of
good cupping action. 5 Nail Hole Pattern in Sizes 5-8.
G 1LGF3
3
Front
5/8
17.6
4-1/4 x 4-1/16
10
SET 1.10
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LGF4
4
Front
5/8
22.4
4-1/2 x 4-3/8
10
SET 1.40
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LGF5
5
Front
5/8
13.9
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
10
SET 0.87
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LGF6
6
Front
5/8
14.1
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
10
SET 0.88
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LGF7
7
Front
5/8
15.2
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
10
SET 0.95
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LGF8 *S/O
8
Front
5/8
29.6
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
10
SET 1.85
11.95
11.35
10.67
30
www.piehtoolco.com
A LUM I NUM
Aluminum Level Grip, Hinds
TB Level Grip Hinds - Raised outside rim for improved traction and balance. Provides 180 degrees of gripping
surface. Thoro’Bred applied for a patent on the Level Grip, but the application was rejected. The reason - the design
was traced back to the 16th century, Ming Dynasty, China.
SHIP WT
(lb)
BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK
BREAK
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
A 1LGH3
3
Hind
5/8
12.0
4-1/4 x 4-1/16
10
SET 0.75
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LGH4
4
Hind
5/8
12.8
4-3/8 x 4-1/4
10
SET 0.80
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LGH5
5
Hind
5/8
13.4
4-5/8 x 4-5/8
10
SET 0.84
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LGH6
6
Hind
5/8
13.8
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
10
SET 0.87
11.30
10.74
10.17
1LGH7
7
Hind
5/8
17.3
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
SET 0.91
11.30
10.74
10.17
19.2
4-3/8 x 4-1/4
10
SET 1.20
12.60
11.97
11.34
ITEM #
PRICE
Aluminum Regular Wedge, Hinds
B 1RWH4
4
Hind
5/8
Set = 4 shoes
A
1RWH5
5
Hind
5/8
22.4
4-5/8 x 4-5/8
10
SET 1.40
12.60
11.97
11.34
1RWH6
6
Hind
5/8
24.8
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
10
SET 1.55
12.60
11.97
11.34
1RWH7
7
Hind
5/8
27.2
4-5/8 x 5-1/8
10
SET 1.70
12.60
11.97
11.34
St. Croix
XLT Racing Plate, Front
XLT Racing Plates. St Croix XLT aluminum plates have a symmetrical, concave patern. Same as their Turf Plates, but with a
.08” steel toe grab.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK
BREAK
C SCXLTF3
3
Front
3/8
11.2
4-1/4 x 4-1/4
5
SET 0.70
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCXLTF4
4
Front
3/8
12.2
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
5
SET 0.75
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCXLTF5
5
Front
3/8
13.3
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
5
SET 0.83
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCXLTF6
6
Front
3/8
13.9
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
5
SET 0.87
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCXLTF7
7
Front
3/8
15.2
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
5
SET 0.95
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCXLTF8
8
Front
3/8
16.2
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
5
SET 1.01
11.90
10.59
10.06
B
Set = 4 shoes
Low Toe Racing Plate, Front
Same pattern as XLT Racing Plates, but with a .158” (4.0 mm) steel toe grab. Twice as high for twice the grab!
D SCLTF3
3
Front
3/8
11.4
4-1/4 x 4-1/4
5
SET 0.71
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCLTF4
4
Front
3/8
11.8
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
5
SET 0.74
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCLTF5
5
Front
3/8
13.0
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
5
SET 0.81
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCLTF6
6
Front
3/8
14.0
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
5
SET 0.87
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCLTF7
7
Front
3/8
15.0
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
5
SET 0.94
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCLTF8
8
Front
3/8
15.8
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
5
SET 0.99
11.90
10.59
10.06
C
Regular Toe Racing Plate, Front
The ultimate in traction. This shoe is their XLT Racing Plate with a .24” steel toe grab.
E SCRF3
3
Front
3/8
12.5
4-1/4 x 4-1/4
5
SET 0.78
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCRF4
4
Front
3/8
13.0
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
5
SET 0.81
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCRF5
5
Front
3/8
13.4
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
5
SET 0.84
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCRF6
6
Front
3/8
14.2
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
5
SET 0.89
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCRF7
7
Front
3/8
14.9
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
5
SET 0.93
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCRF8
8
Front
3/8
15.5
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
5
SET 0.97
11.90
10.59
10.06
D
Quarter Horse Toe Racing Plate, Front
The ultimate in traction. This shoe is their XLT Racing Plate with a .33” steel toe grab.
ITEM #
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK
BREAK
SIZE
PATTERN
F SCQTF3
3
Front
3/8
12.6
4-1/4 x 4-1/4
5
SET 0.79
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCQTF4
4
Front
3/8
13.3
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
5
SET 0.83
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCQTF5
5
Front
3/8
13.8
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
5
SET 0.86
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCQTF6
6
Front
3/8
15.2
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
5
SET 0.95
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCQTF7
7
Front
3/8
16.8
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
5
SET 1.05
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCQTF8
8
Front
3/8
17.9
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
5
SET 1.12
11.90
10.59
10.06
E
F
Quarter Horse Toe Racing Plate, Hind
G SCQTH3
3
Hind
3/8
12.2
4-1/4 x 4-1/4
5
SET 0.76
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCQTH4
4
Hind
3/8
13.1
4-1/2 x 4-1/2
5
SET 0.82
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCQTH5
5
Hind
3/8
14.1
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
5
SET 0.88
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCQTH6
6
Hind
3/8
14.2
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
5
SET 0.89
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCQTH7
7
Hind
3/8
16.5
5-1/8 x 5-1/8
5
SET 1.03
11.90
10.59
10.06
SCQTH8
8
Hind
3/8
17.6
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
5
SET 1.10
11.90
10.59
10.06
1-888-743-4866
G
31
ALU M IN U M
Set = 4 shoes
A
B
Concorde Racing Plate, Regular Toe, Hind With a steel insert at the toe for strength.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK
BREAK
A SCCRH4
4
Hind
5/16
6.6
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.41
6.40
5.70
5.42
SCCRH5
5
Hind
5/16
6.9
4-7/8 x 5
10
PR
0.43
6.40
5.70
5.42
SCCRH6
6
Hind
5/16
7.4
5 x 5-1/8
10
PR
0.46
6.40
5.70
5.42
SCCRH7
7
Hind
5/16
8.0
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.50
6.40
5.70
5.42
SCCRH8
8
Hind
5/16
8.2
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
8
PR
0.51
6.40
5.70
5.42
Concorde Racing Plate, Regular Toe, Hind Side Clip
SCCRH4-SC
4
Hind SC
5/16
6.7
4-5/8 x 4-5/8
10
PR
0.42
6.85
6.10
5.80
SCCRH5-SC
5
Hind SC
5/16
7.0
5 x 4-7/8
10
PR
0.44
6.85
6.10
5.80
SCCRH6-SC
6
Hind SC
5/16
7.7
5-1/4 x 5
10
PR
0.48
6.85
6.10
5.80
SCCRH7-SC
7
Hind SC
5/16
8.2
5-3/16 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.51
6.85
6.10
5.80
SCCRH8-SC
8
Hind SC
5/16
8.5
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
8
PR
0.53
6.85
6.10
5.80
Wedge 2 Degree Racing, Hind With a steel insert at the toe for strength.
B SC2DH4
4
Hind
5/16
13.4
4-5/8 x 4-5/8
5
SET 0.84
12.75
11.35
10.78
SC2DH5
5
Hind
5/16
14.9
5 x 4-7/8
5
SET 0.93
12.75
11.35
10.78
SC2DH6
6
Hind
5/16
15.7
5-1/4 x 5
5
SET 0.98
12.75
11.35
10.78
SC2DH7
7
Hind
5/16
17.1
5-3/16 x 5-1/4
5
SET 1.07
12.75
11.35
10.78
SC2DH8
8
Hind
5/16
17.9
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
5
SET 1.12
12.75
11.35
10.78
BARREL RACING
Thoro’Bred
C
Aluminum Sidewinder *S/O
Thoro’Bred horseshoes are made of prime high strength aluminum alloys, guaranteed against breakage and defects. .
Sidewinder shoes are perfect for Barrel Racing, Pole Bending, Roping, Team Penning or other competitions that require
fast starts and quick turns. Bevel style toe for ease of breakover reduces strains and pains. This is the secret weapon of
many champion barrel horse riders. Being lightweight and with the side notches, 80% of the barrel racers have improved
their time with these shoes. They give the horse more confidence on a variety of arena surfaces.
ITEM #
C 4SW000.5 *S/O
D
THICK
(in)
SIZE
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
000.5
5/8
9.0
4-1/4 x 4-1/8
10
PR
0.56
11.20
10.64
4SW00.5 *S/O
00.5
5/8
9.8
4-1/2 x 4-3/8
10
PR
0.61
11.20
10.64
4SW0.5 *S/O
0.5
5/8
10.4
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
10
PR
0.65
11.20
10.64
4SW1.5 *S/O
1.5
5/8
11.4
4-7/8 x 4-7/8
10
PR
0.71
11.20
10.64
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
OPEN ROLLER
Double S
ITEM #
D RFA-2X0
E
SIZE
PATTERN
2x0
Flat
1/2
9.4
4-1/2 x 4-3/4
5
PR
0.59
12.70
NA
RFA-0
0
Flat
1/2
9.9
5x5
5
PR
0.62
12.70
NA
RFA-1
1
Flat
1/2
10.7
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
5
PR
0.67
12.70
NA
2x0
Wedge
1/2
8.8
4-1/2 x 4-3/4
5
PR
0.55
31.75
NA
RWA-0
0
Wedge
1/2
9.3
5x5
5
PR
0.58
33.20
NA
RWA-1
1
Wedge
1/2
10.4
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
5
PR
0.65
33.20
NA
E RWA-2X0
Morrison Open Roller
Dr. Morrison prescribes this shoe for horses with arthritic form of navicular, chronic heel pain or low grade founder.
The design of the shoe helps relieve stress on the hoof capsule.
F GCMOR5
F
2x0
#5
10.6
10
PR
0.66
37.90
NA
GCMOR6
0
#6
11.5
10
PR
0.72
44.25
NA
GCMOR7
1
#7
13.2
10
PR
0.83
44.25
NA
GCMOR8
2
#8
14.4
10
PR
0.90
44.25
NA
GCMOR9
3
#9
17.3
10
PR
1.11
54.35
NA
GCMOR10
4
#10
19.4
10
PR
1.21
54.00
NA
GCMOR11
5
#11
20.0
10
PR
1.31
61.51
NA
GCMOR12
6
#12
23.0
10
PR
1.41
61.51
NA
Grand Circuit Open Roller
Originally made in the 1800’s to treat ankleosis (transmitting motion from the phalangeal joints to the bottom of the
foot). Can be useful in treating ringbone, and in some cases, laminitis as it tends to improve circulation. Should be
used only upon the advice of a veterinarian.
G GCOR5
G
2x0
#5
11.0
10
PR
0.69
41.30
NA
GCOR6
0
#6
13.3
10
PR
0.83
47.40
NA
GCOR7
1
#7
14.7
10
PR
0.92
47.40
NA
GCOR8
2
#8
16.3
10
PR
1.02
47.40
NA
GCOR9
3
#9
17.9
10
PR
1.12
53.40
NA
32
www.piehtoolco.com
SC = Side Clip
Horseshoes (Barrel Racing • Open Roller)
FULL ROCKER SHOE
A LUM I NUM
Nanric
The Drop Forged Full Rocker Shoe is designed to offer high-end mechanical breakover which is located in
the center of the shoe, allowing the horse to self-adjust its palmar angle. Horses with limited solar perfusion
(blood supply) have little to no sole growth because there is a lack of sufficient nutrition to the trim line. By
relieving deep digital flexor tension, blood supply to the laminae and sole is increased. This shoe offers
continuous self-adjustment that the horse needs, even when standing still. It is also an aid to enhance rigid
sole growth, and it offers farriers and vets a new option for treating a variety of problems that are associated
with thin, painful soles. Lateral radiographs are helpful in trim and shoe placement, and aid to evaluate
progress. Shoe can be shaped cold. It comes pre-punched but not drilled allowing you to choose hole pitch.
SIZE
WT
(oz)
LxW (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
A DFR1CC *S/O
#1
9.4
4-1/2 x 4-9/16
EA
0.59
11.25
DFR2CC *S/O
#2
9.9
4-13/16 x 4-15/16
EA
0.62
11.25
DFR3CC *S/O
#3
10.7
5-1/16 x 5-1/4
EA
0.67
11.25
DFR4CC *S/O
#4
11.4
5-3/8 x 5-3/8
EA
0.71
11.25
DFR4SC *S/O
#4
12.2
5-7/16 x 5-5/8
EA
0.76
11.25
DFR5CC *S/O
#5
12.8
5-11/16 x 5-15/16
EA
0.80
11.25
ITEM #
A
EGG BAR
EDSS PLR
Multi-Direction Leverage Relief for ease of movement in all directions with a tapered heel to ease foot
landing forces. Aluminum Alloy for strength & durability. Bar-Shoe Design for extra stability & support for a
variety of pathologies or injuries
ITEM #
B NBPLRBAR-00
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
B
BX PRICE
BREAK
00
Bar
5/8
13.1
4-3/4 x 4-1/2
10
PR
0.82
30.95
29.40
NBPLRBAR-0
0
Bar
5/8
14.1
5 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.88
30.95
29.40
NBPLRBAR-1
1
Bar
5/8
16.0
5-1/4 x 5
10
PR
1.00
31.25
29.69
KB
Made from the finest aircraft-quality aluminum alloy available. Designed for hunter jumpers but can be used
in many applications. Modifications such as clips, drilling and tapping for studs or protection plates, and
welded-on accessories area easy with KB shoes.
C GEKB00
GEKB0
2x0
Bar
3/8
13.0
5.2 x 4.3
15
PR
0.81
24.25
23.04
0
Bar
3/8
14.9
5.5 x 4.5
15
PR
0.93
25.25
23.99
GEKB1
1
Bar
3/8
16.5
5.7 x 4.8
15
PR
1.02
25.75
24.46
GEKB2
2
Bar
3/8
18.2
5.9 x 5
15
PR
1.14
26.85
25.51
GEKB3
3
Bar
3/8
21.0
6.2 x 5.3
15
PR
1.32
27.85
26.46
GEKB4
4
Bar
3/8
23.9
6.4 x 5.6
15
PR
1.48
29.05
27.60
C
Wedged
Machined to a precision 3-degree graduation from heel to toe.
D GEKBW00
2x0
Bar
5/8
13.0
5.2 x 4.3
15
PR
0.81
30.35
28.83
GEKBW0
0
Bar
5/8
14.9
5.5 x 4.5
15
PR
0.93
31.35
29.78
GEKBW1
1
Bar
5/8
17.0
5.7 x 4.8
15
PR
1.06
32.10
30.50
GEKBW2
2
Bar
5/8
17.9
5.9 x 5
15
PR
1.12
33.10
31.44
GEKBW3
3
Bar
5/8
21.1
6.2 x 5.3
15
PR
1.32
34.35
32.63
GEKBW4
4
Bar
5/8
28.0
6.4 x 5.6
15
PR
1.75
36.05
34.25
D
Navicular
Designed to relieve stress in the critical navicular coffin joint area and other symptomatic areas. It is easily
applied. Shoe can be shaped either hot or cold. Modifications such as clips, drilling and tapping for studs or
protection plates, and welded-on accessories area easy with KB shoes.
E GEKBN00
2x0
Bar
5/8
9.9
5.2 x 4.3
15
PR
0.76
34.55
32.82
GEKBN0
0
Bar
5/8
13.8
5.5 x 4.5
15
PR
0.86
35.55
33.77
GEKBN1
1
Bar
5/8
14.8
5.7 x 4.8
15
PR
0.92
37.05
35.20
GEKBN2
2
Bar
5/8
19.2
5.9 x 5
15
PR
1.20
38.60
36.67
GEKBN3
3
Bar
5/8
18.7
6.2 x 5.3
15
PR
1.17
40.60
38.57
GEKBN4
4
Bar
5/8
22.1
6.4 x 5.6
15
PR
1.38
43.10
40.95
E
Kerckhaert
Triumph Egg Bar, Front Clipped
The same features as the regular Triumph, the aluminum Triumph Egg Bar is a front pattern with quarter-clips.
ITEM #
SIZE
PATTERN
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
F 30TAEBC
3x0
Bar QC
3/8
9.6
5-1/4 x 5-3/4
10
PR
0.63
17.92
17.02
20TAEBC
2x0
Bar QC
3/8
10.2
4-7/8 x 4-3/4
10
PR
0.69
17.92
17.02
0TAEBC
0
Bar QC
3/8
11.0
5x5
10
PR
0.75
17.92
17.02
1TAEBC
1
Bar QC
3/8
12.2
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
10
PR
0.81
17.92
17.02
2TAEBC
2
Bar QC
3/8
13.8
5-1/2 x 5-1/2
10
PR
0.87
19.03
18.08
3TAEBC
3
Bar QC
3/8
15.0
5-3/4 x 5-5/8
10
PR
0.93
18.30
17.39
F
QC = Quarter Clip
1-888-743-4866
33
Horseshoes (Egg Bar • Plastic)
ALU M IN U M
Anvil Brand
Straight Bar
Machined aluminum Straight Bar shoe with blunt toe by Anvil Brand. Made in USA.
ITEM #
A 34-303
A
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2x0
11.5
4-1/2 x 5
PR
0.72
22.05
20.95
34-304
0
11.8
5-1/4 x 4-5/8
PR
0.74
22.50
21.38
34-305
1
13.0
5-1/2 x 4-3/4
PR
0.81
22.50
21.38
34-310
2
14.2
5-3/4 x 5-1/4
PR
0.89
22.50
21.38
Heart Bar
B 34-306
2x0
12.0
4-1/2 x 5
PR
0.75
29.25
27.79
34-307
0
12.6
5-1/4 x 4-5/8
PR
0.79
29.70
28.22
34-308
1
13.4
5-1/2 x 4-3/4
PR
0.84
29.70
28.22
34-311
2
14.9
5-3/4 x 5-1/4
PR
0.93
29.70
28.22
Double S
Straight Bar Double S Horseshoes are made in Italy.
B
ITEM #
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
C ABR-2X0
2x0
3/4
11.0
4-3/4 x 4-1/2
5
PR
0.69
31.75
30.16
ABR-0
0
3/4
12.3
5-1/8 x 4-7/8
5
PR
0.77
33.20
31.54
ABR-1
1
3/4
14.2
5-1/2 x 5-1/8
5
PR
0.89
33.20
31.54
Straight Bar, Wedged Aluminum Straight Bar with 3 degree Wedge.
C AWB-00
2x0
1/2
10.8
4-3/4 x 4-1/2
5
PR
0.68
31.75
30.16
AWB-0
0
1/2
12.5
5-1/8 x 4-7/8
5
PR
0.78
33.20
31.54
AWB-1
1
1/2
14.4
5-1/4 x 5-3/16 5
PR
0.90
33.20
31.54
Heart Bar, Wedged 3 Degree Wedged Aluminum Heart Bar Shoe
C
D AWHB-2X0
2x0
1/2
13.2
4-3/4 x 4-1/2
5
PR
0.83
31.75
30.16
AWHB-0
0
1/2
14.6
5-3/8 x 4-1/8
5
PR
0.91
33.20
31.54
AWHB-1
1
1/2
16.8
5-3/4 x 5-1/8
5
PR
1.05
33.20
31.54
PLASTIC HORSESHOES
EDSS
Steward Clogs
D
The Steward Clogs are becoming one of the most useful tools available today for treating chronic and acute
laminitis, ring bone and strains or tears of the collateral ligaments. Its Multi-Directional Leverage Reduction
design and easy of modification make it a very versatile treatment appliance. Since Dr. Michael Steward
of Oklahoma began using his wooden shoe 10 years ago, the successful use of this approach has steadily
grown. EDSS has since converted that concept into a much more user friendly version with improved
materials and multiple attachment options. As always, hoof preparation is the key to success or failure, so
please check out the Shoe Application Guidelines included with the clogs.
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
4-1/2”
5/8
12.2
4-7/16 x 4-5/8
10
PR
0.76
19.90
CLOG-50
5”
3/4
14.7
4-7/8 x 5-1/8
10
PR
0.92
19.90
CLOG-55
5-1/2”
7/8
17.9
5-7/16 x 5-5/8
10
PR
1.12
22.90
CLOG-60
6”
1
23.8
5-7/8 x 6-1/8
10
PR
1.49
22.90
ITEM #
E CLOG-45
Natural Balance
Polysteel Plastic
E
Like its aluminum and steel counterparts, the PolySteel NBS has all the same special features of breakover,
protection & support. The uniqueness is the special urethane material allows for an extremely durable, yet
lightweight shoe for a variety of uses and disciplines. Endurance users are extremely happy with the wear
they are seeing. For horses that primarily live in a stall, this shoe gives a more natural support to the foot,
yet offers some protection when they are taken out on different terrains. Use the Patented Bridge System
for sizing adjustments and to provide the support and rigidity that is necessary for proper foot function.
ITEM #
F NBPS.S
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Small
9/16
5.3
4-1/2 x 4-9/16 5
PR
0.33
20.00
NBPS.M
Medium
9/16
6.9
5-5/16 x 5-9/16 5
PR
0.43
20.00
NBPS.L
Large
9/16
9.1
6-1/2 x 5-5/8
PR
0.57
20.00
5
Double Bridge System
F
G
34
G PSDBR-S1
1
1.8
3-1/2 x 2
SET 0.11
5.85
PSDBR-S2
2
1.8
3-1/2 x 2
SET 0.12
5.85
PSDBR-S3
3
2.0
3-1/2 x 2
SET 0.12
5.85
PSDBR-S4
4
2.2
4x2
SET 0.14
5.85
PSDBR-S5
5
2.0
4x2
SET 0.14
5.85
PSDBR-S6
6
2.4
4x2
SET 0.16
5.85
www.piehtoolco.com
Horseshoes (Glue On Shoes) • Hoof Boots
A LUM I NUM
GLUE ON SHOES
Sigafoos 1
Horses can be kept in full work while they grow healthy hooves with the use of Sound Horse’s Sigafoos
Series™ glue-on horseshoes. Many owners use the Series I Shoe prophylactically to avoid problems caused
by nails. The Sigafoos Series™ horseshoes are the only glue-on horseshoes that are clinically proven for
treating most “sore feet” problems. The adhesive bonded, fabric cuff system with a 1/4-inch thick, concaved
polyurethane rim pad to reduce concussive shock effects on the hoof and lower leg. Can be used on horses
with thin, cracked, broken, brittle or shelly hooves and those exhibiting a sensitivity to nails. The Sigafoos
Series I™ glue-on horseshoe system is fast & simple. It is fitted to the horse’s hoof just like a conventional
horseshoe. Although the aluminum Series I™ shoe cannot be heated, it can be easily cold formed and shaped
with conventional farrier tools. Everything needed to apply the Sigafoos Series™ glue-on horseshoes come
pre-packaged. Set includes: 1 pair shoes, 2 pair rubber gloves, 1 roll of CoFlex, 2 mix cups, 4 wooden blades,
1 mini-roll of stretch wrap, 2 foil pouches of 90 gram 3 oz bi-component packs of EquAcrylic adhesive and
detailed instructions.
SIZE
THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
00 (XS)
5/16
26.7
4-1/2 x 4-3/8
S1GLEF-0
0 (S)
5/16
28.3
S1GLEF-0.5
0.5 (S+)
5/16
28.3
S1GLEF-1
1 (M)
5/16
S1GLEF-1.5
2 (M+)
S1GLEF-2
S1GLEF-3
ITEM #
A S1GLEF-00
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PR
1.67
88.75
4-3/4 x 4-5/8
PR
1.77
88.75
5 x 4-3/4
PR
180
88.75
23.8
5-1/4 x 5
PR
1.83
88.75
3/8
31.0
5-1/2 x 5-1/8
PR
1.94
88.75
2 (L)
3/8
32.5
5-3/4 x 5-1/4
PR
2.03
88.75
3 (XL)
3/8
33.9
6 x 5-3/4
PR
2.12
88.75
A
HOOF BOOTS
Delta Boot *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
Delta Hoof Boots are excellent for all-terrain hoof protection. They provide comfort for horses with sensitive
soles, or for rehabilitation from hoof injuries. The Delta Hoof Boot can also add protection and extra traction
for the shod horse. Boots come packaged in a handy drawer style shoe box.
ITEM #
B DHB3X0 *S/O
SIZE
PATTERN
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
U/M
PR WT
(lb)
000
Boot
28.4
4 to 4-1/4
PR
2.4
124.80
PRICE
DHB2X0 *S/O
00
Boot
40.0
4-5/16 to 4-9/16
PR
2.5
124.80
DHB0 *S/O
0
Boot
43.2
4-5/8 to 4-7/8
PR
2.7
124.80
DHB1 *S/O
1
Boot
46.4
4-15/16 to 5-3/16
PR
2.9
124.80
DHB2 *S/O
2
Boot
48.0
5-1/4 to 5-1/2
PR
3.0
124.80
DHB3 *S/O
3
Boot
54.4
5-9/16 to 5-13/16
PR
3.4
124.80
DHB4 *S/O
4
Boot
57.6
5-7/8 to 6-1/8
PR
3.6
124.80
Flat Pad
8.0
PR
0.5
6.80
DHBFP *S/O
B
Soft-Ride Boots
Soft-Ride gel orthotics absorb the shock and vibrations of long trailer trips. A less-stressful trip means the
horse can perform better right out of the trailer. Soft-Ride boots provide soothing insulation to make the
trip more bearable. Their non-slip soles provide traction on loading ramps. The deep gel assists the natural
blood circulation in horses’ hooves as they shift their weight. Soft-Ride boots ease the discomfort of hard
concrete floors without the need for expensive floor mats. Soft-Ride Equine Comfort Boots relieve suffering
from a wide variety of hoof conditions and disorders.
ITEM #
C SR1001 *S/O
SR1002 *S/O
SR1003 *S/O
SR1004
SR1005
SR1005L
SR1006
SR1006L
SR1007
SR1007L
SR1008 *S/O
SR1009 *S/O
SR1010 *S/O
SIZE
PATTERN
MAX WxL (in)
U/M
1
2
3
4
5
5L
6
6L
7
7L
8
9
10
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot
Boot
7-3/4 x 7-1/2
7-1/8 x 6-1/2
6-3/8 x 6-1/4
6 x 5-3/4
5-3/4 x 5-3/4
6-1/8 x 5-5/8
5-1/4 x 5-1/4
5-3/4 x 5-1/4
4-3/4 x 4-3/8
5-1/4 x 4-3/4
4 x 3-3/4
3-3/8 x 3-1/8
2-5/8 x 2-3/4
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
SHIP WT
(lb)
4.28
4.38
4.34
4.44
4.24
2.92
PRICE
265.00
265.00
265.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
C
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
We customize each certificate for you!
1-888-743-4866
35
Hoof Boots (Slippers • Gloves)
Easyboot Gloves *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
A Revolutionary Hoof Boot Design. This form-fitting, seamless boot hugs the hoof and responds like a
natural foot. Flexible and tough, Glove and Glove Wide have an aggressive tread pattern and still allow
free stride and breakover. Like a glove, this boot provides protection without stifling mobility. The Easyboot
Glove material stretches over the hoof and clings to the hoof wall so debris stays out of the boot, even in
sandy or muddy conditions. There is no external hardware so there is no need to worry about replacing
cables or buckles. Studs are available separately for winter riding. The Glove must be carefully sized and
fitted to the hoof. If you believe you measured correctly, but the boot does not fit tightly, try a smaller size.
A Fit Kit will ensure getting the right size and model of Glove.
ITEM #
A EBGL-00 *S/O
A
SIZE
PATTERN
EA WT
(OZ)
MAX LxW (mm)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
00
Boot
24
106-109 x 96-99
EA
1.50
67.00
EBGL-00.5 *S/O
00.5
Boot
24
110-113 x 100-103
EA
1.50
67.00
EBGL-0 *S/O
0
Boot
24
114-117 x 104-107
EA
1.50
67.00
EBGL-0.5 *S/O
0.5
Boot
24
118-121 x 108-111
EA
1.50
67.00
EBGL-1 *S/O
1
Boot
24
122-125 x 112-115
EA
1.50
67.00
EBGL-1.5 *S/O
1.5
Boot
24
126-129 x 116-119
EA
1.50
67.00
EBGL-2 *S/O
2
Boot
24
130-133 x 120-123
EA
1.50
67.00
EBGL-2.5 *S/O
2.5
Boot
24
134-137 x 124-127
EA
1.50
67.00
EBGL-3 *S/O
3
Boot
24
138-141 x 128-131
EA
1.50
67.00
EBGL-3.5 *S/O
3.5
Boot
24
142-145 x 132-135
EA
1.50
67.00
EBGL-4 *S/O
4
Boot
24
146-149 x 136-139
EA
1.50
67.00
Deluxe Equine Slippers
The Deluxe Equine Slipper is a revolutionary advancement for the equine industry. It was developed to
aid in medicating, treating and protecting the equine hoof. A Better Alternative: Replacing foot wraps every
time medication is re-applied can be expensive and time consuming. Foot wraps, if applied incorrectly, can
actually harm your horse. The Slipper replaces a foot wrap altogether. This unique product allows the hoof
to breathe and prevents hoof sweat while being treated, which helps to promote a healthy hoof. The body
of the Slipper is made of a heavy ply Cordura®, is fastened to a high-grade leather base with an abrasive
resistant and chemical resistant tensylon thread and fastens with industrial strength Velcro®. This durable,
yet pliable material allows a comfortable fit and makes them safe and easy to apply. The soft padding
around the top of the Slipper gives the horse a comfortable fit, eliminating the chance of cutting or digging
often experienced with other equine boots. This product is 100% machine washable and is designed for
multiple uses.
ITEM #
B DES.XXS
B
SIZE
PATTERN
EA WT
(oz)
LxW (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
000
Slipper
6.20
*
EA
0.39
44.00
DES.XS
00
Slipper
7.80
*
EA
0.49
44.00
DES.S
0
Slipper
9.40
4-3/4 x 4-3/4
EA
0.59
38.50
DES.M
1
Slipper
11.00
5-3/4 x 6
EA
0.69
38.50
DES.L
2
Slipper
12.30
6-1/2 x 6-1/4
EA
0.77
38.50
DES.XL
3
Slipper
13.90
7-1/4 x 7
EA
0.87
38.50
DES.2XL
4
Slipper
15.50
*
EA
0.97
44.00
DES.3XL
5
Slipper
17.10
*
EA
1.07
44.00
Pieh Tool offers
Equine Anatomy Charts, page 193,
Horse Care Books, page 189-192,
American Farriers Journal, page 192,
and Videos, page 199.
See page 47 for
3M Vet Wrap Bandaging Tapes,
Elastikon and Equicast.
36
www.piehtoolco.com
Rubber Horseshoes
RUBBER SHOES
Smooth Walker
*SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
Smooth Walker shoes offer excellent shock absorption by providing protection for horse’s legs and additional
comfort for the rider. They reduce stress on horse’s legs with increased traction on asphalt, concrete, marble and
other hard surfaces. The combination of natural and synthetic rubber is molded to cover top, bottom and sides of
shoes with an overall thickness of about one inch. They contain a full steel core shoe with pre-punched nail holes
and feature a double welded toe clip. Sizes 4x0-1 has 6 nail holes. Sizes 2-9 has 8 nail holes.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
SW4X0 *S/O
SW3X0 *S/O
SW2X0F *S/O
SW0F *S/O
SW1F *S/O
SW1F-S *S/O
SW2F *S/O
SW2F-S *S/O
SW3F *S/O
SW3F-S *S/O
SW4-S *S/O
SW4F *S/O
SW5F *S/O
SW6F *S/O
SW7F *S/O
SW7F-S *S/O
SW7F-N *S/O
SW7F-NS *S/O
SW8F *S/O
SW9F *S/O
SW2X0H *S/O
SW0H *S/O
SW1H *S/O
SW2H *S/O
SW2H-S *S/O
SW2H-P *S/O
SW2H-PS *S/O
SW3H *S/O
SW3H-S *S/O
SW4H *S/O
SW4H-S *S/O
SW5H *S/O
SW5H-T *S/O
SW6H *S/O
SW7H *S/O
SWCS *S/O
SWRIM-NC *S/O
SW TC
SW TC
SW Front TC
SW Front TC
SW Front TC
SW Front Short TC
SW Front TC
SW Front Short TC
SW Front TC
SW Front Short TC
SW Short TC
SW Front TC
SW Front TC
SW Front TC
SW Front TC
SW Front Short TC
SW Front Narrow TC
SW Front Nrw Short TC
SW Front TC
SW Front TC
SW Hind TC
SW Hind TC
SW Hind TC
SW Hind TC
SW Hind Short TC
SW Hind Pointed TC
SW Hind Ptd Short TC
SW Hind TC
SW Hind Short TC
SW Hind TC
SW Hind Short TC
SW Hind TC
SW Hind Thin-TC
SW Hind TC
SW Hind TC
SW Custom Shaping
SW Rim 1 (No Clips)
4x0
3x0
2x0F
0F
1F
1F
2F
2F
3F
3F
4F
4F
5F
6F
7F
7F
7F
7F
8F
9F
2x0H
0H
1H
2H
2H
2H
2H
3H
7H
4H
4H
5H
5H
6H
7H
PR WT
(lb)
OPENING U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
AT HEEL
PRICE
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
25.00
25.00
25.00
25.00
28.40
28.40
28.40
28.40
28.40
28.40
34.00
34.00
45.35
45.35
48.75
48.75
48.75
48.75
48.75
48.75
25.00
25.00
28.40
28.40
28.40
28.40
28.40
28.40
28.40
34.00
34.00
45.35
45.35
45.35
48.75
12.60
28.40
WIDTH
DIM (in)
HEIGHT
THICK
.42
.45
.80
.70
.93
3-7/8
3-7/8
11/16
1-1/2
3-7/8
4-1/4
11/16
1-3/4
5
4-3/4
7/8
2-1/4
5
5
7/8
2-3/8
5
5-1/2
7/8
1
.97
.90
1.1
1.0
1.3
1.4
1.9
2.1
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.35
2.6
2.95
.80
.70
.93
.90
.90
.70
.50
1.0
1.0
1.3
5
5-3/16
7/8
1-1/2
5
5-1/4
15/16
2
1-5/8
1.9
1.7
2.1
2.3
5-5/8
6
15/16
5-5/8
5-5/8
15/16
2
6-1/16
6-1/8
1-1/16
2-5/8
6-1/8
6-3/4
1-1/16
1-1/2
6-7/8
6-7/8
1-1/4
2-5/8
6-15/16
7-1/2
1-1/4
1-1/4
7-7/8
7-7/8
1-1/4
2-7/8
7-3/4
7-1/2
1-1/4
3-1/16
7-1/2
7-9/16
1-1/4
1-7/8
7-1/2
7-9/16
1-1/4
2-1/4
8-5/8
8-1/4
1-1/4
2-7/8
8-5/8
8-5/8
1-1/4
2-7/16
4-1/2
4-3/4
7/8
2-1/4
4-1/2
4-3/4
7/8
1-3/8
4-1/2
5-1/8
7/8
1-1/2
5
5-9/16
15/16
1-1/2
5
5-1/4
15/16
2
4-5/8
5-3/4
7/8
1-1/4
4-5/8
5
7/8
2
5-5/8
6
7/8
2
5-7/8
5-1/2
7/8
2
5-3/4
6-5/8
1-1/16
2-1/2
5-3/4
6-1/2
1 1/4
2-1/4
7
6-15/16
1 1/4
2-1/2
1-1/4
6-3/4
7
1
7-1/8
7-1/2
1-1/4
3
7-1/8
8
1-1/4
2-1/2
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.63
3.00
3.00
3.50
3.50
4.00
4.00
4.30
4.30
3.80
5.00
4.96
5.00
5.00
5.00
6.00
6.00
2.00
1.52
3.00
3.50
3.50
3.50
3.50
4.00
4.00
4.30
4.30
3.82
4.00
5.00
4.46
0.90
A
B
C
D
E
F
Call for custom sizes
and shaping.
ALL SMOOTH WALKERS
ARE SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
G
H
1-888-743-4866
37
Hoof Stands
Save Your BACK
and use a Hoof Stand!
HOOF STANDS - ADJUSTABLE
Cliff Carroll
A farriers job is hard. Our adjustable hoof stand is designed to relieve the strain on your back and
make your job easier. Quickly and easily adjusts from Ponies to Draft Horses.
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A CCDSTAND
Cliff Carroll, Disc Style
Aluminum with cradle/caddy
EA
8.55
170.00
B CCLSTAND
Cliff Carroll, Leg Style
Aluminum with cradle/caddy
EA
8.85
136.00
Cliff Carroll Replacement Cradle
for Leg Style & Disc Style Hoof Stands
EA
0.50
18.00
Cliff Carroll Disc for all Style Hoof Stands
EA
2.20
35.50
ITEM #
CCR
CCDISC
B
A
Hoofjack
PRICE
®
Finally the hoof stand you’ve always wanted. Adjustable height to reduce stress to your back and
legs while dressing hooves and nailing shoes. Includes a useful tool caddy.
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Hoofjack®, Standard
Plastic with Cradle/Post (incl. 2 magnets)
Hoof Jack, Mini
Plastic with Cradle/Post (incl. 2 magnets)
EA
9.45
192.00
EA
6.00
160.00
Hoof Jack, Combo-Draft
Plastic with Draft/Std Cradle/Post (incl. 2 magnets)
EA
21.00
248.00
HJSC
Hoof Jack, Standard Cradle Only
EA
1.45
52.50
HJDC
Hoof Jack, Draft Cradle Only
EA
5.00
72.00
StdCap
Replacement Rubber Cap for Standard Post
EA
0.16
6.50
DraftCap
Replacement Rubber Cap for Draft Post
EA
0.16
6.50
StdStrap
Replacement Cradle Standard Strap
EA
0.12
6.50
DraftStrap
Replacement Cradle Draft Strap
EA
0.13
6.50
TensKnob
Replacement Tension Knob
EA
0.01
9.60
HJDP
Replacement Draft Post
EA
5.00
18.00
HJSC
Replacement Standard Cradle
EA
1.45
52.50
HJDC
Replacement Draft Cradle
EA
5.00
72.00
ITEM #
C HJHST-R
D HJHST-M
E HJHST-C
C
D
E
F
PRICE
NC
Finally the hoof stand you’ve always wanted. Adjustable height to reduce stress to your back and
legs while dressing hooves and nailing shoes. Includes a useful tool caddy.
ITEM #
F 0241
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
NC Adjustable Hoof Stand w/Caddy
EA
18.00
PRICE
136.00
Hoof-it®
The Hoof-it® Hoof Stand, designed by farrier Steve Samet, features a new modern design which
integrates the post and cradle to create a “two-in-one” unit. This design allows the user to switch
from the hoof cradle to hoof post in one easy step. The cradle and post are covered with a shockabsorbing rubber material that provides a comfortable support for the horse, while the wide base unit
provides added stability and safety for the user.
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
HI.HSD
Hoof-it® Draft Hoof Stand w/Magnet
EA
18.00
209.00
Hoof-it® Standard Hoof Stand w/Magnet
EA
11.35
189.00
Hoof-it® Cradle
EA
G HI.HSS
HLHSCRADLE
Additional Farrier Tools
PRICE
50.00
We offer LMF Horse Feeds.
They are available for pick up.
Call if interested in shipping options.
All are listed on our website.
Rounding Hammers -- page 77
Driving Hammers -- page 79
Center Punches -- page 66, 88
Tongs -- page 94
38
www.piehtoolco.com
Shoeing Boxes
SHOEING BOXES
Nature Farms
ITEM #
U/M
PR WT
(lb)
PRICE
Cobra Farrier’s Tool Box
EA
Reduces stress on your back by holding tools where you
can reach them. It features seven upright tool holders with
padding, which reduces noise while making your tools
readily available. Custom fit rasp holders are included in
this tool box, keeping your rasps where you need them. The
lightweight ABS Plastic trays tilt forward to face you, and the
Large 4” casters move easily over dirt, grass, or any surface,
so your tool box can go where you go - without falling over.
Replacement trays are available, so if a horse kicks your box,
you don’t have to replace the whole thing!
18.00
233.00
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION U/M
(in)
PR WT
(lb)
PRICE
NC Tall Shoeing Box
The NC Tall Shoeing Box features 2 Nail
compartments, a large rubber lined tool tray,
2 rasp holsters, a knife holster and castered legs.
22 H
16 W
12 D
15.00
237.00
DESCRIPTION
A COBRAI
A
B
NC
ITEM #
B NCSBT.2
Thoro’bred
EA
C
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION U/M
(in)
PR WT
(lb)
C 6SHS *S/O
Thoro’bred Shoeing Box, Small
This is a basic style shoeing box by Thoro’bred.
Ideal for use as a trimming box or apprentice
farrier’s shoeing box. Lightweight.
10 H
13 L
8W
EA
7.00
116.00
D 6SHL *S/O
Thoro’bred Shoeing Box, Large
This is a basic style shoeing box by Thoro’bred.
Ideal for use as a trimming box or apprentice
farrier’s shoeing box. Lightweight.
12 H
14 L
12 W
EA
9.50
128.00
E 6SH90 *S/O
Thoro’bred Shoeing Box, Model 90
9-1/2 H
Designed for the professional farrier. Has two
15 L
tiered thick sidewall construction with divided nail 9-1/4 W
and shoe trays. Has four swivel wheels and two
molded Neoprene knife pockets. Features a rasp
divider and removable tool tray
for easy cleaning.
EA
7.25
175.00
ITEM #
PRICE
E
D
Yoder
DESCRIPTION
HEIGHT
(in)
U/M
PR WT
(lb)
F YSSB
Yoder Shorty Shoeing Box
The Yoder Shorty is small and compact! It offers
2 rasp holders with 3” casters. A perfect sized
starter box.
27
EA
14.0
189.00
G YCSB
Yoder Cricket Shoeing Box
27
The Yoder Cricket Farrier tool box is light, compact
and portable offering two vinyl covered shelves.
EA
15.90
230.00
H YDSB
Yoder Deluxe Shoeing Box
32
A light weight, compact toolbox boasting two
solid PVC tool holders on the side capable of
holding six tools heads up.
Yoder Classic Shoeing Box
32
The Yoder Classic includes three aluminum vinyl
covered tool shelves along with a top nail tray and
tool hanger.
EA
16.60
237.00
EA
18.00
239.00
ITEM #
J YLSB
PRICE
F
G
H
J
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
E-mail, fax or call for fast service
www.piehtoolco.com Fax 928-554-0800 Phone 1-928-554-0700.
z
z
We customize each certificate specifically for you.
1-888-743-4866
39
Plastic Bar/Wedge Hoof Pads
BAR
PADS
Castle Plastics has introduced most of the successful pads in the past decades. Made in the USA from virgin
polyurethane material. Castle Hoof Prints pads are called IMPAK and are cushioned.
A
Hoofprints
A
B
(Impak Green) The frog is cushioned.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
C1SBP
C2MBP
C8IAP *S/O
C8LIAP *S/O
#1 Bar
#2 Bar
#8 Absorber
#8L Absorber
#1
#2
#8
#8L
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
5-3/16
4-13/16 3/16
5-9/16
5-3/8
3/16
5-1/8
4-3/4
3/16
6-5/8
6
3/16
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PR
PR
PR
PR
0.23
0.33
0.38
0.66
PRICE
10+ PRICE
BREAK
5.25
5.60
6.55
8.15
4.99
5.32
6.22
7.74
BAR WEDGE PADS
B
Castle
(Black Plastic)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
C1BWP
C2BWP
C3BWP
C4BWP
#1
#2
#3
#4
#1
#2
#3
#4
4-1/2
5-3/4
1/4
5-1/2
6
3/8
6-1/2
6-1/4
1/2
7-3/8
5-3/4
7/16
PR
PR
PR
PR
0.25
0.33
0.45
0.58
3.05
3.25
3.40
4.60
2.90
3.09
3.23
4.37
PR
PR
PR
0.21
0.26
0.39
6.90
6.90
6.90
6.56
6.56
6.56
0.23
0.33
0.44
3.30
3.60
4.35
3.14
3.42
4.13
Castle Plastics has introduced most of the successful pads in the past decades. Made in the USA from virgin
polyurethane material.
C
C
Bar
Bar
Bar
Bar
Curtis Hamilton
D
E
D
CH1BW
CH2BW
CH3BW
Curtis Hamilton bar wedge pads are made of vinyl.
Bar Wedge
Bar Wedge
Bar Wedge
Farriers Pride
E
Wedge
Wedge
Wedge
Wedge
FPBW3
FPBW4.5
FPBW6
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
#1
#2
#3
4-3/4
7
5/16
4-1/2
6-5/8
3/8
5-1/8
7
1/2
#3
4.5
6
4-3/8
6-1/8
1/4
5-5/8
6-1/4
3/8
4-3/4
6-1/8
1/2
PR
PR
PR
(Plastic, Clear)
Bar Wedge
Bar Wedge
Bar Wedge
FULL WEDGE PADS
Castle
F
F
(Black Urethane)
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
C2FWUP
C3FWUP
C4FWUP
#2 Full Wedge
#3 Full Wedge
#4 Full Wedge
#2
#3
#4
5
6-5/16
5/16
6-1/2
6-1/4
1/2
7-1/2
6
3/4
PR
PR
PR
0.50
0.86
1.27
4.50
5.45
6.40
4.28
5.18
6.08
#2 Full Wedge
#3 Full Wedge
#4 Full Wedge
#2
#3
#4
5
6-5/16
5/16
6-1/2
6-1/4
1/2
7-1/2
6
3/4
PR
PR
PR
0.50
0.60
0.94
3.30
3.75
4.15
3.14
3.56
3.94
#2
#2
#3
#4
5
6-1/2
1/2
6
6
1/2
6-3/4
5
3/8
7-3/8
6-1/4
3/4
PR
PR
PR
PR
0.54
0.65
0.41
0.47
6.90
7.65
7.65
8.15
6.56
7.27
7.27
7.74
#2
#3
5-5/8
5-7/8
3/8
6
6
1/2
PR
PR
0.54
0.74
4.30
5.50
4.09
5.22
Black Plastic
H
G
G
H
C2FWP
C3FWP
C4FWP
Curtis Hamilton
J
K
J
CH2W
CH2WL
K CH3W
CH4W
Farriers Pride
L
L
M
FPW2
FPW3
(Vinyl)
2-Degree Wedge
2-Degree Wedge, Long
3-Degree Wedge
4-Degree Wedge
(Plastic, Clear)
Wedge
Wedge
No Vibe Wedge Pad
(Brown)
No-Vibe pads are shock absorbing pads that reduce damaging shock load. No-Vibe is a pioneer for its cutting edge
synthetics & pads.
M NVBWP
No-Vibe, Brown
6
6
1/4
PR 0.30
4.45
4.23
*S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
Bar and Full Wedge Pads
Castle Plastics has introduced most of the
successful pads in the past decades.
Made in the USA from virgin polyurethane
material. Castle Hoof Prints pads are
called IMPAK and are cushioned.
40
We have more Rulers with
Knife Sharpeners, Magnets,
Silver Pencils, and Soap Stones
on pages 105-108.
www.piehtoolco.com
Wedge Pads • Flat / Draft / Arab Pads
DEGREE PADS
Castle
A
(Black Urethane)
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
1-Degree Wedge
2-Degree Wedge
5-7/8
6-3/4
6-7/8
6-5/8
3/16
7/32
PR
PR
0.47
0.65
4.25
4.65
4.04
4.42
2-Degree Wedge
2-Degree Jumbo
3-Degree Jumbo
3-Degree Bullseye
6-3/4
7-5/8
7-5/8
7-3/4
6-5/8
7-1/4
7-1/4
7-1/2
7/32
5/16
7/16
3/16
PR
PR
PR
PR
0.43
0.77
1.06
0.60
3.40
5.45
6.30
6.10
3.23
5.18
5.99
5.80
5-7/8
5-7/8
5-7/8
6-7/8
6-3/4
6-3/4
3/16
7/32
7/16
PR
PR
PR
0.31
0.43
0.66
3.95
4.10
4.50
3.75
3.90
4.28
7-1/8
7-1/8
7 5/8
5-1/8
5-7/8
6 3/8
5/16
5/16
5/16
PR
PR
PR
0.35
0.68
0.57
7.40
8.50
7.15
7.03
8.08
6.79
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
C1DWUP
C2DWUP
SIZE
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
A
Black Plastic
B
C
C2DWP
C2DJP
C3DJP
C3DBP
B
Black Plastic Oval
C1DOP
D C2DOP
C3DOP
1-Degree Oval
2-Degree Oval
3-Degree Oval
C
Hoofprints (Impak Green)
E
C112DP
C153DP
C122DOWP
#11, 2-Degree Oval
#15, 3-Degree Oval
#12, 2-Degree Open Wedge
#11
#15
#12
LEATHER PADS
D
Branded Leather Pads
Leather conforms to the hoof for a custom fit. Foreign materials are less likely to become trapped between the pad and
the sole. It “breathes” - the hoof sweats less - and the opportunity for thrush to incubate decreases. It allows moisture
to penetrate evenly and naturally yet not become trapped. Leather is disposable and biodegradable. *Branded pads will
have brand marks on the pad.
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
KL4BR
KL4BH
KL6BR
KL6BH
Branded
Branded
Branded
Branded
Leather
Leather
Leather
Leather
Regular
Heavy
Regular
Heavy
SIZE
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
4
4
6
6
6-3/8
6-3/8
7-3/8
7-3/8
5-3/4
5-3/4
6-3/4
6-3/4
1/8
3/32
1/8
3/32
PR
PR
PR
PR
0.41
0.52
0.52
0.60
PRICE
PRICE 12+BREAK
4.75
5.20
5.65
6.05
4.51
4.94
5.37
5.75
E
Keystone
Keystone Leather conforms to the hoof for a custom fit. Foreign materials are less likely to become trapped between
the pad and the sole. It “breathes” - the hoof sweats less - and the opportunity for thrush to incubate decreases. It
allows moisture to penetrate evenly and naturally yet not become trapped. Leather is disposable and biodegradable.
ITEM #
G KL4R
KL4H
KL4XH
KL4XXHW
KL5XXHW
KL6R
KL6H
KL6XH
KL6XXH
KL6XXHW
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 12+BREAK
Regular (11 oz)
Heavy (13 oz)
X Heavy (16 oz)
XX Heavy Wedge (17 oz)
Regular (11 oz)
Heavy (13oz)
X Heavy (16 oz)
XX Heavy (17 oz)
4
4
4
4
5
6
6
6
6
6
6-3/4
6-3/4
6-3/4
6-3/4
6-3/4
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2
5-7/8
5-7/8
5-7/8
5-7/8
6-1/4
6-5/8
6-5/8
6-5/8
6-5/8
6-5/8
1/8
3/32
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/8
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
8.44
8.99
10.76
14.61
15.90
9.80
10.37
12.94
14.86
17.91
0.41
0.48
0.49
0.37
0.42
0.52
0.62
0.67
0.70
0.73
8.02
8.54
9.41
13.88
15.11
9.31
9.85
12.29
14.03
17.01
F
G
Pad Cutter
Shape the shoe to fit, place the shoe on the pad and mark an outline of the shoe, then turn the handle of the Duval
Pad Cutter as you feed the pad material into the cutter. The blades of the Duval Pad Cutter are tempered steel and
make it easy to cut pads quickly, accurately, and with less effort and stress on your body. The pad cutter mounts using
a bracket with pre-tapped holes. The bracket then fits into a hardy hole for easy access (7/8” & 1”) or can be mounted
permanently to a bench or truck without using the bracket. Housing made from cast aluminum.
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
H DPC *S/O
Duval Pad Cutter
EA
10.1
DPBC *S/O
J DPCBB *S/O
DPCTB *S/O
K DPCH *S/O
Blade Cover (leather)
Replacement Blades-Bottom
Replacement Blades-Top
Replacement Handle
EA
EA
EA
EA
ITEM #
PRICE
PRICE
BREAK
289.00
N/A
9.00
24.00
24.00
16.00
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
SHEARS
ICAR Shears for cutting leather pads. Made in Italy.
ITEM #
L ICShear
M SHEAR
H
J
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE
BREAK
ICAR Heavy Pad Shears
Farrier Grade Shears, 2” Blade (8” OAL)
EA
EA
0.80
0.52
44.00
31.45
N/A
N/A
K
L
Designed for Kevlar, Spectra & other modern repair polymeric fabrics. High carbon steel, with serrated jaws.
M
1-888-743-4866
41
Flat Pads • Draft/Arab Pads
FLAT PADS
Aluminum
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
A ALPAD
C
LENGTH
(in)
6-1/2
6-3/8
1/16
PR
0.62
11.90
11.31
6
5-3/4
5
1/8
PR
0.39
11.80
11.21
Thoro’bred Aluminum Flat Pad
GCPP6
B
SIZE
GC Alum. Protector Plate
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
GCPP7
GC Alum. Protector Plate
7
6
5-1/2
1/8
PR
0.42
11.80
11.21
GCSP5
GC Alum. Spider Plate Stabilizer
5
5-1/4
4-3/4
1/8
PR
0.36
11.80
11.21
GCSP6
6
5-1/2
5
1/8
PR
0.39
11.80
11.21
GCSP7
7
5-3/4
5-1/4
1/8
PR
0.43
11.80
11.21
Castle
(Plastic)
Designed to assist farriers in promoting heel growth and soundness. With exceptions of performance and cushion frog
pads, and the frog support kits, all other pads will be used with support portion towards the ground surface.
D
E
B CTB
Thinliner Black
Th
5-3/4
6-3/8
1/16
PR
0.26
2.80
2.66
CTC
Thinliner Clear
Th
5-3/4
6-3/8
1/16
PR
0.25
2.90
2.76
Black
4
5-3/4
6-3/8
1/8
PR
0.40
3.65
3.47
C4CFP
Clear
4
5-3/4
6-3/8
1/8
PR
0.40
3.80
3.61
C5FP
Black
5
7-7/8
7-1/4
1/8
PR
0.54
4.60
4.37
C6FP
Black
6
7-3/16
7-1/2
3/16
PR
0.91
5.50
5.22
C C4BF
Hoofprints (Impak Green)
F
G
Hunters, jumpers, thoroughbreds, trotters, pacers and polo ponies have all benefited from this shock absorbing
material (IMPAK). Manufactured from a special blend of polymers, these pads not only absorb shock, but also stand up
well and are able to be reset. These pads have also been used effectively for foal extensions, flat soles, pedel osteitis,
and hospital plates. More information is available from us about these pads and their uses.
D C4MFP
Impak Green
4
6-3/8
5-3/4
3/16
PR
0.43
6.00
5.70
C5LFP
Impak Green
5
7-1/4
6-5/8
3/16
PR
0.60
7.70
7.32
Farriers Pride
H
J
E
(Plastic, Clear)
FP1
Flat
1
5-7/8
6-1/4
3/32
PR
0.30
3.75
3.56
FP2
Flat
2
6
6-1/4
1/8
PR
0.65
4.10
3.90
5-9/16
5-9/16
3/16
PR
0.40
14.55
13.82
7-1/8
3/16
PR
0.60
22.85
21.71
6
1/8
PR
0.45
4.45
4.23
Shocktamer
SFPR
Flat Pad, Grey
Reg
SFPL
Flat Pad, Grey
Large 7-3/8
No-Vibe
K
NVBFP
L
Flat Pad, Brown
6
DRAFT/ARAB DOUBLE NAIL PADS
Castle
M
N
(Plastic, Black)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
F
CDBFP *S/O
Draft
Draft 9-7/8
9-3/4
5/16
PR
2.10
12.50
11.88
G
CAFP *S/O
Arab
Arab 6-7/8
6-1/8
3/8
PR
1.09
5.10
4.84
H
CDN
Double Nail Pad
7-3/4
6-1/2
1/2
PR
1.10
6.55
6.22
Anvil Brand
LENGTH
(in)
(Plastic, Black)
J
ABDS
Draft
Small 9
8x5/16
5/16
PR
1.77
12.85
12.21
K
ABDS-W
Draft Wedge
Small 9-3/4
9x1/2
1/2
PR
1.75
13.40
12.73
Curtis Hamilton
O
R
P
S
L
CH5F
Flat Pad
5
7-1/2
6-1/8
3/8
PR
1.04
8.15
7.74
CH6F
Flat Pad
6
8-5/8
6-3/4
3/8
PR
1.32
8.15
7.74
M CHAR
Arab Pad
7-3/4
6-1/4
1/4
PR
0.87
7.65
7.27
N CHDN * S/O
Double Nail Pad
7-3/4
6-3/8
1/2
PR
1.36
7.25
6.89
RIM PADS
Small
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
O CRP
Castle Rim Plastic-Black
5
5-1/4
1/8
PR
0.07
1.35
1.28
P CRF
Castle Rim Felt-Grey
5
5-1/4
1/8
PR
0.03
1.70
1.62
R CRR
Castle Rim Rubber-Black
5
5-1/4
1/8
PR
0.08
1.45
1.38
S CRTU
Castle Rim Urethane-Tan
5
5-1/4
1/8
PR
0.10
2.30
2.19
T C10RP
Hoofprints Rim Impak-Green
5-1/4
5-1/4
3/16
PR
0.09
3.55
3.37
2.42
ITEM #
T
U
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
#10
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
Large
U CLR
Castle Rim Plastic-Black
6-3/4
6
1/8
PR 0.27
2.55
CLRW
Castle Rim Plastic-Black Wedge
6-3/4
6
3/8
PR 0.39
2.90
2.76
CILRP
Hoofprints Rim Impak-Green
6-3/4
6
1/8
PR 0.27
3.40
3.23
42
www.piehtoolco.com
Rim Pads • Frog Support Pads
Shocktamer
Shock tamer rim pads are dual-density hoof pads. The softer gray polyurethane is the shock absorber while the harder
black frame provides support and is the shock dissipater. Sold by the pair.
ITEM #
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
10+ PRICE
BREAK
Rim Pad
6
5-3/4
3/16
PR
0.23
14.80
14.06
No-Vibe Rim Pad, Brown
6
6
1/8
PR 0.25
4.45
4.23
DESCRIPTION
A STPR
SIZE
A
B
C
D
No-Vibe
B NVBRP
FROG SUPPORT PADS
Myron McLane
(Plastic, Clear)
The Myron McLane Full Support pad supports the bony column of the hoof, distributing weight from the hoof wall to the
frog. The release of pressure increases the blood supply to the hoof wall area
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
10+ PRICE
BREAK
C MMPS
Full Support Egg Bar
Small 5-1/4
6
3/8
PR
0.55
16.85
N/A
MMPM
Med
7
6-1/4
3/8
PR
0.75
19.95
N/A
Large 9
8-1/4
3/8
PR
0.95
16.85
N/A
MMPL * S/O
Castle
(Plastic, Clear)
D CEB
Egg Bar
Small 6
6-1/2
1/8
PR 0.45
6.10
5.80
CEBL
Egg Bar
Large 7-1/8
7-3/8
1/8
PR 0.75
7.20
6.84
C2EBS
2-Degree Egg Bar
Small 6
6-1/2
1/8
PR 0.65
7.20
6.84
E
Bar Wedge Frog Pad
This pad is just like the regular bar wedge above, but with an added frog support.
E C1BWF
Bar Wedge Frog
1
4-1/2
6-1/2
1/4
PR
0.42
7.05
6.70
C2BWF
Bar Wedge Frog
2
4-1/2
6-1/2
3/8
PR
0.52
7.45
7.08
C3BWF
Bar Wedge Frog
3
5
6-3/4
1/2
PR
0.74
7.90
7.51
F
Cushion Frog (Plastic, Clear)
G
The cushion frog pads may be used for both frog pressure or heel support. Using the cushion frog pads and the egg
bar pads at ground surface, it will sometimes eliminate the need for a heart bar shoe. This promotes frog pressure with
Hoof Prints Silicone or other hoof packing materials.
F CCFS
Cushion Frog
Small 6-1/2
5-7/8
1/8
PR
0.43
5.50
5.22
CCFL
Cushion Frog
Large 6-1/2
7-1/2
1/8
PR
0.65
7.20
6.84
C2DCF
2-Degree Cushion Frog
Small 6-1/2
5-7/8
5/16
PR
0.66
7.25
6.89
C2DCF-L
2-Degree Cushion Frog
Large 8
7-1/2
PR
0.70
8.85
8.41
Small 6-1/2
5-7/8
1/8
PR 0.46
8.80
8.36
6-1/2
6
3-8
PR 0.85
9.50
9.02
2-3/4
3-3/8
3/4
EA
3.40
N/A
H
Hoofprints (Plastic Green)
G CICFP
C2ICFP
Cushion Frog
2-Degree Cushion Frog Impak
Frog Support Kit (Plastic, Clear)
Contains 1/2” Full, 1/2” Tapered, 3/8” Tapered, 1/4” Tapered.
H CFS
Castle Frog Support Kit
Natural Balance
0.32
J
(Urethane, Clear)
The Natural Balance Frog Pad is a durable, opaque Urethane rigidity with a “crystal clear” window above frog to aid
in alignment. The frog heel is recessed to address contracted heels, and the pad has a self-cleaning tapered frog.
The Natural Balance Pad are used for many ailing frog conditions and caudal heel pain. It can be used with or without
impression material.
J
PRICE
10+ PRICE
BREAK
0.36
11.00
10.45
0.62
13.90
13.21
PR
0.65
11.00
10.45
PR
1.30
13.90
13.21
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
000-1 5-3/4
5-3/8
1/8
PR
2-6
7-1/4
6-7/8
1/8
PR
Frog Wedge
000-1 5-5/8
5-3/8
3/8
Frog Wedge Large
2-6
6-7/8
1/2
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
NBPF-R
Frog Regular
NBPF-L
Frog Large
NBPW-R
NBPW-L
LENGTH
(in)
7-1/4
K
SNOW PADS
Castle
Resilient in sub-zero conditions and resists barnyard acids. The convex ball in the center of the pad rejects packing
of snow and ice promoting safer footing. These pads work well with shoes with low calks or borium. The Rim style
is great for dealing with icy situations, and can be used all year around. Many farriers find them useful in muddy
situations. Instead of snow, the ball pops out the mud.
Flat, Plastic/Rubber-Black
L
PRICE
10+ PRICE
BREAK
0.43
4.00
3.80
0.77
6.20
5.89
PR
1.82
13.45
12.78
7/16
PR
0.62
5.95
5.65
9/16
PR
1.39
8.40
7.98
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
K CSR
Sno Ball
00-3
6
6-1/2
1/8
PR
CSL
Sno Ball
4+
8
7-3/4
3/16
PR
CDS
Sno Ball
Draft 9-5/8
9-3/4
1/4
6-1/2
8
ITEM #
Degree, Plastic/Rubber-Black
L
C2DS
Sno Ball 2-Degree
00-3
C2DLS
Sno Ball 2-Degree
Lg 4+ 7-1/2
5-7/8
1-888-743-4866
43
Snow Pads • Therapeutic Pads
Rim, Urethane
(continued)
ITEM #
A CSRCF
CSRLC
A
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH WIDTH
(in)
(in)
HEEL
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
Sno Rim Front-Clear
00-1
5-1/4
6-1/2
1/8
PR 0.19
8.05
7.65
Sno Rim Front Large-Clear
2-3
6-1/4
6-3/4
1/8
PR 0.24
8.05
7.65
CSRCH
Sno Rim Hind-Clear
00-1
6
5-1/4
1/8
PR 0.24
8.05
7.65
B CSRBF
Sno Rim Front-Black
1-2
6
5-1/2
1/8
PR 0.26
7.65
7.27
CSRBH
Sno Rim Hind-Black
1-2
5-1/2
5-3/4
1/8
PR 0.26
7.65
7.27
CSRBH-W
Sno Rim Hind-Black, 2 Deg
Reg
5-1/2
6
3/8
PR 0.44
8.50
8.08
CSRBHL-W
Sno Rim Hind-Black, 2 Deg
Large 6-1/4
6-3/4
3/8
PR 0.44
8.50
8.08
S
L
5-1/2
5-3/4
1/8
1/8
PR 0.25
PR 0.29
8.10
8.10
7.70
7.70
Rim, Square Toe Urethane
C CSSTRBF-S
CSSTRBF-L
B
Sno Rim Square Toe
Sno Rim Square Toe
5-5/8
6-5/8
THERAPEUTIC PADS
Castle
Performance
Castle Performance Pads are designed for the ultimate in sole protection and pre-cut. These pads have also been
used effectively for foal extensions, flat soles, pedal osteitis and hospital plates.
ITEM #
C
D C4P
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH WIDTH
(in)
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
#4 Castle Performance
4
6-3/8
5-3/4
3/16
PR
0.42
7.65
7.27
C4.25P
4
6-3/8
5-3/4
1/4
PR
0.58
8.50
8.08
C5P
5
7-1/4
6-5/8
3/16
PR
0.54
9.35
8.88
Cushion Heel Pads
E
D
E
CCH
Castle Cushion Heel Black
Reg
6-3/8
5-3/4
7/16
PR
0.60
4.60
4.37
CCHS
Castle Cushion Heel Black
Sm
5-3/4
5-1/2
7/16
PR
0.50
4.40
4.18
7
6
1/8
PR 0.47
20.50
19.48
Magnetic Pad
F
CMP * S/O
Castle Magnetic Pad
Pour (Screen) Pads
Used with hoof packing, such as Equi-Build. Also allows foot to breathe & leaves access for medications.
G CPP
#4 Pour Black
Reg
5-3/4
6-3/8
1/8
PR
0.20
2.70
2.56
CPPL
Pour Black
Large 7-7/8
7-3/8
1/8
PR
0.25
3.40
3.23
CPED * S/O
Pour Black, Degree Pad
Reg
5-3/4
6-3/8
Deg
PR
0.20
3.00
2.85
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH WIDTH
(in)
(in)
HEEL
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
H HDPE1
White Plastic Pad
1
6
6
1/8
EA 0.16
1.65
1.42
HDPE2
White Plastic Pad
2
6
6
3/16
EA 0.24
2.10
1.80
HDPE3
White Plastic Pad
3
6
6
1/4
EA 0.32
2.55
2.30
HDPE4
White Plastic Pad
4
6
6
3/8
EA 0.42
5.75
4.04
HDP (Plastic) Pads
F
G
ITEM #
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
Natural Balance
Perforated Flat Pads
H
The NB Perforated Pad is lightweight with holes molded into the center to help hold various sole support materials in the
foot. The Perf Pad can be used like a screen pad for injectable urethanes or silicone materials, or as a simple rim pad
that does not leave the frog completely unsupported.
J
SIZE
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
NB Perforated Flat
Reg
5-5/8
5-1/4
1/8
PR
0.18
2.95
2.81
NB Perforated Flat
Large 7-1/4
6-5/8
1/8
PR
0.30
3.70
3.52
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
NBPERF-RF
NBPERF-LF
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
Perforated Wedge Pads
J
As a treatment tool, the wedged Perf Pad can be used right-side-up to change the hoof angle like a wedged rim pad, or upVLGHGRZQDVDFUDGOHSDGWRVXSSRUWDSURODSVHGIURJLQDKRUVHZLWKDQHJDWLYHSODQHFRI¿QERQHDQJOH
NBPERF-RW
NB Perforated Wedge
Reg
5-5/8
5-3/8
1/2
PR 0.28
3.75
3.56
NBPERF-LW
NB Perforated Wedge
Large
7-1/4
6-5/8
1/2
PR 0.49
4.50
4.28
Frog Inserts
This unique product was designed as an emergency support aid for various foot ailments. Taping this product to the frog
of the painful foot offers a resilient cushion support, as well as protection, and benefits the slightly reduced breakover.
This frog insert can be a useful aid for chronic laminitis provided palmar angle is less than 5 degrees.
ITEM #
K
K LILYP
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
Lily Pads
3/8
PR 0.53
22.75
N/A
*See pg 43 for more Frog Inserts
44
www.piehtoolco.com
Therapeutic Pads • Hospital Pads
Thera Flex Pads
Treats the following conditions: Laminitis, Contracted heels and Founder.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
A TFP1
Thera Flex
1
TFP2
Thera Flex
2
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
5-1/4
5
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
PR
0.27
21.72
N/A
PR
0.40
22.86
N/A
TFP3
Thera Flex
3
6
5-11/16
PR
0.48
24.06
N/A
TFP4
Thera Flex
4
6-1/2
6-1/8
PR
0.65
25.11
N/A
A
3P Podiatry Pads
The Purple Podiatry Pads have been designed by farrier & educator Mark Plumlee of Mission Farrier School for the
treatment of acute laminitis. For extremely severe cases (Grade IV or V), the 3P pads would be used after a few days of
Styrofoam and before shoeing. For other acute cases, we recommend using the 3P pads in conjunction with Impression
Material. The benefit of the 3P pads is that they are easy to apply and once on, the horse can go several weeks without
the pads having to be maintained. Once you get the impression material applied and trimmed behind the sensitive
border of P3, you can cut one pad to fit in the caudal part of the foot over the impression material and then place a full
pad over the entire foot.
B PPP-PR
Purple Podiatry Pad
5-1/2
5-3/4
7/16
PR
0.10
8.70
B
8.26
EDSS
Styrofoam Support Pads
The Styrofoam Pads are the most important tool we have found to treat horses in the acute stage of laminitis. They are
pre-cut, hoof shaped pads of blocks of a very dense 2” piece of Styrofoam. The Styrofoam will compress into the caudal
portion of the foot. Use of the Styrofoam will allow the horse to stabilize so that a more comprehensive diagnosis and
treatment approach can be established. Set = 4 pads.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
HEEL
(in)
C
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
C SF600-SM
Styrofoam Support
S (00-0) 5-1/2
5-1/8
2
SET 0.20
11.00
10.45
SF601-MD
Styrofoam Support
M (1-2) 5-3/4
5-1/2
2
SET 0.20
11.00
10.45
SF602-LG
Styrofoam Support
L (3)
6-3/8
5-1/2
2
SET 0.24
11.00
10.45
SF603-XL
Styrofoam Support
XL (4)
6-3/4
6
2
SET 0.40
11.00
10.45
HOSPITAL PADS
Castle
D
Castle Plastics has created a Hospital Pad that will speed the recovery of a hoof injury. You will now be able to care
for the injury while protecting it, allowing the animal to be turned out and even ridden during the recovery period. The
Hospital Pad is designed specifically for injury and rehabilitation. The pad has a removable plate for easy access to
affected areas for quick cleaning and treatment. All you do is unscrew the removable plate to soak, clean, medicate,
and care for the injury. Then just screw the plate back on, and the injury will be protected, speeding up the recovery
process.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 10+BREAK
CHPS
Castle Hospital Pad
Small
5-1/2
6-3/4
1/8
PR
0.65
9.20
8.74
D CHPL
Castle Hospital Pad
Large
6
7-1/2
1/8
PR
0.80
9.60
9.12
Shocktamer
(Plastic, Grey)
Designed like the sole of a jogging shoe, ShockTamer dual-density hoof pads are an effective aid in treating sore feet
or relieving lameness and can serve as a preventative measure against future hoof and leg problems. The softer gray
polyurethane is the shock absorber while the harder black frame provides support and is the shock dissipater. Gives improved
performance and less fatigue on performance horses.
E STCHP
Shocktamer Hospital Pad
PR 0.40
21.65
E
20.57
Digital Thermometer
Measure temperature on hoof abscesses, inflammations as well
as hot metal in the range of -20 to 932°F. This non-contact
thermometer gun measures the surface temperature. Use anywhere,
it is fast and easy with the laser sighting, just point and shoot.
Read the temperature in the digital display.
•
•
•
•
•
•
User Configurative Hi/Low Alarm Settings
K-Type Thermocouple Input: Contact Temperature
Display: High Contrast, White on Black/Backlight
Durable: Rugged Over-Molding
Hold, Max Value Functions, Work Light
Slide Rail Mount: 2201 Voltage Detector
5
Year
Warranty
Laser
Temperature Gun
Item #2266-20
See our product line of
Electric and Cordless
Power Tools
Pages 109-117.
See page 116 for
further details.
1-888-743-4866
45
Hoof Care & Repair • Hoof Medications
CRACK AND HOOF REPAIR
Hoof Staple
A
Hoof Staple: Keeping It Together. Gives alternatives and adjustibility in the treatment of cracks. Stainless steel
“staples”, sometimes called “French clips”, hold either side of the hoof wall in a desired position.
ITEM #
A HS14
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
Hoof Staple Small
3/16”
EA
0.01
4.00
HS316
Hoof Staple Medium
31/4”
EA
0.01
4.00
HS516
Hoof Staple Large
5/16”
EA
0.01
4.00
SBS
Hoof Patch Kit
B
Kit contains strong heat moldable resin patches and a two part space age adhesive. Unlike metal patches, patch does
not need to be removed at the next shoeing. Heat mold it. Glue it. Rasp it.
B SBSHP
SBS Hoof Patch Kit
Twenty minute crack repair kit.
Two resin patches & two 1 oz. dispensers of adhesive per kit.
KIT 0.56
51.30
Crack Filler Kit
Has excellent adhesive qualities. It is impervious to water, urine and other contaminants. When cured, SBS Crack
Filler becomes part of the hoof wall so that it can be rasped and trimmed like a natural horn. Approximately 3 to 4
repairs per kit.
C SBSCF
C
SBS Crack Filler Kit
Two part system includes convenient 1 oz. dispensing tube, mixing sticks
and reinforced mesh.
KIT 0.19
21.90
Yoder
ITEM #
D YDCRK
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
Yoder Hoof Crack Repair Kit
Two brass plates (2-1/2” x 1”) and SS screws.
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
KIT 0.08
PRICE
12.50
Sound Hoof
A single packet contains: 8 Stainless Sutures with SS Backing Plates (pre-threaded with four inch wire legs), 8
Stainless Steel Backing Plates (additional plates on a loop in the bag).
E HCSK
Hoof Crack Suture Kit
KIT 0.08
17.25
Hoof Putty
D
F Q-EHP
Equilox Hoof Putty
Equilox Hoof Putty does not require any special guns or applicators.
Simply break or cut off the required amount for the repair and work in
your hands then mold into the damaged hoof area. Very convenient,
quick drying and sets hard.
4 oz
EA
0.29
6.95
G KHP
Keratex Hoof Putty
200 gr
ABCPBL
H ABCPBR
EA
0.58
21.85
Anvil Brand Hoof Putty, Black
3.68 oz
Hoof Putty does not require any special guns or applicators. Simply break
or cut off the required amount for the repair and work in your hands then
mold into the damaged hoof area.
EA
0.25
2.70
Anvil Brand Hoof Putty, Birch
EA
0.25
2.70
3.68 oz
GLUE-ON SHOE/HOOF REPAIR ADHESIVES
E
Equilox #1
Medicated Formula
Equilox Adhesive Hoof Repair is a flexible resin which can be used for anything from repairing small quarter cracks to
reconstructing an entire hoof wall. The damaged hoof wall is rasped down and an artificial wall is built from Equilox
and a layer of Composite Fabric. Once applied, Equilox sets up in minutes. When cured, the hoof can be rasped,
nailed, and trimmed just like natural hoof wall.
F
ITEM #
J G90650-301
G
J
46
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Equilox #1, Medicated Adhesive
Includes Step-by-Step Guide.
1 oz
EA
0.17
17.20
Adhesive Hoof Repair System
H
K
Equilox #1 Slower Setting Formula Adhesive is an extremely strong resin that can be used for anything from repairing
small quarter cracks to reconstructing an entire hoof wall, yet flexible enough for easy filing, shaping, and even nailing.
Set time: Sets in 6 - 8 minutes, final cure in 10 - 13 minutes at 70° Fahrenheit. Shelf life: At least 6 months from fill date
(as stated on label) — or longer if refrigerated.
G90400-301
Equilox #1, Black
1 oz
EA
0.14
8.00
G90400-302
Equilox #1, Black
2 oz
EA
0.22
13.70
K G90350-301
Equilox #1, Tan
1 oz
EA
0.17
8.00
G90350-302
Equilox #1, Tan
2 oz
EA
0.22
13.70
G90400-150
Equilox #1, Stubbie, Black
5 oz
EA
0.50
25.90
G90350-150
Equilox #1, Stubbie, Tan
5 oz
EA
0.50
25.90
EA
0.06
1.95
L G90393-000
L
DESCRIPTION
Equilox #1, Converter
Gxsmtips
Equilox Small Tips for Stubbies
0-50 ml
EA
0.03
1.05
G90312-000
Equilox #1, Mixing Tips
Large
EA
0.03
2.20
www.piehtoolco.com
Crack & Hoof Repair • Adhesives
Equilox #1
(continued)
Adhesive Hoof Repair System
ITEM #
A G90350-400
G90400-400
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Equilox #1, Tan (Gold Side by Side)
14 oz
EA
1.51
57.55
Equilox #1, Black (Gold Side by Side)
14 oz
EA
1.50
57.55
EA
1.33
76.55
PRICE
Equilox #2
B G90302-000
B
A
Equilox #2 Adhesive Tan
420 ml
Same properties as Equilox I formula, but a faster cure time for
colder weather. Sets in 4-6 min, final cure in 6-8 min at 70° F.
Elastikon Elastic Tape
Porous, flesh colored adhesive tape recommended for dynamic strapping. Stretches to cover most any surface.
C 70-325
Elastikon Tape
1” x 2-1/2 yd
EA 0.06
2.90
70-326
Elastikon Tape
2” x 2-1/2 yd
EA 0.13
6.20
70-327
Elastikon Tape
3” x 2-1/2 yd
EA 0.29
9.25
C
Equicast®
Equicast® should be applied by a hoof care professional - is user-friendly and affordable for the treatment of hoof
problems (structural wall and sole failure) adding temporary wear protection and support to the whole hoof capsule to
help grow stronger healthier hoof walls and soles. Free DVD with all orders!
D Equicast 2
Equicast 3
Equicast 4
Equicast Tape
Recommended for horses up to 1100 pounds
2” x 4 yd
EA 0.25
16.75
Equicast Tape
Recommended for horses from 1100 - 1300 pounds
Equicast Tape
Recommended for horses over 1300 pounds
3” x 4 yd
EA 0.36
16.75
4” x 5 yd
EA 0.57
19.75
D
3M Vet-Wrap Bandaging Tape
Veterinarians, animal trainers and animal owners need and expect the best in their animal care products.
PRICE
PRICE 18+BREAK
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
E VW4BL
3M Vet-Wrap, Blue
4”
EA
0.10
2.46
2.34
VW4PK
3M Vet-Wrap, Pink
4”
EA
0.10
2.46
2.34
VW4BK
3M Vet-Wrap, Black
4”
EA
0.10
2.46
2.34
VW4PR
3M Vet-Wrap, Purple
4”
EA
0.10
2.46
2.34
VW4GR
3M Vet-Wrap, Green
4”
EA
0.10
2.46
2.34
VW4RD
3M Vet-Wrap, Red
4”
EA
0.10
2.46
2.34
VW4OR
3M Vet-Wrap, Orange
4”
EA
0.10
2.46
2.34
VW4WT
3M Vet-Wrap, White
4”
EA
0.10
2.46
2.34
ITEM #
Hoof Tite
E
F
(Distributed by Pieh Tool)
No more cutting open cartridges with the NEW easy on/easy off system. 200 ml dual chamber with forced chamber mixing tip
has airtight storage using a replaceable plug. Bonds in 30 seconds with 1300 PSI strength. Ideal for rubber & wooden blocks.
Made in the USA. No Harmful Odors.
ITEM #
F HT-GUN
G HT-C200
H HT-Tip12
HT-Tip100
QTY/ U/M
BAG
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 12+BREAK
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
Hoof Tite Gun
Hoof Tite Cartridge
Hoof Tite Mixing Tips
200 ml
200 ml
200 ml 12
EA 2.58
EA 0.66
BAG 0.28
64.00
32.00
12.50
N/A
30.40
N/A
Hoof Tite Mixing Tips
200 ml 100
BAG 2.00
91.85
N/A
G
H
Vettec
Superfast
Now you can create a custom shoe in minutes. You won’t believe all the things you can do with this new, 30 second
set, all-in-one hoof adhesive for farriers. Foal extensions attached in seconds, or custom made in minutes. Hoof
repairs completed in minutes.
ITEM #
J
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 12+BREAK
180cc
EA 0.59
31.40
29.83
50cc
EA 0.33
20.00
N/A
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
J 46140
SuperFast
K 46143
SuperFast
Convenient size comes with 2 tips and dispenser -- great for
emergencies while out riding.
K
Adhere
A fast-setting black or beige urethane adhesive designed to bond aluminum or steel shoes to the hoof and to fabricate
hoof wall repairs. Glues on steel, aluminum and most plastic shoes as well as any hoof repair project. Sets hard with
a superior bond, but maintains the flexibility necessary at the quarters and heels to allow the natural movement of the
hoof. Initial set time is 1 minute and cure time is six minutes. Use with Vettec Dispensing Gun #46902 or #46908 and
Vettec Mixing Tips #46901.
ITEM #
L 46155
46150
M 46153
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE 12+BREAK
Adhere, Beige
180cc
EA 0.59
31.40
29.83
Adhere, Black
180cc
EA 0.59
31.40
29.83
EA 0.33
20.00
N/A
Adhere, Black
50cc
Convenient size with 2 tips & dispenser, great for emergencies
while out riding.
1-888-743-4866
L
M
Note: All Vettec 180cc products are
used with either Vettec Gun
and Mixing Tips #46901.
47
Hoof Packing
HOOF PACKING
Impression Material
Equilox
Equilox Hoof Support Impression Material is formulated to provide long lasting and resilient sole and frog support, and
aids in treating laminitis or dropped foot. Two part set.
A
ITEM #
A 801-10-001-3
801-12-001-3
QTY
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
EHS Blue (Hard)
3 lb
EHS Blue (Hard) formula provides added support for larger
horses with shoe size 4+.
12
EA
3.26
71.00
EHS Pink (Soft)
Use EHS Pink (Soft) formula for most applications.
12
EA
3.46
71.00
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
3 lb
EDSS
B
Cures to a rubber-like consistency. The blended material is placed in the bottom of the foot with a pad taped over it. A
mold is made when the horse stands on the Impression Pad. After the material has cured it can be trimmed away from
the sensitive areas and placed back in the foot under the shoe and pad. Support is transferred through the pad evenly
to the frog, bars and sole.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
QTY
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
B
SSIM1.5
EDSS Sole Support Impression Material
Soft (Blue) Stays pliable.
1.5 lb
12
EA
1.57
40.00
C
SSIM1.5P
EDSS Sole Support Impression Material
Regular (Pink)
1.5 lb
12
EA
1.55
40.00
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
QTY
/BX
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
Castle Silicone Tube
Quick setting; resealable 1 oz. cartridge.
10.3 oz 12
Silicone
Castle Hoof Prints
ITEM #
D 65099
D
E
EA
0.77
PRICE
12+ PRICE
BREAK
6.25
5.94
SHUFILL
Liquid Injectable Sole Support Material. Firm but cushioned support pad material in four form of hardness: A10 (hard) to
A40 (soft). Offers protection and support for the sole structures of the foot and is an effective component in treatment
packages for laminitis, navicular disease & syndrome, contracted heels & much more. Usage of EDSS Perforated Pads,
meshes or solid pads is recommended. Usa a dispensing gun; set time two minutes, depending on weather conditions.
ITEM #
E GU-S251B
GU-S252G
F
G
F
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
QTY
/BX
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
24+ PRICE
BREAK
SHUFILL Silicone Blue (A10)
250ml 24
EA
0.90
19.90
18.90
SHUFILL Silicone Green (A20)
250ml 24
EA
0.90
19.90
18.90
GU-S253P
SHUFILL Silicone Pink (A30)
250ml 24
EA
0.90
19.90
18.90
GU-S254Y
SHUFILL Silicone Yellow (A40)
250ml 24
EA
0.90
19.90
18.90
GU-DG1528
SHUFILL Dispensing Gun, Universal (150/250/280 ml)
1
EA
0.30
37.50
N/A
SHUFILL Silicone Mixing Tips, Clear (10/bg)
24
EA
0.35
8.85
8.41
QTY
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
12+PRICE
BREAK
G GU-MT250
Vettec Sil-Pak
ITEM #
H
H 46190
J
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
Sil-Pak
Silicone based that totally fills and seals all void
areas. Sets in 2 min.
180cc 12
EA
0.57
15.75
14.96
Sole-Guard
180cc 12
Temporary protection and support for unshod horses
transitioning from shoes to barefoot. Fast and convenient.
30 second set time. Bonds to the foot for up to 3 weeks!
EA
0.57
29.45
27.98
Urethane
Vettec Sole-Guard
J
46160
Vettec Equi-Pak
K
Prevents sore feet or comforts a sore-footed horse. Sole and frog are left in great condition. Dispensed directly onto the
sole and frog, Equi-Pak is a liquid urethane that sets in 25 seconds, used with or without a pad. Provides support and
protection for thin soled, flat footed horses. No hand mixing. Will not break down -- impervious to debris and moisture.
K 46121
Equi-Pak
180cc 12
EA
0.57
27.05
25.70
Extra soft instant pad material for use under pads, clear in color and sets in 40 seconds -- for those “sensitive situations”.
About 2X softer than regular Equi-Pak, stays soft (even in cold temperatures), strong bond to soles sealing out moisture
and debris, (better than silicones). Use with pads on working horses, perfect for deep commissures and thin soles. Can
be filled to ground level (w/o a pad) for lameness cases (with limited turnout) and absorbs shock and concussion.
L
L
M
46118
180cc 12
EA
0.56
27.05
25.70
Combines Copper Sulfate with Equi-Pak to effectively treat most case of thrush, while providing the durable, shock
absorbing support. It adheres to the foot delivering Copper Sulfate to the sole and frog. Thrush can be covered in one
easy application! It cures in less than one minute, locks into place, and promotes a strong seal greatly reducing sand
and debris migrations into the sole. Equi-Pak CS may also be used as a preventative measure before thrush even
begins! It, like all other products, should not be used in the presence of bleeding or white necrotic tissue. Use with
Vettec Dispensing Gun #46902 or #46908 and Vettec Mixing Tips #46901.
M 46122
48
Vettec Equi-Pak Soft
Use with the Vettec Dispensing Gun #46902 and
Vettec Mixing Tips #46901.
Equi-Pak Copper Sulfate
www.piehtoolco.com
180cc 12
EA
0.57
29.45
27.98
Hoof Packing
Urethane
(continued)
Vettec Equi-Build
Firm instant pad material (black). Distributes the weight across the entire hoof-bottom to grow heel, hoof wall, and sole.
Adheres to the sole, sealing out moisture and debris. Stops heels from contracting. Use with Vettec Equi-Mesh #46030
and Vettec Foam Boards #46015.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
46126
Equi-Build Fast
SIZE
QTY
/BX
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
180cc
12
EA
PRICE
PRICE 12+BREAK
0.56
27.05
25.70
N/A
B
A
C
Vettec Accessories
B
46025
Adhesive Spacers (for glue on shoes)
50
EA
0.01
0.10
C
46020
Applicator Blades
12
EA
0.01
0.22
N/A
D
46906
Caps for cartridges
180cc
12
EA
0.01
0.65
0.62
E
46901
Large Mixing Tips
180cc
12
EA
0.01
1.06
1.01
46930
Small Mixing Tips
20cc
50
EA
0.01
0.82
N/A
46902
Dispensing Gun
Dispensing the 180cc Vettec products.
180cc
EA
2.52
58.10
N/A
Premium Dispensing Gun
Superior design mechanics allow for an “easy Squeeze
trigger” making all of Vettec’s products easier to
dispense.
180cc
EA
3.00
86.70
N/A
H 46015
Adhesive Foam Boards
Seals and supports Equi-Build #46126 or #46121 until
set. Evenly distributes material over sole. Reduces the
time holding the hoof up and is easy to remove.
5-3/4 x
5-3/4
J
Equi-Mesh Roll
For use with Vettec items: #46126 or #46121.
F
G 46908
1
D
E
F
50
EA
0.03
0.75
N/A
1
EA
0.15
7.30
N/A
10
EA
0.15
6.22
N/A
G
1
EA
0.05
FREE
1
EA
0.24
FREE
Relieves dry, hard, sore hooves, while combating bacterial and fungal infections, including white line disease. It is
extremely effective in maintaining the natural pliability of the hoof. It is fast-acting, quick-penetrating and formulated with
soothing natural ingredients. Directions: Cut out abscess and pack the incision with Sole Pack Hoof Packing. Bandage
foot or use an Equine Slipper. Directions for overnight: Clean foot and pack hoof with Sole Pack. Cover with paper,
bandage or boot. Directions for packing under a shoe: Clean and trim hoof and pack hoof with Sole Pack Hoof Packing.
Apply hoof pad and shoe.
H
46030
K 46094
46061
Contouring Plastic Roll
Used after applying Sole-Guard #46190 to smooth and
level material, won’t stick to Sole-Guard.
Vettec Instructional Video for all Vettec products.
46090
Vettec Instructional Handbook for all Vettec products.
6 x 10”
Hawthorne
Sole Pack
L
M
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HSPP
Sole Pack, Prepared Paddies
Easy-to-use individual “Dose Packs”
are very convenient and ready to use.
SIZE
QTY
/BX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
12
EA
0.13
PRICE
BX PRICE
BREAK
2.50
2.37
HSP4
Sole Pack
4 lb
6
EA
4.22
47.60
45.22
HSP8
Sole Pack
8 lb
4
EA
8.16
90.00
85.50
J
K
Magic Cushion™
Magic Cushion™ hoof packing helps support hooves in several ways including relieving sole bruising and post-trimming
soreness, treating abscesses, and fighting bacterial and fungal infections in the hoof. It can be used as needed, or
packed under a shoe and pad and left in place through the shoeing cycle. Magic Cushion™ Xtreme uses a higher
concentration of ingredients than original Magic Cushion™ to provide faster, stronger relief for performance horses.
N
65094
Magic Cushion™ Regular Formula
2 lb
6
EA
2.32
26.00
N/A
87830
Magic Cushion™ Extreme Formula
2 lb
6
EA
2.22
31.10
N/A
65095
Magic Cushion™Regular Formula
4 lb
EA
4.32
51.25
N/A
65098
Magic Cushion™ Extreme Formula
4 lb
EA
4.32
61.75
N/A
Forshners
L
M
N
O
Forshner’s hoof pack by Farnam is an original ready-to-use emollient formula; no mixing needed, prepared and ready
to use. Never dries out in the hoof or in the can. Hoof packing helps prevent drying of the horny tissues, in cases of
contracted heels, and hardening frog. Contains vital oils to help retain hoof moisture. Excellent for use under pads, before
shoeing or after hard workouts.
O
F4
Forshners Hoof Packing
4 lb
6
EA
4.46
40.00
38.00
P
R.A.T.E.
P
RATE1
RATE Hoof Packing
1 # Covers Approximately 8-10 Hooves
1 lb
12
EA
1.20
10.15
N/A
Oakum
Oakum is a blend of fibers used by plumbers and shipyards but has served as an excellent hoof packing material.
NUPAK Oakum is treated with 700 weight oil and comes in a 27 inch long 5 lb box. It is often coated by farriers with
Pine Tar or Venice Turpentine to also serve as a hoof dressing. Made in USA .
R
R
OAKUM1
Oakum, Treated Package
1 lb
EA
1.01
9.30
N/A
S
OAKUM5
Oakum, Treated Box
5 lb
EA
6.00
27.50
N/A
1-888-743-4866
S
(See page 50 for pine tar.)
49
Hoof Medications
HOOF MEDICATIONS
Anti-Fungal
Mustad
A
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
TB
Mustad Thrushbuster
Lasts for up to 8 days without reapplication.
2 oz
EA 0.17
12.70
Hawthorne
B
C
B
HPT
Hawthorne Pine Tar
16 oz
Natural antiseptic that fights bacterial and fungicidal infections. Also used
in hoof packing.
EA
1.05
6.30
C
HSPLB
Hawthorne Sole Pack Medicated Liquid
16 oz
Comes with a brush applicator that covers faster and smoother - most
effective natural medicated products for the protection of your horses feet.
EA
1.23
22.60
No-Thrush
Squeezable bottle puffs out fine powder treatment that attacks active thrush in 4-7 days, eliminating moisture where it hides.
D
173-1
No Thrush Powder
2.5 oz
EA
0.23
14.99
173-2
No Thrush Powder
5.5 oz
EA
0.42
27.15
Reducine Absorbent
Reducine Absorbent is used as an aid in the temporary relief of minor stiffness or soreness. Features the penetrating
properties of pine tar. Reducine Absorbent helps stimulate blood flow and speed healing after injury. Helps reduce
swelling and pain during recovery and can be used as a blister.
E
D
890550
Reducine Absorbent
16 oz
EA
1.20
23.20
PRICE
Veterinary Preference
E
Stop the invasion of white line disease with “Thrush & White Line Treatment”
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
F
VetPref-W
White Line Spray Treatment
4 oz
Spray treatment for bacterial and fungal infection that occurs between the
hoof wall and the rest of the hoof.
EA
0.30
9.25
G
VetPref-T
Thrush Pad Treatment
The cotton rolls saturated in medication are applied over the diseased
tissue of the foot.
EA
0.57
16.95
Jar 62
Pads
White Lightening
F
G
The “Silver Bullet” in the treatment of thrush, white line and hoof rot! When you activate it with equal amounts of
white vinegar, it becomes very aggressive in stopping bacteria, fungus and yeast on contact. Safe on skin and hair.
Bacterial growths such as rain rot on horse legs are eliminated with one application. Will not dry or irritate raw flesh.
H
WHLT
White Lightening, Liquid
8 oz
EA
0.60
11.40
The “Silver Bullet” in the treatment of thrush, white line and hoof rot is now available in a convenient gel formula! It
mixes as you apply it. Gel make it easier to target the location of White Lightening! A skin protectant gel with glycerin
and Dioxicare. White Lightning® product is made specifically as a broad spectrum first aid system for skin. Helps heal
dry, chapped skin and soothe chronic irritations.
J
WHLTG60
White Lightening, Gel Syringe
60 ml
EA
0.60
18.50
Wunder Hoof
All-natural growth stimulant and hoof conditioner helps maintain healthy hooves. Increases blood flow without
blistering, helping accelerate hoof growth. The pain-relieving and antibacterial properties of Wonder Hoof help improve
condition and soundness, and promote healing of the hoof. Creates a breathable barrier while maintaining natural
moisture balance.
H
J
K
508-11
Wunder Hoof
16 oz
EA
1.00
27.25
CleanTrax
CleanTrax cleansing action purges bacteria, fungi and spores from the deepest hoof layers and crevices, removing
dead powdery soft tissue remnants destroyed by fungal activity.
K
L
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
L
65105
CleanTrax
.25g
EA
0.17
19.10
M
50270
Clean Trax Hoof Boot
The CleanTrax Hoof Boot is made of heavy duty vinyl and is reusable.
The powder and solution are for external use only. Keep away from small
children and pets. The solution will damage colored fabrics.
EA
0.78
29.45
Soak Bag
Heavy weight plastic disposable vapor/soak bag made from approximately the same weight plastic as IV Saline bags
used by veterinarians. Wrap top around leg and secure with vetwrap. Use with Clean Trax or White Lightening.
N
SoakBag
Soak Bag, 4/pkg.
8x8x20
PKG 0.17
10.35
Pieh Tool Company
M
N
Gift Certificates
50
www.piehtoolco.com
Sealants & Hardeners • Moisturizers
HOOF DRESSING
Edward Martin Sealer
Non-solvent based, non-toxic coating that won’t wash off in the rack. It has shown to help strengthen thin, shelly
walls and also works well with Vettec® hoof repair products. In hot, dry climates it will help prevent rapid evaporation
of essential oils/moisture from the hoof. In wet conditions it will help stop excessive moisture from entering the foot.
Beneficial as well as a great show coating, available in either clear or black. Used to strengthen hooves and relieve
soreness. Comes with a handy brush.
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
65010
Edward Martin Coating, Clear
8 oz
EA
0.57
14.55
65011
Edward Martin Coating, Black
8 oz
EA
0.56
14.55
ITEM #
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Sound Hoof Conditioner
Protects hooves from wet and dry conditions, preventing dry coronary bands and hoof cracks, while maintaining
moisture and ensuring a supple, healthy hoof.
B
SHC-Q
Sound Hoof Conditioner
32 oz
EA 2.14
24.50
SEALANTS, HARDENERS
Hoof Guard
Seals nail holes and small cracks in hoof wall keeping in natural moisture preventing harmful bacteria from entering.
The same Kevlar that is in bullet proof vest protects and strengthens the hoof.
ITEM #
C
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
16.75
19.25
HG16
Hoof Guard
16 oz
EA 1.13
HG32
Hoof Guard Refill
32 oz
EA 1.76
Keratex
Develop strong, yet flexible, horse hooves. Topical salve is protein-enriched to moisturize the entire chance of breakage
or injury. Non-greasy formula is easy to use. Simply apply by hand and
D
KHH
Keratex Hoof Hardener
8.45 oz
EA 0.80
39.90
Mustad
Use for toughening shod or unshod hooves, an aid in moisture retention, and to strengthen soft or mushy hooves. May
also be used as a show cosmetic to give hooves a glass-like shine.
E
TS
Mustad Tuff Stuff, Clear
7.5 oz
EA
0.49
12.95
Crossapol
Crossapol is the shortened term for crosslink aldehyde polymer, a chemical term for a solution that helps bind the
protein or keratin on the cellular level, responsible for making the hoof strong. This bonding creates a denser, stronger
structure, making it more resistant to the damage from excessive moisture and chemicals such as the ammonia in
urine. Includes dauber.
F
CRS
Crossapol Liquid Hoof Hardener
275 ml
EA
0.75
35.50
Hoof Shield
All-natural hoof sealant used to maintain the natural moisture level of the hoof, forming a barrier to prevent brittle cracking in
hot, dry conditions and soft, mushy hooves in wet conditions. It fills old nail holes, which can prevent fungus from entering
the hoof wall, while providing a show-ring shine. Multiple layers of Hoof Shield provide an even deeper cosmetic appearance.
Directions: Apply to clean, dry hoof wall below coronary band to ground surface. Do not apply to the coronary band. Allow 5
minutes drying time. Apply weekly for best results. You can use this after applying Crossapol.
G
HS
Hoof Shield
8 oz
EA 0.52
12.79
HSR
Hoof Shield Refill
32 oz
EA 1.90
36.00
EA
12.45
Hawthorne
H
HVT
Venice Turpentine with Brush
16 oz
Helps relieve pain and soreness due to quarter cracks, split hooves, etc.
1.17
J
HOOF MOISTURIZERS
Hoofmaker
Topical salve is protein-enriched to moisturize the entire hoof area. Helps repair external hoof damage. Contains no
pine tar, petroleum oil, or turpentine. Non-greasy formula is easy to use. Simply apply by hand and massage into hoof
with fingertips. Use daily or as recommended by your veterinarian or farrier.
J
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
960050
Mane ‘n Tail Hoofmaker (Straight Arrow)
32 oz
EA
2.20
11.60
Hoof Marvel
Works incredibly fast to restore moisture to dry hooves in extremely dry conditions. Has convenient and easy-to-use
spray applicator bottle.
K
HM32
Hoof Marvel Re-Moisturizer
32 oz
EA
2.32
11.05
HMG
Hoof Marvel Re-Moisturizer
Gal
EA
8.54
27.45
K
See Vettec Adhere and Super Fast on page 47.
Both are great for hoof repairs!
1-888-743-4866
51
Antiseptics / First Aid • Liniments • Grooming
ANTISEPTICS/FIRST AID
Cut-Heal
Use this first aid antiseptic on minor cuts, abrasions, scrapes, and other skin irritations. Helps prevent wounds from drying out.
Formulated with natural occurring disinfectants to keep wound clean. Perfect for nervous horses. Contains fish oil, raw linseed
oil, spirits of turpentine, balsam of fir and sulfuric acid. The dauber enables even the most inaccessible wounded areas to be
effectively covered.
A
B
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
180
Liquid Cut-Heal w/dauber
8 oz
EA
14.20
0.55
Granulex®
Granulex® is an aerosol treatment for wounds which assists in healing through debridement and stimulations of epithelial
tissue. Treats external wounds of dogs, cats, horses and cattle. Granulex is an aid in the treatment of external wounds such
as wire cuts, rope burns, abrasions, and lacerations in dogs, cats, horses, and cattle; and assists healing by facilitating the
removal of necrotic tissue, exudate, and organic debris.
B
790100 *S/O
V Aerosol Spray
4 oz
EA
0.30
29.30
Ichthammol
C
D
Ichthammol 20% Drawing Salve from Neogen. Apply as ointment to weak or brittle hooves and nails of horses
and dogs. Ichthamol can also be used as skin antiseptic to promote healing of minor skin abrasions and
inflammation to soothe and soften areas of skin irritation. Loose bandage may be applied.
C
205-97
Ichthammol
14 oz
EA
0.97
14.15
Jim Ricken’s Foot Formula, No. 1
Jim Ricken’s Foot Formula is for use on horses on the sole and frog for puncture wounds, thrush, bruises or tender feet.
D
E
F
HDRFP
Jim Ricken’s Foot Formula #1
4 oz
EA 0.30
15.00
POULTICES
Hobart Industries
Numotizine
The mother of poultices! Analgesic decongestive cataplasm for relief in local inflammation, chest congestions, swollen
glands, bruises, sprains and muscular aches. Applied as a poultice, Numotizine helps retain the body’s own warmth
in the area under treatment. Directions: After first rubbing in a small quantity of Numotizine Cataplasm to insure
contact with the skin, apply 1/4” thick cover with suitable wrapping. The application may be left on 8 to 12 hours before
removing and replacing with a new application if desired. Numotizine does not have to be heated, but will act best when
warmed to body temperature, especially if it has been stored in a cold place.
E
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
330 *S/O
Numotizine Poultice and Cataplasm
24 oz
EA
1.61
31.35
331 *S/O
Numotizine Poultice and Cataplasm
3 lb
EA
3.20
41.00
PRICE
LINIMENTS
DMSO
See page 47 for 3M Vet Wrap.
A staple in the equine industry to reduce acute swelling due to trauma. When combined with an antibiotic it will increase
penetration when applied topically. An all natural substance derived from wood pulp. Used for many conditions, some
say this is the aspirin of our time. 99.9% Pure DMSO.
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
199
Roll-On (Dimethyl sulfoxide)
3 oz
EA
0.28
PRICE
5.09
Straight Arrow (Mane & Tail)
Mineral Ice, a time proven pain fighter that delivers performance in one word - RELIEF. Cool, fast, temporary relief of
minor aches and pains; reduces muscle and joint pain associated with arthritis, injuries, sprains, strains and bruises;
relieves minor soreness and stiffness from exercise and performing activities; all natural water based menthol formula
contains no steroids or Benzocaine; and can be used as a therapeutic “cool down” body wash or brace.
G
H
960150
Mineral Ice
1 lb
EA
1.20
9.95
GROOMING, POLISHES
Coat Conditioner
Show-stopping, high gloss formula produces a radiant shine. Detangles manes and tails, leaving them shiny & manageable.
Repels dust, dirt and stains.
J
H
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
180372
Laser Sheen-Shine & Detangler
12 oz
EA 0.85
17.99
Tooth Floats
K
Kit includes 1 straight and 1 angular float with refillable carbon blade. The medium grit carbon blade is 1” wide by
3-1/4” long, and 1/8” thick.
J
28975
Combination Dental Float Set
K
28979
Carbide Chip Blade, Flat
Medium
SET 1.63
67.00
EA
21.00
0.13
Horse Restraints
L
Aids in the humane control of horse by applying constant pressure to upper lip. A nickel plated twist chain length is 12-14”,
making a loop.
L
52
23225
Yorkshire Twitch
www.piehtoolco.com
27”
EA 1.15
39.00
Fly Spray / Insecticides • Masks • Feed Supplements
FLY SPRAY & INSECTICIDES
Pyranha
Pyranha Insecticide™ On the market for over 15 years, our aerosol formula is the #1 choice among showmen and
trainers across the country. Simply apply and brush out just before entering the show pen for unbeatable fly-fighting
power and lustrous eye-catching sheen. Citronella scented. Features: Triple Action - Kills, Repels and Conditions
Easy and convenient application A grooming aid and coat conditioner Use directly on animals and premises Kills and
repels flies, ticks, mosquitoes and gnats Kills and Repels: Stable Flies House Flies Horse Flies Horn Flies Deer Flies
Mosquitoes Face Flies Gnats Roaches Ants Fleas Ticks Chiggers.
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
A 440
Wipe-n-Spray
32 oz
EA 1.98
17.66
B 85311456
Fly Aerosol
15 oz
EA 1.22
17.36
ITEM #
A
B
C
Farnam
)DUQDPµV5ROORQ)O\5HSHOOHQWUHSHOVDQGNLOOVKRXVHÀLHVVWDEOHÀLHVIDFHÀLHVDQGKRUQÀLHVIURPVHQVLWLYHDUHDVRIWKH
face and head of horses, ponies and dogs. Apply around animal’s nose, eyes, ears, mouth and also around wounds and other
VXUIDFHOHVLRQV:RUNVKRXUVDWDWLPH%RWDQLFDOO\GHULYHG3\UHWKULQIRUPXODNHHSVÀLHVRIINLOOVWKHPRQFRQWDFW1HYHUGULHV
out so it lasts and lasts. Easy-to-grip roll-on bottle.
C 180455
Farnam Roll-on Fly Repellent
2 oz
EA 0.17
7.85
Equicare
Flysect Super-7 Repellent Spray
Flysect® Super–7™ from Equicare is a ready-to-use spray for horses, foals, dogs and puppies that provides immediate
and residual control of gnats, flies, mosquitoes, mites, chiggers, fleas, ticks and lice. Contains 0.2% permethrin, 0.2%
pyrethrins and 0.5% piperonyl butoxide. Soothing aloe and lanolin make Flysect® Super 7™ a great coat conditioner,
too. Also contains PABA sunscreen for protection against harmful UV rays. Do not use on nursing foals or puppies
under 12 weeks of age. Not for sale in AK, CA, HI, MP, PR, VI.
D
FLYSECT
Flysect Super-7 Repellent Spray
32 oz
EA
1.92
D
E
22.35
Prozap
Poultry and Garden Dust
Contains .25% Permethrin, in a dust formula, to control northern fowl and chicken mites, lice and bedbugs in poultry and poultry
KRXVHVDQGEURZQWLFNVDQGÀHDVRQGRJVDQGFDWV$OVRFRQWUROVFHUWDLQJDUGHQYDULHW\LQVHFWV)RUSRXOWU\OLWWHUWUHDWPHQW
apply 1 lb per 40 square feet. Hand application: use 1 lb to treat 100 birds. Poultry houses: apply 5 lbs per 1,000 square feet.
Dogs and cats: rub in skin and apply to sleep quarters weekly. Do not use on puppies or kittens under 4 weeks of age or on
pregnant dogs or cats.
E
80500
Prozap Poultry and Garden Dust
2 lb
EA
2.18
F
8.25
FLY MASKS
Farnam
“No vision obstruction” design protects eyes from fly irritation, disease, flying dust, dirt & debris. Soft, sewn-in mesh
ears allow horse’s ears to move while protected. Speeds healing after eye injury; provides UV protection. Built to fit,
last, and stay on!
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
180605
Fly Super Mask® II
Horse
EA
0.40
21.25
180606
Fly Super Mask® II
Yearling
EA
0.35
21.25
180607
Fly Super Mask® II
Arab
EA
0.40
21.25
180608
Fly Super Mask® II
Foal/Pony EA
0.30
21.25
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Equi Aid
5 lb
EA
5.20
34.30
900660 *S/O
TVS Vet Value PLUS (Equi-Aid Generic)
5 lb
EA
5.20
23.50
900661 *S/O
20 lb
EA
20.20
85.30
900662 *S/O
50 lb
EA
50.20
213.70
G
FEED SUPPLEMENTS
Psyllium Pellets
99% pure psyllium seed husk to increase ration bulk. Helps prevent sand colic.
ITEM #
G 620115 *S/O
H
Equicart
Evolve introduces Equicart, a two-step health and repair system for equine joints that is a dietary supplement added to feed.
,WLVDVWURQJDQWLLQÀDPPDWRU\DQGGRHVQRWDGYHUVHO\DIIHFWWKHKRUVH¶VGLJHVWLYHV\VWHP(TXLFDUWLQFOXGHVJOXFRVDPLQH
FKRQGURWLQERVZHLOLDDQGK\DOXURQLFDFLG,WLVÀDYRUHGZLWKRUJDQLFZKHDWJUDVVDQGFRQWDLQVQRDGGLWLYHV8VH
grams daily (1-3 scoops) Protein: 1780mg; Calcium: 985mg; Phosphorus: 455mg. 90 servings.
H 1101
Equicart
454 gr
EA 1.05
49.99
Delta Hoof Power
J
If you are treating a horse with “bad feet”, it just needs the nutritional strength of Hoof Power supplement. Besides
strong hooves, other significant benefits, like a longer, fuller mane and tail and a shinier, stronger and healthier coat
that’s more resistant to bacterial and fungal infections. These changes will become apparent within a few short weeks;
however, it takes months to grow completely new hooves… so be patient. It will happen!
J
HP22
Hoof Power
22 lb
EA 24.20
71.25
HP40
Hoof Power
40 lb
EA 41.44
125.60
1-888-743-4866
53
Farrier Aprons
FARRIER APRONS
Leather
Pieh Legacy Collection™
A
Designed for the Pieh Legacy Collection with the input of many farriers. Our apron is made locally, in Camp
Verde, Arizona. The body of the apron gives extra cover on the outside, while not bulking up the outside with
stiff kneepads, keeping the kneepads where you need them -- between your legs and on your front thighs.
The groin area is left open for more comfort and mobility. The handsome rust color of the suede may vary.
Made from top quality split cowhide. Features double stitching throughout.
• Two generous knife pockets are set at an angle so that the knife is easier to grab and are deep enough
to protect your knife. The Knife pockets are reinforced along the top edge, sewn and riveted on.
• The 33” leather belt attaches with an adjustable metal buckle on one end and two snaps on the other end.
• The 5/8” wide leg straps are secured with a snap style fastener and 20” long.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
COLOR
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A PTC-FA.SR
Farrier Apron
27”
Rust
EA
5.50
PRICE
200.00
Designed for the Pieh Legacy Collection with double stitching throughout. Made from top quality split
cowhide. The tan suede color may vary.
• The deep knife pockets are reinforced along the top edge, sewn and riveted.
• Features a double nail pocket below the knife pockets.
• The 28” leather belt attaches with an adjustable metal buckle on one end and velcro on the other end.
• The 2” wide leg straps are made of suede and secured with velcro for easy release.
B PTC-FA.ST
B
Farrier Suede Apron
26”
Tan
EA
3.30
125.00
The Pieh Aprons can be customized.
You must specify your options at the time of order placement, and Pieh Tool will confirm your request before
processing. Here are the Options:
• Order the apron with straight pockets if you do not want the angled knife pocket style.
• 2” Magnet sewn below the nail pocket on either or both sides and enclosed in leather on back side.
• 3” Magnet sewn below the knife pocket on either or both sides and enclosed in leather on back side.
• Increase Apron Length in inch increments: 1, 2, 3, and 4 inches.
C PTC-FA.2MS-BS
Magnets Sewn on L&R Sides
2”
EA 0.30
21.00
C
PTC-FA.2MS-LS
Magnets Sewn on Left Side
2”
EA
0.30
10.50
PTC-FA.2MS-RS
Magnets Sewn on Right Side
2”
EA
0.30
10.50
PTC-FA.3MS-BS
Magnets Sewn on L&R Sides
3”
EA
0.45
26.00
PTC-FA.3MS-LS
Magnets Sewn on Left Side
3”
EA
0.45
13.00
PTC-FA.3MS-RS
Magnets Sewn on Right Side
3”
EA
0.45
13.00
PTC-FA-INCH
Increase Apron Length (per Inch)
1”
IN
0.30
4.00
28-1/2” Camo
EA
3.20
120.00
Synthetic Blends
NC
D
The NC Camouflage Apron is made of cordura.
D 0243
Camouflage cordura
Hoof-it® Cotton Duct
The HOOF-it ® Apron is a quality crafted from lightweight heavy black cotton duct. Economically priced for
use by the working farrier, horse owner and hoof trimmer. Features an adjustable and removable leather
knife pockets and leg protection with knee pads and a quick release buckle.
E HI.FA
HOOF-it®
28”
EA
2.20
49.00
Cactus Creek Cordura
This gorgeous, well made cordura farrier apron will out last its competition! Made in Arizona.
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
COLOR
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
F CCBlueS
Cactus Creek Short
26”
Blue
EA
2.48
137.00
CCBrwS
Cactus Creek Short
26”
Brown
EA
2.48
137.00
CCBrwM
Cactus Creek Medium
29”
Brown
EA
3.38
137.00
CCGrnS
Cactus Creek Short
26”
Green
EA
2.48
137.00
CCGrnM
Cactus Creek Medium
29”
Green
EA
3.38
137.00
CCCamoSm
Cactus Creek Short
26”
Camo
EA
2.48
137.00
CCGreyS
Cactus Creek Short
26”
Grey
EA
2.48
137.00
CCGreyM
Cactus Creek Medium
29
Grey
EA
3.38
137.00
CCPrpS
Cactus Creek Short
26”
Purple
EA
2.48
137.00
CCPrpM
Cactus Creek Medium
29”
Purple
EA
3.38
137.00
CCNvS
Cactus Creek Short
26”
Navy
EA
2.48
137.00
CCNvM
Cactus Creek Medium
29”
Navy
EA
3.38
137.00
CCMarS
Cactus Creek Short
26”
Maroon
EA
2.48
137.00
CCMB
Cactus Creek Medium
29”
Morris Black EA
3.38
137.00
ITEM #
E
F
54
www.piehtoolco.com
PRICE
Hoof Knives (Single Edge)
HOOF KNIVES
A
Bonnie knives have a deep curved stainless steel blade with curved redwood handle. Holds their edge!
ITEM #
A PTBKLH
B PTBKRH
PTBKLHL
PTBKRHL
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
the Bonnie LH
the Bonnie RH
the Bonnie LH Long Handle
the Bonnie RH Long Handle
EA
EA
EA
EA
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
31.00
31.00
32.00
32.00
Anvil Brand
B
C
The Knife Long handle is 1-1/4” wide and the drop blade is 3/8” wide. This hoof knife is easy to sharpen.
Rockwell ‘C’ Hardness.
C
ABLLH
ABLRH
Frost
F
G
H
EA
EA
0.23
0.24
30.90
30.90
D
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
0.18
0.17
0.16
0.16
0.05
15.85
15.85
14.85
14.85
5.00
E
Made in Sweden of quality cutlery carbon steel blades. Wood handles.
D 180LH
180RH
E 171NLH
171NRH
171RHBlade
Hall
The Knife LH Long Handle
The Knife RH Long Handle
180 Wide LH
180 Wide RH
171 Narrow LH
171 Narrow RH
171RH Replacement Blade
Made in Canada & have a carbon steel blade with milled ergonomic walnut handle.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
F
HCBK-L
HCBK-R
HDBK-L
HDBK-R
HOSK-L
HOSK-R
Curved Blade LH
Curved Blade RH
Drop Blade LH
Drop Blade RH
Offset Blade LH
Offset Blade RH
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
0.17
0.18
0.17
0.18
0.16
0.16
30.30
30.30
36.45
36.45
33.25
33.25
G
Hastings
The Hastings Gold Dot hoof knife has an optimum curved blade made from high carbon steel. Noted for
holding an edge and is easily resharpened. Ergonomic red oak handles have just the right feel! Made in USA.
J
HGD-L
HGD-R
Hastings Gold Dot LH
Hastings Gold Dot RH
EA
EA
0.23
0.23
20.50
20.50
The Hastings Pro-Cut hoof knife has a shorter blade and bellied out for faster cuts with no break-in period.
K
HPC-L
HPC-R
Hastings Pro-Cut LH
Hastings Pro-Cut RH
EA
EA
0.25
0.25
The custom hoof pick is designed to clean the foot, as well as exfoliate the sole with ease without dulling
the blade or hook. Shoers who prefer to work with an angled hand like the deep curved blade.
JH-DBL
JH-DBR
JH-DBR.S
Deep Belly LH
Deep Belly RH
Deep Belly Short Handle
EA
EA
EA
0.21
0.28
0.30
J
21.25
21.25
JH Forge
L
H
88.00
88.00
88.00
Ringel
K
L
Made of carbon steel in Montana. Handles are handcrafted hardwood-wood types vary. Curved handle.
(E *S/O = Elk horn handle to replace hardwood handle is special order with additional price.)
ITEM #
M RSLH (-E)
RSRH (-E)
N ROLH (-E)
RORH (-E)
O RMOL (-E)
RMOR (-E)
P ROWL (-E)
ROWR (-E)
ROWR-Elk *S/O
-E *S/O
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Straight LH
Straight RH
Offset LH
Offset RH
Mini Offset LH
Mini Offset RH
Offset Wide LH
Offset Wide,RH
Offset Wide w/Elk Handle
Elk Handle (E = Elk horn handle option)
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.25
0.25
0.31
0.31
0.30
PRICE
114.85
114.85
114.85
114.85
114.85
114.85
114.85
114.85
136.80
21.95
Double S
M
N
O
P
Classic Made in Italy. The Classic (red box) Hoof Knife has a drop blade and ergonomic handle.
R
40004
40003
Double S Classic LH
Double S Classic, RH
EA
EA
0.22
0.25
35.10
35.10
Double S Rhino
R
Made in Italy. Has long, ergonomic handle with Off-Set blade and mild hoof pick on the back side of the
hook makes the cleaning the hoof more efficient.
S
40008
Double S Rhino Drop Blade LH
EA
0.24
38.70
40007
Double S Rhino Drop Blade RH
EA
0.27
38.70
S
1-888-743-4866
55
Hoof Knives
A
Beane
A
B
C
C
D
J
SBWRH
Beane Wide Blade RH
EA
0.22
ICCL-LH
ICCL-RH
ICDBLH
ICDBRH
ICERC-LH
ICERC-RH
Ringel
PRICE
143.00
ICAR Classic LH
ICAR Classic RH
ICAR Drop Blade LH
ICAR Drop Blade RH
ICAR Ergonomic Classic LH
ICAR Ergonomic Classic RH
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.20
0.23
46.80
46.80
42.75
42.75
55.00
55.00
Made of carbon steel in Montana. Comes with protective sheath.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
RADE
RADE-E *S/O
Abscess Double Edge
Abscess Double Edge w/Elk Handle
EA
EA
0.45
0.40
101.00
101.00
188 Double Edge RH
EA
0.19
21.90
Double Edge LH
Double Edge RH
EA
EA
0.18
0.17
38.60
38.60
Frost
F
H
SHIP WT
(lb)
DOUBLE-EDGE KNIVES
E
G
U/M
The finish quality of the ICAR knife range is only outdone by one thing – their edge. Super sharp and
beautifully polished the blades immediately give you the impression that nothing could dull them. Forged
in tradition ICAR’s range of farrier tools have been designed and made by craftsmen for the craftsman.
Combining functional design with state-of-the-art manufacturing processes and using only the highest grade
Italian tool steel, ICAR farrier tools are a true investment in quality. An ergonomic handle means the knife
fits your hand like a glove making the job of trimming the hoof even easier. Made in Italy.
D
F
DESCRIPTION
ICAR
B
E
Beanie Tools’ wide blade hoof knife with brass topper at the reverse end.
ITEM #
PRICE
Frost knives are sharp & made from carbon steel. Made in Sweden.
188RH
Victorinox
G VDEBLH
H VDEBRH
LOOP KNIVES
Handcrafted sharp stainless steel blade.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
J
PTBLK
the Billy™ Loop
Redwood handle.
EA
0.19
36.00
K
PTLR-R
Pieh Loop Ring RH
EA
This hard to find knife is used for paring out the frog. Wood handle.
0.17
18.00
0.40
56.00
K
L
Jim Keith
Knife for cutting the sole. Has rubberized handle.
M
L
11823
Sole Knife (Curved)
EA
Ringel
N
O
P
R
S
T
U
Made of carbon steel in Montana. Handles are handcrafted hardwood-wood types vary. Carbon steel blades
and handcrafted hardwood handles. (E *S/O = Elk horn handles when substituted for wood handles.)
M
N
O
P
RLK3 (-E)
RLK2 (-E)
RLK1 (-E)
RLK4
RLK4-E *S/O
Hall
R
S
Loop with Protective Sheath *Add $21 for Elk Handle
*Add $21 for Elk Handle
Loop
*Add $21 for Elk Handle
Loop
Loop
Loop w/Elk Handle
1/2“ loop
1” loop
1-3/8” loop
1-1/2” loop
1-1/2” loop
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
137.00
137.00
137.00
137.00
158.00
Knives feature a carbon steel loop with milled ergonomic walnut handle. Made in Canada.
HLOOP
HAKS
Loop
Abscess
Small
EA
EA
0.20
0.22
41.50
38.50
Double S
Made in Italy. The Double S Small abscess loop is used by vets and farriers. Hoof abscesses are probably
the most common cause of acute lameness in horses encountered by veterinarians and farriers.
Made from high quality steel and wood.
T
SSLA.S
SSLA.M
41586
Loop Abscess Deluxe
Loop Abscess Deluxe
Loop Knife Standard
Small
Medium
EA
EA
EA
0.26
0.26
0.29
78.60
81.95
43.45
Misc. Loop Knives
U
JCLOOP
Soundmount Loop (JC Loop)
Long wood handle with a sharp loop blade.
EA
0.27
30.00
V
V
JH-LOOP.CL
JH Forge Classic
3/4” wide with a built-in hoof pick with wood handle. Knife is
ambidextrous.
Made in USA.
EA
0.29
108.00
W
W ABLOOP
Anvil Brand Loop
With ergonomic plastic handle.
EA
0.21
14.00
56
www.piehtoolco.com
Rasps
FARRIER RASPS
Nicholson
The Nicholson Handy Rasps are an American pattern and features a comfortable cushion grip at point and handle.
They have rasp teeth on one side and file teeth on the opposite side with 6 teeth per row (other horse rasps have 5
teeth per row). Overall length: 17 1/2”.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
RASP
CNT
SIZE (in) /BOX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE BXBREAK
A
18155N
Farrier’s Handy Rasp and File
Has a single cut on edges.
14”
5
EA
1.58
21.95
20.85
B
HR14
6
EA
1.43
21.95
20.85
C
18130
Horse Rasp and File
14”
Has a double extra thin aggressive cut. Both sides are safe
7/8” (22mm) at point. For race track and horses with light
shoes.
Platers Magicut Rasp
14”
Has a single cut on edges. Opposite side has the unique
Magicut file pattern. These are narrow chip breakers
created by steep and angled serrations. Tooth design
is cut deeper to last longer and cuts much faster than
conventional horse rasps.
6
EA
1.36
21.95
20.85
A
B
C
D
Bellota
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
RASP
SIZE
CNT
/BOX
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE BXBREAK
D
BTSR
Top Sharp Rasp
Aggressive design of the file side lets you get in and get
out with maximum results.
14”
6
EA 1.39
23.95
22.75
E
BRR
Razor Rasp
Rasp side of the Razor offers an extreme cut when
compared to other Bellota rasps, while the file side is also
coarser.
14”
6
EA 1.41
25.90
24.61
E
F
F
BCR
Belotta Classic Rasp
Smooth cut of the Classic file side is the choice for a
smooth finish.
14”
6
EA 1.45
23.95
22.75
G
BRAR
Belotta Raptor Rasp
The extra width of this rasp provides a greater cutting
surface. The Raptor features a maximum cut on the rasp
side; with a coarse cut on the file side.
14”
6
EA 1.59
27.23
25.87
G
H
Heller by Mustad
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
RASP
SIZE
CNT
/BOX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE BXBREAK
H HRT8
Gr8t Red Tang 8 Tooth Rasp
14”
This rasp is designed for rasping hard, dry hooves. Ideal for
foals and thoroughbred type hooves.
5
EA
1.43
25.75
24.46
J
SRTR
Red Tang Platers Rasp
Set an industry standard with its Red Tang, providing the
sharpest, longest lasting rasp available.
14”
5
EA
1.45
24.50
23.27
K HLT8
Gr8t White Tang 8 Tooth Rasp
This structure makes the rasp well suited for all types of
hoof including softer, damper horn material that tends to
clog a finely toothed rasp.
14”
5
EA
1.40
25.75
24.46
L
K
L
SBR
Black Master Rasp
14”
Has a special black oxide coating that resists clogging, rust,
and stays sharper longer. Has one more row of teeth than
Red Tang.
5
EA
1.43
28.00
26.60
M SHL
Legend, White Tang Rasp
14”
Aggressive rasp especially useful in wet, muddy and gummy
conditions, and the staggered tooth pattern pulls straight
and leaves a smooth finish.
5
EA
1.43
24.50
23.27
N SBHL
Black Legend Rasp
Aggressive rasp with black finish resists clogging and
loading; decreases the opportunity for rust and produces
consistency with lasting results.
14”
5
EA
1.44
29.00
27.55
O SBHR
Big Hoof Rasp
17”
This rasp can be used for warm bloods, draft horses, large
horses.
5
EA
1.70
28.00
26.60
O
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
RASP
SIZE
CNT
/BOX
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE BXBREAK
SERP
Save Edge Rasp
Sharp, consistent, and long lasting.
14”
6
EA 1.34
23.65
22.46
Save Edge Beast Rasp
14”
6
EA 1.69
28.90
27.45
Save Edge Beast Rasp
Impressive rasp gives you 35% more cutting surface. Has
the same patented Save-Edge tooth design. 2-1/2” Wide x
1/4” Thick.
17”
6
EA 2.08
32.40
30.78
R SEBR-14
SEBR-17
M
N
Save Edge
P
J
P
R
1-888-743-4866
57
Rasps • Files
Vallorbe
A
Vallorbe Swiss have been manufacturing rasps and files for over a century and their experience is evident in high
quality horse hoof rasps, sharpened by the exclusive V-Sharp technology. They last considerably longer than other
rasps due to the high quality steel used. They do not clog and they give a high quality finish.
ITEM #
A VR14
VRV14
B
DESCRIPTION
RASP
SIZE
CNT
/BOX
U/M
SHIP
WT (lb)
PRICE
PRICE BXBREAK
Spirit Rasp
Extremely sharp tooth gives rasp exceptional, long-lasting
and regular cutting power for maximum performance.
14”
5
EA
1.35
40.70
38.67
V Sharp
14”
Stands out from the competition in cutting power. Rasp has
an extremely sharp cut on rasp side, longer service life,
novel shape of the teeth promoting the evacuation of chips,
double cut on file side for excellent finish.
5
EA
1.35
35.95
34.15
Mercury
C
Finally a hoof rasp produced according to the highest standards, affordable for everyone. The position of the tooth
on the rasp side and the unique composition of steel makes the rasp stay sharp longer where others fail. The sharp
sides add an extra value to this rasp, useful when finishing off. The file side finishes off extremely well, leaving no
marks.
B
D
MR14
Mercury
14”
The Mercury rasp offers you perfect design of the tooth on
rasp side, fast and smooth rasping, eliminates dirt clogging
between the tooth.
6
EA
1.45
22.44
21.32
FARRIER FINISHING FILES
Heller
Specially treated with black oxide coating. Lasts longer due to increased resistance to loading and rust.
ITEM #
E
DESCRIPTION
RASP
SIZE
CNT U/M SHIP WT
/BOX
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE BXBREAK
C
SBMFF
Heller Black Finish File
14”
5
EA
1.43
27.25
25.89
D
SMFF
Heller Master Finish File
14”
5
EA
1.41
23.95
22.75
14”
6
EA
1.35
24.40
23.18
Save Edge
E
SEFR
Save-Edge Finish Rasp
Viking Sanding Rasp
The Viking Sanding Rasp features a cushioned sanding block on one side and a soft finisher on the other. The
sanding rasp comes with 3 velcro fixing sanding belts with a tang which fits a rasp handle.
F
F
VFTSR.S
Viking Denmark Sanding Rasp Unit, Soft
EA
0.12
62.00
N/A
G
VFTDS.S
Viking Denmark Sanding Rasp Unit, Double Sided Soft
EA
0.12
73.45
N/A
H
VFSS120
Viking Denmark Sanding Sleeves, 120 Gr (10 Pc)
PKT 0.12
14.95
N/A
VFSS220
Viking Denmark Sanding Sleeves, 220 Gr (10 Pc)
PKT 0.12
14.95
N/A
PRICE
PRICE
BREAK
2.00
N/A
SAND BAR
J
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
SANDBAR
Sand Bar Sponge (60 x 80 gr)
Medium to Coarse sponge sanding block used on horses
hooves before gluing on shoes, using adhesives and for
general finishing of the hoof.
4 x 2-2/3 x 1” EA
G
U/M
SHIP
WT (lb)
0.25
METAL FILES
Nicholson
H
The American pattern is used for all of the Nicholson files.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
CNT U/M
/BOX
SHIP
WT (lb)
PRICE
PRICE BXBREAK
K
05190
Nicholson Half Round Pipeliner File
Bastard cut for use on concave, convex and flat surfaces.
Round on one side, flat on opposite. Both sides are
single cut.
14”
6
EA
1.33
19.70
18.72
L
07894
Nicholson Flat Magicut File
8”
Used as an all-purpose file to remove stock rapidly created
by steep, angled serrations. Leaves smooth finish. File has
rectangular shape, tapered point in width.
12
EA
0.31
10.10
9.60
J
K
07917
Nicholson Flat Magicut File
10”
6
EA
0.50
13.05
12.40
M
03863
Nicholson Flat Bastard File
14”
Used by those who require rapid removal of metal.
Rectangular in cross section and in taper towards the point
in width, double cut on sides, single cut on edges.
6
EA
1.12
21.95
20.85
N
16507
Nicholson Bastard Cut Warding File
Thin rectangular shape, double cut on sides, single cut on
edges.
4”
12
EA
0.03
9.20
8.74
O
08354
Nicholson Mill Bastard File
6”
Used for sharpening mill or circular saws, and draw-filing
and finishing metals. Rectangular shape with single cut on
sides and edges. 2 square edges, tapers slightly in width.
12
EA
0.12
5.22
4.96
L
M
N
O
58
www.piehtoolco.com
Metal Files • File Handles & Holders
Metal Files
A
(Nicholson continued)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
RASP
SIZE
CNT
/BOX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
14729N
Extra Slim Taper File
For filing saws with 60° angle teeth. Triangular shaped,
single cut with edges set and cut for filing gullets between
saw teeth. Tapers slightly towards the point.
8”
12
EA
0.15
PRICE
PRICE BXBREAK
6.95
6.60
B
C
B
02215
Flat Chain Saw File
Cutter-raker type (2 round edges) chain saws has a
rectangular shape.
8”
12
EA
0.19
9.40
8.93
C
01630
Round Chain saw File, Smooth Cut, 6’
6”
3
EA
0.05
4.05
3.85
01888
Round Chain saw File, Smooth Cut, 8’
8”
3
EA
0.10
4.05
3.85
10627
Hoof Honer/Sharpening File
Excellent for sharpening hoof knives, small knives,
scissors, tubing cutters, carpet and flooring knives.
Perfect for all other tools that need a keen, sharp edge.
Use a continuous motion from handle to end of blade.
8”
6
EA
0.15
9.80
9.31
D
A
D
E
F
Save Edge
American pattern round chain saw file. Round shape, parallel single cut. Used for sharpening chain saws.
E
SCSF188
Chain Saw File, Round 3/16
8”
12
EA 0.12
1.20
G
1.14
Simonds
A specially sharpened Mill Bastard File with two round edges designed to sharpen veneer knives. Veneer Knife
Files are single cut and are parallel in width and thickness.
F
S6V2RE
Veneer Knife File, 2 Round Edges
S8V2RE
Veneer Knife File, 2 Round Edges
6”
12
8”
12
EA
0.10
6.60
6.27
EA
0.20
9.42
8.95
H
J
RASP FILE HANDLES
Aluminum
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
G PARHS
Pieh Tool Rasp Handle
Small
Ergonomic shape fits great in your palm! Fits most files and
rasps. Allen wrench included. Made in USA.
EA 0.31
26.00
H ALRH
FPD Rasp Handle
Fits all 14” rasps. Allen wrench included.
Medium
1-1/2”
EA 0.44
20.15
J
FPD Rasp Handle
Fits all 14” rasps. Allen wrench included.
Large
1-3/4”
EA 0.56
20.15
EA 0.36
15.60
ALRHL
K SSARH
Double S Aluminum Rasp Handle
Handle fits over the rasp tang. Small ball offers great
control. Aluminium rasp handle is screwed on to the tang
of the rasp. Very nice looking together with the aluminium
Double S rasp end cap. Made in Italy.
K
L
M
Plastic
L
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Save-Edge Screw-on Rasp Handle
Fits all 14” rasps tangs. Randomly comes in blue, black or
white. Ergonomically designed to fit in the palm of the hand
and features a heat treated thread inside for a secure grip.
EA
0.23
Equithotics Rasp Handle
These handles are the best you will ever use. They won’t
loose their grip on the rasp and will last literally for years.
Designed to enhance comfort by covering the sharp
corners of the rasp and fit in the palm of the hand. The
polyurethane gives a cushion to the grip like no other and
improves control while rasping. Colors chosen at random.
EA
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SERH
M RHE
SIZE
PRICE
8.25
N
0.23
9.90
O
Rubber
Lightweight rubber with no slip surface fits perfect in your palm. Random colors. Made in Denmark.
N
VFTRH.S
Denmark Rasp Handle
Small
EA
0.12
20.00
VFTRH.L
Denmark Rasp Handle
Large
EA
0.12
20.00
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
P
Wood
ITEM #
O RHT9
Nicholson Screw-on Handle for 14” Rasp
EA
0.16
5.10
P
Bellota Screw-on Rasp Handle (Dark)
Fits 14” tanged rasps. Has strong metal ferrules and fits
comfortably in your hand. Dark or clear handle at random.
EA
0.20
5.50
Screw-On File Handle, 3-6” files
EA
0.05
4.85
BRH
R FHDO3
S
TG3
Screw-On File Handle, 6-8” files
EA
0.11
4.85
T
TG4
Screw-On File Handle, 14-18” rasps
EA
0.16
5.10
R
S
T
1-888-743-4866
59
Rasp Holders • Nippers
RASP HOLDERS
A
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A NCRH
NC Rasp Holder
Keep your rasp sharp and handy! Black urethane.
13”
EA
0.28
6.75
B YDRH
Yoder Aluminum Rasp Holder
Rasp holder for attaching to your Yoder Farrier Toolbox.
Made of aluminum and lined with vinyl.
13”
0.83
13.60
C SSREC
Double S AL Rasp End Cap
2-1/8 x 1-1/8” EA
0.12
17.85
10”
0.32
12.45
ITEM #
B
C
PRICE
FILE CLEANER
D
D
21467
Nicholson File Card & Brush
Especially for use on finer cut files.
EA
RULER
Made of durable steel. One side measures 0-16”. The other side has 0 in the center measuring 8” in either
direction. This handy ruler allows quick and accurate measuring in either direction making it a staple in your tool
collection. The reverse side of the ruler contains common horseshoe measurements for bar stock, bar stock weight
in ounces per inch, a pritchel point guide and more!
E
E
WHR
W-Brand Steel Horseshoer’s Rule
16”
EA
0.16
21.00
FARRIER
TRIMMING KIT
An attractive set makes a perfect gift. Contains one each of the following 9 hoof trimming tools: 10oz Driving
Hammer, 14” Nipper, Hoof Knife, Rasp, Rasp Handle, Clinch Cutter, Hoof Pick, Clincher and Pritchel. Designed
especially for trimming hooves and shoeing horses. Can be used for cattle, too.
F
ITEM #
F
DESCRIPTION
5050
SIZE
Nordic Forge Professional Trimming Kit (9 Tools)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
EA
8.45
PRICE
200.00
FARRIER 9-POCKET TOOL ROLL PROTECTOR
Designed to hold a Rasp with handle, Nipper, Clincher, Pull Off, Nail Cutter, Hammer, Clinch Cutter, Hoof Knife
and Nails. The 2 ties are double the length needed to go around the roll. This allows for more tools to be rolled in.
Made in Camp Verde, AZ from Black Heavy Cordura. Designed for Horse Packing and normal travel. Dimensions
Ties: 32”, Roll open: 42” x 30”, Roll closed: 22” x approx. 7”.
G
PTFTR
Pieh 9-Pocket Tool Roll (tools not included)
28-1/2”
EA
1.27
55.00
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Diamond Nail Nipper
Improved beveled cutting angle adds strength. Has fully
polished head with wide throat clearance.
10”
EA
0.23
43.65
Bellota Nail Cutter
Works with relative ease because of the rivet position. Try
these to see just how easy cutting horseshoe nails can be.
9”
EA
0.69
29.30
NAIL NIPPERS
Diamond
G
ITEM #
H N10
Bellota
J
ICAR
H
Made from the highest quality steel in Italy that promotes a longer life cutting edge and warranted free from defects.
The ICAR Nail Cutters cut even the biggest nails with ease. Unique design - hercules magnets inset into the jaws
collects nail cut offs. Made in Italy.
K IC12NC
J
ICAR Nail Cutter
12”
EA
1.50
200.00
Knipex Nail Nipper
Easy to use and fits easily in your shoeing box. The sharp
edge cuts nails quick.
8”
EA
0.54
34.00
Knipex
L
K
BNC9
L
WKN8
Mustad
A handy Nail-Cutter designed for cutting nails to correct length before clinching. This tool is made of the highest
quality tool steel for sharpness and durability.
M
M
60034
Nail Cutter, Black
EA
1.10
73.95
HOOF NIPPERS
Pieh Tool Hoof Nippers are made with high quality tool steel and are finished to provide maximum cutting in 3
sizes. Our nippers can be rebuilt at least 2 times unless chips in the blade are too deep. The heat treated area is
about 1/4” to 1/2” for both blades. This is good news because if you do hit a nail, they most likely won’t break past
this point. All nippers are heat treated and sharpened by a professional bladesmith in Camp Verde, Arizona.
ITEM #
N
PT12N
N
60
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Pieh Hoof Nipper
12”
EA
1.50
140.00
PT14N
Pieh Hoof Nipper
14”
EA
1.80
140.00
PT15N
Pieh Hoof Nipper
15”
EA
2.20
140.00
www.piehtoolco.com
Hoof Nippers
Diamond
Both are adequate nippers for horse owners and those just getting started in horseshoeing. They are precision
manufactured of alloy steel with a button rivet.
ITEM #
A
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A
PRICE
FN12
Nipper
12”
EA
1.43
102.75
FN15
Nipper
15”
EA
1.90
107.55
This economy model, forged from high quality steel, is chrome plated and is heat treated. The nipper has plastic
coated handles for comfort and added grip.
B
14D
Nipper
14”
EA
2.42
41.55
DS
C
DS Tools are made of high quality tool steel, custom ground and polished by hand since 1965.
C
DS14
DS Hoof Nipper
14”
EA
1.72
207.00
D
DS15
DS Hoof Nipper
15’
EA
1.80
207.00
DS16
DS Hoof Nipper
16”
EA
1.86
207.00
DSRT12
Race Track Hoof Nipper
12”
EA
1.44
216.00
E
B
D
GE
GE Nippers are drop forged from chrome vanadium steel. The blades are aligned and sharpened by hand for
accurate trimming and longer blade life. They are designed for professional farriers with maximum precision and
minimum fatigue.
F
GE12N
GE Hoof Nipper
12”
EA
1.26
215.95
GE14N
GE Hoof Nipper
14”
EA
1.72
220.25
G GE15N
GE Hoof Nipper
15”
EA
2.02
220.25
The Easy Nipper reins have the characteristics of the GE Curved Jaw Clincher with leverage of their 14” Nipper.
This design causes less fatigue on the hands and aids in dry climates where reins tend to spring!
GE12N-EZ
GE Easy Hoof Nipper
12”
EA
1.42
215.95
GE14N-EZ
GE Easy Hoof Nipper
14”
EA
1.76
220.25
H GE15N-EZ
GE Easy Hoof Nipper
15”
EA
2.06
220.25
14”
EA
1.57
220.25
GE Half-Round Hoof Nipper
12”
Designed for hoof wall work and clip placement and is excellent for
hard-to-get-at places in the hoof.
EA
1.35
235.95
J
GE14RTN *S/O GE Race Track Hoof Nipper
The head is smaller, for performance horses, with a finer cutting
edge than the regular 14” nipper.
K GE12HRN
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
ICAR
ICAR Smith’s Hoof Nippers are a revolution in farrier tools. Made of the highest quality too steel in Italy. They have
added many features to enhance their design and performance. ICAR Nippers have a longer life cutting edge, and
easier cutting due to the optimized cutting edge with ergonomic handles. Warrentied to be free from defects in
material and workmanship.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
IC14MN
ICAR Hoof Nipper, Medium Size
14”
EA
1.70
272.00
M IC14RN
ICAR Hoof Nipper, Regular Size
14”
EA
1.85
272.00
N
IC12RTN
ICAR Hoof Nipper, Race Track
12”
EA
1.50
265.00
IC14RTN
ICAR Hoof Nipper, Race Track
14”
EA
1.65
272.00
L
PRICE
N
Lopez
Joe Lopez, a former GE Forge tool maker, has an established reputation for quality workmanship.
O
LFT4004
Lopez Hoof Nipper
14”
EA
1.58
202.00
P
LFT4007
Lopez Hoof Nipper
15”
EA
2.00
202.00
O
Nordic Forge
Outstanding quality for the price! Forged from high quality tool steel, heat treated for strength, features precision
machined cutting edges. Available fully polished or semi-polished (head only).
R
NFJP12P
Viking Hoof Nipper, Polished
12”
EA
1.40
NFJP12SP
Viking Hoof Nipper, Semi-Polished
12”
EA
1.45
76.65
S
NFJP15P
Viking Hoof Nipper, Polished
15”
EA
1.85
115.00
T
NFJP15SP
Viking Hoof Nipper, Semi-Polished
15”
EA
1.94
85.75
14”
EA
1.61
81.25
PRICE
NF14RACESP Viking Hoof Race Track Nipper, Semi-Polished
104.55
NIPPER SPRING
U
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
WNS
W-Brand Nipper Spring
The nipper spring allows you to cut while using only one hand. It
fits over the reins of the nipper.
EA
0.06
P
R
S
9.75
T
U
1-888-743-4866
61
Crease Nail Pullers • Pull-Offs/Spreaders • Hoof Testers
CREASE NAIL PULLERS
A
Diamond
ITEM #
A NP12
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Nail Puller
Removes nails from crease of shoes that have been on the horse
for some time.
12”
EA
1.13
61.35
Nail Puller
12”
GE Nail Pullers are drop forged from chrome molybdenum steel.
The jaws are designed to lock over the nail head and along its taper
to remove a single nail from creased, swaged or fullered shoes.
EA
2.00
113.00
Nail Puller
Rubber cushioned handles. Made with high quality tool steel, and
finished to provide maximum performance. The quality finish is a
trademark of Lopez tools.
EA
0.93
93.00
PRICE
GE
B
B
GECNP
Lopez
C
C
LFT4001
9”
Pieh Tool Crease Nail Pullers are drop forged from Chrome Vanadium steel. (A type of steel made from two alloys
that is used in large-diameter spring wire, an excellent choice for high-stress applications.) The jaws are designed
to lock over the nailhead and along its taper to remove a single nail from creased, swaged or fullered shoes.
D
D
PTCNP
Pieh Crease Nail Puller
12”
EA
1.30
62.00
TOOL REBUILDS
(Prepayment and FOB Required)
Standard and Express Services offered: Standard will be sent out the 1st or 15th of the month. Express is handled
immediately with express shipping and handling. We offer rebuilds for almost any brand nipper... please do not
send nippers to us that have been previously rebuilt by welding on the blade. * MFC and Delta Nippers can not be
rebuilt. Please call us if you are unsure as to whether your nipper can be rebuilt. Generally after the third rebuild
you will not have much bite left, and the tool cannot be rebuilt any further. In the event that we determine your tool
cannot be rebuilt, we will return the tool to you only charging you for the return shipping. Please note you will be
responsible for the return shipping on your rebuilt tool.
E
PULL OFFS/SPREADERS
F
GE
Drop forged from chrome vanadium steel with knobs on the handles. Used in the removal of shoes and can also
cut nails without damage to the blades.
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
E GE12PO *S/O
Pull Off
12”
EA
2.00
172.00
GE14PO *S/O
Pull Off
14”
EA
2.40
172.00
Spreader/Pull Off
Combination Spreader/Pullers have sharp outside teeth for
spreading. Can also be used for cutting nails.
12”
EA
1.66
70.10
Pull Off/Spreader (Blackened)
14”
EA
2.10
91.50
Viking Spreader/Pull Off
Forged from high quality tool steel and heat treated for strength.
Precision machined, fully polished. Has sharp outside teeth for
spreading. Can also be used for cutting nails.
12”
EA
1.42
66.65
ITEM #
G
PRICE
Diamond
F
SP12D
H
Mustad
G
60003
Nordic
J
H NFJP12PO
HOOF TESTERS
K
Made from quality tool steel.
L
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
J
PTHTS
Pieh Hoof Tester, Small
Opens to 5”. Round edges with high polished finish.
9”
EA
3.50
68.50
K
PTHTL
Pieh Hoof Tester, Large
Opens to 9-1/2”. Soft brushed finish.
12”
EA
3.04
94.00
Hoof Tester (pens to 6”)
14”
EA
1.55
99.00
Adjustable Hoof Tester
13”
The adjustment jaw easily slides open or closed to provide the best
possible fit for each foot and allows for more consistent application
of pressure to all parts of the foot. Maximum setting opens to 5”; in
minimum setting opens to 2”.
EA
1.71
210.00
W-Brand
L
WHT
Ryding
M HTEST-ADJ
M
We have fire tongs on page 94.
62
www.piehtoolco.com
Hoof Gauges • Eveners • Dividers • Hoof Picks
HOOF GAUGES
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PTHGB
Pieh Brass Hoof Gauge
Our gauge is constructed of brass and will give good easy to read
measurements.
6”
EA
0.67
15.00
Ruidoso Metal Hoof Gauge
6”
Doesn’t waste your time with false or inaccurate readings. The selfadjusting design lets you move from hoof to hoof without the usual
re-calibration. Surface plate allows easy leveling of entire perimeter
of foot plane, and the easy reading guide lets you “gauge-and-go”
with confidence.
EA
1.01
63.50
Finnegan Metal Hoof Gauge
15”
Based on the T-square principle, measures both medial-to-lateral
balance and hoof angulation. Built from aluminum and adjustable
to fit all hoof sizes, it is accurate and easy to use. Instructions and
a marking pencil included.
EA
1.49
104.55
15”
EA
0.52
52.55
A
Ruidoso
B
RHG
B
Finnegan
C
FHG
C
Ward & Story
D
WSHP
Ward & Story Aluminum Hoof Gauge
High tensile Aluminum. Two point contact of arm. Calibrated. Full
toe clearance.
E
WSHG-RA *S/O Ward & Story Replacement Arm
15”
EA
0.03
15.75
0715
Cavalry Hoof Gauge #1 (Cast aluminum)
3x0 - 0
EA
0.50
54.00
0715A
Cavalry Hoof Gauge #2 (Cast aluminum)
1-4
EA
1.20
58.50
D
NC
F
E
HOOF
EVENER
A simple and handy tool used for checking the toe length on shod feet, or for trimming evenly matched pairs of feet
the easy way. This is a labor saving device for the horseshoer or horseman. It enables the farrier to measure the
length of the hoof wall at the toe immediately after trimming it, with the foot up and still in the trimming position.
Horseman find it quick and easy to pick up a horse’s foot and check toe length for growth, evenness, or for horse
show classes that require measuring. The unique curve at the end of the Hoof Evener make all this possible, and
it takes only seconds! Comes with a clip attached to secure in your shirt pocket keeping the Hoof Evener handy.
Simple precise instructions are included.
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
WHE
W-Brand Hoof Evener
15”
EA
0.04
10.65
7”
EA
0.14
12.90
JH Forge Premium Wing Divider
7”
EA
0.40
78.65
Mustad Spring Divider
6”
EA
0.20
11.05
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
F
G
DIVIDERS
H PTWD
Pieh Wing Divider, Aluminum
Used for measuring the toe & heel.
H
J
JH Forge
Anodized Aluminum with crisp numbers. Comes with instructions.
J
JH-DIV
Mustad
K
41715
K
HOOF PICKS
L
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
PTHPH
Pieh Hoof Pick
Durable with a plastic coated handle.
6-1/2”
EA
0.30
10.50
Horse Head Hoof Pick
Hand forged of mild steel. Made by Pieh Tool’s blacksmith
instructor, Gordon Williams. This pick will last and last.
7”
EA
0.39
20.00
Double S Hoof Pick
6-1/2”
M VF27
L
M
Double S
N
SSHP
EA
0.28
26.75
N
Hall
O HHP
Hall Hoof Pick
EA
0.35
12.20
EA
0.05
7.10
Anvil Brand
P
ABAP
AB Abscess Probe
The Anvil Brand Abscess Probe functions like brace and bit for
opening abscesses.
O
P
1-888-743-4866
63
Clinchers • Clinch Cutters
SHOE SPREADERS
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A
KSS
Kulp Shoe Spreader
Forged from high-quality tool steel with a unique design featuring
two different spreader sizes in one tool, adjusting from pony to
warm-blood sizes.
12”
EA
2.34
111.55
B
DSSP
15”
EA
1.85
115.00
C
LFT4014
DS Shoe Spreader
Made of high quality tool steel. Custom ground & polished since
1965.
Lopez Shoe Spreader
Spreader has rubber cushioned grip handles. 4-1/4” wide head.
The quality finish is a trademark of Lopez tools.
14”
EA
3.00
109.00
A
B
C
PRICE
CLINCHERS
Clinchers should flatten tight clinches with little effort. Most work on high or low nails.
Blurton
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
JBCCJ *S/O
JB Curved Jaw Clincher
Incorporates replaceable top teeth made from durable Stellite.
Made in England.
12”
EA
1.75
235.00
D
PRICE
Diamond
E
F
G
H
E
HC12
Diamond Saddle Horse Clincher
Use on larger nails in saddle horse hoofs.
12”
EA
1.21
69.15
F
PC12
Diamond Gooseneck Clincher
for smaller nails when shoeing ponies and race horses.
12”
EA
1.17
77.50
Diamond Farrier Clincher
Designed to roll over high and low nails. Downward push with
rolling action clinches nail. Note: Tool should not be squeezed
when clinching nail.
12”
EA
1.22
76.40
G FC12
GE
H
GECJC
GE Curved Jaw Clincher
12”
Drop forged from chrome vanadium steel are perfectly balanced
for a comfortable grip and better clinch control. The teeth are heat
treated to hold their bite under heavy use.
EA
2.20
166.75
J
GECJLN
GE Curved Low Nail Clincher
Ideal for clinching #5 or smaller nails. A racehorse platers dream!
EA
2.00
166.75
12”
Lopez
J
K
The quality finish is a trademark of Lopez tools. Made with high quality tool steel and are finished to provide
maximum performance.
K LFT4002
Lopez Saddlehorse Clincher
13”
EA
2.00
153.00
L
Lopez Angled Jaw Clincher
Ergonomic handle with offset jaw for leverage.
13”
EA
1.37
142.50
Lopez Low Nail Clincher
13”
EA
2.00
153.00
DS Saddlehorse Alligator Clincher
Made of high quality tool steel. They are custom forged and
polished by hand since 1965.
12”
EA
1.52
146.00
Mustad Clincher Blackened (Saddlehorse)
12”
EA
1.55
71.90
12”
EA
1.34
58.40
LFT4003
M LFT4008
DS
N
DSSHA
L
Mustad
60005
M
Nordic Forge
O
N
NFCLN
Clincher (Straight Jaw) Semi-Polished
CLINCHER REBUILDS
(Prepayment Required)
Rebuilds are available for GE, DS and Lopez clinchers. Additional charges will be incurred for shipping to and from
Lopez plus shipping to you.
O
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LFR5008
Lopez Farrier Rebuild Service
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
EA
3.00
98.00
DELTA
SHOE FIX
All-in-one tool, perfect for the trail rider. Tool has a hammer, clincher, nail puller, nail cutter, hoof pick and nail
ringer, all in one!
P
P
DSF
Delta Shoe Fix Multi-Tool
13”
EA
1.49
90.60
EA
0.70
22.00
CLINCH CUTTERS
R
R
PTCC
Pieh Clinch Cutter
6”
High quality tool steel stays sharp. Beveled cutting edge on outside
end, pritchel on the other end.
64
www.piehtoolco.com
Gouges • Clinch Blocks • Clinch Cutters • Pritchels • Hardys
Delta
ITEM #
A 41422
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
Delta Clinch Cutter
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
EA
0.69
24.15
EA
0.82
21.35
A
Diamond
B C7
Diamond Clinch Cutter
Beveled outside edge, flush inside edge for close cutting.
6”
JB Clinch Cutter/Gouge
Made from S1 tool steel and resists mushrooming. Features a
gouge for under-cutting clinches.
6”
SSCG.L
Double S Clinch Gouge Cutter Combo, LH
6-1/2”
EA
0.38
63.45
SSCG.R
Double S Clinch Gouge Cutter Combo, RH
6-7/8”
EA
0.38
63.45
5-3/4”
EA
0.55
36.00
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
EA
0.75
28.00
B
Blurton
C
JBCCGCT
EA
0.85
73.20
C
Double S
D
Mustad
E
60023
D
Mustad Clinch Cutter
GOUGES
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
VHG
Pieh Hoof Gouge
Double ended right hand/left hand under-cut.
E
F
Mustad
G TOOLMHG
Mustad Under Clinch Gouge
6”
Use this clinch gouge to remove material directly under the nail. It
doesn’t create a line under the nail as can be done with the side
of the rasp.
EA
0.51
28.35
H SSGD
Double S Gouge Double (Undercut)
6-7/8”
EA
0.35
59.20
J
SSGS.L
Double S Gouge Single (Undercut) LH
6-1/2’
EA
0.35
46.80
SSGS.R
Double S Gouge Single (Undercut) RH
6-1/2”
EA
0.35
46.80
4”
EA
1.26
22.70
EA
0.93
50.40
G
Double S
H
CLINCH BLOCKS
Diamond
K CB4
J
Diamond Clinch Block
Solid steel for clinching and seating nails. 4” long.
DS
L
K
DSCB
Diamond Clinch Block
Made of high quality tool steel. Their tools are custom forged and
polished by hand since 1965.
CHISEL HARDYS
Pieh Legacy Collection
L
™
Our hardy is drop forged from H13 tool steel. Beveled on both sides. Made in USA exclusively for the Pieh Legacy
Collection™.
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
M PTCH750
Pieh Chisel Hardy
3/4”
EA
1.58
65.00
ITEM #
PTCH875
Pieh Chisel Hardy
7/8”
EA
1.64
65.00
N PTCH100
Pieh Chisel Hardy
1“
EA
1.80
65.00
PTCH125
Pieh Chisel Hardy
1-1/4“
EA
2.12
65.00
ANVIL
DEVIL
A hard triangular piece of heat-treated steel used by blacksmiths and farriers for cutting or making V notches.
O SAD
Anvil Devil
2-1/2 x 1/2” EA
0.12
4.50
M
N
PRITCHELS
Blurton
All made from S1 tool steel in England.
P
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
JBPCH *S/O
JB City Head
11-3/4”
EA
1.34
69.75
JBPE *S/O
JB E Head
11-3/4”
EA
1.28
69.75
Diamond Pritchel
12”
EA
0.79
13.70
O
Diamond
R P12
R
P
1-888-743-4866
65
Pritchels • Center Punches • Forepunches
A
PRITCHELS (continued)
Flatland Forge - Jim Poor
ITEM #
B
A
FFP
C
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Flatland Pritchel
Has a long gradual taper, with clean, sharp edges. Hand forged,
providing optimum strength to the tool.
12”
EA
1.23
57.00
Nordic Forge
D
E
B
NF108
NF Pritchel COLD
10”
EA
0.80
13.15
NFS7
NF Viking Pritchel HOT
10-1/2”
EA
0.80
27.10
CLIP STARTERS
Cliff Carroll
F
G
Moving the proper amount of steel is a determining factor for drawing uniform clips. Using 2 or 3 blows, drive this tool
down the hardie hole, through the thickness of the hot shoe where you want the clip. The hole in the clip starter shows you
when the correct depth is reached. Pull the shoe out, letting the tool fall out of your way and flatten the bulge of hot steel
on the clip horn or anvil face.
C
CCCS1
Clip Starter
1”
EA
1.07
22.00
PUNCHES
H
J
Made from S7 tool steel in the USA.
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
D CP000
Pieh Center Punch
6-7”
EA
0.37
24.00
E
Pieh Pyramid Punch
7”
EA
0.38
24.00
ITEM #
PCP000
Flatland Forge - Jim Poor
F
CNTRP1
Flatland Center Punch
Made of 4140 alloy steel. Made in USA.
7”
EA
0.83
45.00
G
SPH1
Flatland Stud Punch
Made from S7 tool steel. Made in USA.
5/16”
EA
1.15
57.00
JB Bob Punch
Made from S1 tool steel. Made in England.
12”
EA
1.00
69.75
K
Blurton
H JBBP *S/O
FOREPUNCHES
Flatland Forge
L
M
N
With Wood Handles
Made of S7 Tool Steel. They are slightly softer on the striking end, and designed to mushroom there. The punching
end of the tool is hardened for maximum wear. The City Head works well as a plain stamp punch, or a drift for
fullered shoes. Made in USA.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
J
CTYP1
Flatland Forepunch, City Head
14”
EA
1.15
57.00
K
EH1
Flatland Forepunch, E Head
14”
EA
1.15
57.00
Bloom
With Steel Handles
Recognized throughout the industry, Roy Bloom has a reputation for the greatest attention to detail - and maximum
performance - for every product he manufactures. When you purchase tools from Bloom Forge, they come to you
ready to function for the purpose they were intended. With over 25 years experience as a farrier, Roy understands
the use of the tools.
L
O
BLFP.RH
Bloom Forepunch, Reg Head
12-3/4”
EA
0.95
50.35
BLFP.CH
Bloom Forepunch, City Head
12-3/4”
EA
0.95
50.35
Blurton
With Wood Handles
Blurton Forepunches are made from S1 tool steel to resist mushrooming and can be easily modified for a specific
nail size. Made in England.
M
JBSHFCH *S/O JB Forepunch, City Head
15”
EA
1.77
N
JBSHFE *S/O
15”
EA
1.81
73.20
O
JBSHFJC *S/O JB Forepunch, JC
15”
EA
2.00
73.20
JBSHFD *S/O
16”
EA
2.00
73.20
P
JB Forepunch, E Head
JB Forepunch, Draft
73.20
Mustad
With Wood Handles
A specially designed Forepunch made in two versions: and The Mustad Forepunch tool is made of tool steel and
hardened for durability and to minimize the risk of splitting. The handle is made of high quality American Hickory and a
comfortable and secure grip is guaranteed. Always wear safety glasses when using a forepunch.
R
P
60036
Mustad Forepunch, City Head
For flatter heads such as ASM, REG, City and ASV
16-1/2”
EA
0.90
81.35
R
60037
Mustad Forepunch, E Head
For the European rectangular/square standard heads such as E,
EX, MX and M.
16-1/2”
EA
0.90
85.40
66
www.piehtoolco.com
Fullers/Creasers • Blacksmith & Knifemaker Aprons
FULLERS/CREASERS
Fullers will allow you to make the perfect crease in all types of metal stock.
A
Flatland Forge
With Wood Handles
Made from S7 tool steel to resist mushrooming. Made in USA.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
REINS
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
FLR2L
Flatland Slim Fuller, Left Hand
17”
EA
1.20
110.00
FLR2R
Flatland Slim Fuller, Right Hand
17”
EA
1.20
110.00
16”
EA
1.50
143.00
EA
0.91
83.25
Blurton
B
With Wood Handles
JBCWH *S/O
Mustad
C
B
JB Creaser
Made from S1 tool steel. Made in England.
C
With Wood Handles
60038 *S/O
Mustad Creaser (Fuller)
The Mustad Fuller tool is made of tool steel and the handle is
made of high quality American hickory.
BLACKSMITH APRONS
Leather Bib Apron
Our oil tanned blacksmith apron will last you for many years to come! This is the highest quality blacksmith apron
we offer. The apron will protect you while welding and forging. The leather is top quality, made from one piece
and will soften with use. The length is measured from the top of the bib. Each back strap is adjustable with its
own hook, and there are two cross straps and one waist strap. No more difficult strap puzzles! Strong stitching
and rivets located at all the stress points and double riveting where the straps attach to the apron. A divided and
riveted chest pocket in the front holds notes, pens, silver pencils, soap stone, etc. Two steel D-rings on each hip area
holds welding rods or tape measures, etc. For an added fee, we can sew pockets on the front left and right hips.
Color: Chocolate.
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PTC-BA24
Pieh Knifemakers Bib Apron
24”
EA
1.85
148.00
PTC-BA36
Pieh Bib Apron
36”
EA
2.24
168.00
PTC-BA42
Pieh Bib Apron
42”
EA
2.64
185.00
PTC-BAHP
Add on of pockets
Left or Right Hip pockets
EA
0.40
28.00
D
Suede Blacksmith Welders
Memphis Bib Apron
Chrome tanned to assure softness and durability while resisting heat, sparks, slag and cuts. Made with premium
heavy side split cow leather. All seams are double lock stitched and sewn with DuPont KEVLAR® and Memphis
Welding logo. Has a large front pocket and crossed back straps with quick release buckle and riveted in all major
stress points. “D” rings hold accessories. Has anodized leather reinforced snaps to prevent arc flashback. Color:
Pearl Grey.
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH WIDTH
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
26BLA2436
Memphis Bib Apron
36”
24”
EA
1.80
35.00
26BLA2442
Memphis Bib Apron
42”
24”
EA
1.98
37.00
E
PRICE
Knifemaker Apron
Our Flame Retardant Knifemaker Apron is made from Fyrguard fabric and is double layered. It will keep you
safe while you work, even if sparks go down the bib. The apron is lined with fyrguard fabric as well. A length
perfect for the knifemaker, not too long and not too short. extends to mid thigh. Generous cotton waist tie allows
ample adjustments for a variety of waist sizes. No pockets to catch grinder dust! Made in USA exclusively for
the Pieh Legacy Collection ™. Adjustable neck Polypropylene Strap with a Tri Glide buckle. Cotton Waist Tie,
Flame Retardant, Water and Mildew Resistant. Color.: Olive.
F
PTC-KM27
Pieh Flame Retardant Knifemaker’s Apron
27”
24”
EA
1.02
48.00
Designed for the blacksmith, this style is especially nice when working at a bench or when a full apron can be
too hot. This is a very durable apron, sure to withstand the abuse from metalworking! The leather is top quality,
and will soften with use. It is made of heavy, oil tanned leather with riveted leather ties. Made in Camp Verde,
Arizona exclusively for the Pieh Legacy Collection ™. Available with ties or with a buckled belt. You may specify
no front pocket. The three section front pocket is convenient for holding a tape measure, note pad, soap stone,
marking pencil, punches etc. Riveted Belt and Pocket. Color: Chocolate.
G
PTC-BALB
Pieh Lap Apron with Buckle
14”
EA
1.50
74.00
PTC-BALT
Pieh Lap Apron with Ties
14”
EA
1.40
74.00
G
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
F
Find Farrier Aprons
on page 54.
1-888-743-4866
67
Gloves
GLOVES
Cotton
A
B
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
174
Hot Mill - Men’s
Large
An outside layer of cotton insures the proper insulation
to protect against melting of synthetic fibers. Primarily
used in applications involving heat. Sized larger to help
in quick removal.
SIZE
U/M
PR
PR WT
/PKG (lb)
PR
1
0.28
PRICE
PRICE 12+BREAK
5.60
5.32
Kevlar
Withstand cuts and burns. Not meant for high heat. Stretchy, not bulky so it is easy to see over your hand.
D
C
B
KV28L
Knit - Men’s
Large
PR
1
0.15
8.65
8.22
KV28S
Knit - Ladies
Small
PR
1
0.10
7.75
7.36
C
KV62104
Jersey - Men’s
Has a cotton knit wrist. Made to withstand
400-450 degrees F.
Large
PR
1
0.15
16.00
15.20
LKV62104
Jersey - Ladies
Small
PR
1
0.12
15.90
15.11
D
KVA65285
Hot Mill with Cuff - Men’s
Large
Hot mill style with banded top cuff. Right and left hand.
Made to withstand 750-800 degrees F.
Hot Mill with Cuff - Ladies
Small
PR
1
0.30
19.00
18.05
PR
1
0.26
19.00
18.05
E
KV7244J
Terry - Men’s
Jumbo
Has a knit wrist. Made to withstand 400-450 degrees F.
PR
1
0.30
24.00
22.80
LKV7244
Terry - Ladies
PR
1
0.20
23.25
22.09
E
LKVA65285
Small
CLC Gloves
CLC work gloves are covered by a limited lifetime warranty against defects in material and workmanship for the normal
life of the product. Does not cover normal wear, abuse, accidents, neglect, or damage caused by use of the product for
a purpose other than intended. Please note that gloves are designed for specific applications and that when working
with materials that are highly abrasive or corrosive, even high quality gloves will experience accelerated wear. CLC
gloves are NOT fire resistant.
F
F
G
H
K
L
68
DESCRIPTION
U/M
CLC2005
String Knit WorkGloves w/PVC Dots
One Size EA
Heavy Weight--Traditional cotton/polyester string knit
work gloves with gripper dots on both sides to fit either
hand.
Camo Jersey
PR
3
0.64
PRICE
PRICE 12+BREAK
3.25
N/A
G
CLC2016
1
0.23
2.80
2.66
H
CLC2027M
Kevlar® Spring Knit
A superior quality, cut-resistant knit shell glove with a
latex dip palm, elasticized knit wrist.
Medium
PR
1
0.20
10.00
9.50
CLC2027L
Kevlar Spring Knit
Large
PR
1
0.23
10.00
9.50
CLC2027X
Kevlar Spring Knit
XLarge
PR
1
0.25
10.00
9.50
J
CLC2046
Work Gloves, Split Cowhide
Traditional split leather palm, cotton back work gloves
with safety cuff.
PR
1
0.43
2.25
2.14
K
CLC275M
Hybrid Goat Skin Spandex
Premium quality goatskin glove, supple leather with
breathable spandex back for durability and comfort;
reinforced palm and fingertips, with neporene cuff to
help keep debris out.
Medium
PR
1
0.27
20.00
19.00
CLC275L
Large
PR
1
0.32
20.00
19.00
CLC275X
XLarge
PR
1
0.36
20.00
19.00
CLCP2030M
Cotton/Poly Latex
Medium
A 3-pack of quality cotton/polyester knit shell gloves
with a latex dip “gripper” palm finish and an elasticized
knit wrist.
PK
3
0.67
7.95
7.55
CLCP2030S
Cotton/Poly Latex
Small
PK
3
0.56
7.95
N/A
CLCP2030M
Cotton/Poly Latex
Medium
PK
3
0.56
7.95
N/A
CLCP2030X
Cotton/Poly Latex
XLarge
PK
3
0.75
7.95
N/A
CLC2058M
Premium Cowhide Divers Work GLove
Medium
PR
1
0.29
16.50
15.68
CLC2058L
Large
PR
1
0.29
16.50
15.68
CLC2058X
XLarge
PR
1
0.31
16.50
15.68
M CLCM125L
Mossy Oak Form-Fitted High Dexterity Work
Large
PR
1
0.25
17.55
16.58
CLCM125X
Mossy Oak Form-Fitted High Dexterity Work
XLarge
PR
1
0.25
17.55
16.67
L
J
SIZE
PR PR WT
/PKG (lb)
ITEM #
M
www.piehtoolco.com
Hearing Accessories • Safety Glasses
HEARING PROTECTION
Radians
Unique banded hearing protection that slips on and off as needed. Light weight, durable construction. Supersoft
Jelli™ ear plugs are washable, reusable and replaceable. Angle is engineered to align with ear canal for maximum
comfort. Dielectric.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
RB1150
Rad Band Ear Plugs
EA
0.15
PRICE
6.85
Easy, do-it-yourself kit, molds in 10 minutes. Dozens of everyday uses including blacksmithing, shooting sports,
sporting events, construction, lawn care, assembly lines, farming, auto races, flying, factories and much more!
Safe, non toxic and hypo-allergenic silicone, long-lasting and washable. Environmentally friendly. NRR 26 (Noise
Reduction Rating). Made in the USA.
B
A
CEP001-N
Custom Molded Clear Ear Plugs
EA
0.07
14.99
CEP001-R
Custom Molded Red Ear Plugs
EA
0.06
14.99
B
SAFETY GLASSES
Enhanced Didymium
We offer the highest quality filtered glass lenses made in Germany. Enhanced Didymium reduces MORE of the
bright yellow sodium flare glare and blocks about 3% of Inferred -The Heat given off from the flame; and blocks
about 25% of Ultra Violet light-The Sunburn Rays. You can see fairly well in normal light as well. This glass material
was developed in its original form for color enhancement of the primary colors Red, Green, and Blue. There also
appears to be some benefit from the color enhancement properties for the glass, by improving the judgment of
temperature. We offer a larger frame which can fit over eye glasses. These are very special glasses and differ from
Item # 9300. They are not only adjustable on the arms (from the front of the frame to where it loops at your ear is an
arm) but it can also be tilted up and down at the frame!
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
C
9300
Didymium Standard Frame
EA
0.18
59.00
D
66BK
Didymium Adjustable Large Frame
EA
0.36
68.50
C
Radians Coveralls
These traditional-looking safety glasses offer outstanding vision protection. They combine safety and comfort at an
economical price. Can be worn over prescription glasses. CLEAR - Allowing a maximum visible light transmission,
this excellent safety lens is used for indoor applications where impact protection is required.All of Radians glasses
are produced in ISO Certified facilities. They meet or exceed ANSI Z87.1 + standards.
E
CV0010
Clear
EA
0.09
4.50
Radians Revelations
Rubber nose piece with ventilation channel between lens and frame reduces fogging. Telescoping temples offer
superior fit. 99.9% UV Protection. Allows maximum visible light transmission.
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
RV0110ID
Clear Safety Glasses
Rubber nose piece with ventilation channel between lens and frame reduces
fogging. Telescoping temples offer superior fit. 99.9% UV Protection. Allows
maximum visible light transmission.
EA
0.06
13.25
RV0140ID
Amber Safety Glasses
Ideal for low light environments; highlights and defines by blocking out blue
light. 84% visible light transmission.
EA
0.06
13.25
RV0170ID
Blue Mirror Safety Glasses
Dark tinted with a reflective coating.
EA
0.07
13.25
RV0180ID
Vermilion Safety Glasses
Blue blocking lens allows about 20% at transmission. For medium to bright
conditions.
EA
0.07
13.25
RV01C0ID
Copper Safety Glasses
Blue blocking lens allows about 20% visible light transmission. For medium to
bright conditions.
EA
0.06
13.25
D
E
Radians C2 Bi-Focal
Magnification diopter molded into the lens combines a protective safety glass with reading glasses. Soft, rubber
nosepiece provides all day comfort with cushioned, non-slip rubber temple pads. Polycarbonate lens provides impact
resistance. Clear lense with transparent smoke grey temples.
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
C2-115
1.5 Diopter Safety Glasses
EA
0.05
8.85
C2-120
EA
0.06
8.85
C2-125
EA
0.06
8.85
C2-130
EA
0.07
8.85
PRICE
F
G
1-888-743-4866
69
Farrier Anvils
FARRIER ANVILS
All of our farrier anvils are made of cast steel in the USA.
A
Cliff Carroll
B
Similar to the 70 lb horseshoers anvil; it is used by ranches, hobbyists, and homeowners alike.
A
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
CCA35
Cliff Carroll Bench Top Anvil
Perfect for those needing a quality anvil which can be
easily moved around the ranch, shop or garage. Has side
turning cams.
35
EA
35.0
D
PRICE
196.00
The 70 lb anvil is the most popular anvil designed to make horseshoeing faster and easier for the
professional or the novice. Turning in heels or making square toes can be simple and amazingly precise
using the side turning cams. The anvil heel is tapered for shaping up those small size 00-000 shoes. The
anvil edges have been rounded to avoid chewing up the edges of the shoes while shaping them.
B
CCA70
Cliff Carroll Anvil
Anvil can handle draft shoes to pony shoes.
70
EA
70.00
349.00
C
CCA70W
Cliff Carroll Wide Face Anvil
70
wide face which features an extra wide 4” flat work surface
that many farriers now prefer.
EA
70.00
365.00
D
CCA125
Cliff Carroll Farrier’s Anvil
Designed and built for heavier work such as draft horses,
warmbloods and blacksmith work. The extra wide 4-3/4”
x 14” flat work face also has a tapered heel with rounded
edges and turning cams.
EA
125.00
630.00
E
F
125
TFS
TFS has been in the anvil manufacturing business for several decades, providing quality anvils for the
professional farrier, blacksmith, knife maker and hobbyist ranging in weight from 30 to 500 pounds.
Hardened to 52-54 HRc and hand finished, ensuring the highest quality.
G
H
J
K
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
E
TFS7LG65
TFS Lil’ Giant Anvil
70
EA
65.00
450.00
405.00
PRICE
F
TFSF70
TFS Farrier Anvil
70
EA
70.00
G
TFSF125
TFS Farrier Anvil
125
EA
125.00
719.00
H
TFSC250
TFS Competition Anvil
250
EA
250.00
1,280.00
J
TFSF5
TFS Future 5 w/Aluminum Base Anvil
55
EA
55.00
590.00
K
TFSF1
88
EA
100.00
714.00
L
TFSF2
99
EA
96.00
780.00
M TFSF4
TFS Future 4 Off-Set Horn w/Aluminum Base Anvil
96
EA
96.00
910.00
N
TFSF3-LH
TFS Future 3 w/Aluminum Base LH Anvil
96
EA
96.00
750.00
TFSF3-RH
TFS Future 3 w/Aluminum Base RH Anvil
96
EA
96.00
750.00
JHM
L
JHM anvils are tempered to a 48 Rockwell Hardness. Each JHM model is specifically designed to help
professional farriers and blacksmiths face the various challenges of shoeing large as well as small hoof
horses, whether in competition, at a customer’s location or in the shop.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
O
JHM70
JHM Basic Anvil (with turning cams at back of heel)
Clip horn, 3” tapered heel.
70
EA
70.00
490.00
P
JHM85
JHM Farrier Model Anvil
Turning cams on side. 2-1/4” tapered heel.
90
EA
85.00
547.00
Q
JHM100
100
EA
100.00
640.00
R
JHM125
JHM Certifier Anvil (with turning cams at back of heel)
Clip horn, 3” tapered heel.
JHM Journeyman Anvil
Square Back w/Clip horn
125
EA
125.00
738.00
S
JHM125TC-LH JHM Journeyman (with turning cams)
Specify Square Back or 3” tapered heel with OR without
turning cams. LH
125
EA
125.00
745.00
JHM125TC-RH JHM Journeyman Anvil (with turning cams)
Specify Square Back or 3” tapered heel with OR without
turning cams. RH
125
EA
125.00
745.00
M
N
O
P
PRICE
T
JHM160
JHM Shaper Anvil
160
EA
160.00
884.00
U
JHM260
JHM Competitor Anvil
260
EA
260.00
1,397.00
See page 72 for Anvil Specifications Chart.
Q
70
R
T
S
www.piehtoolco.com
U
Smithing Anvils
Anvil Brand
Tempered to a 48 Rockwell Hardness..
ITEM #
A AB120
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
AB Legend Anvil
120
EA
120.00
742.00
A
NC
Anvil has a dual purpose hardie hole and side turning cams providing added shaping options. Opposing square &
round clip horns allow you to make great clips and square toes. It also makes it more convenient for left handed
shoers.
B 0207
NC Big Face Anvil
70
EA
70.00
345.00
Heavy weight in efficiency and dependability, yet an easy traveler. Balanced alloyed casting. Has wide
face with RH LH cliphorn. Thin heel design with 1-1/4” chamtered round turning hole and pritchel hole.
May be ordered with round cliphorn on request.
C
0209
NC Cavalry Anvil
112
EA
112.00
477.00
B
SILVERSMITH ANVIL
Peddinghaus
This anvil has one half-round surface and one flat surface for a variety of metal-forming applications. Can
be attached to a bench through bottom holes. Chromium Plated. Face Width: 1”, Height: 1-5/8”, Length:
4.3”.
ITEM #
D 0099010000
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Peddinghaus Silversmith Anvil (500g)
1.1
EA
1.10
PRICE
150.00
C
BLACKSMITH ANVILS
Peddinghaus-Durlach
New from Peddinghaus Handwerkzeuge of Germany! The only anvils made by Peddinghaus! They are
drop-forged from high grade steel. Available only in a double horn pattern. Hardened to 54-62 HRc. Round
horn is slightly flat on top.
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
3080000020
Peddinghaus/Durlach Double Horn Anvil (20 kg)
44
EA
44.00
3080000035
77
EA
77.00
3080000050
110
EA
110.00
1,110.00
3080000075
165
EA
165.00
1,680.00
PRICE
D
445.00
780.00
Ridgid-Peddinghaus, Belgium
E
These Peddinghaus anvils are made by Ridgid Europe. They are high grade steel and are drop forged in
Belgium. Available only in a double horn pattern at this time. Made from C45 steel and hardened to 52-54
HRc.
F
14165
Peddinghaus/Ridgid Double Horn Anvil-P5
77
EA
77.00
14169
165
EA
165.00
1,480.00
820.00
14190
275
EA
275.00
2,265.00
TFS
F
TFS has been in the anvil manufacturing business several decades, providing quality anvils for professional
farriers, blacksmiths, knifemakers and hobbyists ranging in weight from 30 to 500 lbs. Hardened to 52-54
HRc and hand finished ensuring the highest quality.
Single Horn
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
TFS Blacksmith Anvil
100
EA
100.00
610.00
TFSSB150
150
EA
150.00
905.00
TFSSB200
200
EA
200.00
1,248.00
TFSSB300
300
EA
300.00
1,610.00
TFSSB400
400
EA
400.00
2,130.00
ITEM #
G TFSSB1
G
Double Horn
TFS Smithy Anvils are the first cast American made anvil with an upsetting block and offset table on the
horn. In the past, only the 275 lb Peddinghaus Ridgid anvil offered an upsetting block.
H TFSDH1
100
EA
100.00
625.00
J
TFS Smithy 2 Anvil
200
EA
200.00
1,346.00
TFSDH2
TFSDH3
TFS Smithy 3 Anvil
300
EA
300.00
1,999.00
TFSDH4
TFS Smithy 4 Anvil
400
EA
400.00
2,328.00
H
J
See page 72 for Anvil Specifications Chart.
1-888-743-4866
71
Anvils Specifications Chart
ANVIL COMPARISON SPECIFICATIONS CHART
ITEM #
MFG/TYPE
WEIGHT
FACE (WxL)
HORN
LENGTH
HEIGHT
HARDY
HOLE
PRITCHEL
HOLE(S)
BASE
ROCKWELL
HARDNESS
MATERIAL
Farrier Anvils
AB120
Anvil Brand
120 lb
3-7/8 x 13-3/4”
9-3/4”
23-1/2”
10”
1”
1/2”
8-3/4” x 10”
48
CDI
CCA35
Cliff Carroll
35 lb
2-3/4 x 9"
5"
14"
6-3/4"
7/8"
3/8"
5-7/8 x 7-1/4”
48
CDI
CCA70
Cliff Carroll/CH
70 lb
3-1/4 x 10-3/4"
8-3/4"
19-1/2"
8"
1"
3/8"
8-1/2 x 10-1/2”
48
CDI
CCA70W
Cliff Carroll/CH
70 lb
4 x 11"
8-3/4"
19-3/4"
8"
1"
3/8"
5-7/8 x 7-1/4”
48
CDI
CCA125
Cliff Carroll/CH
125 lb
4-3/4 x 14"
9-3/4"
24"
10"
1"
1/2"
8-1/2 x 10-1/2”
48
CDI
TFSF5
Future 5
55 lb
4 x 10-3/4"
4 x 8-1/4"
19"
8-1/2"
1”
1/2”
9-1/4 x 11"
52
CS
TFSF1
Future 1/CH
88 lb
3-1/4 x 14-3/4"
12-1/2"
27"
9-1/4"
1"
1/2"
7 x 15”
52
CS
TFSF4
Future 4/CH
96 lb
4-1/4 x 17"
11"
27-1/4"
10-1/4"
1"
1/2"
7 x 15”
52
CS
TFSF3
Future 3/CH
96 lb
4 x 16-3/4"
11"
28"
10-3/4"
1"
1/2"
7 x 15”
52
CS
TFSF2
Future 2/CH
99 lb
4-1/4 x 16"
11"
27-1/4"
10"
1"
1/2"
7 x 15”
52
CS
TFSF70
TFS/CH
70 lb
3-1/2 x 12-1/4"
9"
21"
7-3/4"
1”
1/2”
8-1/2 x 9-1/2"
52
CDI
TFSF125
TFS/CH
125 lb
4 x 17"
4 x 11"
28"
10-3/4"
1”
1/2”
8 x 10-3/4"
52
CDI
TFSF125TC
TFS/CH
125 lb
4 x 17"
4 x 11"
28"
10-3/4"
1”
1/2”
8 x 10-3/4"
52
CDI
TFSC250
TFS
250 lb
5" x 19-3/4"
5 x 12"
31-3/4"
12"
1”
1/2”
11-1/4x12"
52
CDI
JHM70
JHM/CH
70 lb
3-3/4 x 12-1/2"
8”
20-1/2”
9”
1”
1/2”
8-1/2 x 9"
48
CDI
JHM85
JHM
90 lb
3-1/8 x 11-3/4"
8”
19”
9-1/2”
1”
1/2”
8-3/4 x 10-3/4"
48
CDI
JHM100
JHM/CH
100 lb
4 x 16-1/2”
10-1/4”
26-1/2”
9-1/2”
1”
1/2”
9 x 11”
48
CDI
JHM125
JHM/CH
125 lb
4 x 17"
8”
27-1/2”
11”
1”
1/2”
9 x 11"
48
CDI
JHM160
JHM
160 lb
4-1/4 x 17-1/4”
12-3/4”
20”
11-1/2”
1”
1/2”
9 x 11-3/4”
48
CDI
JHM260
JHM
260 lb
5-1/8 x 20”
11”
31-1/4”
13-1/2”
1-3/16”
3/4”
11-1/4 x 12-1/4”
48
CDI
0207
NC Big Face/CH
70 lb
3-3/4 x 6”
3-1/2 x 8”
14”
8-3/4”
1”
1-1/4”, 3/8”
11 x 9”
48
CS
0209
NC Cavalry/CH
112 lb
4-5/8 x 7”
4 x 9-1/2”
16-1/2”
11”
1”
1-1/4”, 3/8”
11 x 9”
48
CS
Blacksmith Anvils
ITEM #
MFG/TYPE
WEIGHT
FACE (WxL)
HORN
LENGTH
HEIGHT
HARDY
HOLE
PRITCHEL
HOLE(S)
BASE
ROCKWELL
HARDNESS
MATERIAL
3080000020
Peddinghaus
44 lb
3-1/8 x 11”
4-1/3”
15-1/3”
6”
7/8”
3/4”
5-1/2 x 6-1/2”
54
DF
3080000035
Peddinghaus
77 lb
3-3/4 x 13-2/5”
5-1/3”
18-3/4”
7-7/8”
7/8”
3/4”
6-3/4 x 7-3/4”
54
DF
3080000050
Peddinghaus
110 lb
4-1/3 x 15-1/3”
6-1/3”
21-5/8”
8-5/8”
1”
7/8”
8-1/4 x 9-7/8”
54
DF
3080000075
Peddinghaus
165 lb
5 x 17-1/3”
7-1/4”
24-5/8”
10-7/16”
1”
7/8”
9-1/4 x 10-13/16” 54
DF
14165
Ridgid P5/DH
77 lb
3-3/4 x 8"
5-1/2"
18-3/4"
8”
3/4"
No
6-3/4 x 7-3/4”
52
DF C45
14169
Ridgid P9/DH
165 lb
5 x 10-1/2"
7-1/2"
25"
10-1/2"
1"
7/8"
9-1/4 x 11”
52
DF C45
14190
Ridgid P12/DH
275 lb
5-1/4 x 12"
8-1/2"
28-1/2"
12-1/4"
1"
7/8"
10-3/4 x 13-1/2”
52
DF C45
TFS7LG65
TFS Lit’l Giant
70 lb
4 x 10-3/4"
4 x 8-1/4"
8”
8”
1"
1/2"
9-1/4 x 11”
52
CDI
TFSF2
Future 2/CH
99 lb
4-1/4 x 16"
11"
27"
10”
1"
1/2"
7 x 15”
52
CDI
TFSSB1
TFS
100 lb
4 x 14"
4 x 9"
23"
8-1/2"
1”
1/2”
7-3/4 x 11"
52
CDI
TFSSB150
TFS
150 lb
4 x 16-1/2"
4 x 10"
26-1/2"
10"
1”
1/2”
8 x 11-3/4"
52
CDI
TFSSB200
TFS
200 lb
4-3/4 x 18-1/4"
4-3/4 x 11-1/4" 29-1/2
10-3/4"
1”
1/2”
8-1/4 x 11-3/4"
52
CDI
TFSSB300
TFS
300 lb
5-1/4 x 19-3/4"
5-1/4 x 12"
31-3/4"
12”
1”
1/2”
10 x 12-3/4"
52
CDI
TFSSB400
TFS
400 lb
6 x 21-1/4”
13-1/4”
34-1/2”
13”
1”
7/8”
10 x 12-3/4”
52
CDI
TFSDH1
TFS/DH
100 lb
4 x 17"
4 x 9-1/4"
30-1/4"
8-1/2"
1"
1/2"
7-3/4 x 11”
52
CDI
TFSDH2
TFS Smithy 2/DH
200 lb
5 x 21"
5 x 9"
30"
10-1/4"
1"
7/8"
9-3/4 x 12-1/2”
52
CDI
TFSDH3
TFS Smithy 3/DH
300 lb
5-1/2 x 22"
5-1/2 x 11-1/4" 33-1/4"
11-1/4"
1"
7/8"
9-1/2 x 12-3/4”
52
CDI
TFSDH4
TFS Smithy 4/DH
400 lb
6-1/2 x 25-1/2”
6 x 12”
13-1/4”
1”
7/8”
12-3/4 x 13-3/4”
52
CDI
37-1/2”
Silversmith Anvil
0099010000
Peddinghaus
CH = Clip Horn
1 lb
CP = Chromium Plated
1 x 1-5/8”
CS = Cast Steel
1-1/8”
4-1/4”
DH = Double Horn
1-5/8”
No
DF = Dropped Forge
No
CP
WF = Wide Face
CDI = Cast Ductile Iron
*Anvils weighing 150 lbs are shipped UPS Ground, over 150 lbs by truck, as a general rule.
72
www.piehtoolco.com
Blacksmith Classes
The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork
The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork is a unique three-season metalworking school located in Camp Verde Arizona. Founded
in 2003 by Pieh Tool Company, Inc., the school’s mission is to foster interest and knowledge in metalworking
crafts. This unique school includes disciplines such as blacksmithing, bladesmithing and coppersmithing
including chasing, repousse and raising. As Arizona’s only notable non-university metalworking school, the Bill
Pieh Resource for Metalwork offers both beginner and advanced artists a variety of 3-day weekend courses
and semi-annual demonstrations taught by some of North America’s finest metalsmiths. The programs are
expanding and are updated on our website at www.piehtoolco.com.
Come learn in an atmosphere of friendship and camaraderie! The creative energy and enthusiasm of the
instructors provides adults and teenagers with unique skills and lasting memories.
Blacksmithing Classes:
Our 3-day blacksmithing classes with Gordon Williams are geared toward beginner,
intermediate and advanced smiths.
The beginner/intermediate course covers the basic & advanced aspects of blacksmithing including traditional
joinery, forge welding, twisting, drawing, splitting, punching, drifting, riveting, scrolling, upsetting and tool
making. Some students may also mig weld. You will use efficient propane forges, anvils, swage blocks, fullers,
mandrels, a drill press, a Sahinler air hammer, treadle hammer, a Baldor Grinder/Sander, TW90 Grinder and
Milwaukee and Jet Power Tools. Each ten hour day begins with only an hour of lecture instruction in a shop
setting. Then the fun begins! As the class progresses, students will use the techniques learned to create
projects. Students will take home 6 to 12 finished projects!
Williams
Willi
showing
h i technique.
t h i
Classes of six students ensure individual attention.
Each student is provided with their own forging station. All tools and materials are provided with the exception of
required safety glasses, notebook and pen. Classes are 30+ hours.
Cost:
Cancellation:
Lodging:
Class Information:
Airport Shuttle:
Please call or see our website for current fees. Fees are payable by
cash, check, money order or credit card.
Payment in full constitutes registration for a given class.
$100 is non-refundable. Fees can be applied to another available
class date with 14 days notice.
Comfort Inn of Camp Verde
Days Inn
Super 8 Motel
(928) 567-9000
(928) 567-3700
(928) 567-2622
Classes are limited to 6 students.
Daily shuttle service available to/from Phoenix Sky Harbor Airport and
Camp Verde. For information call 928-282-2066 or view their
website at www.sedona-phoenix-shuttle.com.
Instructor:
Gordon Williams is a favorite demonstrator for the Arizona
Artist Blacksmith Assoc. (AABA). The Upper Midwest
Blacksmith Assoc. (UMBA) Library has an outstanding
video available of Gordon demonstrating at the 2007 BAM
conference. Williams is the proprietor of Victory Forge. He
exhibits at several leading arts and crafts shows throughout
USA educating the public with live demonstrations of the
craft. As an instructor, Williams finds great joy in getting
his students "fired up" and helping them unlock their artistic
talents. A number of his past students have gone on to have
successful businesses. Gordon likes to keep things lively and
running in a fast paced manner!
Make it a Family Vacation
We are centrally located in Arizona 90 miles north of Phoenix
and 58 miles south of Flagstaff. Area attractions include
Sedona, the ghost town of Jerome & the Verde Canyon
Railroad. See ancient Indian dwellings at Montezuma’s
Castle.
Two fireplace sets forged using fullering tools.
You too can learn this exciting craft!
1-888-743-4866
Learn to make beautiful pieces for
your home or for SALE
in your business!
Learn how to make
and texture leaves.
Learn how to use the anvil
horn to make scrolls.
73
Stall Jacks • Anvil Benches & Stands
STALL JACKS
TFS
A
B
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
FACE
LxW (in)
HORN
(in)
HEIGHT
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
TFS-HAJ *S/O
TFS Hitch Anvil
This anvil conveniently attaches to any
standard trailer hitch.
4 x 10
3-1/2 x
4-1/2
12
EA 33.00
343.00
Valley Stall Jack, Standard
Distance between cams: 1-1/2”
5x4
6
16-3/4
EA
185.00
PRICE
Valley
B
C
D
ANVSJS
18.00
Valley stall jacks are used by farriers for a lightweight sturdy alternative to an anvil. The tripod legs are
perfect for areas where the ground is uneven. The Valley Stall Jack is made of 4142 steel and has a black
painted finish. The working face is polished. Can be used for cold or hot shoeing.
C
ANVSJT
Valley Stall Jack, Tall
Distance between cams: 1-1/2”
5x4
6
22
EA
21.00
197.00
Yoder
The tall stand has bars welded between the legs for added strength and to put your foot on to hold the jack
in place. The medium jack works well for size 0 an larger sizes, the small size works well for lighter and
smaller sizes.
D
E
YDSJ-S
Yoder Stall Jack
Small
21
EA 11.00
YDSJ-M
Yoder Stall Jack
Medium
22
EA 17.00
116.00
YDSJ-L
Yoder Stall Jack
Large
31
EA 23.00
135.00
ANVIL BENCHES AND STANDS
H
HEIGHT U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
(in)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
E
TFSTP
TFS Tri-pod Anvil Stand
Aluminum Stand designed specifically for TFS
Future Anvils.
16 x 22 26-1/2
F
CCAST
Cliff Carroll Anvil Stump
Light weight, adjustable aluminum legs make
packing up and moving to the next stable a
breeze. Just drop your anvil between the four
aluminum anvil lugs. Your elbow will thank you.
16 3/4
X
11 3/4
G
GPBLK
GFS Power Block
12 x 19 21-27
The Power Block anvil stand is a laminated
wood block that gives you plenty of work space
and significantly reduces noise and vibration.
An additional shelf has three holes for holding
hammers and tongs. Adjustable aluminum legs in
a tri-pod configuration offer excellent stability. The
optional vise mounts to the block and is easily
removed for storage.
F
G
108.00
PRICE
EA
22.00
303.00
22.5-29 EA
35.00
300.00
EA
41.20
365.40
ANVIL STANDS W/VISES
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
OAL
(in)
HEIGHT
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
H
NCST
NC Folding Stand w/Foot Spring Vise
Hand crank anvil lock down accommodates
many American made anvils. Bench and legs
are constructed of tough 1-1/4” 14 gauge tubular
steel. Will stand up under heavy use for many
years. Quickly folds down to just 7” high. “Quick
mount” step vise mounts in just seconds without
fasteners. Made in USA.
10 x 30
24
EA
44.00
275.00
J
CCASV
Cliff Carroll Anvil Stand with Vise
EA
48.00
220.00
CCS
Cliff Carroll Anvil Stand
EA
48.00
134.00
CCV
Cliff Carroll Vise
Custom built, strong and sturdy. Fits many
different styles and makes of anvils. Equipped
with a handy holder for tongs and a hardy. Vise
has instant lockdown and release with 200 lbs. of
pressure for a secure hold. Made in USA.
EA
12.00
94.00
PRICE
Pieh Tool Company
J
Gift Certificates
74
www.piehtoolco.com
Anvil Stands, Vises
FARRIER VISES
Valley Farrier Vises
A
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HEIGHT
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
ABV14
Farrier’s Gooseneck Vise, 14”
(Mounts to truck tailgate)
14
EA
15.00
196.00
ABV36
Farrier’s Gooseneck Vise, 36”
36
The 36” vise is similar to the 14” vise except it does not have
the mounting plate. This vise is somewhat unfinished to allow
versatility. It can be mounted on your tailgate, shop bench, or
you can build your own tripod stand.
EA
19.00
197.00
TVB
Tri-pod Vise Base (for 14” Vise)
EA
16.00
97.45
18
PRICE
SHOP VISES
A
B
Wilton Mechanic’s Vises
Wilton Mechanics Vises have a powder coated heavy-duty 30,000 PSI castings, built for rugged use and
extended life. They feature a 360° rotating swivel base, double lock downs to ensure stability and a large
anvil work surface. Lifetime lubrication means the grease is permanently sealed in for trouble-free service.
Lifetime Warranty.
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
C 21400 *S/O
Wilton 745, 740 Series
Mechanic’s Vise, 5”
EA
D 21500 *S/O
Wilton 746, 740 Series
Mechanic’s Vise, 6”
EA
ITEM #
PRICE
1ST SEM
PROMO
53.00
350.00
279.00
69.35
450.00
359.00
Wilton Multi-Purpose Vise
Features a rotating head for clamping material at any angle and indexed at 90° left and right for quick setup.
V-jaw holds 1”- 3” diameter round stock vertically. The large built-in anvil is useful for flat shaping. Includes
rubber pinch point safety guards and a positive locking 360° swivel base. The permanent pipe jaws with
replaceable serrated jaw faces. Lifetime Warranty.
E 69999 *S/O Wilton Multi-Purpose Vise, 5”
EA 46.00
256.00
205.00
C
Wilton Drill Press Vise
Made from high grade cast iron with a ground vise bed for smooth jaw movement. Hardened top V-groove
jaws with a large workload capacity. Vise has a stationary base. Lifetime Warranty.
F 63238 *S/O
EA 5.90
130.00 102.00
Wilton Model 1335 Drill Press Vise, 3”
Wilton Shop Vises
Features a heavy-duty castings with a 30,000 PSI ductile iron body built for rugged use and extended life.
Includes a large anvil work surface with rubber pinch point safety guards and the capability of handling
various sizes of pipe. Three mounting posts provide a stable secure hold. Has replaceable serrated top jaws
and a 360° swivel base with double lockdown for easy positioning. For general duty applications. Lifetime
Warranty.
G 63301 *S/O WS5, Shop Vise, 5”
EA 30.05
194.00 159.00
63302 *S/O WS6, Shop Vise, 6”
EA 46.00
286.00 239.00
D
WILTON VISE SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
21400
21500
69999
63238
63301
63302
JAW
WIDTH
JAW
OPENING
THROAT
DEPTH
HEIGHT
WIDTH
LENGTH
OPENING
CAPACITY
PIPE JAW
CAPACITY
TYPE OF NUT
5”
5 1/4”
3-3/4”
9-1/2”
10”
15-3/4”
5-1/4”
1/4 - 2-1/2”
Straight Line Pull
6”
5 1/4”
3-3/4”
10-3/4”
11”
17”
5-3/4”
1/4 - 3-1/2”
Straight Line Pull
5”
5”
3”
8-3/4”
10”
19”
5-1/4”
3/8 - 3”
3”
2-3/4”
1-7/8”
3.2”
5.1”
8-1/2”
2-3/4”
--
E
Center
Continuous
5”
5”
3”
8-1/2”
8-5/8”
15-1/2”
5”
5/8 - 2-3/8”
Straight Line Pull
6”
3-1/2”
3-3/4”
10-3/4”
11”
17”
5-3/4”
1/4 - 3-1/2”
Straight Line Pull
F
Have you considered taking our
Blacksmith and Knifemaking Classes
which we offer in Arizona?
G
“The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork”
See page 73.
1-888-743-4866
75
Ergonomic Forging Hammers
Made in Israel by Amit Har-lev.
ERGONOMIC
FORGING HAMMERS
The Ergonomic Hammer is designed to move metal fast. Its compact head allows the hammer to
be worked at extreme angles. The Pieh Tool Ergonomic Hammers are well balanced and made from
1045 tool steel, hardened to a Rockwell 50-55. Made exclusively for the Pieh Legacy CollectionTM.
Each hammer is hand made and the head weight is approximate. Each handle is ground and fit from
straight grain aged hickory. The hammer handle is glued using a modern Polyurethane adhesive.
This has the advantage of being able to flex during humidity and temperature changes which should
give you many years of trouble free performance without the head loosening. You should always
take the time to fit the handle to your hand.
Made in Israel by Amit Har-lev. Handled in the USA. Exclusive to the Pieh Legacy Collection.
A
Rounding Ergonomic
The Pieh Tool Rounding Ergonomic Hammer is designed to move metal fast. Its compact head allows the hammer to be worked at extreme angles.
B
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WT (lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PT-R2
Pieh Har-lev Rounding Ergonomic Hammer
2
EA
2.10
121.00
PT-R2.5
2.5
EA
2.98
121.00
PT-R3
3.5
EA
3.98
121.00
PRICE
Cross Pein Ergonomic
Pieh Cross Pein Ergonomic Hammers are perfect for the blacksmith or knifemaker. The broad pein allows
for better fullering.
C
B
PT-C1
Pieh Har-lev Cross Pein Ergonomic Hammer
1.5
EA
1.94
121.00
PT-C2
2
EA
2.10
121.00
PT-C2.5
2.5
EA
2.60
121.00
PT-C3
3
EA
3.42
121.00
PT-C4
4
EA
4.46
121.00
Straight Pein Ergonomic
Pieh Straight Pein Ergonomic Hammers are the perfect choice for the blacksmith or knifemaker. The
broad pein allows for better fullering.
D
C
PT-S1
Pieh Har-lev Straight Pein Ergonomic Hammer
1.5
EA
1.60
121.00
PT-S2
2.5
EA
2.72
121.00
PT-S3
3.5
EA
3.60
121.00
Diagonal Pein Ergonomic
Ergonomic Hammers
are especially designed to work with the
natural movements of the body and there
is a proper technique.
See Forging Solutions Video by Amit
Har-lev #DVD50, page 195.
Like all hand forged items, each is unique
and the overall weight and shape
will vary slightly.
The Pieh Diagonal Pien Ergonomic hammers come in Left or Right handed styles. These hammers
are perfect for the blacksmith or knifemaker. The broad pein allows for better fullering. Diagonal pein
hammers are preferred by many because the pein is already positioned at a comfortable angle to
make forging easier! Its compact head allows the hammer to be worked at extreme angles using the
edge of the face to fuller.
D
PT-D2.R
Pieh Har-lev Diag Pein Ergonomic Hammer, RH
2.5
EA
2.94
121.00
PT-D2.L
Pieh Har-lev Diag Pein Ergonomic Hammer, LH
2.5
EA
2.86
121.00
Big Blu
Rounding
Made from top quality forged and heat treated tool steel they are finished and fitted with a shock
mounted wood handle. Big Blu Hammers are hand forged in the USA.
E
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WT (lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
HRDH5
Big Blu Ergonomic
2.6
EA
2.70
124.00
HRDH6
Big Blu Ergonomic
3.7
EA
3.68
125.85
PRICE
Cross Pein
Using this hammer in the proper way saves energy, power and time while at the same time keeping the
body from damage (muscles, nerves, joints and bones).
F
F
HCPH1
Big Blu Ergonomic
1.5
EA
1.64
124.00
HCPH2
Big Blu Ergonomic
2.4
EA
2.60
124.00
HCPH3
Big Blu Ergonomic
3.5
EA
3.70
125.00
HCPH4
Big Blu Ergonomic
4.6
EA
4.80
126.65
Straight Pein
These hammers are ergonomically designed to work with the natural movements of the body.
G
G
HSPH9
Big Blu Ergonomic
2.6
EA
2.80
124.00
HSPH10
Big Blu Ergonomic
3.5
EA
3.70
125.00
Diagonal Pein
Great to use as the hammer’s pein is already positioned to make forging easier! They come in left
or right handed.
H
H
Photos of hammers by Big Blu.
76
HDPH7
Big Blu Ergonomic, RH Hammer
2.6
EA
2.62
124.00
HDPH8
Big Blu Ergonomic, LH Hammer
2.6
EA
2.68
124.00
*Tip: If you should break a handle simply heat the hammer
at the cheeks slowly and carefully remove the old handle.
www.piehtoolco.com
Rounding • Ball / Cross Pein Hammers
ROUNDING HAMMERS
Diamond
A
Balanced, with one round crowned face and one flat face beveled face with hickory handle.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WT (lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
A
60
Diamond Rounding 24 oz
1.50
EA
1.83
43.70
B
61B
Diamond Rounding 36 oz
2.25
EA
2.76
42.95
B
Blurton
Balanced and made from shock-resistant tool steel.
C
JBRH2
Blurton Rounding 32 oz
2.00
EA
2.28
129.00
JBRH2.5
Blurton Rounding 40 oz
2.50
EA
2.46
129.00
C
Flatland Forge
Hardened on the striking end, soft through body. Made in Texas by Jim Poor.
D
1.75LB
Flatland Rounding 28 oz
1.75
EA
2.28
196.00
2LB
Flatland Rounding 32 oz
2.00
EA
3.00
196.00
D
Mustad
Hardened on the striking end, soft through body.
E
60007
Mustad Rounding 20 oz
2.40
EA
2.38
61.70
60049
Mustad Rounding 42 oz
One side has Square Face
2.62
EA
2.68
60.50
Nordic Forge
E
Precision machined striking ends for superior finish. Chamfers are rounded to help prevent
chipping. Has new burnt and buffed handle for that “soft” feel.
F
286HT
Viking Rounding 24 oz
1.50
EA
1.75
39.40
G
285HT
Viking Rounding 32 oz
2.00
EA
2.26
40.95
BALL PEIN HAMMERS
Flatland Forge
Made of 4140 alloy steel in Texas by Jim Poor. Perfectly balanced, the same weight on the pein
side as on the flat side. This is what keeps the hammer from wanting to twist in your hand.
H
BPH1
Clipping Ball Pein 32 oz
2.00
EA
2.24
196.00
Peddinghaus Engineers
J
F
G
5081030250
100g
0.25
EA
0.42
22.50
5081030500
Engineers Ball Pein 225g
0.50
EA
0.79
25.00
5081030750
0.75
EA
1.06
26.50
5081031000
1.00
EA
1.40
28.50
5081031500
1.50
EA
1.99
34.70
5081032000
2.00
EA
2.24
37.20
Farriers 28 oz
1.75
EA
2.48
129.00
Cross Pein 40 oz
2.50
EA
2.82
21.60
H
CROSS PEIN HAMMERS
Blurton
K
JBCH
J
Plumb
L
11524
Peddinghaus
K
Swedish Pattern Cross Pein
The swedish pattern cross pein has great balance and really moves the steel with minimal effort.
This our best selling hammer we offer!
M
5044031000
1000g (2.2 lb)
2.20
EA
2.88
46.55
5044031500
1500g (3.3 lb)
3.30
EA
3.72
61.30
L
French Pattern
N
5029020400
400g (14 oz)
0.88
EA
1.06
23.00
5029020500
500g (18 oz)
1.15
EA
1.17
24.35
5029020600
600g (21 oz)
1.30
EA
1.63
29.20
5029020800
800g (28 oz)
1.76
EA
2.12
33.00
5029021000
1000g (35 oz)
2.20
EA
2.28
39.00
5029021500
5029022000
1500g (3.3 lb)
2000g (4.4 lb)
3.30
4.40
EA
EA
3.68
4.44
52.00
67.00
1-888-743-4866
M
N
77
Cross Pein Hammers • Sledges
Peddinghaus German Pattern
HAMMER
WT (lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
5039030300 *S/O 300g Hickory
0.65
EA
1.10
19.45
5039020300
300g Ash
0.65
EA
0.92
17.60
5039020600
600g Hickory
1.30
EA
1.53
24.55
5039020800
800g Hickory
1.75
EA
2.20
27.55
5039021000
1000g Hickory
2.20
EA
2.40
32.55
5039021500
1500g Hickory
3.30
EA
3.46
43.65
5039022000
2000g Hickory
4.40
EA
4.75
56.00
ITEM #
A
A
DESCRIPTION
Peddinghaus w/Ultramid/Ultratec Handles
The handle is bonded to the hammer head featuring an anti-vibration design minimizing fatigue to
the arm. It is ergonomically designed and coated with elastomer rubber for optimal grip. The under
section is made of polypropylene with a fiberglass core, therefore unbreakable.
B
B
C
5042040300 *S/O Ultramid, 300g (11 oz)
0.65
EA
0.88
22.00
5042980200 *S/O Ultratec, 200g (8 oz)
0.50
EA
0.59
27.55
5039980200
Ultratec, 200g (8 oz)
0.50
EA
0.59
24.00
5039980400
1.00
EA
1.14
29.00
5039980500
1.10
EA
1.44
31.40
5039980600
1.30
EA
1.71
33.30
5039981000
Ultratec, 1000g (2.2 lb)
2.20
EA
2.54
49.40
5039982000 *S/O Ultratec, 2000g (4.4 lb)
4.40
EA
4.95
81.60
Picard
German Pattern
C
D
PCPH500
500g (18 oz) Dressed
1.10
EA
1.31
64.75
PCPH1K
1000g (35 oz) Dressed
2.20
EA
2.58
69.00
PCPH
1500g Dressed
Has a very stout head.
1500g Not Dressed
Has a very stout head.
3.30
EA
3.80
85.65
3.30
EA
3.90
68.00
1.10
EA
1.30
27.85
PCPH-U
D
Peddinghaus
Engineers
E
5079031125
500g (18 oz)
SLEDGES
A sledge hammer is a tool consisting of a large, flat metal head attached to a handle.It can apply
more impulse than other hammers, due to its large size. Along with the mallet, it shares the
ability to distribute force over a wide area. This is in contrast to other types of hammers, which
concentrate force in a relatively small area. Modern heavy duty sledge hammers come with 10 to
20 pounds (4.5 to 9.1 kg) heads and usually require two hands and a swinging motion involving
the entire torso, in contrast to smaller hammers used for driving in nails. The combination of a long
swinging range, and heavy head, increase the force of the resulting impact. Sledge hammers are
often used in destruction work, for breaking through drywall or masonry walls, and when substantial
force is necessary to dislodge a trapped object (often in farm or oil field work), or for fracturing
stone or concrete. Another common use is for driving fence posts into the ground. They were and
still are commonly used by blacksmiths to shape heavy sections of iron.
Wilton Bash
E
Double Face
The toughest jobs need the toughest tools. The Wilton BASH Unbreakable Sledge Hammer is the
toughest sledge ever built. With molten steel bar reinforcement and a locking steel plate holding the
head to the handle, the BASH will hold up when you need it most. Tested to 25,000 overstrikes, the
BASH puts traditional wood and fiberglass hammers to shame.
ITEM #
F
F
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WT (lb)
HANDLE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
1st SEM
PROMO
20616
6 lb Sledge
6.00
16
EA
7.68
100.00
65.99
20624
6 lb Sledge
6.00
24
EA
8.00
110.00
71.99
20630
6 lb Sledge
6.00
30
EA
9.00
116.00
75.99
20636
6 lb Sledge
6.00
36
EA
10.00
124.00
79.99
20816
8 lb Sledge
8.00
16
EA
9.00
118.00
75.99
20824
8 lb Sledge
8.00
24
EA
10.00
128.00
81.99
20830
8 lb Sledge
8.00
30
EA
11.00
136.00
86.99
20836
8 lb Sledge
8.00
36
EA
12.00
144.00
92.99
21030
10 lb Sledge
10.00
30
EA
13.00
160.00
102.99
21036
10 lb Sledge
10.00
36
EA
14.00
168.00
108.99
21230
12 lb Sledge
12.00
30
EA
15.00
180.00
116.99
21236
12 lb Sledge
12.00
36
EA
16.00
188.00
121.99
21424 *S/O
14 lb Sledge
14.00
24
EA
16.00
190.00
123.99
22024 *S/O
20 lb Sledge
20.00
24
EA
22.00
266.00
172.99
78
www.piehtoolco.com
Sledges • Driving Hammers
Peddinghaus
Cross Pein
A
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WT (lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
5027023000
3000g
6.60
EA
7.24
60.00
5027025000
5000g
11.00
EA
12.42
85.00
B
Double Face
B
C
D
5293021000
1000g
2.20
EA
2.50
25.30
5293021250
1250g
2.75
EA
3.02
26.35
5293021500
1500g
3.30
EA
3.56
28.30
36.70
5293022000
2000g
4.40
EA
4.84
5293023000
3000g
6.60
EA
7.38
58.55
5293034000 *S/O
4000g Hickory Handle
8.80
EA
10.16
69.25
5247021000
Dutch, 1000g
2.20
EA
2.64
26.20
5247021250
Dutch, 1250g
2.50
EA
3.15
27.40
C
D
FARRIER DRIVING HAMMERS
E
NC
Balanced claw design with slim handles for smooth strokes. Made from high-grade impact tool steel.
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WT (lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
0753
Calvary Driving, 10 oz
0.63
EA
0.66
64.50
0751
0.75
EA
0.82
64.50
0749
0.88
EA
0.96
72.00
F
Blurton
Balanced head gives more confidence and better feel. This hammer is well-balanced and features
claws designed to easily wring nails. Made from a high-grade, shock resistant tool steel, it will
provide years of service.
F
JBDH8
Driving, 8 oz
0.50
EA
0.65
121.60
JBDH10
Driving, 10 oz
0.63
EA
0.65
121.60
JBDH12
Driving, 12 oz
0.75
EA
0.67
121.60
JBDH14
Driving, 14 oz
0.88
EA
0.71
121.60
G
Flatland Forge
H
Well-balanced and featuring claws. Flatland Forge tools are made of S-7, shock resistant air
hardened tool steel.
G
DH8
Driving, 8 oz
0.50
EA
0.70
139.00
DH10
Driving, 10 oz
0.63
EA
0.75
139.00
Diamond
Hammers are forged from high quality steel. Hardwood handles.
ITEM #
J
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WT (lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
H
FH10
Race Track, 10 oz
0.63
EA
0.77
38.20
J
FH14
Driving, 14 oz
0.88
EA
1.00
46.05
0.38
EA
0.57
73.25
Bellota
K
K
Race track weight balanced to drive larger nails.
BDH6
Race Track, 6 oz
Horsehead
Perfectly balanced and will ring and drive nails with ease. The octagonal serrated face prevents
slippage. It has a good gap on the claw making the farrier’s job easier.
L
HHDH8
Driving, 8 oz
0.50
EA
0.82
145.00
HHDH12
Driving, 12 oz
0.75
EA
0.97
145.00
L
Gray Mapston
These hammers come with two heads, one on hammer and one extra, allowing you to change the
weight to your preference. With the smaller head, the Original hammer drives like a 10-12 oz. The
larger head, swings and drives like a 14 oz. On the Race Track the short head hammer weighs
6.8 oz. With the tall head the hammer weighs 7.5 oz. Both style hammers have sharp edges which
makes nail pulling very quick!
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WT (lb)
M GMDH-O
Original
10/14 oz EA
0.93
145.00
N
GMDH-R
Race Track
6.8/7.5 oz EA
0.81
145.00
GMDHH-S
Replacement Face
Small
EA
0.15
20.00
GMDHH-T
Replacement Face
Tall
EA
0.25
20.00
ITEM #
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
M
N
1-888-743-4866
79
Specialty Hammers • Mallets • Lapidary Tools
SPECIALITY HAMMERS
Goldsmith Hammer
A
For working jewelers and metalsmiths. Head is forged for superior durability of high grade steel and
is fully polished. Made in Germany.
ITEM #
A
DESCRIPTION
0100020000 *S/O Peddinghaus Goldsmith 80g
HEAD
WT
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
80g
EA
0.31
48.40
Copper Hammer
Made in Germany for working jewelers and metalsmiths. Heads are forged for superior durability.
All meet ISO and DIN standards. They are made of high grade steel and are the most reliable
hammers you’ll find anywhere.
B
B
5065031500 *S/O Peddinghaus Copper
1500g EA
3.78
162.00
Brass Hammers
Cut heels off horseshoes clean with no damage to hardys. The 2 lb hammer is best for lighter
shoes; 3 lb for saddle horses. Perfect for driving in studs!
C
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HEAD
WT (oz) U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
CCBH2
Cliff Carroll Brass
32
EA
2.33
26.50
CCBH3
Cliff Carroll Brass
48
EA
3.33
35.00
Garland Mallets
Hickory
Precision-turned, hardwood heads.
D
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIM (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
12002
Hickory #2
2-1/4 x 5
EA
0.73
26.40
12003
Hickory #3
2-1/2 x 5-1/2
EA
1.21
28.40
12004
Hickory #4
2-3/4 x 6
EA
1.36
29.45
Rawhide
Made of tough, long-wearing, water buffalo rawhide. Non-marring.
E
E
F
11000
Rawhide #0
1x2
EA
0.18
15.30
11002
Rawhide #2
1-1/2 x 3
EA
0.31
20.45
11004
Rawhide #4
2 x 3-1/2
EA
0.72
30.00
11006
Rawhide #6
2-3/4 x 4-3/4
EA
1.50
58.50
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Split Head Hammers
Garland split-head hammers have replaceable faces. Rawhide face is non-marring.
ITEM #
F
G
DESCRIPTION
DIM (in)
HEAD
WT (oz)
U/M
31001
Rawhide #1
1-1/4 x 3-7/8 24
EA
1.46
43.40
31002
Rawhide #2
1-1/2 x 4-1/2 32
EA
1.96
47.75
31003
Rawhide #3
1-3/4 x 4-3/4 44
EA
2.75
57.25
31004
Rawhide #4
2 x 5-3/8
EA
3.70
64.30
31005
Rawhide #5
2-3/4 x 5-3/4 104
EA
6.42
99.60
64
Replacement Parts
G
H
21001
Rawhide Faces #1
1-1/4
2.5
EA
0.10
11.00
21002
Rawhide Faces #2
1-1/2
4
EA
0.20
14.00
21003
Rawhide Faces #3
1-3/4
5.3
EA
0.30
18.60
21004
Rawhide Faces #4
2
8
EA
0.40
22.95
21005
Rawhide Faces #5
2-3/4
32
EA
0.80
43.80
GEOLOGICAL & LAPIDARY TOOLS
Picks
J
Rock Pick with chisel edge features a 1” square hammer surface. Has a nylon shock reduction grip
with an all metal construction. Perfect for collecting fossils and splitting bedded sedimentary rocks.
H
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
PICK
WT (lb)
HANDLE U/M SHIP WT
LENGTH
(lb)
PRICE
E6-22BLC
Estwing Lapidary Big Blue Rock
(Chisel Edge 1-1/2 x 7”)
2.25
11”
39.00
EA 2.50
The Estwing Lapidary Rock Pick features a shock-reduction grip, forged handle and head, cushion
grip for extra comfort and a medium-heavy weight. One of the best hammers available for hard rock
work. Fully polished solid steel. Head weight is 22 oz., 7” length.
K
J
E3-22P
Estwing Lapidary Rock (Pointed Tip)
2.10
13”
EA
2.33
37.00
The Estwing Geo Lapidary Pick is the perfect tool for all geological and paleo digs! Features include
a durable powder-coated finish and a textured vinyl grip. Axe head is 14” wide (from pointed edge to
chisel edge).
80
K
GP-100
Estwing Geo/Paleo Lapidary
www.piehtoolco.com
4.00
25”
EA
4.30
73.00
Axes • Prospecting Supplies • Handles • Wedges
Prospecting Supplies
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT (oz)
DIMx3
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
A
12-12
Estwing Steel Gold Pan
has creases for thorough separation with a
convenient lanyard hole for easy carrying.
12.00
12
EA 0.92
7.00
B
GOLDCLAS
Gold Prospecting Classifier Set
22.40
The Camel Nesting Classifier Set includes 5 items:
10, 20, 40, 60 Mesh Pots and Solid Bottom Pot.
6x3
EA 1.40
39.00
BP12-12
Black Plastic Gold Pan
12
EA 0.37
7.00
6.00
PRICE
A
B
Axe
The Estwing Camper’s Axe is ideal for camping, hunting and farm use. It has a forged steel head with a
steel handle. The 4” cutting edge makes a deep fast cut. Lightweight but tough for cutting and chopping
small to medium size wood and branches for fire wood! Protect your eyes from flying particles and dust.
Bystanders should also wear safety goggles.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT (oz)
DIMx3
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
E44A
Estwing Campers Axe with Sheath, 4” Blade
46.40
16
EA
3.12
54.00
HANDLES & ACCESSORIES
(For Hammers and Tools)
Peddinghaus Conical Hammer Wedges
Peddinghaus conical wedges hold heads securely on handles. The edges are are sharp and tapered
allowing the conical to be wedged into the hammer handle. If you are not sure what wedge goes with your
hammer, please call us and we will try to assist you. You must use two wedges when replacing handles
for the following Peddinghaus hammers: items #5028025000 Straight Pein Sledge 5000 Gr, #5027025000
Cross Pein Sledge 5000 Gr, and #5286023000 Stone Sledge 3000 Gr. Failure to do this could result in
the head coming off and possibly causing injury!
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(mm)
DIM
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
7112775300
Handle Conical, 7mm
7
0.28
EA 0.01
0.60
7112775600
Handle Conical, 10mm
10
0.39
EA 0.01
0.75
7112775800
12
0.47
EA 0.01
0.75
7112775900
13
0.51
EA 0.01
0.75
7112776100
15
0.59
EA 0.01
0.75
7112776200
16
0.63
EA 0.02
0.75
7112776300
17
0.67
EA 0.03
1.00
7112776400
18
0.71
EA 0.04
1.00
HHW-S
Handle Handle Wedge
Small
1/2x3/4
EA
0.01
0.15
HHW-M
Metal Handle Wedge
Medium 1/2x1
EA
0.02
0.15
HHW-L
Metal Handle Wedge
Large
EA
0.03
0.15
C
PRICE
D
Wedges
E
3/4x1
E
Tool Lock
Used for securing the heads of top anvil tools (or any wooden handled tool). Fit the tool head on the handle and
burn a 3/8” groove in the handle. Install the wood screws, the tool head and bend the top of the tool lock out and
cut it off flush with the edge of the tool handle. Now your tool head is secure!
F
WTTL *S/O
Top Tool Lock (pkg of 2)
EA
0.16
5.00
F
Adhesive
A Polyurethane Sealant/Adhesive that is an excellent bonding medium for joints requiring a higher modulus
and lower movement capability. It is a one-component adhesive used to bond surfaces together, ideal for use in
YHUWLFDOJULGDSSOLFDWLRQV8VHZLWKVWDQGDUGFDXONLQJJXQV'LVSRVDEOHÀXLGR]PRLVWXUHSURRIFRPSRVLWH
cartridges.
G
SIK0187659
Sikaflex 11FC, Grey Handle Adhesive
13.3
EA 0.98
20.00
Axe Handles
Since hickory is a natural product, traditionally, handles have fallen into different grades according to density,
freedom from defects, color and grain. The three basic grades are Grade A, B and C. These 14” handles are
Grade AAW white hickory (the best available) - with a wax finish. These handles comes with single-use wood
wedge kit for securing the head to handle.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL HANDLE
LENGTH
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
H
10314-AAW
Hunter’s Axe Handle
Hickory
14”
EA 0.47
5.65
J
10114
Scout Axe Handle
Hickory
14”
EA 0.47
5.65
10918-8
Tomahawk Handle
Grade BR, Fire finished and lacquered.
Hickory
18”
EA 0.60
5.40
G
PRICE
H
J
1-888-743-4866
81
Hammer Handles
Mallet & Split Head Hammer Handles
A
Garland Handles
We are proud to offer you Peddinghaus tools!
The Peddinghaus hammers listed in our catalog
are made in Germany or France for blacksmiths,
working jewelers and other metalsmiths. Heads
are forged for superior durability. All meet ISO
and DIN standards. They are made of high
grade steel and are the most reliable hammers
you’ll find anywhere. All hammers feature finely
balanced heads for an easy accurate swing.
Handles are smooth and of ash or hickory for a
comfortable grip.
More Peddinghaus handles
are available by Special Order.
Please call for assistance!
B
A
DESCRIPTION
HANDLE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
51000
Mallet #0, rawhide, bossing, hickory heads
8
EA
0.08
5.10
51002
10
EA
0.15
5.30
51003
12
EA
0.31
5.30
51004
12
EA
0.29
5.30
PRICE
51005
14
EA
0.53
5.90
51006
14
EA
0.43
5.90
53001
Split Head #1 Handle
11
EA
0.25
6.10
53002
12-1/2
EA
0.26
6.10
53003
12-3/4
EA
0.38
6.10
6.40
53004
14
EA
0.46
53005
16
EA
0.63
6.90
31036
36" Sledge (for #5 Split Head) Handle
36
EA
2.00
13.06
Hammer Handles
Peddinghaus Handles
B
C
D
E
ITEM #
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
7050441500
Peddinghaus, 1000-1500g Swedish
Hickory
EA
0.53
14.70
7005518400
Peddinghaus, 500g German (Red)
Ultramid
EA
0.24
11.50
7000538100
Peddinghaus, 300g German/French
Ash
EA
0.20
4.25
7000538200
Hickory
EA
0.24
6.70
7000538500
Peddinghaus, 400-500g German/French
Ash
EA
0.22
4.25
7000538700
Ash
EA
0.29
4.85
7000538800
Hickory
EA
0.33
8.95
7000539000
Hickory
EA
0.42
9.26
7000539200
Hickory
EA
0.40
11.50
7000539400
Hickory
EA
0.51
11.70
7000539600
Hickory
EA
0.48
13.20
7000546100
Peddinghaus, 3000g Sledges
Ash
EA
0.84
13.35
7000546200
Hickory
EA
1.06
24.35
7000546300
Ash
EA
1.63
18.00
7000546400
Hickory
EA
1.92
33.60
7000548600
Peddinghaus, 340g Engineers Pein
Hickory
EA
0.18
8.35
7000548800
Peddinghaus, 450-500g Engineers Pein,
Hickory
EA
0.22
9.25
7000549000
Peddinghaus, 675g Engineers (1.5 lb Ball Pein)
Hickory
EA
0.33
10.45
7000549200
Peddinghaus, 900g Engineers (2 lb Ball Pein)
Hickory
EA
0.44
11.50
7000443200
Ash
EA
0.30
5.20
Big Blu Ergonomic Replacement Handle
Hickory
EA
0.40
21.00
Big Blu Handles
Hofi-Hndl
Bloom Handles
F
C
BLOOMDH
Bloom, Driving Handle
Hardwood EA
0.21
5.20
D
BLOOMRH
Bloom, Rounding Handle
Hardwood EA
0.47
6.95
JBDHH
Blurton Driving Handle
Hickory
EA
0.21
13.85
JBRCHH
Blurton Rounding and Cross Pein Handle
Hickory
EA
0.37
13.85
Hickory
EA
0.33
9.85
Hickory
EA
0.40
9.85
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Hickory
EA
0.21
5.20
Hickory
EA
0.25
21.70
Blurton Handles
G
Cliff Carroll Handles
H
E
CHANDLEM
CHANDLEL
J
Cliff Carroll, Medium Handle
Fits most 1.5 lb rounding hammers
Cliff Carroll, Rounding Handle, Large
Fits Brass, Champion and other 2-3 lb
Diamond Handles
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIADH
Diamond, Driving Handle
PRICE
Flatland Handles
The best method for removing a hammer
handle is to saw the old handle off, flip the
head upside down, then use a drift (a little
under the size of the old hammer eye) to
punch the old hammer handle down and out
of the top. Wedges are not included, and
must be ordered separately.
G
FFDHH
Flatland Forge, Driving Handle
Fits all Flatland (Jim Poor) Driving Hammers
Horsehead Handles
H
with wedges
HHDHH-6
Horse Head, Driving Handle 6 oz
Hickory
EA
0.25
24.00
HHDHH-8
Hickory
EA
0.31
24.00
HHDHH-12
Hickory
EA
0.28
24.00
Mustad, Driving Hammer
Hickory
EA
0.23
13.20
Mustad Handles
J
82
60012
www.piehtoolco.com
Hammer Handles • Chasing, Repousse & Raising Hammers
NC Handles
A
(continued)
MATERIAL
HANDLE
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
0743A
NC, for 10 oz Cavalry Driving
EA
0.29
PRICE
5.10
0743B
EA
0.29
5.10
0743C
EA
0.32
5.10
EA
0.47
20.00
A
Pieh Handles
B
PTC-HHL
Ergonomic Replacement Hickory
Hickory
13
CHASING
AND REPOUSSE HAMMERS
Multi-purpose hammer for chasing, chiseling, riveting or peining. Well balanced hardwood handles.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WEIGHT (oz)
HAMMER
FACE (mm)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
C
0101020025
Peddinghaus, 25mm
2.5
56 x 25 x 13
EA 0.24
70.00
D
077-0804
Picard, 1-1/4” face
3.7
30
EA 0.34
60.00
B
C
D
RAISING HAMMERS
Peddinghaus
E
Large Scale Chasing or Raising
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WEIGHT (oz)
HAMMER
FACE (mm)
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
E
0052020000
Chasing, 300g
11
136 x 16 x 20 EA
0.77
44.00
F
0403020000
Chasing, 400g Silversmith Style
14
117x15x20
EA
1.24
46.60
Polishing, 250g, 1 Light, 1 Strong Bowed 8
24
EA
0.63
44.00
U/M
F
G
Polishing/Shrinking
G
0062020250
0062020750
Polishing, 750g, 1 Light, 1 Strong Bowed 26.5
37
EA
1.96
68.75
H
0063020000
Double Face Polishing 400g
Different Bowed
14
32
EA
1.10
44.00
H
J
0050020300
Shrinking, 300g, 1 Flat, 1 Bowed
11
24, 24
EA
0.85
43.30
K
0047020200
Shrinking, 200g, 2 Flat, 1 Square
8
95 x 23 x 23
EA
0.67
43.30
0047020300
11
105 x 27 x 25 EA
0.82
43.30
L
0049020000
11
134 x 23 x 22 EA
0.81
43.30
K
L
J
Bordering (Creasing)
Ideal for confined areas or creating an edge.
M
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
HAMMER
WEIGHT (oz) FACE (mm)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
0057020200
Bordering, 200g
8
EA
0.62
44.00
0057020300
Bordering, 300g
11
EA
1.02
44.40
M
N
111x20
Embossing
Works metal from the back to create three dimensional forms.
N
0401020000
Embossing, 100g Silversmith Style,
2 Different Bowed Faces
4
105 x 14 x 11 EA
0.39
46.60
O
0051020200
Embossing, 200g, High Bowed
8
18, 21
EA
0.51
44.00
0051020300
11
19, 22
EA
0.77
44.40
0051020500
18
24, 26
EA
1.17
48.40
0053020200
Grooving, 200g (8 oz) 9, 11mm Faces
8
9, 11
EA 0.65
44.00
0053020300
Grooving, 300g Faces
11
12,14
EA 0.90
44.00
R
0054020300
Grooving, 300g, 90 Degree Faces
14
10, 30
EA 0.86
65.00
S
0178030000
Finishing/Grooving, 380g (14 oz)
1 Round, 1 Hooked Pein
14
160, 43, 5
EA 1.11
60.00
Grooving
P
O
P
R
S
Planishing
Used to easily harden and smooth gold, silver, brass and other metals.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HAMMER
WEIGHT (oz)
HAMMER
FACE (mm)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
T
0402020000
Planishing, 170g, Silversmith Style,
1 Flat, 1 Bowed
6
24
EA
0.60
46.60
U
2059030000 *S/O Planishing, 200g,1 Flat Face
7
12, 14
EA
0.70
61.75
V
0071020000
11
127, 25
EA
0.73
45.40
28
85, 95, 27
EA
1.87
121.60
V
W
Planishing/Grooving, 300g, Round Light
Bowed
T
U
Boiler Maker/Planishing Hammer
W 0078020800 *S/O Peddinghaus Boiler Maker 800g
Dull Polished
Stretching
X
0060020500
Stretching, 500g, 1 Flat, 1 Light Bowed
18
30
EA
1.20
49.00
0060020750
Stretching, 750g,1 Flat, 1 Light Bowed
26
38
EA
1.86
68.75
X
1-888-743-4866
83
Raising Mallets • Metal Forming Stakes
BOSSING MALLETS
A
Garland
Plastic mallets are made from ultra-high-molecular-weight plastic. This nonporous material won’t mar and is easy
to clean. The mallet has excellent impact strength and is useful in applications such as Jewelry and Leather Crafts,
Blacksmithing, Repousse and other light metal work. This mallet is commonly used in the raising technique. This
mallet has a Hickory handle. Made in Maine, USA.
ITEM #
B
DESCRIPTION
FACE
DIA (in)
WEIGHT
(oz)
HEAD LENGTH
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
A
15008
Bossing Mallet #8
2
16
6-1/2
EA
0.60
29.25
B
15009
Bossing Mallet #9
2-1/2
20
6-3/4
EA
0.75
33.00
C
15010
Bossing Mallet #10
3
24
8
EA
0.99
39.40
METAL FORMING STAKES
Peddinghaus
C
Round
D
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT
(lb)
DIM
(mm)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
0042010040 *S/O
Head Stake 1000g fine polished, high bowed
2.2
260 x 40
EA
2.42
112.00
0042010050 *S/O
Head Stake 1600g fine polished, high bowed
3.5
50, 260 x 50
EA
3.85
138.50
PRICE
Tinkers Anvils
D
E
E
ITEM #
F
F
G
G
H
0026010060 *S/O
2000g flat face, 4 round corners, fine polished,
flat face, cornered, fine polished
4.4
155 x 60
EA
3.81
258.00
0026010080 *S/O
4000g flat face, cornered, fine polished
8.8
190 x 80
EA
7.50
325.00
0027010060 *S/O
2000g flat face, 1 round corner, fine polished
4.4
155 x 60
EA
3.74
259.00
0027010080 *S/O
4000g flat face, 1 round corner, fine polished
8.8
190 x 80
EA
7.70
325.00
0028010060 *S/O
2000g flat face, 2 round and 2 sharp corners,
fine polished
4.4
155 x 60
EA
4.18
259.00
0028010080 *S/O
4000g flat face, 2 round and 2 sharp corners,
fine polished
8.8
190 x 80
EA
7.48
325.00
Hatchet
J
H
0033010080 *S/O
1000g dull polished, round face
2.2
290 x 80
EA
2.53
103.00
J
0033010100 *S/O
1400g dull polished, round face
3.0
315 x 100
EA
3.08
130.00
0036010040 *S/O
1000g dull polished
2.2
260 x 40
EA 1.96
82.75
0036010050 *S/O
1400g dull polished
3.0
280 x 50
EA 2.86
99.80
517.00
Bordering
K
K
Tinsmith Anvils
L
L
0015010000 *S/O
Creasing Anvil, 4kg
8.8
300 x 25 x 25
EA 8.80
M
0017010000 *S/O
Creasing Anvil with Bick, 4kg
8.8
350 x 25 x 25
EA 8.80
N
0010010000 *S/O
Blowhorn Anvil, 7kg (27.57” long)
15.4
700
EA 15.50
1,417.00
O
0001010700 *S/O
Needle Case Anvil, 5500g (1 flat, 1 pointless bick) 12
700 x 14 x 16
EA 12.15
901.00
592.00
STAKE HOLDER
Peddinghaus
M
Working Swage Block
Four working high polished surfaces and holes for holding stake tools. It has different size hollows for drawing and
dividing, and different size square holes for holding stakes, etc.
P
N
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
0106010000
Working Swage Block 9500g
Four working high polished surfaces and holes for holding stake
tools. It has different size hollows for drawing and dividing, and
different size square holes for holding stakes, and metal forming
tools, etc.
21
EA
20.46
PRICE
835.00
O
P
All Stakes are Special Order. Made in Europe.
We offer Chasing Tool Sets on page 91.
84
www.piehtoolco.com
Metal Forming Stakes • Hand Stamps
METAL FORMING STAKES (continued)
A
Premium-quality forming and rasing stakes are designed for blacksmiths, sheet metal workers, coppersmiths, jewelers
and autobody workers. These stakes are gorgeous blemish-free polished surfaces; stakes are forged and tempered for
excellent performance and longevity. Our stakes are forged and hardened in the USA.
Snarling Irons
Snarling irons are used to reach interior spaces for forming or repairing vessels. Mount the end with the 90-degree
bend in a vise, with the bent end pointed down so the polished working end is pointed up. You Then place your
working piece, such as a vessel like a bowl or a pot, over the hard to reach area you wish to work on. Strike the
snarling iron, with a hammer or a tool, a few inches away from the vise, and the polished working end will move up
in response. Hand forged spring steel.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
DIM
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
SN1/4TM
Pieh Snarling Iron
Small
1/4 x 14
EA
0.81
41.00
A
SN1/2TM
Pieh Snarling Iron,
Medium 1/2 x 14
EA
1.01
63.00
B
SN3/4TM
Pieh Snarling Iron
Large
EA
1.07
63.00
3/4 x 14
Sinusoidal Stakes
Synclastic: “Curved in all directions towards the same point” Anticlastic or Anti-Clastic: “Similar to synclastic but produces a concave curve instead of a convex curve”. Used in the process called anticlastic raising. Steel Sinusoidal
stakes are commonly used with plastic or nylon hammers like our “Bossing Mallets or Pimentel Raising hammers.”
C
SS1TM
Pieh Sinusoidal Stake, Small Wave
Small
EA
0.51
105.00
D
SS2TM
Pieh Sinusoidal Stake, Medium Wave
Medium 11
9-1/4
EA
1.19
142.50
E
SS3TM
Pieh Sinusoidal Stake, Large Wave
Large
16
EA
2.88
195.00
F
BI1TM
Pieh Bick Iron
8x1
EA
2.75
150.00
G
BS3TM
Pieh Ball Stake
For use in a Pexto Style Stake Plate. 1018 Steel
2-3/8
EA
3.88
80.00
B
C
D
E
Allcraft
These stakes are excellent in quality with a high polish finish. They fit in any hardy or vise. Made in USA.
DIM
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Allcraft, Mushroom Stake
The stake face is round
2-1/4 D
EA
2.12
171.00
Allcraft, Flat Top Stake
The stake face is flat & circular with a sharp edge.
1-7/8 D
EA
1.85
168.00
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
H
074-09
J
074-06
SIZE
PRICE
F
HAND STAMPS
HandStamp *S/O Custom Steel Hand Stamp
See section below.
NEED YOUR INFORMATION
EA
CUSTOM QUOTE
G
H
J
HAND STAMPS
Send us your touchmark or logo design with dimensions for quote. Your tools or work will be
personalized consistently with this stamp. Sorry, no telephone quotes or orders for the custom
stamp. Mail, fax or email your specifications and we will follow up with a quote. Two examples
are shown below, Amit Har-Lev and Pieh Tool touchmarks.
Pieh Tool Co, Inc.
661 E. Howards Rd. • Ste. J • Camp Verde, AZ 86322
1-928-554-0800 (Fax) • piehtoolsales@piehtoolco.com (Email)
Mark your work!
Touchmark your creations consistently
with your personalized hand stamp.
Amit Har-lev
Touchmark
Pieh Tool Touchmark
Order yours today!
1-888-743-4866
85
Swages • Chisels
The Working Swage Block from
Peddinghaus is on page 84.
SWAGE
BLOCKS
A swage (or swedge) block is a large, heavy block of cast iron or steel used in smithing with various sized
shapes in its face and forms on the sides. Operations performed on a swage block include but are not
limited to bending, cutting, punching and forming with the use of a hammer. The primary feature for the
artist blacksmith is the bowl and semi spherical depressions. The sides are usually scalloped with half
rounds, 90 degree V grooves and half hexes to present formed shapes for forging operations. You can use
the sides to forge gun barrels, or to make the curve on a wheel or finish a wheel rim. Other shapes, such
as the half hexagon, can be used with a matching fuller (die) to form a hexagonal cross-section on a bar.
A
Green-Mengel
Made of ductile iron and finished with all inside shapes cleaned. May have a gate mark. Made in USA.
WEIGHT DIM
(lb)
(in)
DESCRIPTION
A
GMSB-A
10 x 10 x EA
3-3/4
61.0
309.00
B
GMSB-B
Swage Block A
61
Includes 4 ladles and 2 spoons (small and
large) on one side: Ladle sizes: 5”, 4”, 2-1/2”
and 1”. The opposite side has a betty oil lamp
and fire place shovel.
Swage Block B
60
One side is common with Block A: The opposite
side has 1 deep ladle: 7-1/2” dia. x 1-3/4” deep.
Mini Block A, Paperweight
3.0
Dted for the year it is made. Some silversmiths
like this block; used as a tool when polished.
Same as Block A, except in size.
10 x 10 x EA
3-3/4
57.0
309.00
3 x 3 x 1 EA
2.24
26.00
Rectangle Swage Block
Cast Iron. Made in USA.
7-1/2 x
13 x 3
50.0
242.00
B
GMSB-P
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
PRICE
Lorance
C
RLBLK
C
50
EA
CHISELS
The curve helps you to stay in the vein allowing you to keep a straight line. 7” long. Try our entire collection
of S7 tools. See our Punch Sets in the index. Made in USA.
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
VC000
Pieh Veining Chisel, Hot Cut Curved, S7
SIZE
OAL
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
EA
0.40
26.75
Peddinghaus
D
The Peddinghaus slitting chisel is made of chrome-molybdenum air-hardened steel with a non-spread head.
Made in Germany.
E
E
5045020000
Hot Chisel with Ash Handle
1500g 2’
EA 3.74
91.00
5046020000
Cold Chisel with Ash Handle
1500g 2’
EA 3.74
91.00
F
6615110000
Hand Slitting Chisel
EA 0.66
13.60
G
6616110000
Hand Slitting Chisel with Plastic Handle Guard
EA 0.86
25.30
HARDYS
Our hardy is drop forged from H13 tool steel. Chisel style is beveled on both sides. Made in USA.
F
H
G
J
H
K
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SHANK
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PTCH750
Pieh Chisel Hardy
3/4
EA
1.58
65.00
PTCH875
Pieh Chisel Hardy
7/8
EA
1.64
65.00
PTCH100
Pieh Chisel Hardy
1
EA
1.80
65.00
PTCH125
Pieh Chisel Hardy
1-1/4
EA
2.12
65.00
PTCH750-B
Pieh Bias Hardy
3/4
EA
1.07
65.00
PTCH875-B
Pieh Bias Hardy
7/8
EA
1.29
65.00
PTCH100-B
Pieh Bias Hardy
1
EA
1.39
65.00
PTCH125-B
Pieh Bias Hardy
1-1/4
EA
1.67
65.00
CDB1
Pieh Ball Hardy
1
EA
1.08
30.00
EA
2.26
89.50
Peddinghaus
The Peddinghaus Hardy fits snuggly in the hardy hole because of its taper.
L
5058010000 *S/O
Peddinghaus Hardy, 7/8” shank
1150g
J
86
K
L
www.piehtoolco.com
Hardy Tools • Mandrels • Forks
CONE MANDRELS
A
Fits in anvil hardie hole. Shank is not tapered. 5-3/4” from base to tip. Fully machined. Made in the USA.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SHANK
OAL
(in)
PTCM34
Pieh Mandrel
3/4
PTCM78
Pieh Mandrel
PTCM1
PTCM114
BETWEEN
FORKS
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
2 to point 8
EA 3.20
62.00
7/8
8
EA 3.04
62.00
Pieh Mandrel
1
8
EA 3.30
62.00
Pieh Mandrel
1-1/4
8
EA 4.96
62.00
15
EA 16.0
132.00
B
Green-Mengel
Foundry cast-finished with a tong grove.
B
GMCM15
Mandrel w/tapered Shaft
3/4 - 1
4-1/2 - 3/8
C
ANVIL
DEVIL
An Anvil Devil is a hard triangular piece of heat-treated steel that is used by farriers & blacksmiths for cutting
or making V notches. You can place it on any flat surface.
C
SAD
Anvil Devil (63.5 x 13mm)
EA
2-1/2 x 1/2
0.12
4.50
TURNING FORKS
D
Fits in anvil hardy hole. Welded shank is not tapered. Useful in bending stock at anvil. Made in the USA.
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SHANK
(in)
OAL
(in)
BETWEEN
FORKS (in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
TF34
Turning Fork
3/4
5-1/2
5/8
EA 1.19
23.50
TF78
Turning Fork
7/8
5-1/2
5/8
EA 1.01
23.50
TF1
Turning Fork
1
5-1/2
5/8
EA 1.55
23.50
TF114
Turning Fork
1-1/4
5-1/2
5/8
EA 1.87
26.00
SCROLLING WRENCH
E
F
Has a hole drilled in handle so you can hang it on a hook in your shop. Made in USA.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
OAL
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
E
CDSW12
Pieh Scroll Wrench, for 1/2”
1-3/4” long jaw, 1-7/8” long prongs (2).
1/2
10
EA 1.20
22.80
F
CDSW38
Pieh Scroll Wrench, for 3/8”
2” long jaw, 1-1/2” long prongs (2).
3/8
10
EA 1.25
22.80
G
The Pieh Tool vise wedge compliments our S7 animal head and character punch sets. In the book Iron
Menagerie, you will find a number of projects. The vise wedge is needed in some of the projects. Of course
its uses are endless. Made from mild steel from welded angle bar and painted black. The bottom portion
should be placed securely in a vise leaving the angle wedge on top.
H
VISE WEDGE
G
VW100
Pieh Vise Wedge
EA
1.41
30.00
VISE SCROLL TOOL
Our vise scroll tool has a hexagon base making it adaptable to many holding methods. Two prongs protrude
allowing for tight bending or scrolling to be accomplished. Made in USA.
H
CDVSH
Pieh Vise Scroll Tool
EA
1.25
20.00
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
We customize each certificate!
1-888-743-4866
87
Metal Forming Tools
GUILLOTINE FULLERS
Victory Forge
A
Fits in anvil’s hardy hole. Simple to use! Just give a few blows to the top of the fuller while turning
your stock and turn out some nice fullered pieces. The double fullering allows you to make chile
peppers or making bamboo on tubing, as well as fullering leaf stems. Made in the USA.
A
B
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
VFGF58
Guillotine Fuller
5/8
EA 8.0
118.00
VFGF34
Guillotine Fuller
3/4
EA 8.0
118.00
VFGF78
Guillotine Fuller
7/8
EA 8.0
118.00
VFGF1
Guillotine Fuller
1
EA 8.0
118.00
VFGCF58
Guillotine Combo Fuller
5/8
EA 8.0
132.00
VFGCF34
3/4
EA 9.02
132.00
VFGCF78
7/8
EA 9.38
132.00
VFGCF1
1
EA 8.0
132.00
PRICE
SCROLL JIG
C
Victory Forge
These handy 1/4 x 1” scroll jigs will allow you to make a perfect scrolls every time. Just clamp to the
vise and shape your stock around the scroll. Made of mild steel. Made in the USA.
C
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
VF68
Makes 4-1/2” Scroll
Medium
EA
1.27
45.00
VF688
Makes 8” Scroll
Large
EA
1.41
65.00
NAIL HEADERS
E
Photo of
Finished Rose
Nail making is one of the very oldest forms of forging. Square hand made nails have 4 times the
holding power as a round wire nail. It is a great way to learn better hammer control. To make nails
start with a round or square rod usually in a size from 3/16” up to say 1/4” in either diameter or
square. The ideal material would be very low carbon steel but we can make good nails from either
hot or cold rolled mild steel. Domed, 4140 Steel. Made in the USA.
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
CDNH316
Pieh Nail Header
3/16
EA
0.89
25.00
CDNH14
Pieh Nail Header
1/4
EA
0.88
25.00
ROSE BLANK KIT
This is a rose in kit form cut from 16 gauge steel. It makes a very beautiful rose! Make it open or
closed! Consider embellishing with Gilders Paste or one of our patinas for added beauty. Kit consists of
5 pieces; 1 each of the following blanks: 4-3/8”, 3-1/2”, 3, 2-3/16”, and a 4 pt sepal at 3-1/4”.
F
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
ROSE-K
Pieh Rose Blank Set
EA
0.54
10.50
FLATTERS
Peddinghaus
G
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
5050020060
60mm handled
2.50
EA
4.34
142.95
5050020070
70mm handled
2.75
EA
4.44
180.00
PRICE
PUNCHES
Round Punch
Peddinghaus
See more Chisels & Hardys
in the Farrier Tools Section
page 86.
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
5056020010 *S/O
10mm handled
850gr
EA
2.20
92.60
5056020015 *S/O
15mm handled
1200gr
EA
3.40
123.45
5056020020 *S/O
20mm handled
1900gr
EA
3.52
146.80
We offer Pieh Legacy
Collection™ Swages
on page 140.
88
www.piehtoolco.com
Drifts • Punches
Center Punch
A
Both made from 1/2” round S7 tool steel.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
A
PCP000
Pieh Pyramid Center
7
EA
0.38
24.00
B
CP000
Pieh Center
7
EA
0.37
24.00
Center Punch
Made from 4140 steel.
7
EA
0.83
45.00
Flatland Forge
C
CNTRP1
Peddinghaus
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(mm)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
6612110130
Center
10 x 120
EA
0.14
4.50
6612110132
Center
12 x 120
EA
0.20
4.85
6612110162
Center
12 x 150
EA
0.25
5.75
6612110164
Center
14 x 150
EA
0.35
8.35
6624110250
Center
15 x 250
EA
0.72
13.35
E
F
G
Ball Punch
Pieh Legacy Collection
™
H
Made from 1/2” round S7 tool steel, 7” long.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
E
BP125
Pieh Ball
1/8
EA
0.36
22.00
F
BP188
Pieh Ball
3/16
EA
0.38
22.00
PRICE
G
BP250
Pieh Ball
1/4
EA
0.38
22.00
H
BP312
Pieh Ball
5/16
EA
0.39
22.00
J
BP375
Pieh Ball
3/8
EA
0.38
22.00
K
BP437
Pieh Ball
7/16
EA
0.40
22.00
L
BP500
Pieh Ball
1/2
EA
0.40
22.00
M
C
D
Made of chrome-molybdenum air-hardened steel with non-spread heads.
D
B
BallP7
Set of 7 Ball Punches SET
SET 2.69
138.60
BallP7w/TH-12
Denim Tool Roll, 12 Pocket
SET 2.88
158.60
BP625
Pieh Ball
5/8
EA
0.62
J
K
L
M
24.50
BPD625
Pieh Ball Dimpled
5/8
EA
0.66
26.00
BP750
Pieh Ball
3/4
EA
0.88
29.00
BPD750
Pieh Ball Dimpled
3/4
EA
0.96
29.75
Drift Punch
N
Made from 5/8” H13 tool steel. They are 8” long with a tapered drift of approximately 3”. The handle area
is smooth for a comfortable grip. The set is discounted offering you savings. Order our handy tool roll with
this set now and save 20% on the tool roll. *Note: These cannot be quenched in water.
N
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
DP188
Pieh Drift
3/16
EA
0.58
25.00
DP250
Pieh Drift
1/4
EA
0.60
25.00
PRICE
DP312
Pieh Drift
5/16
EA
0.58
25.00
DP375
Pieh Drift
3/8
EA
0.60
25.00
DP437
Pieh Drift
7/16
EA
0.63
25.00
DP500
Pieh Drift
1/2
EA
0.68
25.00
H13DriftSet
Set of all 6 Pieh Drifts
SET 3.67
142.50
DriftSet w/TR-12
Set of all 6 Pieh Drifts w/Tool Roll
SET 3.86
162.50
O
Pieh Tool Holder
Our 20 & 12 Pocket Denim Tool Rolls will keep your tools organized. *When you order one with the
S7 20 Piece or 6 Piece Drift Set you will save 20% on the roll. Colors vary.
O
Tool Holder
20 pockets
EA
0.29
25.00
Tool Holder-12
12 pockets
EA
0.19
25.00
PRICE
P
Peddinghaus
Punches made of chrome-molybdenum air-hardened steel with non-spread heads.
P
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(mm)
LENGTH LENGTH U/M
(mm)
(in)
SHIP WT
(lb)
6608110003
Peddinghaus Drift
10 x 3
120
4-1/2
EA
0.13
4.10
6608110004
Peddinghaus Drift
10 x 4
120
4-1/2
EA
0.13
4.10
6608110005
Peddinghaus Drift
12 x 5
120
4-1/2
EA
0.20
4.10
6608110008
Peddinghaus Drift
12 x 8
120
4-1/2
EA
0.22
4.85
6608110010
Peddinghaus Drift
12 x 10
150
4-7/8
EA
0.29
5.90
6608110012
Peddinghaus Drift
14 x 12
150
4-7/8
EA
0.37
8.35
1-888-743-4866
See Iron Menagerie Book for
step-by-step projects, BK68
page 167.
89
Punches • Repousse Supplies
Eye/Ear Punch
A
B
3LHK7RRO&KDVLQJ7RROV(\HSXQFKHVDUHWKHHDV\ZD\WRPDNHSHUIHFWH\HV$IWHU\RXKDYHLGHQWL¿HGWKH
facial features, simply position the proper size eye punch and rotate while pushing on the handle. The result
is a perfectly formed round eye.
D
C
A
F
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
EP250
Pieh Round Eye
1/4
EA
0.41
24.00
EP125
Pieh Round Eye
1/8
EA
0.41
24.00
EP188
Pieh Round Eye
3/16
EA
0.41
24.00
EyeP3
Pieh Set of 3 Eye Set
Set Includes: EP250, EP125, EP188
SET 1.23
66.93
EyeP3w/TH-12
Eye Set with Denim Tool Roll, 12 Pocket
SET 1.42
86.93
B
ES500
Pieh Wizard Eye Socket
EA
0.43
24.00
C
WE000
Pieh Wolf Eye
EA
0.41
24.00
D
DE000
Pieh Duck Eye
EA
0.41
24.00
E
EE000
Pieh Eagle Eye
EA
0.41
24.00
F
HE000
Pieh Horse Head Ear
EA
0.41
24.00
G
S7 Set-20
Pieh Set of all 20 S7 Tools Set
Set Includes: 7 Ball, 3 Round Eye, Center,
Wizard Eye Socket, Duck Eye, Wolf Eye, Eagle
Eye, Horse Head Ear, Veining Chisel, and 3
Fullers.
SET 8.00
468.75
S7 Setw/TH-20
S7 Set with Denim Tool Roll, 20 Pocket
SET 8.29
488.75
G
HAND FULLERS
Made from 5/8” S7 round stock, 7” long.
J
H
K
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
H
FP125
Pieh Fuller Small
1/8
EA
0.35
24.00
J
FP250
Pieh Fuller Medium
1/4
EA
0.67
24.00
K
FP375
Pieh Fuller Large
3/8
EA
0.70
24.00
PRICE
REPOUSSE
SUPPLIES
Pitch is used for chasing and repousse. Red German Pitch isn’t brittle and is forgiving. It is far less
toxic and easier to use than black pitch and yields better results. Comes in 2 kg bread pan like
container. It melts at a relatively low temperature and can be safely manipulated and shaped by
hand. The Pitch Bowl kit contains an 8” cast iron pitch bowl, the proper sized rubber pitch bowl pad,
and a 2 kg bar of the finest quality Red (hard) German pitch. Pitch bowl and pad made in India.
Warning: One 2 kilo loaf of pitch will not fill this pitch bowl full. It will be shy a 1/4” or so. You will
need to either buy a second 2 kilo loaf or splash a little “quick concrete” in the bottom of your bowl
first. If you do this, you will have enough and may even have some extra.
K
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PB8
Pitch Bowl
Cast iron pitch bowl. Bottom is slightly flat. Use
with our rubber ring pad. Made in India.
Rubber Ring Pad
Pad fits our 8 inch pitch bowl. Fits under the
bowl allowing you to rotate it as needed.
8
EA
5.76
49.50
9
EA
1.86
15.00
EA
5.00
8
KIT 14.00
PBPR
K
RGP
Red German Pitch, 2 kg
PBK8
Pitch Bowl Kit
68.00
126.00
Repousse Technique
We offer
Chasing and Repousse
Books: pages 180-182,
DVD’s: page 196.
90
Instructions: Wrap the pitch in several layers of heavy cloth or in a few
plastic bags and moderately hit it a few times with a heavy hammer and
place in the pitch bowl; then heat slowly in a 250 or 300 degree oven.
Over-heated pitch will become brittle once it’s cooled again and may become
useless. If overheated, remove the burnt area immediately to avoid further
contamination of the pitch bowl. Once the pitch is melted let the pitch air-cool
for several hours. When you are doing repousse soften pitch with a heat gun
when ready to flip your piece. We recommend you dip your fingers in water
before attempting to handle hot pitch. If the surface of the pitch appears
glossy, it is too hot to touch. We recommend putting chap stick on the back
of your piece to keep pitch from sticking.
Repousse Cup & Turtle by Bonnie Harvey
www.piehtoolco.com
Chasing & Repousse Tools
CHASING & REPOUSSE TOOLS
Peddinghaus
This 10 piece chasing set is used mainly by tinsmiths to leave impressions in metals such as tin,
copper, brass, etc. Made of C45 K steel, HRC 62 tempered to 55-58 HRC. Each tool is a different
design and are 4” long.
A
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
0095010000
Chasing 10 Piece Chasing Design Set
SET 0.56
A
PRICE
165.00
Overall length is approximately 4-1/2”. Made from W-1 tool steel. Made in the USA.
SIZE
(in)
DESCRIPTION
B
PTChaseS1
SET 0.48
70.00
C
PTChaseS2
Pieh Chasing Set #1
The Pieh Tool Chasing Set #1 includes 6 tools:
• 1 Thick Liner 1/4”
• 1 Rectangle Push Tool 1/4”
• 1 Thick Liner 3/16”
• 1 Square Planisher 3/8”
• 1 Push Tool 3/8”
• 1 Oblong Push Tool
Pieh Chasing Set #2
• 4 Half Rounds: 3/16”, 1/4” (2) & 7/16”
• 1 Half Round Planisher 1/8”
• 1 Rhombus (Flat): 1/8”
• 1 Push Tool (Round) 3/16”
• 1 Round (Flat) 3/16”
• 1 Thin Liner: 3/16”
• 1 Thin Liner (Double sided bevel) 3/16”
• 1 Thick Liner: 7/16”
• 1 Thick Liner (Double sided bevel): 7/16”
SET 0.66
108.00
Pieh Chasing Set #3
• 7 Half Rounds: 3/16” (3), 1/4” (2), 7/16” and 1/2”
• 1 Half Round Planisher 1/8”
• 2 Rhombus (Flat): 1/8” and 3/16”
• 1 Push Tool (Round) 3/16”
• 1 Round (Flat) 3/16”
• 2 Thin Liners: 3/16” and 1/4”
• 2 Thin Liners (Double sided bevel) 3/16” & 1/4”
• 2 Thick Liners: 7/16” and 1/2”
• 2 Thick Liners (Double sided bevel): 7/16” & 1/2”
*Please Note: 12 of these tools are from Set #2. If
you have already purchased Set #2, the 8 new tools
are listed individually.
Chasing Set #4
The Pieh Tool Chasing Eye Set includes 6 tools:
• 1 each: 1/8” Round and Oval
The round punches are mainly used on human
figures and the oval punches are mainly used on
animal figures. Overall length is approximately
3-1/2”. Made from W-1 tool steel. Made in USA.
• These tools are designed to be used in wood but
may also be used in metal.
• You may want to relieve the edges if they are too
sharp for certain designs and materials.
SET 1.12
D
E
PTChaseS3
PTChaseS4
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
PRICE
B
C
154.95
D
SET 0.32
60.00
Diagram of the tool ends in Pieh Chasing Set #3.
PTChaseHR.25
Pieh Half Round
1/4
EA
0.08
10.35
PTChaseHR.44
Pieh Half Round
7/16
EA
0.08
10.35
PTChaseHR.50
Pieh Half Round
1/2
EA
0.12
10.35
PTChaseHRT.19
Pieh Half Round Thin
3/16
EA
0.09
10.35
PTChaseHRTH.19
Pieh Half Round Thick
3/16
EA
0.03
10.35
PTChaseRh.19
Pieh Rhombus
3/16
EA
0.09
10.35
PTChaseTH.438
Pieh Thick Liner
7/16
EA
0.11
10.35
PTChaseTH.50
Pieh Thick Liner Double Sided Bevel
1/2
EA
0.15
10.35
PTChaseTHDS.50
Pieh Thick Liner Double Sided Bevel
1/2
EA
0.12
10.35
PTChaseTL.188
Pieh Thin Liner
3/16
EA
0.15
10.35
PTChaseTL.25
Pieh Thin Liner
1/4
EA
0.12
10.35
1/4
EA
PTChaseTLDS.25
Pieh Thin Liner 1/4” Double Sided Bevel
0.08
10.35
F
PTChaseS5
Chasing Set #5
3/16
This is our Standard 3/16” Set. Includes 8 tools,
overall length is approximately 5 inches. Made from
A-2 tool steel. Made in USA.
SET 0.31
121.00
G
PTChaseS6
Chasing Set #6
1/4
This is our Standard 1/4” Set. Includes 8 tools,
overall length is approximately 5 inches. Made from
A-2 tool steel. Made in USA.
SET 0.55
121.00
E
Pieh Tool
Chasing Set #4 (1 of 6)
F
G
1-888-743-4866
91
Blacksmith Tongs
PIEH
LEGACY COLLECTION™ TONGS
The Billy™ Tongs are designed to provide unique versatility in one pair of tongs! We offer USA
made and our original foreign made tongs. Our foreign made tongs are beautifully polished with a
blued finished. The USA made tongs will have a sandblasted finish. Many tongs have “balls” on the
reins to allow for the use of tong rings. Designed by Bill and Amy Pieh.
Durable:
Lightweight:
Comfort:
Versatility:
Control:
Guaranteed:
4140 or 1040 carbon steel
Drawn out reins, rounded jaws
Crank in reins provides alignment
Front and side v-bit to pick up
round or square stock
Balls on reins for use with rings*
Lifetime with proper care
the Billy™ Box Jaw
Designed to hold flat stock securely without it turning while you are hammering. Box jaw tongs are very
popular with blacksmiths, bladesmiths and farriers. Offered in 4 sizes: 1/2”, 3/4”, 1” and 1-1/2” widths.
Select the tong appropriate to the thickness and width of metal you are using. Balls on the reins.
DESCRIPTION
JAW
LENGTH (in)
REINS
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PT4052
Pieh Box x 1/4”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4053
Pieh Box x 5/16”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4054
Pieh Box x 3/8”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4000
Pieh Box x 1/4”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4001
Pieh Box x 5/16”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4002
Pieh Box x 3/8”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4003
Pieh Box x 1/4”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4004
Pieh Box x 5/16”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4005
Pieh Box x 3/8”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4006
Pieh Box x 1/2”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4007
Pieh Box x 5/16”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4008
Pieh Box x 3/8”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
PT4009
Pieh Box x 1/2”
2-5/8
14
EA
1.70
45.00
ITEM #
A
A
1/2”
3/4”
1”
B
1-1/2”
C
the Billy™ Rivet
D
E
Rivet tongs are designed to hold round stock, such as bar, pipe or tooling securely. You will hold
tongs perpendicular to the piece. Balls on the reins.
B
Pieh 3/8” Rivet
2-1/2
14
EA
1.55
34.00
PT4011
Pieh 1/2” Rivet
2-1/2
14
EA
1.52
34.00
PT4012
Pieh 3/4” Rivet
2-1/2
14
EA
1.44
34.00
PT4070
Pieh 7/16” BT/Rivet
14
EA
1.55
34.00
™
the Billy Pick Up
The Pick Up tongs purpose is similar to the rivet tongs, but has a bit more versatility in size
choices. The Single Pickup offers a V-bit notch for quick grabbing. Balls on the reins.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
STOCK
SIZE (in)
JAW
LENGTH (in)
REINS
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PT4013
Pieh Single Pick Up, S
1
3
14
EA
1.90
34.00
PT4014
Pieh Single Pick Up, M
1-1/2
4
16
EA
1.89
34.00
PT4015
Pieh Single Pick Up, L
2
5
18
EA
2.00
38.00
D
PT4016
Pieh Double Pick Up
Various
4
13
EA
1.47
49.00
E
PT4017
Pieh Triple Pick Up
Various
6
16
EA
2.00
49.00
C
F
PT4010
™
the Billy Universal Wolf Jaw
The V notch throughout the jaw length and on the sides of the jaws have different openings for
holding various sizes of stock. Balls on the reins. Various Stock Size.
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
JAW
LENGTH (in)
REINS
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
F
PT4018
Pieh Small Wolf Jaw
2-1/2
13
EA
1.45
41.00
G
PT4019
Pieh Large Wolf Jaw
3-3/4
15
EA
1.92
41.00
™
the Billy V-Bit Bolt
The Bolt tongs are our most popular tong because they are so versatile. The opening before the
boss allows for dimensional pieces held in the jaw while forging the other end. It has a V notch
throughout the jaw length as well as a side V notch. V bit tongs will hold round or square! That is
what makes them so great! Made from carbon steel. Made in USA.
H
H
PT4020
Pieh 1/4” V-Bolt
3-7/8
14
EA
2.14
60.00
PT4021
Pieh 3/8” V-Bolt
3-7/8
14
EA
2.08
60.00
PT4022
Pieh 1/2” V-Bolt
3-7/8
14
EA
2.06
60.00
PT4023
Pieh 5/8” V-Bolt
3-7/8
14
EA
1.95
60.00
PT4024
Pieh 3/4” V-Bolt
3-7/8
14
EA
1.89
60.00
Have you considered taking our blacksmith classes that we offer at Pieh Tool in Camp Verde, Arizona?
92
www.piehtoolco.com
See page 73.
Blacksmithing Tongs
the Billy™ V-Bit Bolt (continued)
Made in Pakistan. These have Balls on the reins.
ITEM #
A
DESCRIPTION
JAW
LENGTH (in)
REINS
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PT4020-P
Pieh 1/4” V-Bolt
3-7/8
14
EA
2.05
50.00
PT4021-P
Pieh 3/8” V-Bolt
3-7/8
14
EA
2.05
50.00
PT4022-P
Pieh 1/2” V-Bolt
3-7/8
14
EA
2.05
50.00
PT4023-P
Pieh 5/8” V-Bolt
3-7/8
14
EA
2.14
50.00
PT4024-P
Pieh 3/4” V-Bolt
3-7/8
14
EA
2.04
50.00
A
the Billy™ V-Bit
The V-Bit has a V notch throughout the jaw length as well as a side V notch. Used like the bolt tong
but for tighter situations or where the dimensions is not a concern. Balls on the reins. Jaw length:
2-1/2”; Reins: 14”
B
PT4037
Pieh 1/4” V-Bit
2-1/2
14
EA
1.65
45.00
PT4038
Pieh 3/8” V-Bit
2-1/2
14
EA
1.65
45.00
PT4039
Pieh 1/2” V-Bit
2-1/2
14
EA
2.10
45.00
PT4040
Pieh 5/8” V-Bit
2-1/2
14
EA
1.90
45.00
PT4041
Pieh 3/4” V-Bit
2-1/2
14
EA
1.65
45.00
B
C
the Billy™ Scrolling
For scrolling or bending ironwork without marring the surface. The jaws are smooth, rounded and
tapered to about an 1/8” point. Balls on the reins of all tongs except for the Pliers.
C
PT4042S
Pieh Scrolling Small
2-3/8
8
EA
0.97
34.00
PT4042
Pieh Scrolling Small
2-3/8
14
EA
1.49
36.00
D
PT4043
Pieh Scrolling Large
4-5/8
14
EA
1.03
40.00
E
PT4044
Pieh Scrolling Pliers
3
7
EA
1.14
34.00
D
™
the Billy Knifemaker Z Tong
The Billy Z Tongs have a V-bit jaw designed to hold flat, round and square stock. More versatility
has been added to this style bolt tong because the jaw is offset (like a Z). This not only makes it
easier to hold long decorative pieces but is the perfect tong for the knifemaker! You are no longer
limited by the length of stock you wish to work! The jaws are smooth with a deep U shaped V-notch
in each jaw. The V-notch allows you to hold a larger range of thickness and widths in one pair of
tongs! Handles are slightly wider and concave on the underside.
E
1/4” X
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
JAW
LENGTH (in)
REINS
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PT4056
Pieh Z, 3/8”
3
14
EA
2.38
50.00
PT4057
Pieh Z, 1/2”
3
14
EA
2.36
50.00
PT4058
Pieh Z, 3/4”
3
14
EA
2.12
50.00
PT4059
Pieh Z, 1”
3
14
EA
2.12
50.00
PT4060
Pieh Z, 1-1/4”
3
14
EA
2.28
50.00
PT4061
Pieh Z, 1-1/2”
3
14
EA
2.14
50.00
PT4062
Pieh Z, 1-3/4”
3
14
EA
2.20
50.00
PT4063
Pieh Z, 2”
3
14
EA
2.18
50.00
PT4064
Pieh Z, 2-1/4”
3
14
EA
2.32
50.00
PT4065
Pieh Z, 2-1/2”
3
14
EA
2.55
50.00
F
G
H
PEDDINGHAUS TONGS
Pick-Up
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
JAW
LENGTH (in)
REINS
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
6170010500
500mm
2.0
19.69
EA
3.22
68.75
6170010600
600mm
2.4
23.62
EA
3.30
76.65
J
Flat Nosed
H
6171010300
300mm
1.2
11.81
EA
1.52
57.55
6171010400
400mm
1.6
15.75
EA
2.00
61.30
Round Nosed
J
6172010300
300mm
1.2
11.81
EA
1.44
58.75
6172010500
500mm
2.0
19.69
EA
3.32
73.56
6172010600
600mm
2.4
23.62
EA
3.34
82.32
6175010300
300mm
1.2
11.81
EA
1.45
67.90
6175010400
400mm
1.6
15.75
EA
1.92
73.55
6175010500
500mm
2.0
19.69
EA
3.30
82.30
6175010600
600mm
2.4
23.62
EA
3.78
89.90
Wolf Jaw
K
1-888-743-4866
K
See Scrolling Wrenches
on page 87.
93
Farrier Tongs • Brushes
FARRIER TONGS
A
the Billy™ Fire/Farriers
The Fire tong has added grooving and a concave surface inside the jaw for better grip. The Duckbill can
hold small round, square or flat bar. Balls on the Fire Tong reins only.
B
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
JAW
LENGTH (in)
REINS
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
A
PT4046
Pieh V-Bit Duck Bill Tong, 3/16”
2-7/16
11
EA
0.83
34.00
B
PT4047
Pieh Fire Tong, 1/4”
1-7/8
13
EA
1.50
34.00
PT4049
1-7/8
13
EA
1.42
34.00
PT4048
1-7/8
13
EA
1.50
34.00
PT4050
1-7/8
13
EA
1.40
34.00
PT4051
1-7/8
13
EA
1.25
34.00
Blurton Hot Fitting
The hot fitting tong offers tapered ends shaped like a nail head to ensure a tight hold on the shoe and will
work on a wide range of sizes.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
JBHFT
Hot Fitting Tong
EA
1.07
66.65
W-Brand Hot Fitting
D
Conveniently holds a hot shoe in place and locks with the tong ring. This is your best friend when it comes
to hot fitting!
D
WHST
Hot Fitting Tong
EA
1.11
62.00
EA
1.19
37.75
Diamond Fire Tong
E
FT15
Fire Tong, 3/8”
15
Blurton Fire Tong
E
These 17” tongs feature a heavy duty rivet and are built to last. Blurton tools are individually handcrafted
and will provide you with years of service. Made in England.
F
F
JBFT1/4
Fire Tong, 1/4”
17
EA
1.40
98.20
JBFT5/16
Fire Tong, 5/16”
17
EA
1.52
98.20
JBFT3/8
Fire Tong, 3/8”
17
EA
1.59
98.20
JBFT1/2
Fire Tong, 1/2”
17
EA
1.62
98.20
JBFT7/16
Fire Tong, 7/16”
17
EA
1.62
98.20
WOOD BRUSHES
G
Block
The wood block brushes are used to remove scale and clean up tour work. If you have some tough to
reach areas, the 2 or 3 inch brushes are perfect for the task. You can easily add a handle to the brush for
more comfort.
Flat Carbon Steel
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
TRIM
(in)
ROWS
(in)
DIMENSION
(in)
QTY
/BOX U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
20566
1-1/4
5 x 10
7-3/4 x 1-1/2
12
0.85
10.25
2
5 x 10
7-3/4 x 2-1/2
36
EA
0.95
18.60
3
5 x 10
7-3/4 x 3-1/2
12
EA
1.00
19.90
H
20687
Wire Block Brush
Our most popular length brush!
Wire Block Brush
J
20688
Wire Block Brush
H
EA
Handled
Flat Carbon Steel
Effective for cleaning pipe threads and welds; removal of slag, rust, paint, dirt, and other debris. Popular in the
blacksmithing, oil and gas industries.
J
K
20567
L
85033
Wire Top Handle Block Brush
A top seller!
Curved Handle Brush
1-1/4
8 x 12
1-3/16 4 x 16
9-1/4 x 3-3/4
12
EA
1.70
23.90
10-1/4 x 1-1/8 12
EA
0.35
4.20
Fine Brass Wire
This brush will transfer a nice golden brass finish on ironwork if you brush it when it is still hot. For small area
cleaning in blacksmithing, welding applications and inspections.
K
L
M
85067
Brass Toothbrush
For small area cleaning.
1/2
2x9
8-5/8 x 1/2
36
EA
0.10
3.80
N
20549
Brass Scratch Brush
1
4 x 19
13 x 1-1/8
12
EA
0.40
11.60
EA
0.05
3.45
Stainless Steel
Great for small area cleaning such as blacksmithing, welding applications and inspections.
O
85055
Wire Welders Toothbrush
1/2
3x7
7-1/2 x 1/2
36
M
N
O
94
www.piehtoolco.com
Hidden Bolts • Rivets & Burrs • Copper Pad Nails
File Card
Farriers and anyone using files should have this brush. Add life to your rasp or file buy keeping it clean.
Your application will also have better results when the file is not clogged! File card and brush for cleaning,
designed especially on finer cut files.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
21467
File Card and Brush
10
EA
0.32
12.45
A
BLIND/HIDDEN
BOLTS for Knifemakers
These two-piece rivets have solid heads and a threaded bolt in the center section. The slotted heads are
B
inletted into the handle material, drawn up tight with a screwdriver and ground flush with the handle.
Brass
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH U/M
(in)
SHIP WT
(lb)
B
RH06A
Hidden Bolts
5/16
PR
0.02
2.50
C
RH12A
Blind Bolts
5/16
PR
0.02
2.50
RH13A
Blind Bolts
1/4
PR
0.02
2.50
PRICE
C
Stainless Steel
D
RH08A
Hidden Bolts
5/16
PR
0.02
2.50
RH14A
Blind Bolts
5/16
PR
0.02
2.50
D
Blind Bolt
showing threading
RIVETS & BURRS
Copper Belt Rivets
The larger diameter head and back up washer (burr) make these rivets suitable for fastening soft materials
such as leather. Burs are available separately. Copper rivets also make great fasteners for blacksmiths on
items such as cup holders, coat racks etc. The copper adds nice color to a piece of ironwork and their uses
are many. The shanks are tapered and available in 8, 10, 12 and 14 gauge copper wire.
8 Gauge
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SHANK TAPER
(in)
LENGTH QTY/
(in)
BOX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
9B0924 *S/O
Belt Rivet, 3/8
3/16 (.181 to .150)
3/8
206
LB
1.05
14.60
9B0840
Belt Rivet, 5/8
3/16 (.181 to .150)
5/8
150
LB
1.05
14.60
9B0848
Belt Rivet, 3/4
3/16 (.181 to .150)
3/4
133
LB
1.06
14.60
9B0864
Belt Rivet, 1
3/16 (.181 to .150)
1
105
LB
1.06
14.60
9B0868
Belt Rivet, 1-1/4
3/16 (.181 to .150)
1-1/4
86
LB
1.05
14.60
9B1016
Belt Rivet, 1/4
5/32 (.151 to .122)
1/4
386
LB
1.05
14.65
9B1032
Belt Rivet, 1/2
5/32 (.151 to .122)
1/2
256
LB
1.05
14.65
9B1040
Belt Rivet, 5/8
5/32 (.151 to .122)
5/8
216
LB
1.05
14.65
9B1048
Belt Rivet, 3/4
5/32 (.151 to .122)
3/4
1925
LB
1.04
14.65
9B1064
Belt Rivet, 1
5/32 (.151 to .122)
1
147
LB
1.05
14.65
9B1068
Belt Rivet, 1-1/4
5/32 (.151 to .122)
1-1/4
121
LB
1.05
14.65
9B1072
Belt Rivet, 1-1/2
5/32(.151 to .122)
1-1/2
104
LB
1.06
14.65
9B1240 *S/O
Belt Rivet, 5/8
9/64 (.137 - .108)
5/8
215
LB
1.05
14.25
9B1248 *S/O
Belt Rivet, 3/4
9/64 (.137 - .108)
3/4
183
LB
1.05
14.25
9B1264 *S/O
Belt Rivet, 1
9/64 (.137 - .108)
1
143
LB
1.05
14.65
9B1424
Belt Rivet, 3/8
3/32” (.102” to .077”)
3/8
702
LB
1.06
14.60
9B1432
Belt Rivet, 1/2
3/32” (.102” to .077”)
1/2
579
LB
1.00
14.85
9B1448
Belt Rivet, 3/4
3/32” (.102” to .077”)
3/4
435
LB
1.06
14.85
Head Diameters
8 Gauge 1/2”
10 Gauge 7/16”
11 Gauge 13/32”
12 Gauge 3/8”
14 Gauge 5/16”
E
10 Gauge
12 Gauge
Copper Burrs fit Copper
Belt Rivets.
Use Gauge # to Match
14 Gauge
F
Copper Burrs
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
GAUGE
(Hole)
OD
(in)
ID
(in)
THICK
(in)
QTY/
BOX
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
9C0800
#8 Copper Burr
8
.469
.166
.045
465
LB
1.06
26.90
9C0900
#9 Copper Burr
9
.438
.146
.040
580
LB
1.07
26.90
9C1000
#10 Copper Burr
10
.406
.138
.036
750
LB
1.07
32.00
9C1200
#12 Copper Burr
12
.360
.124
.028
1240
LB
1.08
37.65
9C1400
#14 Copper Burr
14
.313
.093
.022
2050
LB
1.06
48.50
Copper Pad Nails
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
GAUGE
SHANK (in)
LENGTH QTY/
(in)
BOX
U/M
SHIP WT
/LB (lb)
PRICE
11CN100
#11 Pad Nails, 1
11
13/32
1
229
LB
1.06
15.65
11CN150
#11 Pad Nails, 1 1/2
11
13/32
1-1/2
159
LB
1.06
15.65
11CN200
#11 Pad Nails, 2
11
13/32
2
124
LB
1.06
15.65
G
1-888-743-4866
95
Rivet Kits • Rivet Headers
RIVET HEADERS
Rivet Headers allow you to finish the back side on button head rivets. This leaves an attractive professional
appearance rather than a hammered one. We offer a size for each rivet size we sell. The rivet headers
shown on the right show both our styles, with and without the tong ring slot.
A
Vise and Tong Grip styles shown
A
B
DRILL BIT AND TAP GUIDE
This chart is helpful in the selection of
correct drill bits and taps for use with studs.
Size
Drill Bit
Taper Tap
5/16”
9/16”
3/8”
17/64”
15/32”
5/16”
5/16”
9/16”
3/8”
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
RADIUS
(in)
FOR SHANK
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PT-RH0188
Rivet Header
3/16
3/32
EA
0.20
30.00
PT-RH0250
Rivet Header
1/4
1/8-5/32
EA
0.21
30.00
PT-RH0375
Rivet Header
3/8
7/32
EA
0.25
30.00
PT-RH0438
Rivet Header
7/16
1/4
EA
0.25
30.00
PT-RH0500
Rivet Header
1/2
9/32
EA
0.30
30.00
PT-RH0563
Rivet Header
9/16
5/16
EA
0.36
30.00
PT-RH0625
Rivet Header
5/8
11/32
EA
0.33
30.00
PT-RH0688
Rivet Header
11/16
3/8-13/32
EA
0.37
30.00
PT-RH0875
Rivet Header
7/8
1/2
EA
0.40
30.00
PT-RH1063
Rivet Header
1-1/16
5/8
EA
0.65
30.00
PT-RH1375
Rivet Header
1-3/8
3/4
EA
0.55
30.00
PT-RH0188TG
Rivet Header w/Tong Ring Slot
3/16
3/32
EA
0.38
32.00
PT-RH0250TG
1/4
1/8-5/32
EA
0.42
32.00
PT-RH0375TG
3/8
7/32
EA
0.43
32.00
PT-RH0438TG
7/16
1/4
EA
0.49
32.00
PT-RH0500TG
1/2
9/32
EA
0.49
32.00
PT-RH0563TG
9/16
5/16
EA
0.52
32.00
PT-RH0625TG
5/8
11/32
EA
0.47
32.00
PT-RH0688TG
11/16
3/8-13/32
EA
0.54
32.00
PT-RH0875TG
7/8
1/2
EA
0.58
32.00
Drill
Stud Rivet
PT-RH1063TG
1-1/16
5/8
EA
0.90
32.00
3/32”
1/8”
9/64”
#14 Copper Rivets
#12 Copper Rivets
#10 Copper Rivets
PT-RH1375TG
1-3/8
3/4
EA
0.87
32.00
RIVET
SET
Designed with a blunt indented tip to secure rivets.
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
(in)
DIA
(in)
FACE
DIA (in) U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
305
Nordic Rivet Set
5
3/8
1/4
0.42
10.00
RIVET KITS-STEEL
These rivet specification charts will help you
understand the other measurements of the
rivets we stock. You may also “special order”
most of the sizes on this chart that are not
on page 95. Specify length desired at time
of order.
or Basic Shank
Diameter
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
7/32
1/4
9/32
5/16
11/32
3/8
13/32
7/16
0.062
0.094
0.125
0.158
0.188
0.219
0.250
0.281
0.312
0.344
0.375
0.406
0.438
D
Save money when buying the Kits!
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
RADIUS
(in)
RivKit-A
Rivet Kit Assortment Kit A:
1 lb 3/16 x 3/8
1 lb 3/16 x 1/2
1 lb 3/16 x 5/8
1 lb 3/16 x 3/4
1 lb 3/16 x 1
10 Sizes KIT
14.00
105.32
7 Sizes
14.00
92.84
RivKit-B
For Rivets 7/16” and Smaller
Normal Size (in)
EA
Rivet Kit Assortment Kit B:
2 lb 5/32 x 5/8
2 lb 1/4 x 3/4
2 lb 1/4 x 1-1/2
2 lb 5/16 x 5/8
1-1/2 lb
2 lb 1/4
2 lb 1/4
1-1/2 lb
2 lb 3/8
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
3/16 x 1-1/2
x 1/2
x1
1/4 x 2
x 1-1/4
LB
2 lb 5/16 x 3/4
2 lb 3/8 x 1
2 lb 1/2 x 1-1/4
For Rivets 1/2” and Larger
A
H
R
Shank
Max
Diameter
Min
Head
Max
Diameter
Min
Head
Max
Height
Min
Head Radius
Approximate
0.064
0.086
0.127
0.158
0.191
0.222
0.253
0.285
0.318
0.348
0.380
0.411
0.443
0.059
0.090
0.121
0.152
0.182
0.213
0.244
0.273
0.304
0.336
0.365
0.396
0.428
0.122
0.182
0.235
0.290
0.348
0.105
0.460
0.518
0.572
0.630
0.684
0.743
0.798
0.102
0.162
0.215
0.268
0.322
0.379
0.430
0.484
0.538
0.592
0.646
0.699
0.754
0.052
0.077
0.100
0.124
0.147
0.172
0.196
0.220
0.248
0.267
0.291
0.316
0.339
0.042
0.065
0.088
0.110
0.133
0.158
0.180
0.202
0.225
0.248
0.271
0.294
0.317
0.055
0.084
0.111
0.138
0.166
0.195
0.221
0.249
0.278
0.304
0.332
0.358
0.387
Normal
(in)
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
D
Shank Diameter
Size
Max
Min
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.000
1.125
1.250
1.375
1.500
1.625
0.520
0.665
0.780
0.905
1.030
1.160
1.285
1.415
1.540
1.685
0.478
0.600
0.725
0.850
0.975
1.098
1.223
1.345
1.470
1.598
A
Head Diameter
Basic
Max
Min
0.875
1.094
1.312
1.531
1.750
1.969
2.188
2.406
2.625
2.944
0.938
1.157
1.390
1.609
1.828
2.063
2.282
2.500
2.719
2.938
0.844
1.063
1.281
1.500
1.719
1.938
2.157
2.375
2.594
2.813
H
Head Height
Max
Min (Basic)
0.406
0.500
0.593
0.687
0.781
0.891
0.985
1.078
1.188
1.282
0.375
0.469
0.562
0.656
0.750
0.844
0.938
1.031
1.125
1.219
R
Head
Radius
0.443
0.553
0.664
0.775
0.885
0.996
1.107
1.217
0.328
1.439
Notes: Approximate proportions of manufactured shapes.
L = Does not affect other dimensions
A = 1.75 x D
B = 0.75 x D
C = 0.885 x D
Notes: Approximate Proportions; Length tolerance for rivets shall be + or -0.016”
A = 1.750 x D
B = 0.750 x D
C = 0.885 x D
96
www.piehtoolco.com
Button Head Rivets (Brass • Copper • Steel)
BUTTON
HEAD RIVETS
A rivet is a permanent mechanical fastener. Before it is installed it consists of a smooth cylindrical shaft with a
head (‘factory head’) on one end. The end opposite the head is called the buck-tail (‘shop head’). On installation
the rivet is placed in a pre-drilled hole. Then the tail is “upset” so that it expands to about 1.5 times the original
shaft diameter and holds the rivet in place. Because there is effectively a head on each end of an installed rivet
it can support tension loads (loads parallel to the axis of the shaft); however, it is much more capable of
supporting shear loads (loads perpendicular to the axis of the shaft). Bolts and screws are better suited for
tension applications.
Brass
3/16” Shank
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
(in)
QTY/LB U/M
SHIP WT
/LB (lb)
PRICE
5+ LB BREAK
PRICE
9V1224
9V1232
Brass
Brass
3/8
1/2
152
128
LB
LB
1.03
1.06
19.30
19.30
N/A
N/A
Copper
Copper
Copper
3/8
1/2
1
152
128
80
LB
LB
LB
1.04
1.07
1.08
18.85
18.85
18.85
N/A
N/A
N/A
Copper
1
66
LB
1.00
18.80
N/A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
(in)
QTY/LB U/M
SHIP WT
/LB (lb)
PRICE
5+ LB BREAK
PRICE
S0125R01000
Steel Rivet
1
240
LB
1.00
13.90
13.21
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet (100 pc min.)
5/8
1-1/2
2
5
209
10
85
35
LB
LB
LB
LB
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
12.00
14.40
12.30
11.97
11.40
13.68
11.68
11.37
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
205
175
145
146
108
23
57
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
9.80
9.23
9.30
9.00
9.23
9.35
9.00
9.31
8.77
8.84
8.55
8.77
8.88
8.55
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
78
61
51
38
34
31
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
9.23
9.14
7.41
6.16
7.13
7.07
8.77
8.68
7.04
5.85
6.77
6.72
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
5/8
3/4
7/8
1-1/2
2
42
38
34
23
19
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
6.50
6.50
5.95
6.70
7.60
6.18
6.18
5.65
6.36
7.22
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
Steel Rivet
3/4
1
1-1/4
23
20
18
LB
LB
LB
1.00
1.00
1.00
5.25
5.02
6.27
4.99
4.77
5.96
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
4-1/2
9
8
8
7
6
3
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
LB
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
6.26
4.78
5.55
5.11
4.55
7.07
5.95
4.54
5.27
4.85
4.32
6.72
4
LB
1.00
5.55
5.27
Copper
3/16” Shank
9E1224
9E1232
9E1264
1/4” Shank
9E1664
A
Steel
1/8” Shank
B
5/32” Shank
S0156R00625
S0156R01500
S0156R02000
S0156R05000 *S/O
B
3/16” Shank
S0187R00375
S0187R00500
S0187R00625
S0187R00750
S0187R01000
S0187R01500
S0187R02000 *S/O
1/4” Shank
S0250R00500
S0250R00750
S0250R01000
S0250R01500
S0250R01750
S0250R02000
5/16” Shank
S0312R00625
S0312R00750
S0312R00875
S0312R01500
S0312R02000 *S/O
Pieh Tool has Farrier Tongs
on page 94.
We have several sharpening tools
on page 106.
Farrier Aprons are on page 54.
Billy Fire Tongs
3/8” Shank
S0375R00750
S0375R01000
S0375R01250
Carbide
Sharpener
1/2” Shank
S0500R01250
S0500R01375
S0500R01500
S0500R01625 *S/O
S0500R01750
S0500R04500 *S/O
Rivet
Rivet
Rivet
Rivet
Rivet
Rivet
5/8” Shank
S0625R02000 *S/O
Steel Rivet (5 lb min.)
2
Pocket Pal
9” Oval Ceramic
Sharpening Rod
Qty/lb is approximate.
1-888-743-4866
97
Lag Bolts (Square Head)
LAG
BOLTS - SQUARE HEAD
Pieh Tool is the supplier of choice for fasteners and lag bolts in the blacksmithing and metalworking world.
If you do not see the size or length you need, please contact us. Hex lag bolts, often called a lag screw, are
for fastening in wood. Blacksmiths commonly use them to attach their ironwork in homes and on buildings or
structures during installation.
Black Oxide Finish
1/4” Lag
1/4” diameter steel lag is only available with Japanese Import Standard heads, which are smaller than the
American standard heads. The heads measure 3/8” across, instead of 7/16”.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
/EA (lb)
SH0250LB01000
Black Oxide
1/4 x 1
EA
0.01
0.22
SH0250LB01500
Black Oxide
1/4 x 1-1/2
EA
0.02
0.36
PRICE
SH0250LB01750
Black Oxide
1/4 x 1-3/4
EA
0.02
0.28
SH0250LB02000
Black Oxide
1/4 x 2
EA
0.02
0.32
SH0250LB02500
Black Oxide
1/4 x 2-1/2
EA
0.03
0.40
SH0250LB03000
Black Oxide
1/4 x 3
EA
0.03
0.40
SH0250LB04000
Black Oxide
1/4 x 4
EA
0.05
0.46
SH0250LB04500
Black Oxide
1/4 x 4-1/2
EA
0.06
0.46
5/16” Lag The head size is 1/2” for the 5/16” lag bolts.
A
SH0312LB01000
Black Oxide
5/16 x 1
EA
0.03
0.25
SH0312LB01250
Black Oxide
5/16 x 1-1/4
EA
0.03
0.27
SH0312LB01500
Black Oxide
5/16 x 1-1/2
EA
0.03
0.30
SH0312LB01750
Black Oxide
5/16 x 1-3/4
EA
0.04
0.33
SH0312LB02000
Black Oxide
5/16 x 2
EA
0.04
0.40
SH0312LB02500
Black Oxide
5/16 x 2-1/2
EA
0.06
0.42
SH0312LB03000
Black Oxide
5/16 x 3
EA
0.06
0.55
SH0312LB03500
Black Oxide
5/16 x 3-1/2
EA
0.07
0.55
SH0312LB04000
Black Oxide
5/16 x 4
EA
0.07
0.62
SH0312LB05000
Black Oxide
5/16 x 5
EA
0.10
0.80
SH0375LB01500
Black Oxide
3/8 x 1-1/2
EA
0.05
0.40
SH0375LB02000
Black Oxide
3/8 x 2
EA
0.06
0.48
SH0375LB02500
Black Oxide
3/8 x 2-1/2
EA
0.07
0.58
SH0375LB03000
Black Oxide
3/8 x 3
EA
0.08
0.68
SH0375LB04500
Black Oxide
3/8 x 4-1/2
EA
0.13
1.10
B
SH0500LB01500
Black Oxide
1/2 x 1-1/2
EA
0.09
0.95
SH0500LB02000
Black Oxide
1/2 x 2
EA
0.12
1.35
SH0500LB02500
Black Oxide
1/2 x 2-1/2
EA
0.12
1.35
SH0500LB03000
Black Oxide
1/2 x 3
EA
0.14
1.55
SH0500LB04000
Black Oxide
1/2 x 4
EA
0.19
2.33
SH0500LB06000
Black Oxide
1/2 x 6
EA
0.27
3.40
5/8 x 4
EA
0.33
2.95
SH0625LB04000
Black Oxide
Plain Finish
1/4” Lag
1/4” diameter steel lag is only available with Japanese Import Standard heads, which are smaller than the
American standard heads. The heads measure 3/8” across, instead of 7/16”.
ITEM #
B
98
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
/EA (lb)
PRICE
SH0250LP01000
Plain
1/4 x 1
EA
0.01
0.22
SH0250LP01250
Plain
1/4 x 1-1/4
EA
0.02
0.22
SH0250LP01500
Plain
1/4 x 1-1/2
EA
0.02
0.23
SH0250LP02000
Plain
1/4 x 2
EA
0.02
0.30
SH0250LP02500
Plain
1/4 x 2-1/2
EA
0.03
0.34
www.piehtoolco.com
Lag Bolts • Washers • Pyramid Screws
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
/EA (lb)
SH0312LP01000
Plain
5/16 x 1
EA
0.02
0.26
SH0312LP01500
Plain
5/16 x 1-1/2
EA
0.03
0.28
SH0312LP02000
Plain
5/16 x 2
EA
0.04
0.37
SH0312LP02500
Plain
5/16 x 2-1/2
EA
0.05
0.42
PRICE
SH0375LP01500
Plain
3/8 x 1-1/2
EA
0.05
0.38
SH0375LP02000
Plain
3/8 x 2
EA
0.06
0.45
SH0375LP02500
Plain
3/8 x 2-1/2
EA
0.07
0.55
SH0375LP03000
Plain
3/8 x 3
EA
0.08
0.65
SH0375LP04000
Plain
3/8 x 4
EA
0.10
0.95
SH0375LP04500
Plain
3/8 x 4-1/2
EA
0.11
1.10
Need a special size?
Call for a quote.
A
SH0500LP01500
Plain
1/2 x 1-1/2
EA
0.09
0.95
SH0500LP02000
Plain
1/2 x 2
EA
0.11
1.10
SH0500LP03000
Plain
1/2 x 3
EA
0.14
1.50
SH0500LP04000
Plain
1/2 x 4
EA
0.19
1.90
SH0500LP08000 *S/O
Plain
1/2 x 8
EA
0.27
4.09
SH0625LP02000
Plain
5/8 x 2
EA
0.19
1.75
SH0625LP03000
Plain
5/8 x 3
EA
0.27
2.49
SH0625LP04000
Plain
5/8 x 4
EA
0.32
2.85
B
3/4” Lag
SH0750LP02500
Plain
3/4 x 2-1/2
EA
0.34
3.15
SH0750LP04000 *S/O
Plain
3/4 x 4
EA
0.52
4.75
SH0750LP06000 *S/O
Plain
3/4 x 6”
EA
0.71
5.75
SH0750LP08000 *S/O
Plain
3/4 x 8
EA
0.92
7.60
Flange Washers
Black Oxide
HA6050A02SP
Flange Washer
EA
11.55
HA6113SP
Flange Washer
EA
7.50
PYRAMID HEAD SCREWS
Door Screws
These are miniature square head lag screws, with a pyramid square head. They do not have a slot. Install
with an 8-point socket, or a wrench.
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HEAD
SIZE
LENGTH
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
/EA (lb)
PRICE
250+ BREAK
PRICE
PHDS06.0500
Pyramid Screw
1/4
6 x 1/2
EA
0.01
0.20
0.17
PHDS06.0750
Pyramid Screw
1/4
6 x 3/4
EA
0.01
0.24
0.20
PHDS07.0630
Pyramid Screw
9/32
7 x 5/8
EA
0.01
0.23
0.20
PHDS07.1000
Pyramid Screw
9/32
7x1
EA
0.01
0.28
0.24
PHDS08.0750
Pyramid Screw
5/16
8 x 3/4
EA
0.01
0.27
0.23
PHDS08.1000
Pyramid Screw
5/16
8x1
EA
0.01
0.32
0.27
PHDS10.1000
Pyramid Screw
11/32
10 x 1
EA
0.01
0.33
0.28
PHDS10.1125
Pyramid Screw
11/32
10 x 1-1/4
EA
0.01
0.39
0.33
PHDS12.1000
Pyramid Screw
3/8
12 x 1
EA
0.02
0.40
0.34
PHDS12.1125
Pyramid Screw
3/8
12 x 1-1/4
EA
0.02
0.45
0.38
PHDS12.1150
Pyramid Screw
3/8
12 x 1-1/2
EA
0.02
0.51
0.43
PHDS14.1000
Pyramid Screw
7/16
14 x 1
EA
0.02
0.47
0.40
PHDS14.1125
Pyramid Screw
7/16
14 x 1-1/4
EA
0.02
0.53
0.45
PHDS14.1150
Pyramid Screw
7/16
14 x 1-1/2
EA
0.03
0.60
0.51
We feature several JET® tools
in this catalog,
on pages 129-135.
Check out the
JET® Hydraulic Pipe Bender
Bend 2” Pipe Easily!
Simple manual operation!
Includes 6 bending dies!
See page 134.
1-888-743-4866
99
Patinas (Universal, Vista, Dye Oxides, Traditional)
PATINAS
Universal Patinas
A
The Universal Patinas were made to go directly onto any metal or the Liquid Metal Coating. However an easy and safe
patina technique for ferrous metal or aluminum using the Universal Patinas, is to first apply a metal primer (zinc ‘rustoleum’
type), then apply the Universal Patinas in the colors you want to the primer, next apply a clear sealer. Universal Patinas
do not contain acids; they are UV safe, indoor, or outdoor oxides. These patinas may be applied hot or cold to any metal
including iron, steel, and aluminum without causing rust.
A
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
ITEM #
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
UnivBlack-8
Black
8 oz
EA
0.70
12.60
UnivBlack-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
30.45
UnivBlue-8
Blue
8 oz
EA
0.71
12.60
UnivBlue-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
30.45
UnivBrown-8
Brown
8 oz
EA
0.70
12.60
UnivBrown-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
30.45
UnivBurg-8
Burgundy
8 oz
EA
0.68
12.60
UnivBurg-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
30.45
UnivGreen-8
Green
8 oz
EA
0.75
12.60
UnivGreen-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
30.45
UnivRed-8
Red
8 oz
EA
0.75
12.60
UnivRed-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
30.45
UnivRust-8
Rust
8 oz
EA
0.72
12.60
UnivRust-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
30.45
UnivVerde-8
Verde Green
8 oz
EA
0.75
12.60
UnivVerde-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
30.45
UnivWhite-8
White
8 oz
EA
0.68
12.60
UnivWhite-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
30.45
UnivYellow-8
Yellow
8 oz
EA
0.71
12.60
UnivYellow-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
30.45
Vista Patinas
Vista patinas are a two part patina combined in one solution. The base patina is a blend of chemicals producing a beautiful
green on bronze, brass, and copper, or an exquisite rust on iron & steel. Added to this base solution are different colored
oxides which will blend with the first reaction to form a marbled patina. For example, using the vista black on bronze would
produce a green and black patina and a rust and black patina on iron.
C
D
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
ITEM #
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
VistaBlack-8
Black
8 oz
EA
0.72
17.85
VistaBlack-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
50.40
VistaBlue-8
Blue
8 oz
EA
0.74
17.85
VistaBlue-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
50.40
VistaBrown-8
Brown
8 oz
EA
0.74
17.85
VistaBrown-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
50.40
VistaBurg-8
Burgundy
8 oz
EA
0.72
17.85
VistaBurg-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
50.40
VistaGrnF-8
Green-Ferrous
8 oz
EA
0.75
17.85
VistaGrnF-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
50.40
VistaGrnNF-8
Green, Non-Ferrous 8 oz
EA
0.75
17.85
VistaGrnNF-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
50.40
VistaRed-8
Red
EA
0.72
17.85
VistaRed-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
50.40
8 oz
VistaRust-8
Rust
8 oz
EA
0.71
17.85
VistaRust-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
50.40
VistaYlw -8
Yellow
8 oz
EA
0.73
17.85
VistaYlw 32
32 oz
EA
3.00
50.40
Dye Oxides
The water base Dye-Oxide Patinas are very versatile. They are a cross between the Solvent Base Dyes and a
patina. All of the colors are transparent and may be blended or layered together to achieve any color you want.
They may be applied over any metal or any other patina solution while it is wet or dry to alter the color. The DyeOxides can also be added to the patina before application or directly applied over other Metal Coatings like Gilders
Paste. All Dye-Oxides may be used for indoor and outdoor use.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
ITEM #
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
DOPBlk-8
Black
8 oz
EA
0.66
14.70
DOPBlk-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPBlGr-8
Blue-Green
8 oz
EA
0.63
14.70
DOPBlGr-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPBlu-8
Blue
8 oz
EA
0.64
14.70
DOPBlu-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPBrn-8
Brown
8 oz
EA
0.67
14.70
DOPBrn-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPGrBl-8
Green-Blue
8 oz
EA
0.63
14.70
DOPGrBl-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPGrn-8
Green
8 oz
EA
0.65
14.70
DOPGrn-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPOrg-8
Orange
8 oz
EA
0.65
14.70
DOPOrg-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPPGrn-8
Pea Green
8 oz
EA
0.63
14.70
DOPPGrn-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPRed-8
Red
8 oz
EA
0.65
14.70
DOPRed-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPStGr-8
Stealth Green
8 oz
EA
0.60
14.70
DOPStGr-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPVlt-8
Violet
8 oz
EA
0.63
14.70
DOPVlt-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPWht-8
White
8 oz
EA
0.66
14.70
DOPWht-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
DOPYlw-8
Yellow
8 oz
EA
0.64
14.70
DOPYlw-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
45.15
Traditional
Before applying this patina, sandblasting or sanding is required to clean the surface of oil, oxides, and residues.
Slate Black may be applied as a spray or in an immersion process. Depending on the application method chosen,
the results will range from a uniform solid color to a layered textured appearance. Slate Black Patina may be
diluted up to 50% with distilled water depending on the desired strength of finish. The finish may be burnished wet
or dry. Additional patinas can be layered over a Slate Black base. When dry, protect the finish with multiple coats of
a clear sealer.
D
100
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP
WT( lb)
PRICE
ITEM #
SIZE
U/M
SHIP
WT (lb)
PRICE
TPBM-8
Black Magic
8 oz
EA
0.67
15.75
TPBM-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
38.85
TPSB-8
Slate Black
8 oz
EA
0.66
15.75
TPSB-32
32 oz
EA
3.00
38.85
www.piehtoolco.com
Stains & Dyes (Solvent Dyes & Thinner, Smart Stain)
Traditional (continued)
Ferric Nitrate is a hot patina for bronze, brass, and copper. In addition, it is often used to rust iron and steel.
Japanese Brown is a brown patina for iron and steel, which may be applied hot or cold.
This patina will create a golden color on bronze, brass, and copper.
ITEM #
A
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
TPFN-8 (-32)
Ferric Nitrate
8 oz EA
TPJB-8 (-32)
Japanese Brown
8 oz EA
SHIP
WT( lb)
A
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
32 oz EA
3.00
30.45
32 oz EA
3.00
30.45
PRICE
ITEM #
SIZE
0.66
13.65
TPFN-Q
0.75
13.65
TPJB-Q
U/M
The Green Patinas can be hot or cold patina for bronze, brass, and copper. Consult our website for variations of
applications with each green patina.
B
TPJG-8
Jade Green
8 oz EA
0.63
13.65
TPJG-Q
32 oz EA
3.00
TPLG-8
Light Green
8 oz EA
0.67
13.65
TPLG-Q
32 oz EA
3.00
30.45
30.45
TPMG-8
Mint Green
8 oz EA
0.85
13.65
TPMG--Q
32 oz EA
3.00
30.45
TPTG-8
Tiffany Green
8 oz EA
0.69
13.65
TPTG--Q
32 oz EA
3.00
30.45
STAINS & DYES
Solvent Dye
The solvent dyes are an extremely versatile finishing tool. All of the colors are transparent except the white. The
dyes are commonly used to apply color to a difficult material (glass, resin, etc.), change the existing color of a
finish, or repair a damaged finish. In addition, the Solvent Dyes may be added to lacquer, wax, epoxy, oils, resin, or
any other solvent product. They may be blended to create different shades and diluted using the Dye Thinner.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
ITEM #
SIZE
U/M
SHIP
WT (lb)
PRICE
SolvBlk-1
Black
1 oz EA
0.10
12.60
SolvBlk-8
8 oz
EA
0.75
53.55
SolvBlu-1
Blue
1 oz EA
0.08
12.60
SolvBlu-8
8 oz
EA
0.75
53.55
SolvBluGrn-1
Blue-Green
1 oz EA
0.10
12.60
SolvBluGrn-8 8 oz
EA
0.75
53.55
SolvBrw-1
Brown
1 oz EA
0.08
12.60
SolvBrw-8
8 oz
EA
0.69
53.55
SolvGrn-1
Green
1 oz EA
0.09
12.60
SolvGrn-8
8 oz
EA
0.75
53.55
SolvOrg-1
Orange
1 oz EA
0.08
12.60
SolvOrg-8
8 oz
EA
0.75
53.55
SolvRed-1
Red
1 oz EA
0.10
12.60
SolvRed-8
8 oz
EA
0.75
53.55
SolvVilt-1
Violet
1 oz EA
0.10
12.60
SolvVilt-8
8 oz
EA
0.75
53.55
SolvYlw-1
Yellow
1 oz EA
0.10
12.60
SolvYlw-8
8 oz
EA
0.75
53.55
B
C
Solvent Dye Thinner
The Dye Thinner should always be used to dilute solvent dyes because they are very concentrated. When the
thinner is added, the dyes will become more transparent. DO NOT substitute with another thinner. This thinner has
UV inhibitors, corrosive inhibitors for all metals, and binders that help maintain the integrity of the dyes.
D
SolvDTH-8
Thinner
8 oz EA
0.75
22.05
SolvDTH-32
32 oz EA
Smart Stain
3.00
58.80
D
Smart Stain is a strong, non-hazardous, fast drying, transparent patina system. It has no VOC and no odor and works
on any metal or substrate as well as over patinas and other oxides. Smart Stain is made by combining finely ground,
naturally occurring colored oxides with a water base polymer/resin binder. It is sold concentrated and may be diluted
with distilled water up to 25% to increase transparency. *Only Smart Coat 1K should be used to dilute any further. For
exterior applications, Smart Stain should be sealed with three layers of Smart Coat 1K (with a one hour drying time
between each layer). Smart Stain contains UV inhibitors and will not fade outdoors if maintained properly which will vary
by location. In most environments, regular application of a wax or oil is sufficient to maintain this finish. More colors can be
ordered upon request!
ITEM #
E
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
SStainK.4 *S/O
Black
4 oz EA
0.38
10.00
SStainK.8
Black
8 oz EA
0.60
17.85
SStainE.8
Blue
8 oz EA
0.75
17.85
SStainU.8
Blue Green
8 oz EA
0.61
17.85
SStainB.4 *S/O
Brown
4 oz EA
0.38
10.00
SStainB.8
Brown
8 oz EA
0.63
17.85
SStainG.8
Green
8 oz EA
0.75
17.85
SStainL.8
Green Blue
8 oz EA
0.75
17.85
SStainO.8
Orange
8 oz EA
0.61
17.85
SStainP.8
Pea Green
8 oz EA
0.64
17.85
SStainR.8
Red
8 oz EA
0.65
17.85
SStainS.8
Stealth Green
8 oz EA
0.65
17.85
SStainV.8
Verde
8 oz EA
0.75
17.85
SStainI.8
Violet
8 oz EA
0.75
17.85
SStainW.8
White
8 oz EA
0.75
17.85
SStainY.8
Yellow
8 oz EA
0.65
17.85
E
1-888-743-4866
101
Sealers & Primers (Smart Coat, Metal Oil, Prime It)
SEALERS & PRIMERS
Smart Coat (Clear)
A
Smart Coat 1K is an easy to use urethane/resin sealant for all metal surfaces. Once dry, it forms a durable
top coat that resists UV damage, humidity, abrasion, and corrosion. Smart Coat 1K has zero VOC, no odor,
and is non-hazardous. It is terrific over polished metal, rust, and other patina finishes. It does not tend to
change the color of a patina unlike solvent clear coats. It is best applied using a spray bottle. One gallon
typically covers 250 square feet.
A
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
SC1K-8M
Matte Smart Coat
8 oz
EA
0.62
14.70
SC1K-QM
Matte Smart Coat
QT
EA
3.00
35.70
SC1K-GM
Matte Smart Coat
GAL
EA
12.00
79.80
SC1K-8S
Satin Smart Coat
8 oz
EA
0.62
14.70
SC1K-QS
Satin Smart Coat
QT
EA
3.00
35.70
SC1K-GS
Satin Smart Coat
GAL
EA
12.00
79.80
Clear Guard Sealer (Clear)
Clear Guard is a crystal clear, durable, air drying lacquer that results in a hard, fast drying, and tarnish
resistant film. It has excellent adhesion to bronze, brass, copper, and other metals as well as to patinas
and rusted metal. Clear Guard is suitable for use with all types of application equipment. Once thinned, it
may be used with sprayers. Because of its unique chemistry, orange peel is virtually non-existent. Clear
Guard is UV stable and highly resistant to weather, water, and chemical damage. It also resists marring and
perspiration better than most solvent lacquers. Clear Guard 12 oz. spray cans are only shipped by ground.
B
C
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PL-8F
Matte Sealer
8 oz
EA
0.57
9.00
PL-12F
Matte Sealer Spray
12 oz
EA
0.99
16.80
PRICE
PL-32F
Matte Sealer
32 oz
EA
2.04
35.70
PL-1F
Matte Sealer
1 GAL
EA
9.00
73.50
PL-8F
Satin Sealer
8 oz
EA
0.56
9.00
PL-12S
Satin Sealer Spray
12 oz
EA
0.99
16.80
PL-32S
Satin Sealer
32 oz
EA
2.18
35.70
PL-1F
Satin Sealer
GAL
EA
9.00
73.50
Environmentally Friendly Sealer (Clear)
Clear Guard EF (environmentally friendly) has lower VOC and no solvent odor. It is an incredible solvent
lacquer for all types of metals (contains inhibitors for Iron & Steel and well as Bronze, Brass, & Copper).
D
E
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
PLEF-12F
Matte EF Sealer Spray
12 oz
EA
1.01
16.80
PLEF-32F
Matte EF Sealer
32 oz
EA
2.06
35.70
PLEF-1F
Matte EF Sealer
GAL
EA
9.00
73.50
PLEF-12S
Satin EF Sealer Spray
12 oz
EA
0.98
16.80
PLEF-32S
Satin EF Sealer
32 oz
EA
2.18
35.70
PLEF-1S
Satin EF Sealer
GAL
EA
9.00
73.50
Metal Oil
The Metal Oil should be applied with a soft cloth, brush, or spray. It will dry hard in 3-12 hours. Clear Guard
or Metal Wax may be applied over the oil.
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
MOK.8
Black Metal Oil
8 oz
EA
0.87
17.85
MOB.8
Brown Metal Oil
8 oz
EA
0.90
17.85
MOC.8
Clear Metal Oil
8 oz
EA
0.94
17.85
MOG.8
Green Metal Oil
8 oz
EA
0.92
17.85
MOR.8
Red Metal Oil
8 oz
EA
0.93
17.85
Have you considered taking a metalsmith class that we offer at Pieh Tool in Camp Verde, Arizona?
check our website www.piehtoolco.com or call for details.
102
www.piehtoolco.com
Primers • Cleaners • Waxes
Primer (Prime It)
When applying traditional or acid patinas to the Metal Coatings over iron, steel, or aluminum, a primer must first be
used to protect the underlying metal from corrosion. This one part primer is recommended to protect the original
ferrous surface. This is the quickest curing and strongest primer available for ferrous metals. This is also a great
product to use over polyurethane products before applying the Metal Coatings. This amazing one part, water base,
no VOC primer was designed for use in severe industrial environments for the protection of steel structures. It
provides excellent chemical, abrasion, and corrosion resistance. Any surface should be cleaned before applying
the primer. Spray or brush on.
ITEM #
A
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
VBWP-8
Water Base Primer
8 oz
EA
0.79
10.50
VBWP-32
Water Base Primer
32 oz
EA
2.94
33.60
VBWP-G
Water Base Primer
GAL
EA
13.0
87.15
Nyalic
®
No more peeling, yellowing or chipping for up to 10 years! PROTECT YOUR WORK FROM RUST! Use on
automobiles, boats, architectural work, statues, construction and more! Nyalic® is a clear polymeric plastic
resin coating that protects against chemical and environmental corrosion on ferrous and non-ferrous metals,
galvanized, anodized and powder coated surfaces, as well as restores oxidized painted surfaces. It was
developed for use in the Apollo command capsules and on the Lunar Rovers, specifically to protect critical
components from harsh environments. Designed to withstand extreme temperatures and UV rays, this clear
surface protectant is now widely used here on Earth in highly moist or corrosive working conditions and
performs at film thicknesses as low as 5 microns. Withstands temperatures up to 350 degrees F (177 degrees
C) and under 0 degrees F (-18 degrees C). Remains thermally stable and flexes with the host substrate to
prevent cracking and peeling.
B
A
NYAL.12
Nyalic Clear Protectant
12 oz
EA
0.99
B
30.00
CLEANERS
Krud Kutter
No other single product removes really tough soils as quickly and effectively from so many different surfaces.
Cuts grease, grime, oil, tar & wax fast. Removes dried latex paint and an excellent tile and grout cleaner.
Leaves no residue. Water-based and biodegradable.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
KK32/12
Krud Kutter, Spray
32 oz
EA
2.36
PRICE
7.30
C
Must for Rust
STOPS RUST & PROTECTS METAL! Dissolves & Removes Rust Creating an Ideal Surface for Painting!
This unique rust remover and inhibitor removes and prevents rust in one step. It protects bare metal for (up
to 12 months). Can be applied by brush, dip, roller or spray. Also etches new galvanized. It is water-based
and biodegradable. You can also reuse this product if your application was done from a dish or pan. The
proprietary formulation penetrates into every void of a metal surface and dissolves rust/oxidation through
chemical action. Then tiny, rust-inhibiting crystals are formed and become integral with the surface molecules
of the metal to resist future rusting. The corrosive agents attack these crystals instead of the metal. Once
completely dry, the surface is ready for the next step, whether it be painting, welding, plating, lubricating, etc.
Or simply leave the surface bare, and the crystals will inhibit future rust formation.
D
MR32/6
Must for Rust, Spray
32 oz
EA
2.54
8.65
WAXES
Renaissance Wax
An extra-ordinary wax/polish. Restore, refresh and protect your antiques, cutlery, furniture, precious metals,
copper, bronze, armory, collectibles, art, photography and much, much more. It’s uses are endless. The #1
choice of museums, galleries and professionals worldwide. Polishes-safe even on papers, woods, leathers,
stone and so much more!
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
RWAX-65ml
Renaissance Wax
2.25 fl oz
EA
0.14
15.00
RWAX-200ml
Renaissance Wax
7 fl oz
EA
0.46
25.00
RWAX-3L
Renaissance Wax
3 liter
EA
8.00
189.00
Bees Wax
Rub it on warm metal to finish off your work; or use to quench your chisels or center punch. Work great on
sanding belts to prevent clogging!
F
BW1
Bees Wax Bar
1 oz
EA
0.07
2.95
G
BWB
Bees Wax Block
1 lb
EA
1.03
12.40
D
E
F
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
G
1-888-743-4866
103
Gilders Paste
Baroque Art Gilders Paste
Baroque Art Gilders Paste offers a collection of 28 various waxes, resins and high concentrations of
pigments, for resistance to water and common chemical reagents with enhanced tint retention and
hiding ability for coloring and highlighting interior and exterior applications.
A
A
Use Gilders Paste On
Metal
Wrought Iron, Steel, Aluminum,
Alloys, etc.
Wood
Moldings, Railings, Furniture,
Gilding Restoration, Picture
Frames, Miter Joints, etc…
Ceramics Planters, Terra Cotta, etc.
Resin
Castings, Plastic, etc.
Wax
Candles, etc.
Other Applications
Antique Restoration, Crafts, Curtain
Rods, Bisque Ware, Home Décor,
Stenciling, Stone, Paper, Leather,
Textiles, Gourds, or any clean dry
surface.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
GPAF
African Bronze (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.32
16.00
GPAG
Antique Gold (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.33
16.00
GPAP
Apricot
92ml
EA
0.28
16.00
GPBL
Black
92ml
EA
0.32
16.00
GPBR
Bronze (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.35
16.00
GPCY
Canary Yellow
92ml
EA
0.28
16.00
GPCB
Celtic Bronze (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.35
16.00
GPCR
Coral Red
92ml
EA
0.30
16.00
GPCU
Copper (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.35
16.00
GPCM
Cream
92ml
EA
0.24
16.00
GPDP
Damson (Deep Purple)
92ml
EA
0.31
16.00
GPFB
Foundry Bronze (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.33
16.00
GPGS
German Silver (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.37
16.00
GPGL
Gold (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.38
16.00
GPIB
Iris Blue
92ml
EA
0.31
16.00
GPIG
Inca Gold (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.37
16.00
GPOR
Orange
92ml
EA
0.30
16.00
GPPA
Patina
92ml
EA
0.29
16.00
GPPI
Pinotage
92ml
EA
0.28
16.00
GPRG
Rich Gold (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.39
16.00
GPRU
Rust
92ml
EA
0.31
16.00
GPSL
Silver (metallic)
92ml
EA
0.31
16.00
GPSLT
Slate
92ml
EA
0.29
16.00
GPSW
Sandalwood
92ml
EA
0.30
16.00
GPTR
Tulip Red
92ml
EA
0.30
16.00
GPVD
Verdigris
92ml
EA
0.25
16.00
GPVT
Violet
92ml
EA
0.33
16.00
GPWT
White (Antique)
92ml
EA
GPLG-MT
Metallic Set, 11 Colors
92ml each
Non Metallic Set, 17 Colors
92ml each color
GPLG-NM
0.30
16.00
SET 3.85
176.00
SET 5.34
272.00
A rosette candle holder base
done by a student in our
blacksmithing class. It can be
enhanced using metal finishes.
104
www.piehtoolco.com
Magnets
MAGNETS
Pencil Magnet
ITEM #
A
PM
A
DESCRIPTION
Insert in driving hammer handle for easy nail retrieval!
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
0.25
EA
0.02
PRICE
2.40
Ceramic Round Apron Magnets
Chrome plated. Perfect for sewing into farrier aprons to hold tools or nails. You can also use them to check heat
treating or to subdue the loud ring from an anvil. Need to pick nails up quick? Magnets make this task a snap!
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
MAGN2
Ceramic Round Apron Magnet, 2”
2.00
EA
0.17
4.50
MAGN2.5
Ceramic Round Apron Magnet, 2-1/2”
2.65
EA
0.34
5.50
MAGN3
Ceramic Round Apron Magnet, 3”
3.20
EA
0.56
7.50
B
PRICE
C
Magnets with Knob
Heavy duty magnetic bases -- ideal for warehouse, workroom and office use. Each magnet has durable nickel
plating and easy-grip knob for positioning.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
HMKR-45
Base Magnet with Knob, 1-1/2”
1.43
EA
0.12
2.80
HMKR-70
Base Magnet with Knob, 2-1/2”
2.63
EA
0.41
8.85
PRICE
D
Magnetic Plated Hook
This magnet is assembled with an attached hook. Features a powerful magnets.
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
MHHH20
Magnetic Plated Hook, Ceramic
20 to 40 lbs pull.
2.00
EA
0.18
4.90
NA012500N
Magnetic Plated Hook, Neodymium
Features a non-scratch liner. 40 lbs. pull.
1.40
EA
0.09
11.65
PRICE
Magnetic Retrieving Baton (Neodymium)
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
RHS02
Innovative and powerful tools to remove fine metallic
filings, turnings or shavings (also known as swarf) from
wet or dry environments! Has a Quick Release! The
non-corrosive, stainless steel housing separator comes
with easy-grip handle and hang hook.
16 x 1
EA
1.20
56.00
PRICE
E
F
Telescoping Magnetic Pickup & Pointer (Neodymium)
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
07565
Great for retrieving small metal objects such as nails,
screws, washers, key rings and more. Doubles as a
presentation pointer with a handy pocket clip attached.
The top of this tool can be unscrewed to reveal a sharp
tip for etching and marking metal, plastic and wood.
Extends from 6” to 25”. 3 lbs. pull.
6 - 25
EA
0.10
G
6.95
Magnetic Knife & Tool Holders
Powerful magnetic bars in flat black organize utensils, hammers, tongs, screwdrivers and other tools in the
kitchen, shop or home office. Great for use in RV’s, inside trucks, vans and garages.
G
H
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
07577
Magnetic Knife & Tool Holder, Magnetic Mount
30 lbs pull
12 x 1-1/2 x 1
EA
1.50
16.60
07579
Magnetic Knife & Tool Holder, Screw Mount
30 lbs pull
12 x 1-1/2 x 1
EA
1.50
14.00
AMC24PLC
Magnetic Tool Holder, Screw Mount
20 lbs pull
24
EA
2.50
19.45
PRICE
H
Small Black Sand Magnet
J
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
MAGBS
Used to remove small amounts of magnetic black sand
from your gold pan. The self-release feature allows for
self-cleaning. Just hold over a container and pull the
handle to release.
1 x 2-1/2
EA
0.06
8.00
Strong magnets attract to any ferrous metal object and
6-1/8 x 4 x 5/8 EA
leaves both hands free to safely work on the project.
Ideal for fast setup and accurate holding for all welding
jobs. The arrow model covers 45°, 90° and 135° welding
angles. 50 lbs pull.
1.50
7.95
2.50
29.25
Welding Angle Magnet, Arrow
K
WMA50
K
Magnetic Welding Ground
L
WMRB80
Strong gripping power holds securely to ferrous metal
work, providing positive ground for welding applications.
Ideal for pipe that regular grounding clamps cannot grab.
Spring-loaded stud keeps constant contact. Copper stud
provides 800 amps. Handle rotates 360°, 95 lbs pull.
J
L
3-1/2 x 2-1/4
EA
1-888-743-4866
105
Knife Sharpeners • Pliers
KNIFE SHARPENERS & KITS
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
A
FPDKS
FPD Knife Sharpener (Solid)
10-1/2 x 2
EA
0.40
38.00
B
SEDKS
Save Edge Knife Sharpener (Hollow)
10-3/4 x 1-1/2
Both brands above are diamond coated, which allows
them to maintain their durability. Leaves a smooth finish.
EA
0.25
30.00
C
C
10627
Nicholson Knife Honer/Sharpener
American pattern, excellent for sharpening hoof knives,
small knives, scissors, tubing cutters.
EA
0.15
9.80
D
D
0566
Carbide Knife Sharpener
6 x 5/16
This hand sharpener fits in your pocket and gives you a
really sharp knife in seconds. The long lasting sharpening
tooth actually peels that dull edge away leaving a long
bevel, super sharp edge.
EA
0.20
19.50
E
PP1
EA
0.10
9.99
F
DRET
Smith’s “Pocket Pal” Multi-Functional Knife Sharpener 3-1/4 x 1-1/2
New sharpener features pre-set crossed carbides and
ceramic stones, providing the “Perfect Edge” every
time. The stones are reversible and replaceable. A fold
out, tapered round, diamond coated rod is designed
for sharpening serrated and standard edges. Compact,
lightweight, durable, and comes with a lanyard hole.
400-600 grit.
Smith’s Reversible Sharpener
7-3/8 x 3-5/8
Features an unbreakable, diamond coated steel rod,
designed to sharpen all types of knives, including
serrated. Multiple layers of medium grit, monocrystallin
diamonds gives you razor sharp edges on your knives,
tools, or hooks. The rod is reversible and can be adjusted
to variable lengths. It has a sharpening groove for hooks
and a shirt pocket slip for easy storage.
EA
0.10
7.99
G
3001
Smith’s Sharpening Steel
The ultimate in sharpening steel technology: interrupted
surface, diamond coated, oval sharpening steel helps
speed the sharpening process by collecting and holding
the metal filings which build up. Comes with a soft grip
rubber handle and oversized hand guard.
EA
0.53
29.99
H
50002-9
Smith’s Oval Ceramic Sharpening Rod
9
Designed to quickly sharpen all your standard kitchen and
household cutlery. It comes with an oversized hand guard
and hang up ring for easy accessibility. The non-slip
rubber tip on the end of the sharpening rod protects your
counter top from scratching and provides stability when
sharpening.
EA
0.44
14.99
J
10-508
AB Knife Sharpening Kit
Keep your hoof knife or other cutting tool sharp. This kit
will take you from moderate sharpening with the 180 Grit
6” Flap Wheel followed by use of the 6” Muslin Wheel
dressed with White Buffing Compound. The kit includes
a universal bushing to fit the arbor shaft on your grinder
from 1/2” - 1” diameter. We highly recommend this to our
customers to sharpen hoof knives and cutting tools.
KIT
1.86
45.70
B
E
F
Finally, the perfect tool
to sharpen hoof knives!
G
H
12 x 1-1/2
10
PLIERS
J
Crescent®
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
K
C10SV
Locking Pliers (Straight Jaw)
Guarantees superior performance with a top quality
design and improved durability. 1-3/4” jaw capacity stays
adjusted for repetitive use.
10
EA
1.19
10.45
L
C10CV
Locking Pliers (Curved Jaw)
With Wire Cutter for compound action; powerful non-slip
locking grip. 1-3/4” jaw capacity stays adjusted for
repetitive use.
10
EA
1.19
11.30
M
C11CCV
Locking C-Clamp Pliers
The Original Crescent® Locking C-Clamps (regular tips)
with 4” wide-opening jaws. Its guarded release trigger
quickly unlocks and protects from accidental release,
stays adjusted for repetitive use.
11
EA
1.69
16.60
K
L
M
106
Be connected with us -- check the newest products,
the current specials and the latest events at Pieh Tool
www.piehtoolco.com.
www.piehtoolco.com
Clamps • Wrenches • Pliers • Measuring
CLAMPS
Wilton
A
C-Clamps
Drop-forged steel frame. Black oxide replaceable spindles & Perma-pad® resist corrosion. Industry
Standard, Regular-duty. Made in the USA.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
1ST SEM
PROMO
14042
404U C-Clamp Black Spindle
Clamp Pressure: 6,200 Lbs; Opening:
0 - 4”; Throat Depth: 2-3/4”
1-1/2 x 5-1/2
x 10-1/4
EA
3.60
58.00
42.00
14070
408U C-Clamp Black Spindle
H Clamp Pressure: 6,900 Lbs; Opening: 0 8-1/4”; Throat Depth: 4-1/2”
1-1/2 x 8-1/16 EA
x 15-3/8
8.0
106.00
76.00
B
SNIPS
Metal Wiss® Snips
B
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
MPC3
This is perfect for cutting copper sheet! Cuts
curves, straight or any combination. Designed
for multi-purpose use for the home craftsman.
9
EA
0.71
14.80
N/A
D
WRENCHES
Crescent® Rapid Slide Wrench
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
AC8NKWMP
Slide adjuster positioned in handle of wrench
allows quicker jaw adjustment compared with
knurled adjuster found on traditional adjustable
wrenches. Features: 1” jaw capacity, SAE/
Metric, wide handle, forged steel with chrome
finish, slider debris shield maintains a smooth
operation.
8
EA
1.02
19.00
E
Wilton Ductile Pipe Wrench
Drop Forged upper and lower jaws with heavy duty adjustable ring. Ductile cast iron handle.
Floating hook jaw with spring suspension for easier gripping. Made in the USA.
D
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
1ST SEM
PROMO
1.8
21.00
17.00
3.5
33.00
26.00
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
38110
1-1/2” pipe capacity
10
EA
38114
2” pipe capacity
14
EA
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
EA
0.13
45.99
F
RULES
Lufkin Steel Folding Rule, 2 ft
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
86
Rule comes to a firm stop when opened
3/4” x 24
straight. 1-fold, tempered steel rule with legible,
permanent, deeply etched black markings.
Lower edge on one side is graduated to 1/16ths
of an inch, upper edge on other side to 1/8th.
Lower edge 75° circumference is in inches to
1/8th.
G
H
Pieh Legacy Collection™ Brass Folding Rule
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PTBR
One-fold brass ruler features measurements in
the metric system as well as in inches.
24
EA
0.28
39.60
J
Steel Squares and Gauges
Our rules are made of 14 gauge, 304 stainless steel and successfully resist rust. All numbers and
lines are laser-etched into the tool. Made in the USA.
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PTSQ.S
Pieh Square (No Stand)
6x8
EA
0.36
22.00
Pieh Tri-Square with Stand
See clip-on stand for upright hands-free use.
6x8
EA
0.41
25.00
14 x 2-1/4
EA
0.06
5.00
EA
0.44
22.00
G/H PTSQ.TS
H
PTSQ.Stnd
Pieh Tri-Square Stand Only
Clip-on piece for for upright hands-free use.
J
PTHR2
Pieh Hook Rule Gauge
12 (14 OAL)
Quickly determine stock sizes without the hassle
of a tape measure. The slots are used to
determine the diameter of round stock, the size
of square stock and the thickness of flat bar,
while the other side of the Hook Rule Gauge is
used to determine the width of flat bar.
PRICE
Have you considered taking
our blacksmith class
that we offer at Pieh Tool
in Camp Verde, Arizona?
“The Bill Pieh
Resource
for Metalwork”
See page 73.
1-888-743-4866
107
Measuring • Levels • Marking Instruments
Steel Round Protractors
This handy tool is a must for those who need to
layout accurate angles for fabrication, blacksmithing and woodworking among other situations.
A
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PTPR6
Pieh Round Protractor, 6”
6
EA
0.25
22.00
PTPR12
12
EA
1.01
42.00
PTPR24
24
EA
3.98
89.00
Pieh Traveler Rule, 6”
Don’t guess the measurement of complicated curves. Just roll the traveler along the curve and count the
revolutions of the 6” wheel. Measures in inches and fractions. Very handy for farriers as well blacksmiths.
B
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PT6TR
Pieh Traveler Rule, 6”
6
EA
0.31
24.00
PRICE
Johnson
Power Tape Measures
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
SIZE (ft)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
C
1805-0030
Johnson Power Tape Measure, 30’
Johnson’s 30’ x 1-1/16” power tape measure has printing on
both sides in jobsite tough case. Blade-Gard nylon coated to
resist abrasion.
30
EA
1.14
8.90
D
1806-0030
Johnson Magnetic Power Tape Measure, 30’
A magnetic tip on this Johnson’s 30’ x 1-1/16” tape measure
has printing on both sides in a jobsite tough case. A 4-Rivet
blade hook holds to ferrous metal surfaces.
30
EA
1.19
13.50
D
E
F
Big J Geared Open Reels
Johnson long tapes are heavy duty job site tough. They rewind 3X faster with gear drive and are an
outstanding value in a measuring tool. 2 Color Blade: white inch scale, yellow engineer’s scale with
comfortable non-slip rubberized hand grip. Rugged, high impact ABS case.
ITEM #
E
F
G
H
J
LENGTH
SIZE (ft)
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
1809-0100
Johnson Open Reel Fiberglass, 100’
100
EA
4.00
16.85
1809-0300
Johnson Open Reel Fiberglass, 300’
300
EA
4.40
48.00
1811-0200
Johnson Open Reel Nyclad Steel Tape, 200’
200
EA
4.00
72.00
LEVELS
Johnson
The Johnson Aluminum Box Beam Levels feature vials with permanent interior markings to help provide
accurate level and plumb readings up to 0.5mm for reliability. Durable, shock-protecting end caps help
protect the level from damage. Yellow powder-coat finish for high visibility, with ergonomically-shaped, softcushioned hand holes for comfortable use.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
SIZE (in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
G
9824-HH
Johnson 24” Aluminum Box Beam Level
24
EA
1.33
39.95
H
9848-HH
48
EA
2.80
52.00
J
9872-HH
72
EA
3.66
84.00
MARKING INSTRUMENTS
Chalk Box
Large fill opening to ease fill up and a no-leak stopper. Strong ABS case with large steel crank for durability.
Loosely woven polyester string that holds chalk well - 15 oz. chalk capacity.
K
K
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
SIZE (ft)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
1802-0000
Standard Line Chalk Box
100
EA
3.58
25.00
Silver Pencils
Marks clearly on raw metal with a fine line layout. It actually “Illuminates” when welding or cutting. This is
by far the best, most effective metal marking tool on the market. Ditch the soapstone and other metal marking
tools, try these today!
L
L
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
QTY
/BOX
SHIP WT
(lb)
92910-01
Silver Welders Pencil, 3 Pack
9-1/2 x 2-3/4
EA
12
0.05
PRICE QTY BREAK
PRICE
4.50
3.99
Soap Stone
Soapstone for metal marking temporarily marks metal surfaces during fabrication. It is all natural for
smooth marking and will not contaminate welds. Easily removes from work piece.
M
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
U/M
QTY
/BOX
SHIP WT
(lb)
SOAP
Soap Stone
1/4 x 5
EA
0.03
6-49
50-143
144+
PRICE QTY BREAK
PRICE
0.35
0.33
0.28
0.26
M
108
www.piehtoolco.com
Milwaukee® Utility Tools • Power Tools
UTILITY TOOLS
Milwaukee® Tools
Hand Saws
LENGTH
SIZE (in)
TOOL U/M SHIP WT
WT (lb)
(lb)
PRICE
48-22-0305 Folding Jab Saw
Includes (3) Recip Blades
Tool Free Blade Change: 10X Faster
Folding Blade: Easier and Safer Storager
Rubber Over Mold Grip: Increased Comfort
Accepts All Sawzall Blades: Versatility
13
0.64
EA 0.65
19.97
48-22-1901 Fastback™ Utility Knife
Includes (5) Utility Blades
Flip Blade Open: One Handed
Tool Free Blade Change
Wire Stripper: Strip up to 10 Gauge
Integrated Gut Hook; Slim Design
11
0.41
EA 0.35
14.99
48-22-1910 Side Slide Utility Knife
Includes (5) Utility Blades
Side Slide Blade, Tool Free Blade Change
Integrated Gut Hook
Rubber Over Mold Grip: Increased Comfort
Blade Storage: Store up to 5 Blades
10
48-22-4200 ProPEX® /Tubing Cutter
Includes Blade
Replaceable V Blades: Clean Cut on 1” Tubing
All Metal Core with Rust Protection
Rework Groove: Correct Mistakes
Locking Mechanism: One Handed
13
ITEM #
A
DESCRIPTION
•
•
•
•
B
0.38
EA 0.43
9.95
D
0.64
EA 0.58
29.40
•
•
•
•
HAND TOOL
LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY
Every MILWAUKEE hand tool is warranted to the
original purchaser only to be free from defects in
material and workmanship. Subject to certain
exceptions, MILWAUKEE will repair or replace any
hand tool which, after examination, is determined
by MILWAUKEE to be defective in material or
workmanship for the lifetime of the tool.
POWER TOOLS
Milwaukee® Tools
Power Saws
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M SHIP WT
WT (lb)
(lb)
6232-21
Deep Cut Variable Speed Band Saw Kit
22.4 x 8 x 15.3
14.5
KIT 34.17
PRICE
327.00
Includes Blade, Carrying Case
Job Site Armor™ Composite: Long Lasting
All Metal Direct Drive, Gear Protecting Clutch
Maintains Cut Speed in Toughest Applications
Revolutionary Cut Visibility: Superior Cut
Accuracy
Balanced Slimmer Design: Comfortable to Hold
Built-In LED Light: Illuminates Cut Line
Button Actuated Locking Adjustable Shoe
Industry’s Largest Cut Capacity, 5 x 5”
Debris Protection
Variable Speed Trigger/Dial
8’ Cord
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
F
6509-31
SAWZALL® Recip Saw Kit, 3/4”
High Performance: Cuts Most Materials
3/4” Stroke Length: Maximum Cut Control
Gear Clutch: Protects Gear and Motor
Counter Weighted: Reduces Vibration
QUIK-LOK™ Blade Clamp: Fast Blade Chang
Redesigned Grip: Best in Class for Ergonomics
Cut Speed & Durability: Best in Class
8’ Cord 8” Blade Size
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
G
6536-21
Orbital Super SAWZALL® Recip Saw
E
22.48 x 5.25
x 11.25
7.10
EA 11.80
22.38 x 18 x 5.31 9.80
EA 14.40
•
•
•
•
•
•
ITEM
VOLTAGE
AMPS
120 AC
120 AC
120 AC
11
12
13
0-380
0-3,000
0-3,000
199.99
G
5
Year
Warranty
Milwaukee ® Power Tool Specifications
6232-21
6509-31
6536-21
144.00
F
Fast Orbital Cutting Action
Variable Speed Trigger
Counter Balanced/Gear Protection Systems
QUIK-LOK™ Blade Clamp: Fast Blade Change
Impact Resistant Case: Accessory Storage
8’ Cord
SFPM
/SPM
Warranty
C
•
•
•
•
D
Lifetime
B
•
•
•
•
C
A
CAPACITY
STROKE
CORD
SIZE
5X5”
---
-3/4”
1-1/4”
8’
8’
8’
1-888-743-4866
on all Milwaukee Power Tools!
PORTABLE POWER TOOL
FIVE YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY
Every MILWAUKEE power tool (including cordless
product – tool, battery pack(s) - see separate & distinct
CORDLESS BATTERY PACK LIMITED WARRANTY
statements & battery charger and Work Lights*) is
warranted to the original purchaser only to be free from
defects in material and workmanship. Subject to certain
exceptions, MILWAUKEE will repair or replace any part
on an electric power tool which, after examination,
is determined by MILWAUKEE to be defective in
material or workmanship for a period of five (5) years*
after the date of purchase unless otherwise noted.
109
Milwaukee® Power Tools (Corded Saws • Drills)
Milwaukee® Tools
Power Saws (continued)
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M
WT (lb)
6523-21
Orbital Super SAWZALL® Recip Saw Kit
22.35 x 11.06
x 5.31
14.85 KIT 14.15
199.00
10 x 12 x 10
13.30 KIT 21.80
316.00
22.75 x 16.25
x 14.38
40.00 EA
184.00
3.1 x 16.25
x 14.38
5.40
EA 5.84
124.95
7 x 3.75 x 11.75 4.80
EA 6.08
157.00
3.2 x 10.5 x 3.2 3.50
EA 5.52
64.80
16.75 x 5.51
x 3.31
EA 6.70
107.00
Includes 10’ QUIK-LOK™ Cord, Carrying Case
360° Rotating Cushion Grip Handle
High Powered 14Amp Milwaukee Motor
Counter Balanced/Gear Protection Systems
QUIK-LOK™ Blade Clamp: Fast Blade Change
Impact Resistant Case: Accessory Storage
Dial Speed Trigger Switch
•
•
•
•
•
•
A
B
6370-21
Metal Cutting Circular Saw Kit, 8”
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
Includes 15’ Cord, Hex Blade Wrench, Circular Saw
Blade, Carrying Case
Dry-Cut Technology: Faster, Cleaner Cutting
Chiptank Deflects/Collects Hot Chips & Sparks
Plunge Lever: Fast, Effective Plunge Cuts
Quick-Release: Waste Disposal/Blade Changes
One Pass Cut Depth: 2-9/16” (most materials)
Premium Cermet-Tipped Blades Cut Faster
Right Sided Blade; Capacity at 90°: 2-9/16”
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
B
C
6177-20
Abrasive Chop Saw Cut-Off Machine 14”
Includes 8’ Cord, Vise, Abrasive Wheel, Hex Wrench
Capacity: 5” Square/Round; 4-5/8” Barstock
Bevel Miter Capacity: 45°
Durable Light Weight Design
Oversized Wheel Guards: Debris Protection
45° Miter Capacity, Adjustable Fence
Large Spindle Lock Button: Easy Blade Change
Quick Adjust Vise Clamp; Ball Bearing
Construction
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
45.60
Drills
C
D
0299-20
Magnum® 1/2” Drill, 850 RPM
Includes Side Handle, Chuck Key with Holder
Variable Speed Control
Heavy-Duty 1/2” Keyed Chuck
All Metal Gear Case and Diaphragm
8’ 3-Wire Rubber Cord
360° Locking Side Handle
Capacity: Wood 1-1/2” - 2-9/16”, Metal 2”
Ergonomic Textured Grip, Two Finger Trigger w/
Lock
Grounded Construction
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
E
0234-6
Magnum® 1/2” Drill, 950 RPM
Includes Side Handle, Chuck Key with Holder
Trigger Speed Control with Reverse and Lock
Heavy-Duty Industrial 1/2” Keyed Chuck
8’ 3-Wire QUIK-LOK® Cord
Brush Cartridge System Changes <1 minute
Capacity: Wood 1-1/2” - 2”, Metal 2”
Use this tool with a variety of accessories to drill into
wood, metal, plastics & composites.
•
•
•
•
•
D
Grinders
F
6130-33
E
Small Angle Grinder 4 1/2”, 7 Amp
Includes Type 27 Guard, Spanner Wrench
Compact, Lightweight Design
Debris Baffles: Protect Internal Components
Multi-Port Exhaust: Reduces Motor Burn-Up
Tool Free, Burst Resistant Guard
Double Insulated Cord; Slide Lock On
•
•
•
•
•
G
6146-33
Small Angle Grinder, 4 1/2”, 11 Amp
Includes Type 27 Guard, Side Handle, Flanges,
Spanner Wrench
Overload Protection & Electronic Clutch
Multi-Port Exhaust: Reduces Motor Burn-Up
Tool Free Accessories/Burst Resistant Guard
Double Insulated 2 Wire Cord; Slide Lock On
More durable & 50% more power than the
competition.
5.40
•
•
•
•
•
F
Milwaukee ® Power Tool Additional Specifications
ITEM
6523-21
6370-21
6177-20
0299-20
0234-6
6130-33
6146-33
G
5
Year
Warranty
110
VOLTAGE
AMPS
SFPM
/SPM
SPINDLE
THREAD
RPM
MWO
120 AC
120 AC
120 AC/DC
120 AC
120 AC
120 AC
120 AC
13
13
15
8
5.5
7
11
0-3,000
-------
-----5/8-11”
5/8-11”
-3,700
3,900
0-850
0-950
11,000
11,000
-----750
1,400
ARBOR
STROKE /SPINDLE
1-1/4”
-------
-5/8”
1”
1/2-20”
1/2-20”
---
WHEEL
DIAMETER
CORD
SIZE
-8”
14”
--4-1/2”
4-1/2”
10’
15’
8’
8’
8’
8’
8’
www.piehtoolco.com
Milwaukee® Power Tools (Grinders & Shears)
Grinders & Shears
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M SHIP WT
WT (lb)
(LB)
6088-30
Large Angle Grinder 7” - 9”
9.29 x 693
x 23.82
13.70 EA 16.70
Includes 7” & 9” Type 27 Guard, Side Handle,
Flanges, Spanner Wrench
Optimal Wheel Speed for Stock Removal
External Brush Doors, Trigger with Lock On
High Overload Protection & Electronic Clutch
Tool Free Accessories/Burst Resistant Guards
8’ Double Insulated 2 Wire Cord; Slide Lock On
Spiral Bevel Gears
Epoxy Motor Protection: 25+% Longer Lasting
PRICE
175.20
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
B
6117-33
Milwaukee Small Angle Grinder - 5 in.,
13 Amp, with Slide Switch, Lock-On
A
16.8 x 5.8 x 3.3 6.90
EA 7.20
136.20
Includes Type 27 Guard, Side Handle, Spanner
Wrench and Flanges
Overload Protection: Maximizes motor life
Electronic Clutch: Extends tool life and prevents
bind-up
Constant Power Technology™: Maintains
constant speed under load
Tool-Free Accessory Change: Easily change “All
Accessories” without a wrench
Advanced Airflow System: Maximizes airflow and
reduces debris ingress, improving motor life and
performance
Anti-Vibration Side Handle: Reduces vibration,
increasing user comfort during extended use
•
•
•
•
•
B
•
6117-33D
Milwaukee Small Angle Grinder - 5 in.
16.8 x 5.8 x 3.3 6.90
EA 7.20
156.00
4.25 x 2.81 x 16 4.50
EA 4.65
226.80
13 Amp, with Slide Switch, Lock-On, Variable Speed
Same features as 6117-33, with Variable Speed
Powerful 13 Amp, 2,800 - 11,000 RPM Motor:
Provides maximum performance and durability
Dial Speed Control: Provides flexibility to adjust
speed range for specific applications
C
•
•
C
5192
Die Grinder
Includes 11/16” Open End Wrench, 1/2” Open End
Wrench
Wheels/Points to 1-5/8”, reinforced wheels to 2”
All Ball & Roller Bearings
Accepts 1/8” Collet (1/4” Standard)
8’ Cord and On/Off Trigger Lock
A full array of mounted points allows you to grind
many shapes and diameters.
•
•
•
•
D
Polisher
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M SHIP WT
WT (lb)
(LB)
5540
Polisher 7” - 9”
16-1/2
8.80
EA 11.90
PRICE
234.00
Includes Side Handle, 7” Rubber Backing Pad, Disc
Nut, Nylon Washer
Low Variable Speed: Ideal for Knifemakers
Powerful 11 A Motor, AC Only
Trigger Switch
Spindle Lock: Convenient Accessory Change
Alum Gear Case: Protective Urethane Bumpers
Accepts 7” or 9” Accessories
10’ Double Insulated QUIK-LOK® Cord
All Ball & Roller Bearings
Built for long life with plenty of power!
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
E
Shear
E
6852-20
Shear 18 Gauge
3 x 10 x 14.5
4.10
EA 5.20
175.00
Includes Hex Wrench
Magnesium Gear Case: Superior Balance
Capacity: Steel 18 Gauge; Stainless 20 Gauge
360° swivel head
Trigger Switch with Lock
Ergonomic Tactile Grip
10’ Flexible Durable Runner Cord
•
•
•
•
•
•
5
Year
Warranty
®
Milwaukee Power Tool Additional Specifications
VOLTAGE
AMPS
SFPM
/SPM
RPM
SPINDLE
THREAD
CORD
ARBOR
CUTTING
RADIUS
WHEEL
DIAMETER
6088-30
6117-33
120 AC
120 AC
15
13
---
6,000
11,000
5/8-11”
5/8-11”
8’
8’
-5/8”
8”
8”
7-9”
5”
6117-33D
120AC
13
--
2,80011,000
5/8-11”
8’
5/8”
8”
5”
5192
120 AC
4.5
--
21,000
8’
1/2”
8”
N/A
5540
6852-20
120 AC
120 AC
11
6.8
-0-2,500
0-2,800
--
1/4” or 1/8”
Collet
5/8-11”
--
10’
10’
---
-7”
7-9”
N/A
ITEM
1-888-743-4866
PORTABLE POWER TOOL
111
Milwaukee® Power Tools (Cordless Drivers)
CORDLESS LITHIUM-ION TOOLS
Drivers & Drills
Longer run-time!
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M SHIP WT
WT (lb)
(LB)
2450-22
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/4” Hex
Impact Driver Kit
2.3 x 6.5 x 6.2
2.30
KIT 7.00
139.80
7.375 x 2.22
x 7.688
2.50
KIT 7.18
139.80
5.75 x 3 x 7.75
3.20
KIT 10.74
238.00
8.875 x 3.2 x 8
6.70
KIT 14.00
421.00
8.875 x 3.2 x 8
6.70
KIT 14.00
421.00
Industry’s
Number One
Sub-Compact System
PRICE
Includes (2) M12 Lithium-Ion Batteries, 30 minute
Charger, Carrying Case
Delivering a best-in-class 850 in-lbs Torque
Drives 75% Faster and 2X Longer
0-3000 Impacts Per Minute
Compact & Lightweight
On-Board Fuel Gauge: Displays Run-Time
Built-In LED Light: Illuminates Work Surface
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A
B
2410-22
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 3/8” Drill/
Driver Kit
Up to 35% Faster Drilling, faster than its
Competition
Powerful Motor: 25% More Torque in its Class
Compact & Lightweight - Tool Belt Portable
Reversible 2-Speed Metal Gear Box
3/8” Metal Single Sleeve Ratcheting Chuck
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
B
C
Fastest Growing
Lithium-Ion
Cordless System
2650-21
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/4” Hex
Impact Driver Kit
Includes (2) M18 XC High Capacity Lithium-Ion
Batteries, 1 hour Charger, Belt Clip, Carrying Case
1/4” Hex Quick Change Chuck
Milwaukee 4-Pole Frameless Motor
Impact Mechanism - Better Driving Speed/Torque
Belt Clip - Allows for Easy Portability
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
D
2662-22
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/2” High
Torque Impact Wrench Kit/Pin Detent
Batteries, 1 hour Charger, Kit Box
High Torque: 450 ft-lbs
Option: Pin Detent for Max Socket Retention
Option: Friction Ring for Easy Socket Change
•
•
•
•
•
•
C
2663-22
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/2” High
Torque Impact Wrench Kit/Friction Ring
Batteries, 1 hour Charger, Kit Box
High Torque: 450 ft-lbs
Option: Pin Detent for Max Socket Retention
Option: Friction Ring for Easy Socket Change
•
•
•
•
•
•
D
ITEM
5
Year
Warranty
ANVIL
IPM
RPM
TORQUE
BATTERY
12V
12V
1/4” HEX
1/4” HEX
0-3,000
--
850”/lb
275”/lb
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
2650-21
18V
1/4” HEX
0-3,200
0-2,000
0-400
/0-1,500
0-2,200
1400”/lb
RED LITHIUM
2662-22
18V
1/2” SQ
0-2,200
0-1,900
450’/lb
RED LITHIUM
2663-22
18V
1/2” SQ
0-2,200
0-1,900
450’/lb
RED LITHIUM
PORTABLE POWER TOOL
112
VOLTAGE
2450-22
2410-22
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
www.piehtoolco.com
Milwaukee® Power Tools (Cordless Drivers)
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M SHIP WT
WT (lb)
(LB)
2601-22
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/2” Drill
Driver Kit
7-3/4
4.00
KIT 11.20
PRICE
238.80
Longer run-time!
Batteries, 30 minute Charger, Carrying Case
21 Clutch Settings
2-Speed Metal Gear Box
Capacity: Steel 1/2” / Wood 1”
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
B
2611-24
Fastest Growing
Lithium-Ion
Cordless System
Milwaukee M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION
High Performance 1/2” Hammer Drill
Driver Kit
9-1/4
5.30
KIT 13.25
388.00
Includes (2) M18™ XC High Capacity RED LITHIUM
™ Batteries, M18™ Charger, Side Handle and
Carrying Case.
The new Milwaukee 4-Pole Frameless Motor
generates a best-in-class 750 in-lbs. of torque to
meet the application rigors of the jobsite. Utilizing
the new M18™ RED LITHIUM™ battery, the 2611
delivers up to 65% more holes per charge. The most
compact high performance hammer drill available at
its size, which minimizes user fatigue and maximizes
productivity by fitting into tight spaces.
Milwaukee 4-Pole Frameless Motor maximizes
tool efficiency to increase run-time
½” single-sleeve ratcheting metal chuck with
carbide jaws
Compact & Lightest on the Market
Variable speed trigger
On-board Battery Fuel Gauge displays remaining
run-time
Built-in LED Light illuminates work surface
A
•
•
•
•
•
•
C
2411-22
B
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 3/8” Hammer 8.5 x 7.625
x 2.3
Drill Driver Kit
2.80
KIT 7.60
162.60
4.90
KIT 6.00
333.00
Industry’s 1st Sub-Compact Hammer Drill Driver
Power, Speed, Durability: Best in Class
Compact & Lightest on the Market
2-Speed Metal Gear Box
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
D
2602-22
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/2” Hammer 8.5 x 8 x 2.5
Drill Driver Kit
Batteries, 1 hr Charger, Kitbox
20% faster in concrete than the competition
Compact & Ergonomic Design
DPM - Digital Power Management
2-Speed Metal Gear Box: Only in its class
Variable Speed - Reversible
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
E
2401-22
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/4”
Screwdriver Kit
Industry’s
Number One
Sub-Compact System
C
6x2x7
2.00
KIT 5.26
Includes (2) M12 Lithium-Ion Batteries, 1 hour
Charger, Storage Bag
Battery drives 130 3” screws on one charge
1/4” Hex Chuck allows one handed bit changes
Lightweight-Subcompact
Spindle Lock
Over-Mold Side and Grip
Metal Gear Box
Capacity: Steel 1/4” / Wood 1/2”
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
112.80
D
ITEM
2601-22
2611-24
2411-22
2602-22
2401-22
VOLTAGE
CLUTCH
SETTINGS
BPM
RPM
TORQUE
18V
18V
12V
18V
12V
21
24
18+1
24
14+1
-0-28,000
22,500
0-29,000
--
0-500/0-1,500
0-450/0-1800
0-400/0-1,500
0-550/0-1,700
0-500
425”/lb
750”/lb
275”/lb
550”/lb
175”/lb
BATTERY
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
E
5
Year
Warranty
1-888-743-4866
113
Milwaukee® Power Tools (Cordless Saws)
Cordless Lithium-Ion Tools
Saws & Tool Kits
Longer run-time!
A
DESCRIPTION
2420-21
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION HACKZALL™ 11 x 2 x 6
TOOL U/M SHIP WT
WT (lb)
(LB)
2.60
PRICE
EA 7.60
142.20
KIT 16.00
277.20
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Band Saw Kit 16 x 4.5 x 10.75 10.25 KIT 20.00
421.00
Recip Saw
Industry’s
Number One
Sub-Compact System
Includes (1) M12 Lithium-Ion Battery, 30 minute
Charger, (2) Hackzall Blades, Contractor Bag
Compact: Only 11” for Cutting in Tight Spaces
Keyless QUIK-LOK™ Blade Replacement Clamp
All-Metal Gear Case
Accepts HACKZALL™ & SAWZALL® blade
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
B
A
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
ITEM #
2620-21
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION SAWZALL® 17 x 3.5 x 6.25 7.60
Recip Saw Tool Kit
Battery, 1 hour Charger, Sawzall Blade, Carrying
Case
Patented Gear-Protecting Clutch Extends Life
Lever Action QUIK-LOK™ Blade Clamp
75+ cuts per charge
Cuts 30% Faster with Less Vibration
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fastest Growing
Lithium-Ion
Cordless System
C
2629-22
Batteries, 1 hour Charger, Blade, Carrying Case
Compact & Lightweight - For Cutting Overhead
3-1/4” Round Cut Capacity: Cuts most Materials
Single Cut: Copper/Angle Iron 3”, Conduit 2-1/2”
Tool-Free Adjustable Material Shoe
Blade Ejection System
Drop Resistant Pulley Guard
Cast Aluminum Gear Case
B
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
D
2630-22
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 6-1/2”
Circular Saw Kit
12 x 8.5 x 10
8.50
KIT 8.50
388.90
17.35 x 7.4
x 10.63
5.80
KIT 10.70
389.00
Batteries, 1 hr Charger, Saw Blade, Rip Fence,
Wrench, Contractor Bag
Heavy-Duty Magnesium Guards
Ergonomic, Compact, Lightweight
Electronic Brake: Stops Blade Quickly
Aircraft Aluminum Shoe: Greater Accuracy
Lock Off Trigger
6-1/2” Blade, 24T (Count)
Capacity: 2-1/8” @ 90°, 1-5/8” @ 45°
For lightweight cutting applications in plumbing,
electrical, framing, finishing & carpentry.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
C
E
2682-22
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 5-3/8” Metal
Saw Kit
Batteries, 1 hr Charger, Carbon Tipped Blade,
Wrench, Contractor Bag
Compact/Lightweight: Low-Profile Design
Extra-Large Cut Guide/Polycarbonate Guard
Stainless Steel Shoe/Impact Resistant Window
Tool-Free Depth Adjustment/Capacity: 1/8”- 2”
30T METAL TECH™ Carbide-Tipped Blade
Produces cool, burr-free cuts in EMT, strut, threaded
rod, sheet metal and angle iron. 20mm Arbor.
D
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ITEM
2420-21
2620-21
2629-22
2630-22
2682-22
E
VOLTAGE
BLADE
LENGTH
STROKE
LENGTH
SPM
/SFPM
RPM
SPEED
BATTERY
12V
18V
18V
18V
18V
--35-3/8”
6-1/2” Dia.
5-3/8”
1/2”
1”
----
0-3,000
0-3,200
480
---
---3,500
3,600
--390/480
---
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
Check out our website for Promotional Specials!
5
Year
Warranty
114
www.piehtoolco.com
www.piehtoolco.com
Milwaukee® Power Tools (Cordless Kits)
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M
WT (lb)
2445-21
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION High
Performance Jig Saw Kit
14.65 x 4.06
x 6.81
4.20
SHIP WT
(LB)
KIT 6.80
PRICE
155.25
Charger, Jig Saw Blade , Anti-Splintering Insert,
Shoe, Contractor Bag
Compact and Lightweight
Innovative Hybrid Grip™: Maximum Control
Powerful Cutting: Fast, Controlled Cutting
Quik-Lok™ T-Shank Blade Clamp: Quick Changes
Tool-free Bevel Capability: Positive Lock at 900
Smooth Balanced Cutting: Minimized Vibration
Industry’s
Number One
Sub-Compact System
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
B
2680-22
18V Cordless M18™ 4-1/2”
Cut-Off/Grinder
Longer run-time!
A
5.9 x 11.5 x 5
5.90
EA
13.25
388.80
Includes: (2) 18V XC High Capacity Lithium-Ion
Batteries, 1-Hour Charger, Type 1 Guard, Type 27
Guard - 49-12-0300, Type 1 Cut-Off Wheel, Spanner
Wrench, Side Handle, Contractor Bag and Product
Manual
Overload protection prevents damage
to the tool and battery in abusive situations
Milwaukee 4-pole motor delivers maximum power
when cutting or grinding
L-shape vents keep debris from entering the
tool and damaging internal components to help
increase tool life
The only cordless cut-off/grinder in the market
with a paddle switch design
Up to 35% faster cutting speed
Up to 50% more cuts on a single charge
3-position side handle provides optimal control
and versatility
•
•
•
Fastest Growing
Lithium-Ion
Cordless System
•
•
•
•
2680-20
18V Cordless M18™ 4-1/2”
B
5.9 x 11.5 x 5
4.40
EA
5.78
123.00
Cut-Off/Grinder without battery or charger
Includes tool only.
ITEM
VOLTAGE
WHEEL
STROKE
SPM
RPM
THREAD
BEVEL
BATTERY
12V
18V
18V
-4-1/2”D
4-1/2”D
3/4”
---
0-2,800
---
-9,000
9,000
-5/8”-11
5/8”-11
45°
---
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
2445-21
2680-22
2680-20
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M
WT (lb)
2696-24
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 4-Tool
Combo Kit
14.33 x 26.77
x 5.12
N/A
SHIP WT
(LB)
KIT 23.40
C
PRICE
445.00
Batteries, Sawzall Blade,1 hour Charger, Contractor
Bag
Kit Contents
1. M18™ Cordless ½” Hammer Drill/Driver - Item
# 2602
2. M18™ Sawzall® Reciprocating Saw - Item # 2620
3. M18™ ¼” Hex Impact - Item # 2650
4. M18™ Work Light with 35° Rotating Head - Item
# 49-24-0171
DPM™ - Digital Power Management: Overload
protection prevents damage
to the tool and battery in abusive situations
Compatibility: Works with M18™ XC High
Capacity RED LITHIUM™ Batteries and M18™
Compact RED LITHIUM™ Batteries
D
•
•
D
2698-22
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 2-Tool
Combo Kit
17.36 x 7.4
x 10.95
N/A
KIT 16.54
Batteries, 30T METAL TECH™ Carbide-Tipped Blade,
Blade Wrench, 1 hour Charger, Contractor Bag
Kit Contents
1. M18™ 1/2” Hammer Drill Driver - Item # 2602-20
2. M18™ 5-3/8” Metal Saw - Item # 2682
DPM™ - Digital Power Management: Overload
protection prevents damage to the tool and
battery in abusive situations
Compatibility: Works with M18™ XC High
Capacity RED LITHIUM™ Batteries and M18™
Compact RED LITHIUM™ Batteries
5
Year
Warranty
PORTABLE POWER TOOL
•
•
343.00
1-888-743-4866
115
Milwaukee® Speciality Power Tools
SPECIALITY POWER TOOLS
A
Industry’s
Number One
Sub-Compact System
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
2471-21
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Copper
Tubing Cutter
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M
WT (lb)
SHIP WT
(LB)
14 x 2.5 x 3
3.20
KIT 8.60
179.99
14 x 3 x 5
2.80
KIT 10.29
213.60
3.5 x 6.2 x 6
3.40
KIT 5.96
136.00
2 x 6 x 6.5
0.85
EA
1.13
126.00
3x1x9
0.05
EA
0.16
20.00
PRICE
Close Quarter Rotating Cutting Head
Cuts Pipe in Confined Spaces
Copper Cut Wheel Blade
Trigger to Cut/Reset to Open
Automatic Adjustment from 3/8” - 1” Tubing
Auto Locking Mechanism: 200 Cuts per Charge
Water Resistant Sealed Metal Cutter Head
Capacity: 1/2” to 1 1/8” O.D.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A
B
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION PVC Shear
Kit
2470-21
Powerful: Cuts 2” Schedule 40 PVC in 3 seconds
Ultra Sharp Pierce Point Blade: No Burrs
Offset Blade: Cuts PVC/PEX in Wall/Ground
Quick Return Blade: Aids During Repetitive Cuts
All Metal Planetary Drive: 200 Cuts per Charge
Stainless Steel Blade/Aluminum Jaw
2 Action VS Switch Type
On-Board Storage Blade Wrench
Variable Speed Trigger & On Board Fuel Gauge
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
B
C
Fastest Growing
Lithium-Ion
Cordless System
M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Palm Nailer
Kit
2458-21
Battery, 30 minute Charger, Hand Strap, Tool Bag
Industrial Magnetic Collet: 6D-16D One-Handed
Use
Anvil (2 Options) 1/2” Square
Metal Gear Housing: Durable
Palm Style Ergonomics: Superior Comfort
Blow Energy 2.2ft/lbs
Compatibility - Works with both M12™ RED
LITHIUM ™ Batteries and 25+ M12™Tools
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
C
D
Laser Temperature Gun
2266-20
Includes (3) AA Batteries, Manual
User Configurative Hi/Low Alarm Settings
K-Type Thermocouple Input: Contact Temperature
Display: High Contrast, White on Black/Backlight
Temperature -20 to 932°F; Accuracy 1.50%
Durable: Rugged Over-Molding
Distance Ratio: 12 to 1
Resolution: 0.1F; Response <500 ms
Hold, Max Value Functions, Work Light
Slide Rail Mount: 2201 Voltage Detector
Recommend sending in for calibration service once
every year.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
D
E
Voltage Detector with LED
2202-20
Includes (2) AAA Batteries
Safety Category Rating: CAT IV 1000V
Scan for AC Electrical
Non-Contact Voltage 150-1000 AC
Audio/Visual Indication; LED Work Light
•
•
•
•
1
E
Year
Warranty
5
Year
Warranty
VOLTAGE
BLADE
TORQUE
BPM
RPM
SPEED
BATTERY
12V
12V
12V
AA Battery
-3mm SS
35-3/8”
--
-1,900”/lb
---
--2,700
--
500
--3,500
2
1
390/480
--
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
Alkaline
PORTABLE POWER TOOL
116
ITEM
2471-21
2470-21
2458-21
2266-20
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
www.piehtoolco.com
Milwaukee® Specialty Power Tools (Radio • Battery Chargers)
SPECIALITY POWER TOOLS
A
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M
WT (lb)
SHIP WT
(LB)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
2426-21
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Multi-Tool Kit 14.96 x 4.72
x 8.46
Charger, Accessory Adaptor, Wood Cutting Blade
Storage Bag
Cuts, Grinds, Sands and Scrapes
Variable Speed Dial: 12 Settings 5,000-20,000
Compatibility Adapter Included
2.10
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Rotary
Tool Kit
1.30
KIT 3.80
109.00
7.20
EA
206.00
KIT 5.20
PRICE
•
•
•
•
B
2460-21
Longer run-time!
13.3 x 4 x 9
Includes (1) M12 Lithium-Ion Battery, (5) Cutting
Wheels, Mandrel, Wrench & 30 minute Charger
Cuts, Grinds, Sands
Variable Speed Dial
On-Board Fuel Gauge
•
•
•
C
8977-20
Variable Temperature Heat Gun
•
•
•
•
11.30
12 x 9 x 3
C
1.60
EA
2.72
99.00
Variable Temperature: 140° F - 1040° F
Impact Resistant Heating Element
Efficient Soft Air Velocity: Faster Even Heating
Dial Air Flow & Temperature Control
ITEM
2426-21
2460-21
2446-21XC
8977-20
E
A
B
2446-21XC M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Grease Gun 3 x 12.5 x 9.75
Charger, Grease Coupler, Carrying Case
Powerful: Over 8,000 PSI Operating Pressure
Three Way Loading: Bulk, Cartridge & Suction
Superior Balance & Ergonomics
Integrated Hose Storage, LED Fuel Gauge
Air Bleeder Valve: Primer for Quick Flow
Compatible: With over “20” M12™ Tools
Hose: 36” High Pressure Flex Hose/Spring Guard
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
D
Industry’s
Number One
Sub-Compact System
138.00
D
VOLTAGE
AMPS
PSI
CFM
RPM
ARBOR
BEVEL
BATTERY
12V
12V
12V
120 AC
-1.5
-11.6
--8,000
--
---14.8
5,000-20,000
5,000-32,000
---
-20mm
----
--45°
--
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
RED LITHIUM
--
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M SHIP WT
WT (lb)
(LB)
PRICE
2590-20
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Radio
10.5 x 3.5 x 7
3.50
99.99
EA
5.66
Includes (2) AAA Batteries, AC Adaptor (Red Lithium
not included)
Premium Weatherproof Aluminum Speakers
Weather Sealed MP3 Compartment
Shock Absorbing ABS Polymer Housing
Modes: AM/FM/AUX with Equalizer
Power: M12™ RED LITHIUM™ Battery or AC
•
•
•
•
•
E
RED
LITHIUM™ BATTERIES & CHARGERS
The charger directly communicates with the battery pack monitoring individual cell voltage, temperature, and
status. The on-board indicator lights show the status of the battery. This charger uses an AC wall plug.
WT
U/M SHIP
(LB)
PRICE
48-11-1820 Milwaukee Electric M18™ 2.0 Cordless Compact Battery
EA
0.95
79.99
48-11-1828 Milwaukee Electric M18™ Cordless XC High Capacity Battery,
5 Year Warranty
EA
1.68
119.99
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
F
48-11-2401 Milwaukee Electric M12™ Cordless Compact Battery
EA
0.48
59.99
G
48-11-2402 Milwaukee Electric M12™ Cordless XC High Capacity Battery,
2 Year Warranty
EA
1.01
81.00
48-11-2830 Milwaukee Electric M28™ Cordless Battery Pack
EA
2.55
179.99
H
48-59-2819 M28™ Universal Charger 18-28v Lithium-Ion and NiCad
EA
1.88
56.50
J
48-59-1812 M12/M18™ Multi-Voltage Charger
EA
2.01
59.99
48-59-2818 M28 Universal Battery Charger
EA
2.40
56.50
F
G
H
J
www.piehtoolco.com
5
Year
Warranty
1-888-743-4866
117
Abrasive Wheels
ABRASIVE WHEELS
Cut-Off Wheels
For Stationary Units
A
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIA
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
ARBOR MATERIAL
(in)
49-94-1405
Premium Abrasive
14
3/32
1
Alum. Oxide GP-Metal
EA 1.46
6.40
49-94-1410
Premium Abrasive
14
3/32
1
Alum. Oxide Metal Stud EA 1.40
6.65
49-94-1415
Premium Abrasive
14
3/32
1
Alum. Oxide GP-Metal
EA 1.45
6.65
14
1/8
1
Sil. Carbide
Masonry
EA 1.60
9.20
USE FOR
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
USE FOR
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
For Hand Held Units
B
49-94-1485
Premium Abrasive
Reinforced Center Type 1
B
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIA
(in)
THICK
(in)
ARBOR MATERIAL
(in)
49-94-4500
Wheel Type 1
4-1/2
.045
7/8
Alum. Oxide Metal, SS
EA 0.06
PRICE
1.75
Reinforced Depressed Type 27
D
C
D
49-94-4505
Wheel Type 27
4-1/2
.045
7/8
EA 0.08
2.15
49-94-5005
Wheel Type 27
5
.045
7/8
EA 0.08
1.90
49-94-6305
Wheel Type 27
6
.045
7/8”
EA 0.13
3.30
Alum. Oxide Pipe, Light EA 0.21
1.90
Abrasive Grinding Discs
Reinforced Depressed Type 27
49-94-4510
Disc Type 27
4-1/2
1/8
7/8
49-94-4515
Disc Type 27
4-1/2
1/4
5/8 -11 Alum. Oxide Metal, SS
EA 0.44
4.45
49-94-4520
Disc Type 27
4-1/2
1/4
7/8”
EA 0.35
1.90
49-94-4525
Disc Type 27
4-1/2
1/8
5/8 -11 Alum. Oxide Pipe, Light EA 0.34
2.90
49-94-4570
Disc Type 27
4-1/2
1/4
7/8
EA 0.28
1.90
49-94-4585
Disc Type 27
4-1/2
1/4
5/8 -11 Zirc. Alumina Metal
EA 0.45
7.15
Carbide
Concrete
Wire Wheels
Stringer Bead
E
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIA
(in)
ARBOR
(in)
MATERIAL
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
48-52-5010
Wheel Bead
4
5/8 -11
Carbon Steel
EA 0.52
16.30
48-52-5000
Wheel Bead
4
5/8 -11
Stainless Steel
EA 0.52
21.90
48-52-1700
Wheel Bead
5
5/8 -11
Carbon Steel
EA 1.02
15.90
48-52-1715
Wheel Bead
6
5/8 -11
Carbon Steel
EA 1.27
19.10
Cable Twist Knot
F
F
48-52-5030
Wheel Knot
4
5/8 -11 Carbon Steel
EA 0.59
16.75
48-52-5020
Wheel Knot
4
5/8 -11 Stainless Steel
EA 0.59
23.00
48-52-1725
Wheel Knot
6
EA 1.18
20.05
4
EA 0.53
14.50
Radial Crimped
48-52-5070
G
Crimped Wire Cup
G
H
J
K
Wheel Radial Crimp
Wire Wheel Brushes
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIA
(in)
ARBOR MATERIAL
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
48-52-5060
Crimp Brush
3
EA 0.60
17.20
48-52-5065
Crimp Brush
3-1/2
EA 0.79
16.20
48-52-1300
Crimp Brush
4
EA 1.36
24.50
48-52-1400
Crimp Brush
5
EA 1.52
24.80
48-52-1600
Crimp Brush
6
EA 3.18
36.55
Knot Wire Cup
H
48-52-5040
Knot Brush
2-3/4
EA 0.68
16.75
48-52-5050
Knot Brush
2-3/4
EA 0.68
21.75
48-52-5067
Knot Brush
3-1/2
EA 0.82
17.85
48-52-1350
Knot Brush
4
EA 1.61
27.30
48-52-1650
Knot Brush
6
EA 3.58
44.25
Bevel Crimped
J
48-52-1335
Bevel Brush
4
EA 0.51
17.99
48-52-1325
Bevel Brush
4
EA 0.53
16.45
EA 0.71
17.50
EA 0.69
27.30
Bevel Knot
L
118
K
48-52-1305
Bevel Knot Brush
4
5/8 -11
L
48-52-1315
Bevel Knot Brush
4
www.piehtoolco.com
Carbon Steel
Abrasive Wheels & Discs
FLAP
DISCS
Flap Disks grind and finish in one operation. They are manufactured using a high-performance zirconium
grain that outlasts standard zirconium and aluminum oxide grains up to 30%. Individual FLAPS are designed
to wear away evenly and present a constantly fresh working surface. They provide a cooler and more
efficient grinding effect than conventional disks. No back-up pads required. Best used for grinding and
polishing of metals, blending of welds and other metal finishing.
Type 27 Disc Side is Flat.
ITEM #
A
DIA
(in)
ARBOR
(in)
GRIT
MATERIAL
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
A
PRICE
48-80-8110
Flap Disc Type 27
4-1/2
5/8 -11 36
Zirconium
EA 0.30
8.40
48-80-8111
Flap Disc Type 27
4-1/2
5/8 -11 60
Zirconium
EA 0.26
8.40
48-80-8112
Flap Disc Type 27
4-1/2
5/8 -11 80
Zirconium
EA 0.28
8.40
Type 29
B
DESCRIPTION
Disc Side is Beveled.
48-80-8011
Flap Disc Type 29
4-1/2
5/8 -11
60
Zirconium
EA 0.27
6.99
48-80-8010
Flap Disc Type 29
4-1/2
5/8 -11
36
Zirconium
EA 0.29
6.99
48-80-8012
Flap Disc Type 29
4-1/2
5/8 -11
80
Zirconium
EA 0.28
6.99
48-80-8000
Flap Disc Type 29
4-1/2
7/8
36
Zirconium
EA 0.17
5.99
48-80-8002
Flap Disc Type 29
4-1/2
7/8
80
Zirconium
EA 0.17
5.99
48-80-8040
Flap Disc Type 29
7
5/8 -11
36
Zirconium
EA 0.68
12.35
48-80-8041
Flap Disc Type 29
7
5/8 -11
60
Zirconium
EA 0.60
12.35
48-80-8042
Flap Disc Type 29
7
5/8 -11
80
Zirconium
EA 0.69
12.35
48-80-8030
Flap Disc Type 29
7
7/8
36
Zirconium
EA 0.51
11.00
48-80-8031
Flap Disc Type 29
7
7/8
60
Zirconium
EA 0.52
11.00
48-80-8032
Flap Disc Type 29
7
7/8
80
Zirconium
EA 0.47
11.00
FDZ77470
Flap Disc Type 29
5
5/8 -11
36
Zirconium
EA 0.14
5.10
FDZ77472
Flap Disc Type 29
4
5/8- 11
60
Zirconium
EA 0.13
5.10
B
C
D
BUFFING WHEELS
Scotch Brite
For Knife Mate and other bench systems.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIA
(in)
ARBOR
(in)
THICK
(in)
MATERIAL
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
ScotBrt6
Scotch Brite
6
3/8
5/8
Scotch Brite
EA 0.19
34.95
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIA
(in)
ARBOR
(in)
MATERIAL
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
BW426
Sewn
8
1/2
Muslin
EA 0.15
9.65
BW428
Sewn
8
5/8
Muslin
EA 0.32
9.65
BW430
Sewn
8
3/4
Muslin
EA 0.39
9.65
BW432
Sewn
8
1
Muslin
EA 0.19
9.65
BW414
Loose
8
1/2
Muslin
EA 0.18
7.60
E
Muslin
D
E
F
BW438
Jeweler’s
8
1/2
Muslin
EA 0.47
14.95
G
HalvMus
Wheel
6
1/2
Muslin
EA 0.26
14.25
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
Cloth Rings
Pre-polish aluminum or brass with grey polishing paste. Pre-polish non-ferrous metals with brown polishing paste.
H
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIA
(in)
ARBOR
(in)
MATERIAL
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
48713
Cloth Wheel
6
3/4
Sisal
EA 0.37
21.00
High-gloss polishing of all metals with pink polishing paste. High-gloss polishing of plastics with beige
polishing paste.
J
48733
Cloth Wheel
6
Grooved Felt Wheel
6
3/4
TW Soft Cloth EA 0.17
17.90
Felt
29.00
Felt
BGFPD6FW
EA 0.52
Sisal
Sisal Wheel for Knife Mate and other buffing systems. Sisal buffing wheels will provide both polishing and cutting
action. They will remove stretcher strains, orange peel, polishing wheel grit lines, light die marks, etc. To effect a
fast cut, use a sisal wheel with the Black compound.
K
HalvSis12
Sisal Wheel
6
1/2
Denim
EA 0.31
9.00
HalvSis58
Sisal Wheel
6
5/8
Denim
EA 0.31
9.00
7-1/2
5/8
Wool
EA 0.29
14.90
5/8
Urethane
EA
0.31
35.00
EA
0.28
9.70
Lamb’s Wool
L
49-36-0600
Hook & Loop Pad, 1-1/2” Pile.
Lamb’s Wool Buffing Pad
*Must use with Backing Plate.
Backing Plate
M
49-36-2150
Hook and Loop Backing Plate
6-1/4
N
49-36-3453
Back Pad for Angle Grinders
4-1/2
1-888-743-4866
119
Sanding & Buffing Discs
SANDING DISCS
Resin Bonded
Aluminum Oxide For Non-Ferrous Metal, Wood, Fiberglass
A
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIA
(in)
ARBOR
(in)
GRIT
MATERIAL
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE 25+ BREAK
PRICE
AD736
Sanding Disc
7
7/8
36
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.13
1.40
1.26
AD750
Sanding Disc
7
7/8
50
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.12
1.35
1.22
AD760
Sanding Disc
7
7/8
60
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.09
1.25
1.12
AD780
Sanding Disc
7
7/8
80
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.10
1.20
1.08
48-80-0537
Sanding Disc
5”
7/8
24
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.07
1.00
0.90
48-80-0622
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
24
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.04
0.95
0.86
48-80-0626
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
36
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.04
0.90
0.81
48-80-0632
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
50
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.04
0.85
0.77
Ceramic Carbon Alloy, Long Lasting
B
B
C
48-80-0693
Sanding Disc
5
7/8
24
Ceramic
EA
0.04
1.65
1.48
48-80-0770
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
24
Ceramic
EA
0.04
2.40
2.16
48-80-0780
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
36
Ceramic
EA
0.04
2.40
2.16
48-80-0790
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
50
Ceramic
EA
0.04
2.20
1.98
48-80-0800
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
60
Ceramic
EA
0.04
2.20
1.98
48-80-0810
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
80
Ceramic
EA
0.04
2.00
1.80
Alumina Zirconia For Ferrous Metal & Grinding
C
D
D
48-80-0681
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
24
Zirconia
EA
0.06
1.45
1.31
48-80-0683
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
36
Zirconia
EA
0.05
1.35
1.22
48-80-0685
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
50
Zirconia
EA
0.05
1.30
1.17
48-80-0687
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
60
Zirconia
EA
0.05
1.25
1.12
48-80-0689
Sanding Disc
4-1/2
7/8
80
Zirconia
EA
0.04
1.15
1.04
ZD724
Sanding Disc
7
7/8
24
0.15
2.15
1.94
CZD736
Sanding Disc
7”
7/8
36
Resin Fiber
EA
Coated Zirconia
Resin Fiber
EA
Coated Zirconia
0.13
2.10
1.89
PSA Abrasive
Aluminum Oxide
Hot metal adhesive resin fiber back with strong “X” weight cotton backing. General purpose sanding for all
metals, woods and plastics. Resin over resin construction. 7” Fits Multi Tool and 8” fits JET Belt Sander.
E
E
PC6135
Sanding Disc
7
24
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.09
1.41
1.27
PC6138
Sanding Disc
7
50
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.09
1.11
1.00
PC6140
Sanding Disc
7
80
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.06
0.99
0.89
PC6150
Sanding Disc
8
24
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.09
1.78
1.60
PC6153
Sanding Disc
8
50
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.09
1.49
1.34
PC6155
Sanding Disc
8
80
Alum. Oxide
EA
0.07
1.34
1.21
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Angle Grinder Arbor Adaptor
F
G
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
ARBOR
(in)
48-03-1005
Reduces 5/8” Arbor to M10 x 1.25 Thread Arbor
5/8 -11 EA
0.05
4.95
EA
0.02
2.25
PRICE
Flange Adaptor
G
FA5
3M Telescoping Flange Adaptor #5
To fit 1/2’, 5/8’, 3/4”, or 7/8” shafts.
Expander Wheels
H
One of the most effective attachments for Farrier use on bench grinders is the expander wheel. The wheel does
QRWKDYHDQ\³WHQVLRQDGMXVWPHQW´VLPLODUWRDWUDGLWLRQDOEHOWVDQGHUDQGWKDWPDNHV¿WRIEHOWVDVLJQL¿FDQW
challenge. The wheels are designed to expand, a result of the slots cut in the rubber wheel. Has an aluminum
core. Belt not included.
H
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
ARBOR
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Exp6
Expander Wheel w/Guard
6
EA
3.74
192.00
Exp10
Expander Wheel w/Guard
10
EA
6.80
225.00
PRICE
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
120
www.piehtoolco.com
Wheel Dresser • Drill & Driver Bits (Shockwave™)
Wheel Dresser
Crystolon Coarse grit (24) and hard-grade (R and harder) are used for dressing conventional vitrified
wheels. Finer grit and softer grades are used for dressing diamond wheel. Regular use of properly selected
dressing sticks will help you achieve maximum performance from your diamond and CBN wheels. Sticks are
used for truing and dressing conventional vitrified wheels.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIM (in)
GRIT MATERIAL
WD64072
Vitrified Dressing Stick
1 x 1 x 8 24
Silicone Carbide
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
EA
0.63
A
PRICE
7.50
B
For most general dressing of grinding wheels. Removable star dresser wit hooded, durable holder. For use
on wheels up to 10” diameter by 2” face. Made in USA
B
WD64051
Desmond Star Wheel
EA
1.73
24.50
DRILL & DRIVER BITS
Milwaukee Shockwave™ Sets, Accessories
Milwaukee® Shockwave Impact Duty™ Driver Bits are engineered for extreme durability and up to 10x life.
Made from proprietary steel and heat treated to control hardness, the Shockwave Impact Duty™ Driver Bits
feature an innovatively designed geometric shock absorption zone to extend life. The forged tip allows for a
secure grip and maximum contact eliminating stripping or slipping.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(LB)
PRICE
48-32-2301
30° Knuckle, 11 pc
SET
0.50
25.00
Includes Driver, Pivot Adapter & (10) Assorted 3-1/2” Bits.
Features a 30° locking position allowing maximum access. 1/4” Hex is
compatible with quick connect chucks.
D
48-89-4445
1/4” Hex Shank Drill Set, 10 pc
C
D
SET
0.91
37.00
SET
0.24
19.80
SET
0.18
12.65
SET
1.45
19.99
Selection of 1” lengths of Phillips, Square & Slotted Insert Bits. 2” &
3-1/2” lengths of Phillips and Square Power Bits. Compact Magnetic Bit
Holder.
E
49-66-4562
1-7/8” Magnetic Nut Driver Set, 4 pc
E
Impact retainer type nut drivers, 1-7/8” long. 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16”.
49-66-4561
1-7/8” Magnetic Nut Driver Set, 3 pc
Impact retainer type nut drivers, 1 7/8” long. 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”.
F
48-32-4401
1/4” Impact Driver Set, 29 pc
For use with Impact Drivers. Features compression forged tips. Includes
a Magnetic Bit Holder and Bulk Storage Container; 1” & 2” long Phillips
Bits, 1” & 2” long Square Bits, 1” long Torx Bits and (3) Magnetic Nut
Drivers.
G
48-32-4402
1/4” Drill & Drive Set, 35 pc
F
SET
2.10
30.00
PKG 1.02
15.15
PKG 0.29
19.99
PKG 0.35
21.20
PKG 0.14
9.60
PKG 0.37
16.15
PKG 0.10
6.80
SET
8.70
Bits feature a 135° split point to allow start on contact eliminating
walking. Selection includes 1” and 2” lengths.
H
48-32-4403
1/4” Impact Driver Set, 18 pc
Selection includes 1” & 2” lengths of Insert, Power, Square Bits;
Magnetic Bit Holder.
J
48-32-4604
K
48-32-5004
#2 Phil Tic Tac, 25 pc
2” Power Bit Phillips #2, 15 pc
G
These Milwaukee #2 x 2”. Phillips Screwdriver Bits
(15-Pack) offer excellent strength and durability with their heat-treated
steel construction. The bits feature forged tips for maximum grip.
L
48-32-5008
Square Recess Insert Bit Contractor Set, 10 pc
The Milwaukee Shockwave Impact Duty #2 x 1”. Square Recess Insert
Bits (10-Pack) feature a geometric design for shock absorption, and the
forged tips help provide a secure grip.
M
48-32-4507
3” Magnetic Drive Guide Set with Bits, 12 pc
Includes Milwaukee ECX™ bits with Anti-Strip Tip designed for electrical
fastners. Drive Guide with expandable sleeve guides long screws to
reduce wobble for fast, straight driving. Functional case provides storage
for insert bits and drive guide. Case can be used to gauge, strip and
bend wire, as well as fasten screws.
N
48-32-4615
O
48-32-1700
TORX 1”, 7 pc
Insert Bit Set, 20 pc
0.49
Includes (19) of the most commonly used S2 screw driver bits (Phillips,
Square Drive, Torx® and Slotted), Magnetic Drive Guide with unique
Magnetic Storage Case.
J
H
L
K
P
48-03-4405
SHOCKWAVE 3/8” Square to 1/4” Hex
EA
.026
16.60
P
48-03-4410
SHOCKWAVE 1/2” Square to 1/4” Hex
EA
0.23
17.25
M
N
1-888-743-4866
O
P
121
Drill Bits (Shockwave™ Drill Bits)
Milwaukee Shockwave™ Drill Bits
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
QTY/
PKG
U/M
48-32-4411
Insert Bit Phillips #1
2/pk
PKG 0.03
1.97
48-32-4412
2/pk
PKG 0.03
1.97
48-32-4413
2/pk
PKG 0.03
1.97
48-32-4421
Insert Bit Square Recess #1
2/pk
PKG 0.03
1.97
48-32-4422
2/pk
PKG 0.03
1.97
48-32-4423
2/pk
PKG 0.03
1.97
48-32-4436
1” Insert Bit Torx T25
2/pk
PKG 0.03
1.97
48-32-4441
1” Insert Bit ECX #1
2/pk
PKG 0.03
1.97
48-32-4442
1” Insert Bit ECX #2
2/pk
PKG 0.04
1.97
48-32-4444
1” Reduced Diameter Drywall Insert Bit, Phillips #2
2/pk
PKG 0.03
2.00
48-32-4461
2” Power Bit Phillips #1
2/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4462
2/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4463
2/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4471
2” Power Bit Square Recess #1
2/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4472
2/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4473
2/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4482
2” Power Bit Torx T10
1/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4483
1/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4484
1/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4485
1/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4486
1/pk
PKG 0.03
2.25
48-32-4487
1/pk
PKG 0.04
2.25
48-32-5030
1/4 x 2” Socket
1/pk
PKG 0.04
3.00
48-32-5031
3/8 x 2” Socket
1/pk
PKG 0.06
4.00
G
48-32-5032
1/2 x 2” Socket
1/pk
PKG 0.08
H
48-32-4492
2” Power Bit ECX #2
5/pk
PKG 0.14
5.30
10.20
48-32-4503
3” Magnetic Tip Holder
1/pk
PKG 0.10
7.60
J
48-32-4562
3-1/2” Power Bit Phillips #2
1/pk
PKG 0.05
3.30
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
H
J
K
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
K
48-32-4802
1/pk
PKG 0.09
5.20
L
48-32-4572
3-1/2” Power Bit Square Recess #2
1/pk
PKG 0.05
3.30
48-32-4601
5/pk
PKG 0.06
4.70
48-32-4602
5/pk
PKG 0.12
9.80
48-32-4605
Insert Bit Square Recess
5/pk
PKG 0.06
4.70
48-32-4685
2” Power Bit TORX T25
5/pk
PKG 0.12
10.20
48-32-4564
5/pk
PKG 0.20
15.95
48-32-4606
5/pk
10.20
48-32-4563
1/pk
PKG 0.11
PKG 0.05
48-32-4573
3-1/2” Power Bit Square Recess #3
1/pk
3.30
48-32-4805
6” Insert Bit Square Recess #2
1/pk
PKG 0.05
PKG 0.09
M
L
M
N
3.30
5.20
™
N
Milwaukee Shockwave Impact Wrench Drill Bits
O
P
O
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
QTY/
PKG
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
48-89-4401
1/16 Black Oxide 1/4 HEX
1/pk
EA
0.03
2.85
48-89-4403
1/pk
EA
0.03
2.85
48-89-4405
1/pk
EA
0.03
2.95
48-89-4406
1/pk
EA
0.03
3.06
48-89-4407
1/pk
EA
0.04
3.30
48-89-4409
1/pk
EA
0.04
3.60
48-89-4411
1/pk
EA
0.05
4.40
48-89-4413
1/pk
EA
0.06
4.80
48-89-4408
1/pk
EA
0.04
3.40
48-89-4414
1/pk
EA
0.08
8.60
48-89-4415
1/pk
EA
0.10
11.70
48-89-4417
1/pk
EA
0.18
20.80
PRICE
Milwaukee Magnetic Nut Drivers
P
122
49-66-4502
1-7/8 Magnetic Nut Driver 1/4
1/pk
PKG 0.05
3.50
49-66-4503
1/pk
PKG 0.05
3.70
49-66-4505
1/pk
PKG 0.06
4.15
49-66-4506
1/pk
PKG 0.07
6.45
www.piehtoolco.com
Drill Bits (Shockwave™• Thunderbolt® Drill Bits)
Milwaukee Magnetic Nut Drivers (continued)
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
QTY/
PKG
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
49-66-4522
3/pk
PKG 0.15
10.15
49-66-4523
3/pk
PKG 0.16
10.65
49-66-4525
3/pk
PKG 0.20
12.00
49-66-4526
3/pk
PKG 0.22
19.00
PRICE
49-66-4532
1/pk
PKG 0.07
4.20
49-66-4533
1/pk
PKG 0.07
4.55
49-66-4535
1/pk
PKG 0.08
4.80
49-66-4536
1/pk
PKG 0.10
7.80
49-66-4537
1/pk
PKG 0.10
8.10
®
Milwaukee Thunderbolt Black Oxide Drill Bits
Milwaukee® Thunderbolt® Black Oxide Jobber length drill bits are designed for extreme durability and
long life. The Thunderbolt® web features a thicker core than a standard drill bit, which provides ultimate
strength and protects against side-load breakage. A specially designed parabolic flute form clears chips and
debris fast to keep the bit cool. A precision start, 135 Split Point tip starts on contact to keep the bit from
walking for fast accurate holes. Excellent for drilling on curved surfaces, requires less effort to drill and is
highly recommended for use with portable drills. The 3-Flat Secure-Grip shank won’t slip in the drill chuck.
Reduced shank diameter for use in 3/8” chucks.
B
C
D
E
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
3-1/2” Jobber Length Drill Set, 15pc
15/set
Includes (15) of the most commonly used drill bits. 1/16” - 3/8”
SET
1.02
21.30
48-89-2710
Bit 1/16
2/pk
PKG
0.01
2.15
48-89-2711
Bit 5/64
2/pk
PKG
0.02
2.20
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
48-89-2803
QTY/
PKG
48-89-2712
Bit 3/32
2/pk
PKG
0.02
2.20
48-89-2714
Bit 1/8
2/pk
PKG
0.03
2.25
48-89-2715
Bit 9/64
2/pk
PKG
0.03
1.45
48-89-2716
Bit 5/32
2/pk
PKG
0.03
1.50
48-89-2717
Bit 11/64
2/pk
PKG
0.03
1.55
48-89-2713
Bit 7/64
2/pk
PKG
0.03
2.25
48-89-2718
Bit 3/16
2/pk
PKG
0.03
1.75
48-89-2730
Bit 3/8
2/pk
PKG
0.12
4.95
48-89-2719
Bit 13/64
2/pk
PKG
0.04
1.95
48-89-2720
Bit 7/32
2/pk
PKG
0.05
2.10
48-89-2721
Bit 15/64
2/pk
PKG
0.05
2.25
48-89-2725
Bit 19/64
2/pk
PKG
0.08
3.45
48-89-2726
Bit 5/16
2/pk
PKG
0.08
3.55
48-89-2727
Bit 21/64
2/pk
PKG
0.09
3.95
48-89-2722
Bit 1/4
2/pk
PKG
0.06
2.40
48-89-2723
Bit 17/64
2/pk
PKG
0.07
2.85
48-89-2724
Bit 9/32
2/pk
PKG
0.07
3.25
48-89-2728
Bit 11/32
2/pk
PKG
0.11
4.40
48-89-2729
Bit 23/64
2/pk
PKG
0.12
4.90
48-89-2737
Bit 31/64
2/pk
PKG
0.22
11.25
48-89-2738
Bit 1/2
2/pk
PKG
0.23
11.50
48-89-2731
Bit 25/64
2/pk
PKG
0.13
7.75
48-89-2732
Bit 13/32
2/pk
PKG
0.14
7.90
48-89-2733
Bit 27/64
2/pk
PKG
0.14
8.45
48-89-2734
Bit 7/16
2/pk
PKG
0.16
9.10
48-89-2735
Bit 29/64
2/pk
PKG
0.18
9.55
48-89-2736
Bit 15/32
2/pk
PKG
0.19
10.85
PRICE
A
B
C
D
E
F
Drill Bits (Off Brand)
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE (in)
QTY/
PKG
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
DB35002
1/8” Drill Bit
1-3/8 x 1-3/8 x 8-1/2
1/pk
EA
0.01
1.00
www.piehtoolco.com
1-888-743-4866
123
Band Saw Blades • Sawzall Blades
BAND
SAW BLADES
Milwaukee Band Saw Blades are designed to maximize performance of Milwaukee Band Saws. They will
deliver long tooth life and exceptional durability in metal-cutting applications, including strut, conduit, angle
iron, copper tube, threaded rod, and pipe. Tooth form, pitch, and set have been designed to deliver straight,
accurate cuts across a broad range of materials.
Milwaukee® Compact Portable
A
For cutting common materials 5/32” - 3/16” thick and very hard materials 3/16” - 5/16” thick.
Find Corded and Cordless Bandsaws
on pages 109 & 114.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
BLADE
(in)
GRIT/TPI QTY/
PKG
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
48-39-0519
Compact
35-3/8
14
3/pk
PKG 0.48
19.99
48-39-0529
Compact
35-3/8
18
3/pk
PKG 0.47
19.99
48-39-0509
Compact
35-3/8
10
3/pk
PKG 0.46
19.99
48-39-0539
Compact
35-3/8
24
3/pk
PKG 0.48
19.99
PRICE
Milwaukee® Standard/Deep Cut Portable
For any portable band saw that takes a 44-7/8” blade. For materials 5/16” - 1/2”.
A
Find Corded & Cordless Sawzall®
Tools on pages 109-110 & 114.
48-39-0551
Deep Cut
44-7/8
10/14
3/pk
PKG 0.54
19.99
48-39-0501
Deep Cut
44-7/8
10
3/pk
PKG 0.60
19.99
48-39-0561
Deep Cut
44-7/8
14/18
3/pk
PKG 0.60
19.99
48-39-0511
Deep Cut
44-7/8
14
3/pk
PKG 0.60
19.99
48-39-0521
Deep Cut
44-7/8
18
3/pk
PKG 0.60
19.99
48-39-0531
Deep Cut
44-7/8
24
3/pk
PKG 0.61
19.99
®
MILWAUKEE
SAWZALL BLADES
General Purpose blades maximize general purpose cutting. Wood Cutting blades with NAIL GUARD™ and a
B
FANG TIP offer fastest cuts, longest life, greatest tooth durability and quickest plunge cuts. Standard Metal
Cutting blades maximize metal cutting performance. Fleam Ground blades deliver clean cuts in clean wood,
plywood and OSB. Wrecker blades are ideal for general demolition cutting. Delivers durability in ferrous &
non-ferrous metals, plastics and nail-embedded wood. Torch Diamond Grit blades are ideal for cutting cast
iron, hard tile, masonry etc. 30x longer life than standard carbide blades - lower cost per cut. The Torch
delivers durability & straighter cuts in pipe, conduit, strut & metals. Carbide Grit blades are designed for
cutting ceramic tile, plaster, masonry, brick, fiberglass and other abrasive materials. Pruning blades deliver
fast, clean cuts in limbs, branches and green wood. Ax blades with NAIL GUARD™ and a FANG TIP deliver
the fastest cuts, longest life, greatest tooth durability and quickest plunge cuts of any wood blade on the
market. Sets include a Storage Container.
B
C
DESCRIPTION
U/M
49-22-1145
Sawzall General Purpose Set, 9 pc
Includes (3)” for Wood with FANG TIP™, (6) Std. Metal
SET 0.81
19.99
49-22-0240
Super Sawzall Blade Set, 8 pc
Includes (4) Wood with FANG TIP™, (4) Ice Hardened™
Sawzall Blade Assortment Set, 12pc
Includes (6) Torch, (4) Ax, (2) Wrecker
SET 0.70
22.00
SET 1.43
29.99
49-22-5403
Sawzall Material Removal Set, 3 pc
PKG 0.52
27.55
49-00-5450
Sawzall 5” Grout Rake Reciprocating Saw Blade
PKG 0.20
14.95
49-00-5456
Sawzall 3” Scraper Blade
PKG 0.22
11.95
49-00-5463
Sawzall 1-1/2” Scraper Blade
PKG 0.18
9.95
49-22-1129
C
D
E
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
PRICE
General Purpose Blades - 5 Pack
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
BLADE
(in)
GRIT/TPI
QTY/
PKG
U/M
D
48-00-5091
Super Sawzall Blade
6
8/12T
5/pk
PKG 0.30
48-00-5093
Super Sawzall Blade
8
8/12T
5/pk
PKG 0.41
15.50
E
48-00-5094
Super Sawzall Blade
12
8/12T
5/pk
PKG 0.55
23.40
48-00-5092
Super Sawzall Blade
6
10T
5/pk
PKG 0.21
12.00
48-00-5193
Super Sawzall Blade
8
10/14T
5/pk
PKG 0.28
14.60
48-00-1301
Super Sawzall Blade Pruning
9
5T
5/pk
PKG 0.37
22.90
F
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
12.00
Wood Fang - 5 Pack
F
G
48-00-5035
Super Sawzall Blade
6
5T
5/pk
PKG 0.23
14.20
48-00-5036
Super Sawzall Blade
9
5T
5/pk
PKG 0.38
18.65
48-00-5037
Super Sawzall Blade
12
5T
5/pk
PKG 0.54
21.10
Standard Metal Cutting Blades - 5 Pack
H
G
48-00-5182
Super Sawzall Blade
6
14T
5/pk
PKG 0.22
12.00
H
48-00-5187
Super Sawzall Blade
9
14T
5/pk
PKG 0.35
14.60
48-00-5184
Super Sawzall Blade
6
18T
5/pk
PKG 0.23
12.00
48-00-5188
Super Sawzall Blade
9
18T
5/pk
PKG 0.36
14.60
48-00-5186
Super Sawzall Blade
6
24T
5/pk
PKG 0.24
12.00
48-00-5189
Super Sawzall Blade
12
18T
5/pk
PKG 0.46
18.25
J
J
124
www.piehtoolco.com
Sawzall Blades • Sanding Belts
Fleam Wood Cutting - 5 Pack
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
BLADE
(in)
GRIT/TPI
QTY/
PKG
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
48-00-5015
Super Sawzall Blade
6
6T
5/pk
PKG 0.22
18.10
48-00-5016
Super Sawzall Blade
9
6T
5/pk
PKG 0.36
23.90
PRICE
A
Specialty & Industrial - 5 Pack; 3 Pack; 1 Pack
B
48-00-5701
Super Sawzall Blade Wrecker
6
8T
5/pk
PKG 0.38
16.40
48-00-5706
9
8T
5/pk
PKG 0.66
21.60
8T
48-00-5711
12
5/pk
PKG 0.92
25.10
C
48-00-1440
Sawzall Blade Torch Diamond Grit
(metal, tile, masonry, hard metal)
6
1/pk
PKG 0.11
14.00
D
48-00-1450
Sawzall Blade Torch Diamond Grit
(tile, plaster, masonry, brick,
fiberglass, abrasives)
9
1/pk
PKG 0.16
17.50
E
48-00-1420
Sawzall Blade Tungsten Carbide
6
3/pk
PKG 0.16
14.85
48-00-1430
Sawzall Blade Tungsten Carbide
9
3/pk
PKG 0.28
18.45
48-00-1600
Sawzall Blade Flush Cut
9
1/pk
PKG 0.27
22.00
48-00-1610
Super Sawzall Blade Rough-in
9
5/pk
PKG 0.32
21.65
G
48-00-1303
Sawzall Blade Pruning
12
5T
5/pk
PKG 0.50
27.70
H
48-00-5712
Super Sawzall Blade Torch
6
10T
5/pk
PKG 0.34
16.60
48-00-5713
9
10T
5/pk
PKG 0.52
21.85
48-00-5782
6
14T
5/pk
PKG 0.34
16.60
48-00-5787
9
14T
5/pk
PKG 0.52
21.85
48-00-5784
6
18T
5/pk
PKG 0.34
16.60
48-00-5788
9
18T
5/pk
PKG 0.53
21.85
48-00-5794
12
14T
5/pk
PKG 0.71
25.15
48-00-5789
12
18T
5/pk
PKG 0.71
25.35
48-00-5021
Super Sawzall Blade Ax
6
5T
5/pk
PKG 0.36
17.50
J
48-00-5026
9
5T
5/pk
PKG 0.64
22.90
K
48-00-5027
12
5T
5/pk
PKG 0.89
26.40
F
SANDING BELTS
Aluminum Oxide
ITEM #
L
M
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
GRIT
TYPE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE 10+ BREAK
PRICE
A14260
Aluminum Oxide
1 x 42
60
EA 0.07
2.30
2.18
A142240
Aluminum Oxide
1 x 42
240
EA 0.05
2.30
2.18
A142400J
Aluminum Oxide
1 x 42
400
J Flex
EA 0.02
2.30
2.18
A142600J
Aluminum Oxide
1 x 42
600
J Flex
EA 0.04
2.30
2.18
A23600
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 36
600
EA 0.07
3.85
3.66
A23636
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 36
36
EA 0.16
4.46
4.27
A23660
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 36
60
EA 0.11
3.85
3.66
A23680
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 36
80
EA 0.10
3.85
3.66
A236220
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 36
220
EA 0.07
3.85
3.66
A236320
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 36
320
EA 0.18
3.85
3.66
A236400
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 36
400
EA 0.07
3.85
3.66
A24236
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 42
36
EA 0.17
3.65
3.47
A24260
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 42
60
EA 0.14
3.65
3.47
A24280
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 42
80
EA 0.12
3.45
3.28
A242120
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 42
120
EA 0.10
3.15
2.99
A242240
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 42
240
EA 0.10
3.15
2.99
A242400
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 42
400
EA 0.07
3.15
2.99
A242600J
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 42
600
EA 0.06
3.15
2.99
A248360
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 48
36
EA 0.16
3.95
3.75
A24860
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 48
60
EA 0.20
3.50
3.32
A24880
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 48
80
EA 0.14
3.30
3.13
A248120
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 48
120
EA 0.11
3.60
3.42
A248180
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 48
180
EA 0.10
3.45
3.28
A248240
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 48
240
EA 0.11
3.45
3.28
A248400
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 48
400
EA 0.09
3.80
3.61
A248600J
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 48
600
EA 0.06
3.75
3.56
J Flex
J Flex
1-888-743-4866
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
• J in the item code refers to Japan Flex - a very
flexible belt common to knifemakers.
• Ceramic belts are designed to provide superior
cutting action and durability sanding carbon steel,
stainless steel, and other ferrous and nonferrous
alloys. Great for grinding and general stock
removal, and a flexible belt for knifemakers.
• Cubic Zirconia belts last longer than Aluminum
Oxide belts.
• Silicon Carbide are designed for abusive
applications on non-ferrous metals, marble,
plastic, glass, rubber and fiberglass.
L
M
*More Belts Available
by Special Order
125
Sanding Belts • Grinding / Deburring Wheels
Aluminum Oxide belts
ITEM #
A
A
B
(continued)
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
GRIT
TYPE
SHIP WT
(lb)
U/M
PRICE
10+ BREAK
PRICE
A27236
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72
36
EA
0.35
4.98
4.70
A27260
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72
60
EA
0.26
4.28
4.07
A27280
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72
80
EA
0.22
4.10
3.90
A272120
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72
120
EA
0.23
3.75
3.56
A272120J
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72
120
A272240
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72
220
J Flex
EA
0.24
3.75
3.56
EA
0.22
3.75
3.56
A272240J
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72
220
J Flex
EA
0.22
3.75
3.56
A272320J
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72
320
J Flex
EA
0.23
3.75
3.56
J Flex
A272400J
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72
400
A272600
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72
600
A272600J
Aluminum Oxide
2 x 72”
600
J Flex
EA
0.21
3.75
3.56
EA
0.18
3.80
3.61
EA
0.10
3.75
3.56
Cubic Zirconia
B
CZ14280
Zirconia
1 x 42
80
EA
0.06
2.50
2.37
C
CZ23636
Zirconia
2 x 36
36
EA
0.15
5.20
4.94
CZ24880
Zirconia
2 x 48
80
EA
0.15
5.30
5.04
CZ27236
Zirconia
2 x 72
36
EA
0.37
8.35
7.93
CZ27260
Zirconia
2 x 72
60
EA
0.35
6.50
6.18
CZ27280
Zirconia
2 x 72
80
EA
0.33
10.15
9.64
CZ272120-G Zirconia
2 x 72
120
EA
0.26
7.92
7.52
C
Silicone Carbide
D
D
SC236400
Silicone Carbide
2 x 36
400
EA 0.16
2.95
2.80
SC272220
Silicone Carbide
2 x 72
220
EA 0.19
3.65
3.47
SC272400
Silicone Carbide
2 x 72
400
EA 0.14
3.65
3.47
Ceramic
E
E
C23636
Ceramic
2 x 36
36
EA
0.21
8.15
7.74
C27260
Ceramic
2 x 72
60
EA
0.34
8.90
8.46
C27280
Ceramic
2 x 72
80
EA
0.27
8.35
7.93
C272120
Ceramic
2 x 72
120
EA
0.20
7.50
7.12
SIZE
(in)
GRIT
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
10+ BREAK
PRICE
4..37
Expander Belts
ITEM #
F
F
DESCRIPTION
CS409-10
Zirconia Green, 10”
2 x 31
40
EA
0.20
4.60
CS409-6
Zirconia Green, 6”
2 x 18-7/8 40
EA
0.10
5.30
5.04
CS912-10
Ceramic, 10”
2 x 31
EA
0.20
7.85
7.46
36
GRINDING WHEELS
G
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIA
(in)
THICK ARBOR
(in)
(in)
GRIT
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
GW36
General Purpose Wheel
Standard size used on Baldor Grinders.
Reducer Bushing fitted with each wheel.
8
1
1
36
EA
4.16
28.00
GW73121
Grinding Wheel, 36 gr
Fits our Jet Grinder with reducer at 3/4”
6
3/4
1
36
EA
1.79
15.60
GW73123
Grinding Wheel, 60 gr
Fits our Jet Grinder with reducer at 3/4”
6
3/4
1
60
EA
1.89
15.60
DEBURRING WHEELS
Hog-Brite EXL Fine, Silicon Carbide
H
Use to clean, blend, deburr, or polish all metal alloys, plastics, composites and glass. Incredible results
when polishing nippers, tools, knives, etc!
DIA
(in)
THICK ARBOR
(in)
(in)
GRIT
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
HBW9SF6751 Deburring Wheel 9S Fine
6
1
3/4
9S
EA
0.90
64.00
HBW9SF611 Deburring Wheel 9S Fine
6
1
1
9S
EA
0.78
64.00
ITEM #
H
DESCRIPTION
Belt & Disc Cleaner
J
Add additional life to belts/discs by removing clog and exposing clean abrasive surface for work. Simply
press the cleaner lightly against moving sanding belts and discs to remove clogged-up pitch and sawdust.
J
126
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
ABC1388
Cleaning Bar
1-3/8 x 1-3/8 x 8-1/2
EA
0.50
www.piehtoolco.com
PRICE
7.45
Buffing Compounds • Burrs
BUFFING COMPOUNDS
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
GCR
Rouge, Fine Green Polishing Compound
Slightly more abrasive than the Extra Fine. Great for
medium to fine polish with most softer metals.
1 lb Bar
EA
1.00
8.95
GXF
Rouge, Extra Fine Green Polishing Compound
Great for extra fine polishing on most metals to bring out a
mirror finish. Works best with soft muslin wheels or spiral
sewn buffing wheels.
1 lb Bar
EA
1.00
10.10
B
RFR
Rouge, Red Coloring Compound
Jewelers rouge was developed by the Jewelry trade for
buffing soft, precious metals such as gold and silver to a
brilliant, high lustrous finish. This extremely fine compound
will not scratch or cut away the finest or softest of metals.
Buffs recommended: Jeweler’s Buffs and Loose Buffs.
2.5 lb Bar
EA
2.50
7.85
C
SSC
Rouge, Stainless Steel Compound
Designed to be used with “Hard” buffing wheels, this
compound is perfect for the initial rough cut on stainless
steel and iron. Buffs recommended: Spiral Sewn Buffs.
3 lb Bar
EA
3.00
9.60
D
TRI
Rouge, Tripoli
2 lb Bar
Typically used for cutting and removing scratches from
aluminum and stainless steel. This compound is also
commonly used for bringing out a high luster on wood. For
use on heavy cuts on non-ferrous metals. (Especially Brass
and Aluminum Pewter) Buffs recommended: Sewn or Disc
Buffs.
EA
2.00
5.75
E
WCC
Rouge, White Coloring Compound
2.8 lb Bar
Jewelers Rouge For Polishing Gold, Platinum & Sterling
Silver. Used for polishing steel, aluminum and chrome.
Perfect for jewelers, craftspersons and students. Use to
gain a brilliant high gloss finish on Aluminum. Takes out
scratches and won’t discolor. Buffs recommended: Jeweler’s
Buffs and Loose Buffs.
EA
2.80
9.60
HWCC
White Coloring Compound
Alum brilliant high gloss finish. Takes out scratches and
won’t discolor. (1/2 Bar of WCC)
1 lb Bar
EA
0.95
5.99
BCC
Black Buffing Compound Bar
Use with hard buffing wheel for rough cut removal on SS
and iron.
1 lb Bar
EA
1.07
5.99
A
PRICE
A
B
C
D
E
BURRS
Rotary File Set
SIZE
(in)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
BH7
Super HSS Rotary File 1/4” Burr Set, 7 pc
Various
High speed right hand standard cut.
Contains 1 each: A116 Cylindrical (3/4 x 3/4), B606 Ball
Shape (1/2 x 1/2), C722 Cylindrical Round (5/8 x 1), Q915
Olive Shaped (1 x 1-3/8), T529: Tree Pointed (5/8 x 1),
H244: Cone Shape (5/8 x 1), R507: Tree Radius Nose (1/2
x 1-1/8)
SHIP WT
(lb)
SET 2.00
PRICE
120.00
Carbide
A carbide burr is a rotating tool that is used for removing material. More specifically, a carbide burr can be
used for deburring, cleaning, finishing, smoothing, shaping, and carving many types of materials. Basically,
the carbide burr rotates at a very high speed, enabling it to manipulate the material it is working on. The
most common types of burrs are single cut burrs, which remove the most amount of material, but leave a
rather rough finish. Single cut carbide burrs are commonly used when working with cast iron, steel, copper,
brass, and other ferrous materials. Double cut carbide burrs can be used at slower speeds, and produce
smaller chips. They remove harder material more rapidly than single cut burrs, and offer more operator
control. Depending upon the shape and size of the burr you choose, some will leave a very smooth surface
on your material, while others will leave a less smooth surface but might remove more material. As a general
rule, finer work that calls for smoother surfaces, like cutting diamonds, or dentistry, calls for smaller burrs.
If you are working with larger pieces of material, and it’s more important to remove the most material in the
quickest time possible, a larger burr is called for.
F
Carbide Burr Dispenser
F
DIH13200
Carbide Burr Dispenser
All steel welded construction with 3 drawers keeps all your
burrs organized. Has one-piece drawer slides with a tough
epoxy powder coating. Can be stacked with other units.
Burrs not included.
14-5/8 W
x 7-3/8 D
x 7 -3/4 H
EA
8.65
96.00
G
Single Cut 1/4” Shank
G
B71290
Carbide 1/4” Shank Single Cut Burr Set, 16 pc
Various
Contains 1 each: Cylindrical: SA-1 (1/4 x 5/8), SA-3 (3/8
x 3/4), SA-5 (1/2 x 1); Cylindrical Radius End: SC-1 (1/4 x
5/8), SC-3 (3/8 x 3/4), SC-5 (1/2 x 1); Ball: SD-3 (3/8), SD-5
(1/2); Oval: SE-3 (3/8 x 5/8); Tree Radius: SF-1 (1/4 x 5/8),
SF-3 (3/8 x 3/4), SF-5 (1/2 x 1); Tree Pointed: SG-1 (1/4 x
5/8), SG-3 (3/8 x 3/4); Taper Radius: SL-3 (3/8 x 1-1/16),
SL-4 (1/2 x 1-1/8)
SET 1.76
1-888-743-4866
190.00
127
Burrs
Single Cut 1/4” Shank (continued)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
B71202
SA-1 Clyndrical
1/4 x 5/8
EA
0.05
B71205
SA-3 Clyndrical
3/8 x 3/4
EA
0.10
8.35
B71208
SA-5 Clyndrical
1/2 x 1
EA
0.15
13.85
B71222
SC-1 Clyndrical Radius End
1/4 x 5/8
EA
0.05
7.95
B71225
3/8 x 3/4
EA
0.15
10.25
B71228
1/2 x 1
EA
0.15
17.46
B71244
SD-3 Ball
3/8
EA
0.10
8.96
B71246
SD-5 Ball
1/2
EA
0.15
12.16
D
B71215
SE-3 Oval
3/8 x 5/8
EA
0.06
12.30
E
B71252
SF-1 Tree Radius End
1/4 x 5/8
EA
0.05
9.05
B71253
3/8 x 3/4
EA
0.15
11.42
B71255
1/2 x 1
EA
0.15
16.18
B71261
SG-1 Tree Pointed End
1/4 x 5/8
EA
0.10
9.04
B71263
3/8 x 3/4
EA
0.10
11.42
B71283
SL-3 Taper Cone Radius End
3/8 x 1-1/16 EA
0.10
13.80
B71284
1/2 x 1-1/8 EA
0.15
17.62
A
A
B
C
B
C
D
E
F
F
G
PRICE
7.30
Double Cut 1/4” Shank
B71290D
G
H
J
H
J
K
K
L
M
L
M
N
O
N
O
P
P
Carbide 1/4” Shank Double Cut Burr Set, 16 pc
Various
Contains 1 each: Cylindrical: SA-1 (1/4 x 5/8), SA-3
(3/8 x 3/4), SA-5 (1/2 x 1); Cylindrical Radius End:
SC-1 (1/4 x 5/8), SC-3 (3/8 x 3/4), SC-5 (1/2 x 1); Ball:
SD-3 (3/8), SD-5 (1/2); Oval: SE-3 (3/8 x 5/8) ; Tree
Radius: SF-1 (1/4 x 5/8), SF-3 (3/8 x 3/4), SF-5 (1/2
x 1); Tree Pointed: SG-1 (1/4 x 5/8), SG-3 (3/8 x 3/4)
Taper Radius: SL-3 (3/8 x 1-1/16), SL-4 (1/2 x 1-1/8)
SET
190.00
B71202D
SA-1 Clyndrical
1/4 x 5/8
EA
0.05
7.30
B71205D
SA-3 Clyndrical
3/8 x 3/4
EA
0.07
8.35
13.85
B71208D
SA-5 Clyndrical
1/2 x 1
EA
0.14
B71222D
1/4 x 5/8
EA
0.06
7.95
B71225D
3/8 x 3/4
EA
0.10
10.25
17.46
B71228D
1/2 x 1
EA
0.12
B71235D
SM-3 Taper Cone Flat End
1/4 x 1
EA
0.04
9.85
B71236D
3/8 x 1
EA
0.05
13.20
16.90
B71237D
1/2 x 1
EA
0.07
B71242D
SD-1 Ball
1/4
EA
0.05
7.70
B71244D
SD-3 Ball
3/8
EA
0.04
8.96
B71246D
SD-5 Ball
1/2
EA
0.07
12.16
B712145D
SE-1 Oval
1/4 x 3/8
EA
0.05
10.00
B71215D
SE-3 Oval
3/8 x 5/8
EA
0.06
12.30
B71216D
SE-5 Oval
1/2 x 7/8
EA
0.10
17.50
B71252D
1/4 x 5/8
EA
0.06
9.05
B71253D
3/8 x 3/4
EA
0.06
11.42
16.18
B71255D
1/2 x 1
EA
0.10
B71261D
1/4 x 5/8
EA
0.04
9.04
B71263D
3/8 x 3/4
EA
0.05
11.42
16.20
B71265D
1/2 x 1
EA
0.09
B71281D
1/4 x 5/8
EA
0.04
9.15
B71283D
3/8 x 1-1/16 EA
0.07
13.80
B71284D
1/2 x 1-1/8
0.11
17.62
EA
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
128
www.piehtoolco.com
Grinder & Attachments
JET® Grinder
*Special Order Items
Used for cleaning, sharpening, buffing, removing rust, & removing burs from metal. Features heavy duty
construction with a powerful, long-life motor for use all day, every day. Comes standard with fine and
coarse vitrified grinding wheels, cast iron wheel guards and dust vents. Totally enclosed pre-lubricated ball
bearings. UL listed. If you have things that need cleaning, sharpening, buffing, removing rust, or removing burs from
metal, then you need a grinder.
ITEM #
A
DESCRIPTION
577101 *S/O
®
JET 6” Industrial Bench Grinder #JBG-6A
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
EA
37.00
PRICE
1ST SEM
PROMO
199.00
169.00
Includes 36 & 60 grit grinding wheels.
Heavy Guarded Toggle Switch
Rubber Foot Mounts
Quick Adjusting Spark Guards
Large Quick Adjusting Eye Shields
Adjustable Tool Rests
•
•
•
•
•
B
577102 *S/O
A
JET® 8” Industrial Bench Grinder #JBG-8A
EA
60.00
279.00
240.00
The JET 8 in. Industrial Bench Grinder is one of our
most popular bench grinders with totally enclosed. The
pre-lubricated ball bearings, cast iron wheel guards,
dust vents, large eye shields, and adjustable tool rests.
It is UL listed and one of the safest yet powerful tools
on the market.
B
JET ® GRINDER ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM
C
DIMENSIONS
RPM
VOLT
HP
PHASE
WHEEL
SHAFT
GRIT
577101
17 x 10 x 9
3,450
115V
1/2
1
6 x 3/4
1/2
36/60
577102
19 x 12-1/2 x 10
3,450
115V
1
1
8
5/8
36/60
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIM
(in)
577172 *S/O
JET® Pedestal Stand, #JPS-2A
31” H EA
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
55.00
PRICE
1ST SEM
PROMO
109.00
99.00
Compatible for all JET Bench Grinders. Heavy cast
iron construction provides strength and durability. Wide
stance base provides a stable workstation. The coolant
tank and tool tray are conveniently located on an
adjustable platform. Mounting Surface: 11 x 10”
GRINDER ATTACHMENTS
C
Bench Grinder Attachment
Multitool *Special Order Item
Multitool 362 Attachment fits on most 6-8” grinders with minimum 1/3 HP. This is a must-have tool for any
fabricator! Removes material up to 5X faster than with the equivalent grit grinding wheel. Includes (1) 100
grit 3M belt & (1) 80 grit 3M disk. OSHA & UL compliant guards. 2 x 36” Belt, 7” Disk; Miter Table Size:
4-1/4 x 10”, 3,450 RPM.
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
MT362 *S/O
Multitool Bench Grinder Attachment
2 x 36
EA
12.44
240.00
MTBL *S/O
Miter Table Attachment
N/A
EA
1.81
74.99
PRICE
Grinder Attachments
Farrier Hoof Buffer *Special Order Items
The Hoof Buffer attachment fits into any drill with a 3/8” chuck or larger. Used on a cordless drill this is a
very handy tool for cleaning the hoof wall and removing any marks, rings or gouges. Comes with one drum
belt - 100 grit.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
GRIT
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
E
HBA *S/O
Hoof Buffer
N/A
EA
3.00
70.00
F
BAB *S/O
Replacement Bladder
N/A
EA
0.10
4.10
G
BAS60 *S/O
Sleeves
60
EA
0.04
2.40
BAS80 *S/O
Sleeves
80
EA
0.04
2.40
100
EA
0.04
2.40
BAS100 *S/O Sleeves
D
Be connected with us,
check the newest
products,
the current specials
and our latest events!
www.piehtoolco.com.
E
F
G
Find Grinding Wheels
and Sanding Belts
on pages 118 and 125-126.
1-888-743-4866
129
Sanders & Attachments • Drill Presses
BUFFERS
FPD Baldor Buffer
A
For use with soft cloth buffing wheels and buffing compounds. Includes flanges and nuts. U.L. Listed not
C.S.A. Certified. Power cord not included, wiring is required.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
VOLT
PHASE HP
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
FPD114
Baldor/FPD Modified Industrial Buffer
115
FPD333
FPD332
PRICE
1
1/4
EA
24.70
290.00
115/230 1
1/2
EA
32.60
364.00
115/230 1
3/4
EA
53.25
786.00
BALDOR/FPD MODIFIED BUFFER SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM
HERTZ
AMPS
RPM
60
60
60
2.8
5.6/2.8
6.4/3.2
1800
3600
3600
FPD114
FPD333
FPD332
JET® Sander
BALDOR TYPE MAX WHEEL HUB WIDTH BEARINGS
3320C
3420C
3524C
6”
10”
10”
0.50/1.25”
0.5/1.5”
0.5/1.5”
6203E03SP
6203C03
6.21E+06
Allows for sanding, grinding or finishing of outside curves or odd shaped work pieces on the belt. Abrasive
belt unit does the work of a jig saw, coping saw, or hand file while removing material and finishing. FOB
Manufacturer.
G
ITEM #
B
B
DESCRIPTION
577004 *S/O JET® Bench Belt & Disc Sander, 2x42” (8”)
45° Locking Disc/Miter Table Tilt
Miter Table is slotted to accept Deluxe Miter
Gauge
Hinged Idler Wheel Cover
Removable Platten, Dust Chute
Chamfer or Bevel
Grind, Finish on Disc or Belt
Fast, Cool Cutting
Cast Construction, Steel Base
Cast Iron Tilting Table
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DIMENSIONS
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
20-1/2 x 23
x 20”
EA 60.00
SEM.
PRICE 1st
PROMO
525.00
439.00
JET ® SANDER ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM
RPM
VOLT
HP
PHASE
SFPM
577004
3,450
115V
3/4
1
3,100
DRILL PRESSES
JET®
C
D
The J-2530 and the J-2500 Drill Presses boast a 45” tilting table and a cast iron head with large quill,
allowing greater accuracy. Features a permanently lubricated heavy duty ball bearing (4) spindle assembly
in an enclosed quill for longer life & accuracy. The large ground steel column gives maximum head and
table support. Includes hinged metal belt and pulley cover; accurate depth stop displays inch/mm and has a
quick set bolt for fast accurate adjustments.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
VOLT
PH
HP
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
SEM.
PRICE 1st
PROMO
C
354401 *S/O JET® 15” Bench Model Drill Press,
#J-2530
115V 1
3/4 EA
257.00
649.00
569.00
D
354400 *S/O JET® 15” Floor Model Drill Press,
#J-2500
115V 1
3/4 EA
320.00
679.00
599.00
SPECIFICATIONS
Number of Spindle speeds
Spindle Taper
Quill Diameter
Column Diameter
Drilling Capacity Cast Iron
Drilling Capacity Mild Steel
Quill & Spindle Travel
Chuck/Arbor Size
Drills to Center of Circle
Swing
Distance Column to Spindle
Spindle Distance to Base
Max Distance - Spindle to Table
Distance Base to Spindle
Table Size
Base Work Table
Base Dimensions
Overall Dimensions
J-2530
J-2500
16
MT-2
1-7/8”
2-7/8”
5/8”
1/2”
3-1/8”
5/8”
15”
15”
7-1/2”
24”
15-1/2”
24”
11-1/2 x 11-1/2”
8 x 8”
18 x 10-1/2”
31 x 13 x 39 1/2”
16
MT-2
1-7/8”
2-7/8”
5/8”
1/2”
3-1/8”
5/8”
15”
15”
7 1/2”
48 3/4”
24”
48 3/4”
11-1/2 x 11-1/2”
7 x 7 1/2”
11 x 19-1/2”
31 x 13 x 63”
130
www.piehtoolco.com
Jet® Cold Saws • Band Saws
JET® SAWS
Cold Saw
*Special Order Item
The J-F225 Manual Bench Cold Saw includes a 225mm blade for sawing solid steel. With a 1HP motor,
manual vise, bronze worm gear, and hardened bronze ground worm screw gear box, this bench cold saw is
everything but small. Manually cuts from 0-45° from the left. Features an oil bath and a control handle with
a safety spring loaded trigger switch to start or stop the machine. Saw has a coolant system, manual vise
and an adjustable depth stop.
ITEM #
A
414220 *S/O
DESCRIPTION
®
JET Manual Bench Cold Saw, J-F225*
Round at 90°
Round at 45°
Rectangle at 90°
Square at 90°
Blade Size
Blade Speeds (RPM)
Maximum Vise Opening
Motor
Square at 45°
Overall Dimensions
579002 *S/O
SHIP WT
(lb)
145.00
PRICE
1st SEM.
PROMO
1,299.00
1,199.00
2-1/2”
2”
2-1/2 x 2-15/16”
2-1/4 x 2-1/4”
225mm x 32mm x 2mm
52
2-3/4”
1 HP, 1 Ph, 115V
2”
24 x 18 x 27”
Replacement Blade for Jet J-F225 Cold Saw
225mm x 2mm x 32mm
Band Saws
U/M
EA
A
EA
1.00
149.00
N/A
*Special Order Item
The JET HVBS-7MW Metalworking Bandsaw is UL listed and powered by a 3/4 HP motor. Four large diameter
wheels and built in handle allow easy movement. Unit comes equipped with a 3/4” carbon steel blade, chip
brush adjustable material stop and vertical worktable. Unit shuts off automatically after each cut. Features a
heavy cast iron bow & bed, a hardened ground worm gear box and a hydraulic down-feed for ease of cut.
Unit is on a convenient roller cabinet with a built-in chip tray.
B
414459 *S/O
JET® Horizontal & Vertical Band Saw, HVBS-7MW*
Motor
Round at 90°
Round at 45°
Rectangle at 90°
Blade Size
Blade Speeds (SFPM)
Bed Height
Vertical Work Table Size
Vise Swivels
Blade Length
Rectangle at 45°
Throat Depth
Blade Wheel Diameter
Overall Dimensions
EA
330.00
1,449.00
1,299.00
3/4 HP, 115/230V, 1 Ph Pre-wired 115V
7”
4-1/2”
2 x 12” / 7” x 10-7/8"
3/4 x .035 x 93“
86, 132, 178, 260
23”
9-3/8 x 10”
45 degrees
93”
7 x 3-1/2" / 5-1/2 x 4-1/2"
7”
11-3/4”
20-1/2 x 49-1/2" x 38"
B
Designed for a multitude of uses in the shop, including the cutting of both ferrous and non-ferrous type
metals. Heavy-duty, completely enclosed steel frame. Two-speed gear box and variable speeds provide
quick setting and allow proper adjustment for high efficiency cutting. Increased accuracy is possible with the
rip fence, which can be used on either side of the blade. Multi-tilting worktable. Easy to read blade tension
indicator. Includes blade welder, grinder, and cutter; work lamp; chip blower; 1/4” x 14/18VT bi-metal blade;
blade and tire cleaning brush, and set of tools.
C
414485 *S/O
JET® 16” Vertical Band Saw, VBS-1610*
Motor
Height Capacity (max.)
Throat Capacity (max.)
Table Size (L x W)
Table Height
Table Tilt (Degrees)
Blade Speeds (SFPM)
Blade Length
Blade Width (min-max)
Floor Space Required
EA
944.0
6,799.00
5,999.00
2 HP, 230/460V, 3 Ph Pre-wired 230V
10
15-1/2”
22 x24”
40”
8 F & B, 12 L & 15 R
Low: 82 - 330, High: 985 - 3,950
23”
1/8 - 5/8”
37 x 28 x 72-1/2”
C
Spend $3,600 on JET® machinery and get FREE SHIPPING!
1-888-743-4866
131
Jet® Milling Machine • Lathe • Brakes
JET® MACHINERY
Milling Machine
*Special Order
JTM-1050 Mill with Acu-Rite 200S DRO & X-Axis Powerfeed
A
This model is the JTM-1050 milling machine with the addition of an Acu-Rite 200M DRO and powerfeed
(X-axis). This variable speed milling machine has a precision bored and honed machine head. The large
diameter quill is chrome finished. The spindle head is internally cooled, has high precision class 7 spindle
bearings, and includes a heavy duty spindle brake. Included is a no fuse breaker power connection. The
motor drive is splined with a one-piece quill pinion and shaft, with bearing support at the end. The threestage power downfeed with an automatic stop make this machine easy to work with. Included are precision
hardened and ground ways and table. There are chrome lead screws and Turcite B on the X and Y axis.
There are adjustable gibs throughout, and an internal coolant tank is built into the base for use with a
coolant system (coolant pump not included). There are locks on all movable surfaces and all the dials are
satin chrome finished. Standard equipment includes; one-shot lubrication system, way covers, a draw bar,
and a tool box with tools. Tolerance test sheet included. Two Year Warranty.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
690117 *S/O
Milling Machine JTM-1050 Mill
EA
2,870
PRICE
1st SEM.
PROMO
15,399.00 12,399.00
with ACU-RITE 200S DRO & X-Axis Powerfeed
Lathe
*Special Order Item
GH-1440W-1 Lathe with Acu-Rite 200S DRO Installed
B
Our geared head engine lathes include hardened and ground gears in the headstock and gearbox. The
headstock is constantly oiled during operation and includes splined, not keyed shafts. The gearbox gives
large threading and feed capabilities with no gear changes. The D1-4 spindle is precision ground for
accuracy and supported by high-quality tapered roller bearings. The spindle actuation control with inchmetric dials are apron mounted. V-way bed design is induction hardened, and the gap bed section is
provided for larger diameter work. The compound and cross slide have backlash elimination and adjustable
gibs are incorporated in the carriage and slideways. The tailstock may be offset for turning tapers and
includes an inch-metric graduated quill. Standard equipment includes; heavy-duty stand, 6” 3-Jaw Direct
Mount chuck with top reversing jaws, 8” 4-Jaw chuck, 12” Face plate, foot brake, coolant system w/splash
guard, center and headstock center sleeve, work lamp, spindle jog button, and tool box and tools. Digital
readout installed. Two Year Warranty.
B
321549 *S/O
Lathe
EA
248.00
12,399.00
with Acu-Rite 200S DRO Installed Model #HB-1648H
Brakes
48” Bench Hand Brake
*Special Order
Suitable for many types of metal-forming operations. All body sections are welded steel plate. Heavy truss
rods and braces are designed to give superior strength. Precise bed and beam alignment assures working
accuracy. Features a removable apron nose extension. Two Year Warranty.
C
756216 *S/O
48” Bench Hand Brake
EA
439.00
1,499.00
1,299.00
16 GA Model #HB-1648H
C
Stand for 48” Hand Brake *Special Order
Stand for 48” Hand or BP Brake JET Metalworking Machines. Stand allows bench model brake to be
elevated. Dimensions (LxWxH): 56-1/2” x 18-1/4” x 28”, Stand includes shelf for convenient storage of
tools, Sturdy aluminum design. Two Year Warranty.
D
754200 *S/O
S-48N Aluminum Stand
EA
95.00
319.00
299.00
for 48” Brake Model #HB-1648H
D
Floor Model I Box and Pan Hand Brake *Special Order
Suitable for many types of metal-forming operations. Wide assortment of finger widths allow greater
versatility in the shop. All body sections are welded steel plate with heavy truss rods and braces designed to
give greater strength and durability. Both the bed and apron are bored in to assure the utmost accuracy.
96’ Capacity, 4” Box Depth, 2-1/4 Max Lift. Two Year Warranty.
E
752102 *S/O
Floor Model I
EA
2,381
7,889.00
Box and Pan Hand Brake Model #BP-1696H
Box and Pan Finger Brake *Special Order
E
Incorporates all the features of our standard hand brakes but with greater range of applications. With
fingers installed it can be used as a full-length nose bar, turning the machine into a straight bending brake.
Sectioned fingers are easily removed for box bending and special forming operations. Total of 16 assorted
size section fingers. Two Year Warranty.
F
752116 *S/O
Box and Pan Finger Brake
EA
506.00
1,459.00
1,299.00
Model #BP-1648H
F
Please use our website for these JET® Machine Specifications:
www.piehtoolco.com
You will also find the latest Promotional Specials!
132
www.piehtoolco.com
Jet® Shears • Beverly Shears
SHEARS
JET® Foot Shear
The JET® Foot Shear is ideal for precision shearing of mild steel up to 16 gauge and a 52” capacity. Can
also be used on aluminum, brass, copper, lead, plastic and zinc. Two-way blade configuration provides
twice the cutting life. Upper blade is two-way; bottom blade is one-way. Features a 2° angle cutting edge
and 1° face relief. This item ships via truck.
ITEM #
A
DESCRIPTION
®
JET Foot Shear, FS-1652H
752652 *S/O
Overall Dimensions
Height
Width
Length
Shearing Length Capacity
Front Gauge Capacity
Mild Steel Capacity
Back Gauge Capacity
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
EA
1,089
PRICE
1st SEM.
PROMO
2,699.00
2,299.00
A
62-1/2 x 78-1/4 x 41-1/2”
48”
42”
67”
52”
28”
16 gauge
30”
JET® Slitting Shear
*Special Order Item
Capable of shearing sheet steel, steel bars and rods plus many non-metallic materials. Replaceable high
quality stainless steel blades are hardened and tempered for maximum service life. An adjustable hold
down clamp aids in securing material. Compound leverage allows the operator to easily perform work within
shears’ rated capacity. Includes 35-1/2” handle.
ITEM #
B
DESCRIPTION
755108K *S/O JET® Portable Slitting Shear, SS8T
Overall Dimensions
Mild Steel Sheet Capacity
Mild Steel Flat Capacity
Mild Steel Round Capacity
Cutting Blade Length
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
EA
57.00
PRICE
1st SEM.
PROMO
249.00
199.00
17 x 7 x 17”
3/16”
2-3/4 - 1/4”
1/2”
8”
B
C
Bar Stock Shear*Special Order Item
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
SSBSS *S/O
Pleasure Bar Stock Shear, 26”
EA
8.16
65.00
Beverly Shears (Throatless)
Three models for cutting light to heavy gauge metals without distortion. The unique shoulder design allows
work to be turned in any position during the cut. The geared rack and pinion makes heavy metal cutting simple!
Upper and lower blades allow a clean knurl-free cut, regardless of the material being cut. The throatless design
allows for unlimited cut lengths. Bolt the shear to your bench to fabricate a base frame.
Models and Parts
D
E
F
442-B1 *S/O
Beverly Shear, B-1
EA
21.00
675.00
442-B1RB *S/O Replacement Blades (Pair)
PR
2.00
115.00
442-B2 *S/O
942.00
EA
44.00
442-B2RB *S/O Replacement Blades (Pair)
Beverly Shear, B-2
PR
2.01
442-B3 *S/O
EA
67.00
PR
3.00
Beverly Shear, B-3
442-B3RB *S/O Replacement Blade (Pair)
D
E
148.75
1,362.00
208.25
BEVERLY SHEARS SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM
WIDTH
HEIGHT
HANDLE
DEPTH
LOWER BLADE
LENGTH
LENGTH OF CUT
7”
9”
9”
13”
14”
15”
15”
30”
18”
24”
30”
11”
9”
10”
14”
4-1/4”
4-1/4”
4-3/8”
5-5/8”
2-1/2”
3”
3-1/8”
4-1/4”
442-SS3
442-B1
442-B2
442-B3
CAPACITY
MILD
STAINLESS
STEEL
STEEL
3/16”
14ga
10ga
3/16”
10ga
18ga
14ga
10ga
F
G
Beverly Slitting Shears
The Beverly Slitting Shear handles 10 gauge and 3/16” mild steel, designed for straight cutting only. All
models are equipped with high carbon, high chrome blades. Made in USA. Beverly Shears will last a
lifetime and parts are always readily available! FOB Illinois. See additional specifications above.
Model SS3 *Special Order Items
G
442-SS3 *S/O
Beverly Slitting Shear, SS-3
The mild steel trimming capacity: 3/16”; bar capacity: 1/4 x 2”.
H
442-S2RB *S/O Replacement Blades (Pair), SS2
442-S3RB *S/O Replacement Blades (Pair), SS3
EA
32.00
629.00
PR
2.00
178.50
PR
3.00
172.55
H
1-888-743-4866
133
JET® Pipe Bender • Hoists
JET® Pipe Bender
Rotating stand locks in three positions for stability and versatility. The Heavy-duty hydraulic cylinder is
capable of bending schedule 40 pipe. Simple manual operation! Six bending dies included: (1/2”, 3/4”, 1”,
1-1/4”, 1-1/2”, 2”).
ITEM #
A
331900
DESCRIPTION
®
JET 2” Hydraulic Pipe Bender, #JHPB-20
The radius produced with a 90° bend on different size pipes:
Pipe Size
Inside Radius
1/2”
75mm
3/4”
94.5mm
1”
118mm
1-1/4”
149mm
1-1/2”
169mm
2”
212mm
2-1/2”
262.25mm
3”
313.75mm
Max. Pipe Wall: 0.20”; Max Load: 9”; Piston Stroke: 10-1/4”,
Ram: 1-3/4”
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
1st SEM.
PROMO
EA
132.00
495.00
459.00
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A
JET® HOISTS
2
Electric Chain
Year
Warranty
JET® SSC Series electric hoists combines safety and durability to operate in commercial and industrial
applications. A slip clutch overload protection mechanism prevents the hoist from lifting damaging loads
above its rated capacity. The industry proven DC electro-magnetic brake increases safety by holding the
load even when power is interrupted. The maintenance-free gear train incorporates a sealed oil bath, for
reliability and durability. Complies with OSHA Regulations, ASNI/ASME B30.16 and HST-1 Standards.
B
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
1st SEM.
PROMO
131500
1SS-3C-15, 1-Ton 3-Phase w/15’ Lift
EA 163.00
2,960.00
2,119.00
Mini-Puller Lever
The JET® JLP series lever hoists are rugged, dependable of superior quality. The steel lever hoist is designed
for pulling, stretching, and hoisting in tight situations. Combined with all the standard features, the life of these
KRLVWVUHVXOWVLQPRUHZRUNJHWWLQJGRQHWKH¿UVWWLPH:HVWRQ6W\OH'XDO3DZO%UDNH6\VWHPLQFUHDVHVVDIHW\E\
splitting the load to opposite sides of the ratchet gear for greater load security. Alloy steel industrial rated hooks
rotate 360° for easy rigging. Hooks slowly stretch to indicate an overload situation increasing job-site safety.
Heat treated load plates for durability extend the life of the hoist in industrial environments. All steel construction
impact resistant covers provide durability and protection, and the load chain is coated with Grade 80 black oxide
IRUGXUDELOLW\&RPSDFWKRLVWERG\DQGOLJKWZHLJKWGHVLJQIRUORZKHDGURRPDSSOLFDWLRQVDQGXVHLQFRQ¿QHG
areas. Complies with OSHA, ANSI/ASME B30.21 and HST-3M Standards.
EA 10.00
210.00
149.00
JLP-050A-5, 1/2 Ton w/5’ Lift
EA 10.00
260.00
189.00
JLP-050A-10, 1/2 Ton w/10’ Lift
JET® L-100 Series hand chain hoist integrates safety, durability and innovation enabling it to operate in the
most demanding industrial environments. The patented fused brake system reduces maintenance costs and
limits downtime. Complies with OSHA, ANSI/ASME B30.16 and HST-2 Standards.
C
187505
187506
C
D
D
102100
L-100-100WO-10, 1 Ton w/10’ Lift
EA 28.00
500.00
359.00
Wilton Vises are made in the USA
134
www.piehtoolco.com
JET® Air Tools
®
JET
AIR TOOLS
JET leads the industry in warranty, customer service, technical support and after-market replacement parts.
®
When you buy a JET® product, you can be assured that it is backed by the industry’s most comprehensive
service and support.
Reversible Air Drill
Provides efficient performance through durable ball-bearing and needle-bearing construction and gives
maximum control with the variable speed triggers. Fully reversible.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
RPM
HP
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
JSM-725
3/8” Reversible Air Drill
1,800
1/2
EA 4.00
PRICE
1st SEM
PROMO
220.00
159.00
A
Impact Wrench
Has impact resistant aluminum, lightweight carbon composite, or heavy-duty all-steel housings. Pin
clutch impact mechanism provides smooth bolt starting and balanced impacts for medium to heavy-duty
applications. Convenient forward/reverse button for easy-one-handed operation, and built-in air regulator
provides precise speed control. Max Torque: 380 lb/ft; Bolt Capacity: 5/8”. Anvil Retainer Type: Ring.
B
JSG-0717SH 1/2” Impact Wrench
7,000
EA
6.60
300.00
219.00
Flux Chipper
B
The Needle Scaler and Flux Chipper is designed for heavy duty industrial use. A tool is for surface
preparation involving cleaning and removal of rust, paint, slag or spatter, the solution for any fabrication
need. Heavy-duty heat-treated barrels and pistons for reliability and durability in industrial environments;
ball lock retainer permits quick tool change; heavy-duty hitting power for multiple applications and has angle
chisel converts tool to a flux chipper. 19 x 3 mm needles. Provides a troke length of 7/8”.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
BPM
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
F-25NS
Flux Chipper/Needle Scaler
4,000
EA
6.40
PRICE
1st SEM
PROMO
440.00
319.00
Riveting Hammer
Built around a heat-treated, hardened steel barrel and piston for long life and durability. The built-in air
regulator and variable speed trigger provide precise control. The Air Riveting Hammer provides a stroke
length of 3-1/2”; 0.401” Shank Size; 3/4” Bore Size.
D
JSG-0304R
3-1/2” Stroke with 4-Piece Chisel Set
2,000
EA
4.80
100.00
C
72.00
Grinders
This Die and Angle Grinder is lightweight with a strong motor and precise speed control. This tool is perfect at
providing the right power in tight spaces for polishing, grinding and surface preparation. Machined and hardened
steel gearing for durability and precise control.
E
PRICE
EA 5.00
330.00
239.00
EA 10.00
700.00
499.00
150.00
108.00
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
RPM
JSM-6195B
5” Angle Grinder
7” Angle Grinder
1/4” Right Angle Die Grinder
11,000 1/2
7,000
EA 1.40
JSG-0522
JSM-522A
HP
1st SEM
PROMO
1
22,000 1/4
D
Utility Cut-Off Tool
Features a heavy duty ball bearing construction allowing for cutting of metal up to 3/4” thick. A built-in speed
regulator matches the speed needed for the job, while the 360 degree rotating spark guard, throttle lock and
rear exhaust increase safety. A safety throttle lock prevents accidental starts; rear exhaust directs air away
from work, and includes 3 x 1/16 x 3/8” cutting wheel.
F
JSG-0516
Utility Cut-Off Tool
2,000
1/2
EA 2.20
100.00
E
73.00
Air Ratchet
Provides maximum performance, durability and reliability through the use of the industry-proven ball-bearing and
needle-bearing construction. Built with a hardened ratchet housing, this lightweight tool provides smooth operation
and precision. Maximum Torque of 50 ft/lbs; 3/8” Bolt Capacity: Anvil Retainer Type: Ball.
G
JSM-30
3/8” Air Ratchet
150
EA 2.50
120.00
89.00
F
JET ® AIR TOOLS SPECIFICATIONS
WEIGHT
(Lbs.)
OVERALL
LENGTH Folded
(in)
AIR
CONSUMPTION
(CFM)
VIBRATION
VALUE
(M/S2)
NOISE
LEVEL
(DB)
AIR
INLET
(NPT-in)
AIR
HOSE
(ID-in)
AIR
PRESSURE
(PSI)
F-25NS
JSG-0304R
JSM-725
JSG-0717SH
JSM-6159B
JSG-0522
JSM-522A
JSG-0516
6
3-1/2
2-1/2
6
3-3/4
7
1
8
16-3/8
9
7
7-5/8
5x5/8x1/4
7x7/8x1/4
6-1/4
7-1/2
4
4
4
5
4
7
4
4
14.5
5.6
4.4
2.5
2.7
2.6
2.2
2.2
112
89
88-1/2
96
108
85
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
JSM-30
2-1/2
10
4
4.45
108
1/4
3/8
90
ITEM
G
1 Year Warranty
on all JET® Air Tools
Filter/Regulator/Lubricator
This Air Filter/Regulator/Lubricator is the all-in-one solution. It combines the filter, regulator and lubricator
all in one unit, in a 3/8” connection port. The micro-fog lubricator supplies lubricating oil to the air tool
in proper proportion to the air consumption. The air filter removes solid particles and condensation
accompanying compressed air. The air regulator maintains air pressure accurately over a wide range of
flows necessary for different applications.
H
JFRL-38
Air Filter/Regulator/Lubricator 3/8” NPT Fittings
EA 2.80
130.00
1-888-743-4866
H
98.00
135
Hi-Viz Gear • Boots • Tool Bags
CLC (Custom Leather Craft)
The next time you’re buying work gear, think about the company that’s thinking about you.
HI-VIZ GEAR
A
CLC Economy Safety Vests
B
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A
SV02
Economy Safety Vest
Lime w/Velcro Tabs, One Size
One Size
EA
0.12
3.50
B
SV03
Economy Safety Vest
Orange w/Velcro Tabs, One Size
One Size
EA
0.12
3.50
PRICE
CLC Fire Retardant Safety Vests
Bright Lime. ANSI Class 2, Meets ASTM D-6413 FR Standard
C
SV34L
Fire Retardant Vest
Large
EA
0.39
13.50
SV34XL
Fire Retardant Vest
XLarge
EA
0.40
13.50
SV342X
Fire Retardant Vest
2XLarge
EA
0.41
13.50
SV343X
Fire Retardant Vest
3XLarge
EA
0.42
13.50
SV344X
Fire Retardant Vest
4XLarge
EA
0.43
13.50
CLC Climate Gear
CLC Rain Suits
D
A lightweight 3-piece rain suit made of PVC with jacket, elastic waist pants, and a detachable drawstring
hood. Constructed with lightweight (0.10mm) PVC. Rear mesh vents for breathability. Jacket, elastic waist
pants, and detachable drawstring hood. Full-cut sizes to fit over clothing.
E
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
R106M
Lightweight PVC Rain Suit
Medium
EA
0.74
8.75
R106L
Large
EA
0.74
8.75
R106X
XLarge
EA
0.84
8.75
R1062X
2XLarge
EA
0.85
8.75
R1063X
3XLarge
EA
0.86
8.75
PRICE
CLC Rain Boots
Cleated sole for improved traction, padded sock liner for added comfort. Over-the-sock sizing. 15” high
E
F
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
R230-7
Plain Toe PVC Over the Sock Rain Boot
7
EA
1.50
16.00
R230-8
8
EA
2.00
16.00
R230-9
9
EA
2.50
16.00
R230-10
10
EA
3.00
16.00
R230-11
11
EA
3.50
16.00
R230-12
12
EA
4.00
16.00
R230-13
13
EA
4.80
21.00
R230-14
14
EA
5.30
21.00
R230-15
15
EA
6.00
21.00
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
CLC Tool Bags
ITEM #
H
DESCRIPTION
F
1119
CLC 48-Pocket Bucket Tool Organizer
EA
1.30
13.99
G
1164
CLC 32-Pocket, 24” Megamouth Tote Bag
24
EA
4.70
49.50
H
A233
CLC 18”, 39 Pocket Tech Gear
Stereo Mega Speaker Tool Bag
18
EA
5.28
97.00
J
1604
CLC 4pc Carpenter Combo Tool Belt
17 Pockets
EA
3.50
46.50
Baracade Caution Tape
K
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
3321
Yellow Caution Tape, 300’
3
ROLL 0.61
PRICE
5.45
J
K
136
Be connected with us -- check the newest products,
the current specials and the latest events at Pieh Tool
www.piehtoolco.com.
www.piehtoolco.com
Lighting
LIGHTING
The Wobble Light is a self-righting work light can take a rough handling. Bright, durable and virtually indestructible. Its
high-output, cool-burning fluorescent light is great for use in confined areas (remodeling, residential construction, light
manufacturing, trade shows and outdoor lighting). The durable light features a heavy, counter-weighted base, a highimpact thermoplastic housing and lens and a floating shock absorber protects bulb from strikes and jarring. Internal
ventilation system keeps light cool enough to touch. No setup - just plug it in. Yellow color. Made in the USA.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
WATT
WT
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
111203
Wobble Light 27”, 85 Watt, Halogen
27” x 13
85
14
EA
20.0
135.00
36
175
26
EA
26.0
284.00
PRICE
A
• 85 Watts, 120 Voltage
• 5000 Lumens, Polycarbonate Lens
• Integrated 5-Foot power cord
• Floating shock system protects bulb from impact
• Engineered for the toughest environments
• 360° lighting adjustable to 180° with optional
reflector shield
• Ventilation system
• No setup required
B
111102
Wobble Light 36” WL175MH, 175 Watt, Metal
Halide
• Self-righting design delivers great light output
in a highly- durable and portable package with
no hot surfaces
• 360° lighting adjustable to 180° with optional
reflector (sold separately)
• Convenience receptacle for connecting units in
a series
• Floating shock system protects bulb from impact
• 15,000 lumens with a 25 - 45 ft. lighting range
• UL certified
• No set up required, plugs into 120-volt AC supply
B
The Pulse Start Temporary Work Light meets new Federal guidelines for metal halide energy efficiency and provides
20,000 operating hours and 42,000 lumens, enough to light a 50-foot area or more. They are is designed to meet
NEC/OSHA requirements and is UL/cUL listed for use in damp locations. Portable, bright and durable, the Hang-ALight is a ceiling mounted light. The re-usable temporary task light emits more light and uses less energy than the
traditional string lights. Now you can go green with durability and performance. Save labor time with our springloaded, steel safety hook which makes for fast installation.
C 111400PS
24
400
EA 21.0
149.00
Hang-A-Light 24” Metal Halide, 400w
• High-efficiency operation
• Suitable for damp locations
• 6-foot power cord 18/3SJWT
• NEC 2005 and OSHA compliant
• Pre-wired for 120v but adaptable for 208/240/277v
C
This rugged, bright and versatile worklight is easy to use in any situation. The rechargeable battery provides up to
30 hours of continuous run time from the dual-sided 144-LED light head. Great for nighttime utility and roadwork,
industrial and plant use, general construction, farming and accident investigations or anywhere you need portable
lighting. MANUFACTURER WARRANTY: 12 months parts / 12 months labor.
D IN120LB
24 x 13
EA 30.0
820.00
SmithLight Industrial LED Work Light
(Battery Operated)
• Rechargeable battery provides up to 30 hours of
continuous run time from the dual-sided
144-LED light head
• Safety flashing mode for use as a warning light
• Integrated charger, includes wall and car chargers
• Charges in 12 hours
• Lighting range 40 - 50 ft. per side, 1,030 lumens
per side
• 60,000 hour lamp life
• Robust construction with shock-absorbing rubber
base and protective rubber seals
• CUL-listed for wet location use
• Low battery alarm and status indicator
• 2 adjustable heights
• Light head tilts down by up to 60°
• Sealed gel acid battery
• Includes 12V vehicle and 120V wall chargers
• Base of the SmithLight designed to accept many
attachments for mounting
7 L
D
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
1-888-743-4866
137
Sahinler Air Hammer & Dies
Receive a $50 STORE CREDIT and
2 pair of Billy Tongs FREE,
when you buy a Sahinler
Air Hammer from Pieh Tool.
Call for your coupon code today!
SAHINLER AIR HAMMER
THE HEART OF ANY MACHINE IS IN ITS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. The Sahinler Hammer has a high
efficiency American Electrical System: Single phase motor by Baldor or Three phase by General Electric.
The Sahinler Air Hammer comes with 2 sets of dies: Standard Flat #SFD and Standard Double Combination
#SDC (valued over $850!).
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
SM50-1
Sahinler SM50 Power Hammer, 1 Phase
EA 2,800.0
13,400.00
SM50-3
Sahinler SM50 Power Hammer, 3 Phase
EA 2,800.0
12,500.00
SAHINLER AIR HAMMER SPECIFICATIONS
SM50-1
100 lb
1 ph
10
DISTANCE
BETWEEN
DIES
9’
SM50-3
100 lb
3 ph
10
9”
ITEM #
B
SM50SB
A
RAM
WEIGHT
MOTOR
HP
PISTON
CENTER TO
THROAT
12”
12”
BPM
DIE SIZE
(STANDARD)
NET
WEIGHT
240
same
2,800 lb
240
same
2,800 lb
Sahinler SM-50 Welded Steel Base
EA 1,234.0
The SM-50 needs a base of at least 9” height to sit on. This allows for
foot throttle travel and raises the lower die to the proper working height.
The best arrangement is a steel base as shown, although wood timbers
will work as well. Concrete is not recommended for this part. The floor
upon which the hammer and base sit can either be dirt, 6” reinforced
concrete or, the best, a separate pad, 36” x 72” x 24” deep, which is
isolated from the existing slab and poured flush with the floor. If you
want to build the base yourself, we can provide the plans free of charge.
1,175.00
Replacement Parts
C
WK-SM34
EA
3.00
35.00
WK-SM5060 Wedge key for SM50/60 dies
Wedge key for SM34 dies
EA
3.00
35.00
BLT-SM34
SET 2.00
88.00
SET 2.25
150.00
Set of belts for Sahinler SM34
BLT-SM5060 Set of belts for the Sahinler SM50-60
Hammerhead Power Hammer Dies
for the Sahinler Air Hammers
OUR POWER HAMMER DIES ARE MADE IN THE USA!
All of our dies are machined and heat treated in the USA, giving them the edge in quality, price and
availability! Hammerhead Dies are made from tool steel that is specifically designed for impact applications.
It can be safely made harder than other steels, such as the 41xx or 4xx series, or the Hxx series. All of the
flat and combination dies are made taller than standard by + .25”( 3.5” vs. 3.25”). This additional material
increases the useful life of the die by allowing for several re-machinings of the surface. Need a custom die
set? Please inquire!
General Specifications for Hammerhead Dies
Material: S-7 Deluxe Air Hardening Shock Steel
Machining Tolerances: +/- .005”
Heat Treat Method: Digitally Controlled Electric Furnace, Moving Air Quench.
Finished Hardness: 52-54 Rockwell-C
Die Compatibility: Sahinler, Kuhn, Glaser (Sahinler)
Large Dovetail Dies Dimensions: 2-1/8” x 1-1/4”
Sahinler SM-50/60, Glaser 50/60, Sayha SSM50, Kuhn K/CF-50/65
Small Dovetail Dies Dimensions: 1-5/8” x 1-1/8”
Sahinler SM-34/40, Glaser 34/40, Kuhn K/CF-22/40
Warranty
1 Year Parts
& Electrical
Components
B
Forging Dies
Free Form
The SM34 and SM60 are discontinued,
but we can special order the accessories.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
C
LDC
Large Double Combo*
Excellent die for general purpose forging operations,
including drawing out/tapering of square, rectangular
and round stock.
2.375 x 6.5
PR 30.00
550.00
D
LTC
Large Triple Combo*
2.375 x 6.5
Has qualities of double combo, the added 1.5” fuller for
necking down on leaves, balls, curves and texturing.
Great for vines and organic work. r1 = 4.00” r2 = .375”
PR 35.00
675.00
E
LDF
Large Drawing-Fuller Combo*
Divided into equal halves of 3.25”. Large radius ideal
for long tapers; small radius fuller provides control in
transitions and texturing. r1 = 4:00” r2 = .50”
2.375 x 6.5
PR 28.00
675.00
F
LDD
Large Drawing Dies*
For flat, round or square stock. r = 4.00”
Standard Flat Dies
Versatile dies, Radius the edges, grind in a texture,
modify the profile.
2.375” x 6.5
PR 30.00
575.00
2.375 x 4.75
PR 18.00
400.00
E
SFD
D
138
PRICE
F
www.piehtoolco.com
Sahinler Air Hammer & Dies
Forging Dies
(continued)
DIMENSION
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PR 25.00
475.00
PR 25.00
575.00
PR 22.00
550.00
Large Flat Dies
2.375 x 6.5
Absolutely essential for the bladesmith pattern welding
large billets. As with the standard flat dies, these can
become what you make them. With radiused edges
they become West Coast drawing dies.
PR 25.00
450.00
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
A
SDC
B
SDF
C
SFFC
Standard Double Combo
2.375 x 4.75
The radius side draws material out quickly, flat side
keeps it in line. r = 4.00”
Standard Drawing-Fuller Combo
2.375 x 4.75
Divided into equal halves of 2.375”. Larger radius ideal
for long tapers or rounding out stock; small radius
fuller for control in transitions, as well as texturing.
r1 = 4.00” r2 = .50”
Standard Fuller-Flat Combo
2.375 x 4.75
Sharp fuller for necking down at transitions, texturing
and general fullering operations. By fullering the
outside half of a flat bar a beautiful radius can be
quickly turned. r = .375”
D
LFD
E
SFD
Standard Flat Dies
2.375 x 4.75
Very versatile dies are fully hardened throughout,
making them adaptable by grinding without loss of
hardness. Radius the edges, grind in a texture, modify
the profile... the only limit is your imagination.
PR 18.00
400.00
F
WFD
Wide Flat Die*
More than 16 square inches of surface area; excellent
choice for pattern welding billets, set tool work and
texturing.
3.25 x 5
PR
475.00
G
TWF
Two Way Fuller Die
Fantastic dies for working sheet, plate or flat bar.
Sculptors find these dies indispensable. r1 = 1.00”,
r2 = 8.00”
1.25 x 4.75
PR 19.00
575.00
H
SSD
2.375 x 2.375
PR 13.00
550.00
J
STMD
Special Sculpture Dies
Giant ball peens, with convex surfaces; can be used
as a pair, offset, or with a flat bottom die to produce
different effects in moving the metal.
Special Toolmakers Dies
For drawing out edge of a blade. top r1 = 4.00”
bot.: flat w/radii.
2.375 x 4.75
PR
475.00
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
R
S
T
Swage Dies
K
WTF
Wedge Taper Flat Combo
20° included angle. Any angle may be specified on
this combination die set. Not for general tapering.
3.25 x 5
PR
600.00
L
WWTC
Wide Wedge Taper Dies*
20° included angle. For 2-sided tapers or 4-sided
pyramid points. This die set produces repeatable
results in mere seconds every time. Not for general
tapering.
3.25 x 5
PR
625.00
M
BSD
Ball Spindle Dies
Produces a beautiful faceted 1” ball with .5” round
entries on 1.25” round.
3.25 x 5
PR
1,100.00
N
SID
Stake Insert Die Set
(1 die, 1 blank stake) This die used as top or bottom
die. Rhe .75” hole accepts fullering, veining or
mushroom stakes up to 3” long. Blank stakes are for
customizing.
2.375 x 4.75
PR
350.00
O
SIDBS
Stake Insert Die Blank Stake
(one stake) Blank Stake for use with Stake Insert Die
(SID).
EA
85.00
P
BEF
Ball End Finial Die (pair)
Produces perfect faceted 1” ball finial on end of a 1”
round bar. A turning post makes using this die set a
snap.
2.375 x 4.75
PR
1,100.00
Peening Texture Die
For texturing flat bar. The raised convex areas vary
between .375” and .75” in root diameter. For hot
material.
2.375 x 4.375
EA
400.00
3.25 x 5
Texture Dies
R
PD
S
BTD
Bark Texture Die
The hand carved pattern in dies will produce a bark
texture in round or flat material. The pattern is graduated in size from side to side for versatility.
T
CF
Cross Fuller Texture Die
2.375 x 4.75
(one die) Raised ridges produce a lovely subtle texture
in flat or square material.
PR
900.00
EA
400.00
*Comes in Large Dovetail Only
1-888-743-4866
We can modify any of these dies to fit other
power hammer brands. We also make custom dies.
Fax or E-mail us your requirements.
928-554-0800 or amy@piehtoolco.com
139
Power Hammer Accessories • Swages
Forging Dies
A
B
(continued)
Tool Holding Dies
DIMENSION
(in)
PRICE
DESCRIPTION
USD
Upper Saddle Die*
2.375 x 6.5
With selection of shop-made saddle attached to die
via a .5” through bolt, the smith creates huge ranges
of shapes in short order. Combine this with the Hardy
Hole Holder on the lower die and you’re ready to tackle
all of those tricky shapes.
EA
450.00
B
HHH
Hardy Hole Holder
The Hardy Hole Holder is the most useful gadget. It
slips around lower die, resting on sow block. The 1”
square hole accepts a tenoned .75” x 4” x 8” A36 plate,
which rests on die. Myriad shop-made accessories can
then be welded to this plate.
EA
475.00
C
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
A
Other sizes are available - please inquire.
POWER HAMMER SWAGES
D
Victory Forge Swages are made from mild steel by our resident blacksmith instructor, Gordon Williams. Be
assured each tool is crafted carefully; your satisfaction is guaranteed! Ask us about modifying your swage
to fit your power hammer! Check out our other fine tools in the Pieh Legacy Collection™. As a general rule,
our spring swages are designed for use on square stock. Square stock produces the best results because
there is more material to displace. They will work on round as well, but will not turn out as nicely-sometimes
requiring more clean up on the piece produced. If we make a swage for round specifically, we will indicate it.
E
Victory Forge Spring Swages
*Spring swages can be used by hand at the anvil or power hammer. They will produce better results if you
build a saddle, to go over a power hammer die, with a hardy hole in it and weld a hardy stub onto the spring
swage. This hardy stob will also allow the spring swage to be used in the hardy hole of your anvil.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
C
VFGR58
Grape
5/8
EA
3.00
67.00
D
VFBA38
Ball
3/8
EA
2.50
67.00
VFBA12
Ball
1/2
EA
2.44
67.00
VFBA58
Ball
5/8
EA
2.52
67.00
VFBA34
Ball
3/4
EA
2.42
67.00
VFRO38
Rope
3/8
EA
2.78
67.00
VFRO12
Rope
1/2
EA
3.48
67.00
VFAC38
Acorn
3/8
EA
2.32
67.00
VFAC12
Acorn
1/2
EA
2.86
67.00
VFAC58
Acorn
5/8
EA
2.28
67.00
VFAC34
Acorn
3/4
EA
2.88
67.00
VFAC1
Acorn
1
EA
3.00
67.00
VFTE18
Tenon
3/16
EA
3.00
67.00
VFTE14
Tenon
1/4
EA
3.00
67.00
VFTE38
Tenon
3/8
EA
3.00
67.00
VFTE12
Tenon
1/2
EA
3.00
67.00
VFTE58
Tenon
5/8
EA
3.00
67.00
EA
2.25
67.00
F
G
E
F
H
G
J
Victory Forge Leaf Tools
H
VFVTR
K
J
Vine Texture Swage
Gives a nice wood texture. Made for round stock.
VFLB38
Leaf Blank Swage
3/8
EA
2.78
67.00
VFLB12
Leaf Blank Swage
1/2
EA
3.48
67.00
Use these together: forge your leaf using Leaf Blank Swage, center bottom side over the Leaf Sink Tool with
veining chisel. Heat, turn over, strike Butt Tool over raised crease, sinking leaf into a wood stump.
L
K
VFLTool
Leaf Sinking Tool
EA
2.80
44.00
L
VFBTool
Butt Tool
EA
1.50
44.00
(close up view)
The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork is a unique three-season metalworking school located in Camp Verde, Arizona, 25 miles south of
Sedona and one hour north of Phoenix. Founded in 2003 by Pieh Tool Company, Inc., the school’s mission is to foster interest and knowledge
in metalworking crafts. These include disciplines such as blacksmithing, bladesmithing, and coppersmithing such as raising, sinking, chasing
& repousse. Workshops are also offered in silversmithing, engraving and jewelry. As Arizona’s only notable non-university
metalworking school, the Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork offers both beginner and advanced artists a variety of 2 and
3-day courses and several demonstrations taught by some of the worlds finest metalsmiths. The programs are expanding
and are updated on the Pieh Tool website Calendar. The school is named in honor of the late Bill Pieh.
Come learn in an atmosphere of friendship and camaraderie! The creative energy and enthusiasm of the instructor provides
adults and teenagers with unique skills and lasting memories.
140
www.piehtoolco.com
Power Hammer Swages • Treadle Hammer
POWER HAMMER PUNCH SET
Punch shown with Tong
Set is designed to be used with our 1/2” rivet tong under heavy forging equipment such as an air
hammer, treadle hammer or other trip hammer. Also included, the handsome composite wood tool
block keeps tools organized. *The Hot Cut Chisel will need to be dressed at the belt sander/grinder to
individual preference. Made in the USA.
A
DESCRIPTION
U/M
Pieh 15 Piece Punch Set with Rivet Tong
Made from S7 and includes 1 each of the following:
SET 9.85
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
B
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
PT-S715S
PH-9S
Veining Chisel, Small
15/64” (6mm) Ball (Bob) Punch
23/64” (9.5mm) Ball (Bob) Punch
3/16” Mushroom Punch
25/64” (10mm) Round Tapered Punch
13/64” (10mm) Fuller
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PRICE
365.00
A
Veining Chisel, Large
3/4” Billy Rivet Tong: #PT4012
Har-Lev 9Piece Punch Set with Tong
Set is designed to be used with a rivet tong under
heavy forging equipment such as an air hammer, treadle
hammer or other trip hammer. Our 9 piece Custom
Forging Punch Set comes with a handmade tong and a
handsome wood tool block. Set includes various styles of
fullers. Made in Israel by Amit Har-lev exclusively for the
Pieh Legacy Collection.
SET 7.00
310.00
B
THE
MARK IN-LINE TREADLE HAMMER
THE MARK In-Line Treadle Hammer offers the convenience of a foot-operated hammer with the added
feature of a vertically aligned head assembly with hardy holes in the top and bottom plates to facilitate
alignment of precision tooling. Have both hands free to work and perform operations such as cut-off,
embossing, upsetting, punching, edge trimming, fullering, stalking, riveting, extruding, and much more! You
control the hammer blows from a light tap for delicate work to heavy blows for moving large materials.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
MMTH
The Mark In-line Treadle Hammer
EA
375.00
1,000.00
MARK IN-LINE TREADLE HAMMER SPECIFICATIONS
HIGH
OVERALL
DEPTH
WIDTH
HAMMER TABLE
FLOOR
HEIGHT
84”
32”
17”
5” x 6”
38”
HEAD WEIGHT HEAD STROKE
65 lbs
12-13”
Treadle Hammer with Power Pack
“THE MARK” POWER PACK is an OPTIONAL air-operated assembly that easily mounts on “THE MARK” InLine Treadle Hammer. A foot pedal takes the place of the treadle pedal. Simply attach two clamp assemblies
and mount the control box unit on the hammer back frame, plug into a 110-volt and a minimum 40 PSI
continuous duty air compressor and you are ready to hammer! You may use, at a minimum, a 10 gallon
capacity tank. Save Now and buy with Hammer! THE POWER PACK CAN BE ADDED ON AT ANY TIME!
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
MMTH-PP
Power Pack, 110v
EA
50.00
PRICE
C
500.00
Treadle Hammer Tooling
Dies are made from 4140 alloy steel and have a 1” hardy.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
(in)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
D
MM-PAD
Pein Anvil Die Set - Top and Bottom
1-1/2 x 2 x 4
PR
3.30
E
MM-DieSet6
Die Set
• Small and Large Standard Flat Dies
• Small and Large Radius Dies
• Top and Bottom Pein Anvil Die
SET 26.00
We use the Mark Treadle Hammer in our
Blacksmithing School and have
a demo model for you to try!
Come by today or take a class!
PRICE
175.00
500.00
D
E
1-888-743-4866
141
Fly Presses
FLY
PRESSES
C-Frame Fly Presses have extra heavy cast frames AND bed is provided with heavy duty adjustable steel die
holding clamps which will preserve your dies and allow easy indexing of your die and tool. The adjustable clutch
allows the fly wheel to stay put when you back it up. Applications of Fly Presses: punching, cutting, chiseling,
fullering, pressing, slitting, drifting, bending, stamping, deep drawing, texturing & surface ornamentation,
straightening, open and closed die work, bending large stock in graceful arcs, and cones or corkscrew-like
shapes. Great for ironwork repetitive elements-just weld up the top profile and insert it into the top hole in
the ram. Place the bottom profile on the press bed. Insert the hot steel in between the top and bottom tools
and with a motion like closing a refrigerator door, out pops your repetitive element. Save time and money. No
electricity required. No noise. The fly press really means PROFIT to the shop owner!
A
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
EA
180
575.00
EA
292
895.00
EA
310
1,200.00
308.0
EA
414
1,375.00
374.0
EA
546
1,525.00
#5
440.0
EA
623
1,750.00
C Frame
#6
660.0
EA
870
2,795.00
C Frame
#8
1,075.0
EA
1,075
4,500.00
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
WT (lb)
CF0
C Frame
#0
77.0
CF1
C Frame
#1
171.6
CF2
C Frame
#2
220.0
CF3
C Frame
#3
CF4
C Frame
#4
CF5
C Frame
CF6
CF8*
U/M
FLY PRESS SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
John Crouchet at his Fly press.
CF0
CF1
CF2
CF3
CF4
CF5
CF6
Base to Guide:
4-1/2”
5”
5-3/4”
6-3/4”
7-1/4”
8”
9”
11”
Center to back:
3”
3”
3-3/4”
4-1/2”
4-3/4”
5-1/4”
6”
7-1/2”
Diameter of Screw:
1-7/16”
1-11/16”
1-11/16”
1-11/16”
1-7/8”
1-7/8”
2-3/8”
3”
Hole through Base: (without ring)
1-3/4”
2”
2-1/2”
3”
3-1/2”
4”
4-1/2”
6”
--
--
--
1-1/2”
1-3/4”
2”
2-1/4”
3”
Hole through Base: (with ring)
A
CF8*
Stroke:
3”
4”
4-1/2”
4-1/2”
5-1/2”
5-3/4”
6”
8”
Hole in Ram Diameter:
1”
1”
1”
1”
1”
1”
1”
1-1/2”
1-1/2”
1-1/2”
1-1/2”
1-1/2”
1-1/2”
1-1/2”
2”
2-1/2”
18”
18”
19-1/4”
21”
23”
23”
29”
32”
Weight of Flywheel:
44 lb
48.5 lb
62 lb
80 lb
94 lb
100 lb
148 lb
200 lb
Height of the body:
19-1/4”
19-1/4
21-1/2”
23-3/4”
26-1/4”
28-3/4”
33-1/4”
40”
Hole in Ram Depth:
Diameter of Flywheel:
*The #8 Fly Press is Special Order and needs 4-6 month lead time. Prepayment is required.
Be sure to check out the Fly Press
DVD by John Crouchet on page 196.
Check our website for the scotchman ironworker!
www.piehtoolco.com
Scotchman Ironworker
Scotchman Industries, Inc. is a leading producer of metal fabricating equipment, accessories, and custom tools. We
manufacture a complete line of thirteen different hydraulic Ironworkers, ranging in capacities from 45 to 150 tons,
with component tool design and a fully integrated European style; both are available in either single or dual operator
models. The Ironworker is the most used and most versatile machine a person can have in their manufacturing
or fabrication shop, maintenance department or vocational school. Ironworkers save time, increase productivity,
eliminate waste and create clean smooth cuts & holes. Warranty: 3 years. Made in the USA. Scotchman offers a
complete line of American-made hydraulic ironworkers from 45 to 150 tons in three distinctive styles:
• Component Tool Table Design
• Fully Integrated
• Dual Operator machines.
Interested in something larger?
Visit the Scotchman website, www.scotchman.com
then, call or email us the model number. We would be happy to quote you!
All Scotchman Ironworkers are American-Made and have a Best-in-the-Business 3-year warranty.
142
www.piehtoolco.com
Fly Press Accessories
FLY PRESS ACCESSORIES & TOOLING
A
B
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(in)
PTCP4/5/6
Clamping Plate (for #4, 5, 6)
Tee-nuts and cap screws included (not pictured).
Bolt holes countersunk. Clamp plate necessary to
use your fly press for blacksmithing. Hardie Bolster
or Guided Bolster is clamped to this plate with vise
grips.
3/8 x 10 x 19 EA
PTHB1-19
PTGB38-19
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
19.25
64.00
A
B
Hardie Bolster, 1” (for #4, 5, 6)
19 Long
This plate holds your hardy tools that you already
have. Designed to hold our Mushroom, Side Butcher
and Fullers. Attach to our Clamping Plate.
EA
Guided Bolster (for #4, 5, 6)
Use as a guide so that your working piece stays
straight. Consists of a plate and guide.
EA
8.50
48.00
C
3/8 x 4 x 19
7.60
36.00
D
All tool extensions have a 1” round shank to hold and extend your tools under the fly press ram. Allows for
quick tool changing. Allen cap screw locks your tool in place.
D
PTTE1
Tool Extension
1” hole
EA
1.50
65.00
PTTE58
Tool Extension
5/8 hole
EA
1.66
65.00
PTTE34
Tool Extension
3/4 hole
EA
1.60
65.00
PTTE12
PTSLV
Tool Extension
Fly Press Sleeves
Adaptors fit the tooling extensions: 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”.
1/2 hole
EA
EA
1.50
1.60
65.00
18.65
BP125-FP
PTC Ball Punch
1/8
EA
0.16
20.00
BP188-FP
PTC Ball Punch
3/16
EA
0.15
20.00
BP250-FP
PTC Ball Punch
1/4
EA
0.15
20.00
BP312-FP
PTC Ball Punch
5/16
EA
0.14
20.00
BP375-FP
PTC Ball Punch
3/8
EA
0.17
20.00
BP437-FP
PTC Ball Punch
7/16
EA
0.17
20.00
BP500-FP
PTC Ball Punch
1/2
EA
0.17
20.00
DE000-FP
PTC Duck Eye Punch
1/8
EA
0.36
22.00
EP125-FP
PTC Eye Punch
1/8
EA
0.15
22.00
EP188-FP
PTC Eye Punch
3/16
EA
0.16
22.00
EP250-FP
PTC Eye Punch
1/4
EA
0.16
22.00
EE000-FP
PTC Eagle Eye Punch
N/A
EA
0.15
22.00
ES000-FP
PTC Wizard Eye Punch
N/A
EA
0.25
22.00
Check our website for all the latest specials and products.
Turn this page to see . . .
Edwards Ironworkers and Accessories
We are your source for Quality Ironworkers, made in the USA, at affordable prices!
EDWARDS JAWS IV IRONWORKERS
55 TON
50 TON
40 TON
25 TON
RATED CAPACITY
55 Ton
50 Ton
40 Ton
25 Ton
THROAT DEPTH
7-1/2”
7”
7”
5-1/2”
OPEN HEIGHT
8”
8-1/8”
8”
6”
SHUT HEIGHT
6-3/4”
7”
7”
5”
1-1/4”
3-1/2 gpm
single stage
1-1/8”
3-1/2 gpm
single stage
1-3/8”
3-1/2 gpm
single stage
1”
3-1/2 gpm
2 stage
STROKE
HYDRAULIC PUMP SIZE
VALVE PRESSURE
2600 psi
2500 psi
3000 psi
2200 psi
RESERVOIR
7 gallons
7 gallons
7 gallons
3 gallons
2-1/2” Ram
Base: 36” x 42-1/2”
Height: 59”
2-1/2” Ram
Base: 28-1/4” x 38-1/2”
Height: 54”
8-1/2” - 2-1/2” Ram
Base: 50” x 50”
Height: 50”
1-3/4” Ram
Base: 29” x 23”
Height: 55”
4 x 4 x 1/4”
or 3 x 3 x 3/8”
4 x 4 x 1/4”
or 3 x 3 x 3/8”
3 x 3 x 1/4
CYLINDER
DIMENSIONS
ANGLE SHEAR
MAXIMUM SIZE
1-888-743-4866
143
Ironworkers
IRONWORKER
Edwards 55 Ton Jaws IV Ironworker
Three phase or single phase 55 Ton Jaws IV Ironworkers are available with four available stations with
universal open tooling options!
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HP PH
IW-55T-TP220
55 Ton Jaws IV
VOLTS
RPM
1,725
5
3
220v
5
3
5
5
WT
AMP U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
14 EA
2,350
7,896.00
440v
7
EA
2,350
8,016.00
3
575v
7
EA
2,350
8,500.00
1
220v
26 EA
2,350
8,196.00
Electric Motor Standard
IW-55T-TP440
55 Ton Jaws IV
Electric Motor Option
55 Ton Jaws IV
IW-55T-TP575
55 Ton Jaws IV
IW-55T-SP220
1,725
55 TON JAWS IV IRONWORKER STATIONS
A
SPECIFICATIONS
MAX CAPACITY
WORK HEIGHT
MAX WIDTH
MAX THICKNESS
MAX RD CAPACITY
MAX SQ CAPACITY
PUNCH
FLAT BAR SHEAR
ANGLE SHEAR
OPEN STATION
1-1/16” dia in 5/8” plate
37-1/2”
-----
-34-3/4”
1/2 x 12” or 3/8 x 14”
3/4” 4”
7/8”
7/8”
-40”
-----
-35-1/4”
-----
Compact and perfect for Small Shops! Four workstations available with tool options. The Open Station is
dedicated for optional coper/notcher.
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HP PH
IW-50T-TP220
50 Ton Jaws IV
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
VOLTS
RPM
AMP U/M
1,725
14 EA
1,550
7,296.00
5
3
220v
5
3
440v
7
EA
1,550
7,416.00
5
3
575v
7
EA
1,550
7,900.00
5
1
220v
26 EA
1,550
7,596.00
50 Ton Jaws IV
IW-50T-TP440
Electric Motor Options
IW-50T-TP575
50 Ton Jaws IV
50 Ton Jaws IV
IW-50T-SP220
B
1,725
SPECIFICATIONS
PUNCH
FLAT BAR SHEAR
ANGLE SHEAR
OPEN STATION
MAX CAPACITY
1” dia in 5/8” plate
37-58”
-----
-35-1/2”
1/2” x 10”
3/4” 4”
3/4”
3/4”
-40”
-----
2” x 3” x 5/16”
40-3/4”
------
WORK HEIGHT
MAX WIDTH
MAX THICKNESS
MAX RD CAPACITY
MAX SQ CAPACITY
Order the innovative 40 Ton equipped with an extra manifold, 3 way switch, and quick disconnect ports to
easily access the optional hydraulic accessory tools including the Edwards Tube Bender and Edwards Shop
Press.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HP PH
IW-40T-TP220
40 Ton Jaws IV
VOLTS
RPM
1,725
5
3
220v
5
3
5
5
WT
AMP U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
14 EA
3,000
6,496.00
440v
7
EA
3,000
6,616.00
3
575v
7
EA
3,000
7,100.00
1
220v
26 EA
3,000
6,796.00
IW-40T-TP440
40 Ton Jaws IV
IW-40T-TP575
40 Ton Jaws IV
40 Ton Jaws IV
IW-40T-SP220
1,725
C
144
SPECIFICATIONS
PUNCH
FLAT BAR SHEAR
MAX CAPACITY
--
--
WORK HEIGHT
41-1/2”
33-1/2”
52-1/2”
MAX THICKNESS
--
3/8” x 10”
--
MAX SIZE
--
--
3 x 3 x 1/4”
www.piehtoolco.com
ANGLE SHEAR
Ironworkers
Edwards 25 Ton Jaws Jr. Ironworker
Specialized for smaller jobs with two available stations and designed to accept optional tooling, listed below.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HP PH VOLTS
RPM
AMP
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
IW-25T-SP220
25 Ton Jaws Jr.
1
1
220v
1,725
7
EA 1,000
4,596.00
1
1
110v
1,725
14
EA 1,000
4,596.00
PRICE
IW-25T-SP110
25 Ton Jaws Jr.
25 TON JAWS JR IRONWORKER STATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
PUNCH
MAX CAPACITY
OPEN STATION
--
WORK HEIGHT
38-1/2”
35-3/4”
Edwards 10 Ton Pipe/Tube Bender
The first in the new series of Plug ‘n Play Hydraulic Accessories, the Edwards Bender was designed for
the versatile range of Edwards Ironworkers. This Bender accessory can be added to your 40 Ton A, 50
Ton A, 55 Ton A, or 60 Ton A Ironworker purchase. The Bender can also be purchased with the Edwards
PortaPower, portable hydraulic unit. Like all of the Edwards products, this Pipe/Tube Bender is designed and
manufactured in the USA.
ITEM #
B
DESCRIPTION
PUMP
SIZE
VALVE
PRESSURE
RESERVOIR
10T-PTBENDER 10 Ton Pipe/Tube Bender 3-1/2 gpm 2600 psi max 7 gal
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
EA 600
A
PRICE
1,896.00
10 TON PIPE/TUBE SPECIFICATIONS
Heavy Duty All Steel Construction
Smooth, fast operation
180 Degree Bend Capacity
Easy to Use Hand Controls
Operates Horizontally or Vertically
Heavy Duty Rolling and Locking Stand
Auto Stop Feature for Repeatable Bends
Quick Disconnect Hoses
2” (ID) Schedule 40 Pipe Capacity
2-1/2 (OD) .095” Tube Capacity
2-1/4” .083” Chromoly Capacity
Reservoir: 7 gallons
Die Sets Sold Separately
One Year Warranty
Hydraulic Pump Size: 3-1/2 gpm - single stage; Valve Pressure: 2600 psi max.
Options Available
WT
AMP U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
HP
PH
VOLTS
RPM
TP220
Edwards Porta Power
5
3
220
1,725
5
3
440
5
1
220
PRICE
14
EA
3,996.00
7
EA
4,116.00
26
EA
4,296.00
TP440
Edwards Porta Power
SP220
Edwards Porta Power
1,725
Edwards Ironworker Tooling/Accessory Options
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
0222-02
Notched Coping Nut
EA
65.00
QCPC
Quick Change Punch Coupling
EA
565.00
IW-CN
Coper/Notcher
EA
920.00
PNH
Pipe Notcher Housing (Sched 40-1/2”-2”)
EA
PRB32
32” Press Brake Tooling Accessories
EA 485.0
SP126
Press Brake Tooling Set of 6
EA 6.00
IW-MS
Multi Shear
EA
830.00
RSH
Rod Shear & Housing (1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1)
EA
1,155.00
315.00
390.00
PDSK
Punch Die Starter Kit (8 Sets, Customers Choice)
EA 10.00
275.00
PDSOD
Standard Oblong Punch & Die Set of 6
3/16 X 1, 5/16 X 1, 7/16 X 1, 9/16 X 1, 11/16 X 1, 1-3/16 X 1
Standard Square Punch & Die Set of 6
3/8, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4
EA 6.00
720.00
EA 6.00
630.00
0900-KIT
Gaging Table Kit
3/8 X 12 X 16 + 1 Short and Long Fence
EA
173.00
IW-AC
Auto Cut
EA
750.00
IW-AN
Angle Notcher, 3x3x1/4”
EA
987.00
IW-CN50
Coper Notcher 50 Ton
EA
420.00
IW-GS
Greaseless Slides
EA
282.00
HATK
Hydraulic Accessory Tool Kit
EA
750.00
1045
Pipe Notching Dies 3/4”
EA 10.00
382.00
1046
Pipe Notching Dies 1”
EA 10.00
407.00
1047
Pipe Notching Dies 1-14”
EA 10.00
435.00
1048
Pipe Notching Dies 1-1/2”
EA 10.00
462.00
1049
Pipe Notching Dies 2”
EA 10.00
487.00
PDSPD
1-888-743-4866
B
2,596.00
145
Coal Forges • Firepots • Blowers
COAL/COKE FORGES
The basic smithy contains a forge, also known as a hearth, for heating metals. The forge heats the work
piece to a malleable temperature or to the point where work hardening no longer occurs. Coal forges
are favored by many blacksmith and knifemaker shops because of the high temperature that comes with
burning a coal or coke fire. All our coal and coke forge models are made right here at Pieh Tool Co!
Proudly made in the USA for the Pieh Legacy Collection!
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
(WDH)
WT
(lb)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PTCF
Pieh Forge Frame
Heavy duty 3/16” fabricated steel hearth.
Hearth:
24x30x3”
12000
EA 155.00
495.00
PTCF-WP
Pieh Coal or Coke Forge
w/Firepot and Tuyere
Same as above but includes Lorance Firepot, Clinker
and Tuyere.
181.00 EA 191.00
873.00
PTCF-WH
Pieh Coal or Coke Forge
w/Firepot, Tuyere and Hood
Same as above but also includes a 24” Hood.
193.00 EA 203.00
1,061.00
PTCF-WB
Pieh Coal/Coke Forge
w/Firepot, Blower, Tuyere, Air gate
The same forge as above but includes our PTC1203
blower and air gate. No hood.
205.00 EA 23.85
1,825.00
230.00 EA 235.00
2,013.00
A
A PTCF-WBH Pieh Coal/Coke Forge
w/Hood, Firepot, Blower, Tuyere, Air gate
The same forge as above but includes our PTC1203
blower and air gate and hood.
PTHD
B
Pieh 24” Half Hood, Steel
Flue: 8” Diameter; 21 gauge
Base:
12.00
24 x 14 x 26”
EA OS/70
200.00
Firepot
Fire pot is made of heavy duty cast iron and comes with clinker breaker unattached. Holds up for years
and years. It can handle very hot coal or coke fires. This is the pot we use in the Pieh Tool coal forges.
Pot ordered separately from our coal forge will need to have the holes tapped and drilled. Outside Bowl
Diameter at Hearth Line 9-1/2 x 12”. Made in USA.
B
SIZE
(WDH)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSION
RLPOT
Roger Lorance Coal/Coke Fire Pot
(Clinker unattached; Drilling holes costs
extra.)
14 x 11-1/2 x 3-7/8”
11-3/8 x 8-7/8”
WT
(lb)
U/M
53.82 EA
SHIP WT
(lb)
58.00
PRICE
275.00
Tuyere
C
Forge tuyere fits our fire pot and coal forge. It has a dumping ash gate fastened by a bolt. Our tuyere
has a 2” inlet and a 4” outlet, made from a 1/4” standard cold rolled steel welded T with a welded flange,
fabricated by Pieh Tool. Made in USA.
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
(lb)
U/M
SHIP
WT (lb)
PRICE
TA
Tuyere with Ash Dump
11.00
EA
15.00
105.00
Blast Gates (Air Gates)
D
Used to control the air between one or more blowers and forges. Blast gates maximize system efficiency.
Allow to switch between blowers such as a hand crank blower. Has a locking knob.
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
DIAMETER
AG2
Sheet Metal Frame w/Aluminum Gate
2”
AG3
Sheet Metal Frame w/Aluminum Gate
3”
U/M SHIP
WT (lb)
PRICE
0.64
EA 0.64
17.65
1.30
EA 1.30
19.30
BLOWER
Electric Blowers
Pieh Legacy Collection™/Johnson
E
Our coal/coke forge is built stock with this blower, specially built for Pieh Tool by Johnson Gas Co. It
features the sturdy #1203 aluminum blower housing (used on Johnson’s industrial furnaces). Our blower
is ready to use! It includes wired power cord and on/off switch & mounting plate with bolts. The air gate
shutter provides quick control of air flow eliminating the need for a rheostat, which can shorten the life of
a motor significantly. 1 year warranty. Specifications for Blower: 50 CFM at 4” W.C. Delivery. Outlet: 1-1/2”
threaded. For Motor: Dayton, Flange Mount, Capacitor Start, Continuous Duty, 400-600k BTU; 60 Hz,
6.8/3.4 Amps.
E
146
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
RPM
PTC1203
Pieh #1203 Blower, High Volume
3,450 1/3
www.piehtoolco.com
HP
VOLT
WT
PHASE U/M SHIP
(lb)
115V
/230V
Single EA 24.0
PRICE
640.00
Blowers • Coal/Coke • Fluxes
Johnson
Johnson Gas blowers are sturdy, dependable, balanced and with a reputation for efficient delivery of
constant air pressure and quiet operation.
ITEM #
A
B
DESCRIPTION
RPM
BA0100014 #1219 Blower
Johnson Gas blowers are sturdy,
dependable and with a reputation
for efficient delivery of constant
air pressure and quiet operation.
Flange Mount.
HP
11,000 1/3
VOLT
PHASE
WT
(lb)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
115
Single
8.0
EA 5.0
687.00
PRICE
BA0100002 #1203 Blower - High Volume
3,450
1/3
115V
Single
EA 28.0
942.00
BA0100003 #1204 Blower - High Volume
Housing: Cast Aluminum
3,450
1/7
115V
Single
EA 34.0
997.00
A
JOHNSON BLOWER SPECIFICATIONS
1219
11,000
26 CFM
1”
Aluminum
Baldor
1 Year
DUTY
DELIVERY PRESSURE
OUTLET
HOUSING
MOTOR
WARRANTY
1203
Continuous
50 CFM at 4” W.C.
1-1/2”
Cast Aluminum
Baldor
1 Year
B
1204
Continuous
75 CFM at 5” W.C.
1-1/2”
Cast Aluminum
Baldor
1 Year
More Johnson Blowers Available
by Special Order
COKE/COAL
Blacksmithing
WT
(lb)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
Coke, 50 lb/bag.
Our Coke is, ‘bituminous coal’ or known as ‘coal-coke’, from
Alabama. It is processed and sized (1/4x1”) to be used in
blacksmith forges. It is made from good soft coal and will burn
very hot. This is not petroleum coke or anthracite coal!
50.0
EA 50.0
34.60
COAL
Coal, 50 lb/bag.
Our coal comes from West Virginia and is of excellent quality.
50.0
EA 50.0
36.00
XMAS COAL
Christmas Sack of Coal
1/10 of a pound of blacksmith coal in a cute burgundy velvet
drawstring sack.
EA 0.16
2.50
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
C
COKE
D
C
D
COKE/COAL SPECIFICATIONS
COKE
COAL
MOISTURE
12%
2.36%
VOLATILE
1%
28.66/29.35%
SULFER
0.70%
00.69%/00.71%
ASH
8%
04.38%/04.48%
CARBON
91%
FIXED
64.60/66.17%
B.T.U.A.B.
-14528/14878
WELDING,
BRAZING FLUXES
The Anti-Borax Company was founded in 1902. Today, 100 years later, the fluxes are still used for bronze
E
brazing, cast-iron welding, and other applications used for metal joining in blacksmithing and forge
processes. Most of the compounds we offer are under the Anti-Borax brand name. Flux is a chemical
compound that is applied to shield the joint surface from air and prevents oxide formation.
Pieh EZ Weld
Packaged in a convenient 1 or 5 lb can. Adheres to metal at a low heat and is equally good for lap, split, butt, or jump
welding. It enables blacksmiths to weld tool steel, plow open hearth and bessemer at significantly lower temperatures than
other compounds while making strong, smooth welds. Can be used with steel as well as iron. Prepared by Anti-Borax Co.
E
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
(lb)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
PEZ1
Pieh EZ Weld
1
EA 1.16
12.00
PEZ5
Pieh EZ Weld
5
EA 5.28
55.00
F
Super Stable Weld
A mixture of forge borax and a welding compound. There is little metal filings and works best when welding in a gas forge.
It is basically the EZ Weld composition, but with a lower metal leading (12%). It is used in forge applications that require
a lower metal concentration in the flux. It works like EZ Weld in most forge welding processes, and can be used in a wide
variety of applications.
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
(lb)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
SSW1
Super Stable Weld
1
EA 1.29
12.00
G
Forge Borax
Formulated for forge welding of stainless steel, it helps remove oxides and make steel easier to work with at welding
temperature. Excellent for finishing heats, toe caulk and plow work.
G
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
(lb)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
FB1
Forge Borax
1
EA 1.19
12.00
FB5
Forge Borax
5
EA 5.76
55.50
1-888-743-4866
147
Fluxes • Welding Rods • Hardeners
Welding, Brazing Fluxes
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Anhydrous White Borax
1
Anhydrous Borax (Na2B4O7). A mixture of borax and ammonium
chloride is used as a flux when welding iron and steel. It lowers
the melting point of the unwanted iron oxide (scale), allowing it
to run off. Borax is also used mixed with water as a flux when
soldering jewelry metals such as gold or silver. It allows the
molten solder to flow evenly over the joint in question. Borax is
also a good flux for ‘pre-tinning’ tungsten with zinc - making the
tungsten soft-solderable.
EA
1.22
12.60
CW1
Crescent Welding Compound
1
Crescent is a substitute for Borax on fine work forgings. Crescent
contains no metal filings and thus cleans easier. Used for
finishing heats, toe caulk and plow work.
EA
1.15
12.00
C
ABBF1
Anti-Borax Brazing Flux
1
Brazing powder fluxes provide an alternative to the paste fluxes.
One may add water and mix the flux to the desired thickness.
Effective for general-purpose uses. Can be used when brazing
brass, copper, steel, malleable iron, bronze and other metals.
Filler Metals: BAg, BCu, BNi, BAu, RBCuZn. Temperature range:
1400-2200ºF/760-1205ºC. Specifications: AWS A5.31-91, Type
FB3J, Mil-F-16136B, Type A/Type.
EA
1.22
9.25
D
ABC8 *S/O
Aluminum Welding Flux #8
Active temperature range, 1500-2900° F, 815-1540° C.
EA
1.29
62.00
E
SW
Mustad Sure-Weld
12 oz
A mixture of forge borax and a welding compound. There are
little metal filings and works best when welding in a gas forge. It
is, however, equally effective when used in coal forges. Only a
small amount is needed for each weld, so it is both effective and
economical.
EA
0.87
18.60
F
BMF
Black Magic FLux
A favorite of our Blacksmith Instructor. This flux sticks to your
work, even at a black heat; it does not foam and fall off. There
is no need to wire brush to remove the flux, there is no residue.
Does not make a mess of your forge or fire. Works great in coal
or gas forges.
EA
2.26
24.00
DESCRIPTION
A
AWB1
B
A
B
C
(continued)
U/M
ITEM #
D
WT
(lb)
1
2
WELDING RODS
Carbraze (Borium)
E
Flux coated Carbraze (borium) for traction on horseshoes. 60% Carbide. Carbraze is made of tungsten
carbide particles in a matrix of extremely strong nickel-copper alloy. Carbraze has a lower melting point
than Borium, and makes it possible to utilize a larger piece of tungsten-carbide. The flux is on the rod
and tins as you go along. 2 rods per pound Carbraze can be applied in the gas forge. Hartwell Carbraze
material is for application with an acetylene torch and is available in Wear grades. Apply to the bottom of
horseshoes for maximum wear and traction.
G
F
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PRICE
BREAK
BORF
Carbraze Flux Coated Rod, Fine
10-14
EA
0.50
18.00
17.10
BORM
Carbraze Flux Coated Rod, Medium
6-10
EA
0.50
18.00
17.10
BORC
Carbraze Flux Coated Rod, Course
4-6
EA
0.50
18.80
17.10
SURFACE HARDENER
Cherry Red
G
Replaces our old product Kasenit, which is no longer available. Cherry Red instantly case hardens steel
parts with no special heat-treating equipment required. Quickly and easily impart a hard case to steel tools,
dies, gears, machined parts, metalworking parts, blades, fixtures and other wear parts. This non-flammable
powder material is simple and easy to apply and does not require prior case hardening experience. Users
have reported a 60 Rockwell C hardness on 1018 steels. *Contains no cyanide. Can ship World Wide.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
H
CHR1
Cherry Red
1
EA
1.06
19.90
J
CHR5
Cherry Red
5
EA
5.64
90.00
CHR25
Cherry Red
25
EA
28.00
260.00
H
J
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
148
www.piehtoolco.com
Tinning Compounds • Ingots
TINNING
COMPOUNDS
A pure tinning powder that can be used for tinning bearings, radiator connections and auto bodies. Apply
with steel wool or wire brush. To make paste, add water to desired consistency. To tin welds, mix with HC1
in glass container and apply while weld is still hot. Warning: Corrosive-causes burns.
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
ACTIN
Acro Soder Tinning Compound
1
EA
1.08
38.45
A
‘Acro Soder’ Tinning Compound IS considered
Hazardous Material. Appropriate UPS/ FedEx
Special Handling Hazardous Fees may apply on the
shipment. It is best to order the largest quantity
desired to offset the per shipment Hazardous Fee.
B
ACSOD
Acro Soder Tinning Paste
A pure tinning paste that cleans, fluxes, tins and solders in one
operation. Recommended for tinning auto bodies.
B
1
EA
1.16
50.00
BABBITTING SUPPLIES
When you pour Babbitt bearings, you need something to use as a damming material to keep the molten
metal from pouring out of the open ends of the bearing shell. This dense putty like material (it is similar
to the consistency of play-dough), can be easily molded around shafts and bearing shells to perform its
intended task. NEW PRODUCT.
C
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
(lb)
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
BABT
Babbitrite Damming Compound
5
EA 5.20
84.00
Directions for Babbitt: Heat Babbitt to 850º F. and throw liberal amount of flux on surface. After skimming,
repeat until there is a clean separation of metal and oxides. Directions for Zinc: Heat Zinc until quite molten
and then follow the same instructions for Babbitt. Note: ventilation is recommended.
D
NACFLX
Acro No Acid Flux
9 oz
EA
0.70
D
7.00
INGOTS
We stock ingots with aluminum, antimony, lead, copper, pewter and tin for use in babbitting bearing,
spincasting jewelry, figurines, buckles and more. We can special order ingots on request. Give us your
specifications and we will provide you with a quote. *Prices change frequently due to changing metal prices.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
(lb)
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
E
ID10 *S/O
Acro Babbitt Metal, 7- 8 lb Ingot
77.5% Lead, 13.5% Antimony, 9% Tin
7-8
EA
8.00
70.00
E
NILT *S/O
Nickelite Babbitt Metal, 6-7 lb. Ingot
(Specialized Use) 89% TIN, 7.5% Antimony, 3.5% CU, and
Aluminum
6-7
EA
7.00
161.20
E
ASTM2 *S/O Babbitt Metal, ASTM2 Grade 2, 6-7 lb Ingot
(General Purpose) 89% Tin, 7.5 Antimony, 3.5% Copper
6-7
EA
7.00
205.00
E
BRTN *S/O Babbitt Metal, ASTM2 Grade 2, 6-7 lb Ingot
91% Tin, 8% Antimony, 1% CU
6-7
EA
7.20
120.00
E
Check out our web for other
ingots available.
www.piehtooco.com
CASTING FURNACES & CRUCIBLES
Casting Furnace QR
Crucible Furnace QR
The Johnson Casting Furnaces and Crucible
Furnaces are available through
our website: www.piehtoolco.com
1-888-743-4866
149
Knifemaker (Mankel)• Blacksmith Forge (Mankel)
KNIFEMAKER GAS FORGES
Mankel
*SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
After the forge is preheated the two burners allow the temperature to reach 2600º F! By removing the side
bricks, the forge can be open from 3 sides making this the most versatile of the Knifemaker Forges. The
forge top is lined with Thermotect A Board and the bottom is poured refractory cement with radius on the
floor. Forge is fabricated of formed steel. It is tough-will take just about any abuse. It is also extremely
easy to repair. Supplied with manifold, complete with orifices, regulator with pressure gauge and 8 ft. hose
(differs if ordering Natural Gas).
A
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
BLOWER
GAS TYPE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
MKOE2RP
Knife Maker with Open End,
115v
Propane
EA 95.00
1,167.00
115v
Natural Gas
EA 95.00
1,167.00
PRICE
2 Burners, Round Bottom
MKOE2RN
After the forge is preheated the three burners allow the temperature to reach 2600º F! By removing the
side bricks, the forge can be open from 3 sides making this the most versatile of the Knifemaker Forges.
The forge top is lined with Thermotect A Board and the bottom is poured refractory cement with radius on
the floor. Forge is fabricated of formed steel. It is tough-will take just about any abuse. It is also extremely
easy to repair. Supplied with manifold, complete with orifices, regulator with pressure gauge and 8 ft. hose
(differs if ordering Natural Gas).
shown with
sides out
B
MKO3RP
115v
Propane
EA
150.00
1,378.00
115v
Natural Gas
EA
167.00
1,378.00
B
MKO3RN
BLACKSMITH PROPANE FORGES
Blacksmith Forge
Sides come out.
Have you considered
taking an artistic Knifemaking or
Blacksmithing class at Pieh Tool?
*SPECIAL ORDER ITEM
This forge has a 115 volt powered blower. This forge is designed for the shop. It gives fast heat, total heat,
spot heat and can braze iron. Three versatile side openings allow pieces of any length to be heated in
the forge. This forge can heat anything from a small job like pony shoes or draft shoes to large ironwork
projects. The Forge is fabricated of formed steel, with front and side lips of poured thermal shock refractory.
It is tough-will take just about any abuse. It is extremely easy to repair. Supplied with: manifold, complete
with orifices, blower with switch, regulator with pressure gauge and 8 ft. hose. * Open front or back. Please
specify.
C
Shop Model, Open End 3 Burners
MOE3115P
115v/220v Propane
EA
120.0
1,378.00
MANKEL KNIFEMAKER FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
MKOE2RP
C
OUTSIDE CASE DIMENSIONS
HIGH
WIDE
12”
20”
FRONT OPENING W/ENDS IN
WIDE
DEEP
16”
2”
MKOE2RN
12”
20”
16”
2”
MKO3RP
12”
20”
16”
2”
MKO3RN
12”
20”
16”
2”
MANKEL BLACKSMITH FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
MOE3115P
12”
Mankel Accessories
Shop Model with Side Open
150
20”
16”
2”
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Mankel Brass Orifice & Mixer, LP
PR
0.40
23.00
Mankel Brass Orifice & Mixer, NG
PR
0.40
23.00
8’
EA
4.00
30.00
2 x 2-1/2
x 20”
EA
5.00
47.00
Mankel 208 Shut Off Valve
EA
0.50
Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for Horseshoer’s Special
EA
320.00
MCKHSOE-2
Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for Horseshoer’s Special
EA
263.00
MCKK-2R
Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for Knifemaker 3 Burner
EA
245.00
MCKK-3R
Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for Knifemaker 3 Burner
EA
361.00
MCKOE-3
Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for 3 Burner OE Forge
EA
424.50
MCKOE4-2R
Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for Open End +4, 2
Burner
EA
281.60
MGAUGE
Mankel Pressure Gauge
EA
MReduc
Mankel Reducer 1”-1-1/4” Pipe for Manifold
PR
MREG
Mankel Regulator (no gauge)
EA
1.50
65.25
MREG/GAGE
Mankel Regulator and Gauge
SET 1.70
95.00
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
MOM-P
MOM-N
MHOSE-8
Mankel Hose w/Connections, LP
MBrick
Mankel Thermotect Board
for closing front of Knifemaker Open End Forge
M208
MCKHS4-2
www.piehtoolco.com
GAS TYPE
0.40
28.75
18.50
15.70
Blacksmith Propane Forge (NC)
BLACKSMITH PROPANE FORGES
NC *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
Exclusive, high efficiency burners. Push-button ignition. Uniform Heat-Self Regulating to 2350°.
Quick Recovery-heats and reheats metal very quickly. Flexible-rear bar stock door allows heating
sections of bar stock. (Optional on some models) No Blower Required. May be configured for natural gas.
Transportable-light weight and quick cooling. So many forges have such small fireboxes. Not the Daddy! It
features a 12” long and 6” high firebox! Imagine all the nice big pieces you can work with in this forge. The
barstock port in the front and back door is great for isolated heats. The side ports make heating long bar
a snap. Work metal bar from either end and straight out through the other side when long heat is required
in the middle of the bar - will accommodate large stacks of metal for production work. Hose, gauge, and
regulator included.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
GAS TYPE
U/M
Propane
EA
Daddy #2, Open End Ports, 3 Burners
Propane
EA
Daddy #2, Open Front and Back, 3 Burners
The Low Boy has an insulated door and 2 side bar stock ports. Has rapid heat recovery
around time. Ideal for competition shoe making and blacksmithing. Knifemakers - this is
Damascus blade forging!
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
A
NCDAD2-OE
73.00
733.00
B
NCDAD2
73.00
675.00
C
NCLB-OE
Lowboy, Open End Ports, 3 Burners
Propane
EA
for quick turn
the one to use for
65.00
630.00
NC FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
INSIDE DIMENSIONS
HIGH
WIDE
DEEP
ITEM #
B
DOOR OPENING
WIDE
HIGH
NCDAD2-OE
NCDAD2
6”
6”
12”
12”
9”
9”
3”
3”
2”
2”
NCLB-OE
3”
12”
9”
3”
2”
NC Forge Accessories
A
DESCRIPTION
GAS TYPE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
0132
Reliner Kit for Daddy
Propane
KIT
25.00
191.00
0133
Reliner Kit for Low Boy
Propane
KIT
28.00
170.00
0182
Low Boy Door Liner
EA
5.00
26.50
0156
Hose, 8’
EA
2.00
21.00
0144
Orifice
EA
0.10
2.00
0168
Ball Valve
EA
0.60
10.00
0197A
Welding Brick
EA
3.00
24.00
C
We offer JET & Milwaukee ® Power Tools
• Drills, Impact Wrenches
• Angle Grinders, Buffers
• Bandsaws, Circular Saws, Sawzalls, Hackzalls
See pages 109-117.
Real Equipment for the Shop
•
•
•
•
Drill Presses
Saws & Shears
Bench Sanders & Grinders
Bender & Sheet Metal Brake, plus more!
See pages 129-135.
1-888-743-4866
151
Blacksmith Forge (Forgemaster)
Forgemaster Forges
A
When you are in the market for a new portable gas-fired forge, you have several makes and models from
which to choose. General specifications include:
Constructed of thick 12 gauge (.109) hot rolled premium steel.
Heavy-duty welded two piece clamshell construction.
Full 3” heat chamber opening.
Needle valve fuel adjustment insures precise distribution of fuel flow.
Unique slanted base for top mounted door units allows easy and convenient access to heat
chamber.
Tough and durable powder coated black and silver “hammered metal” finish.
9 foot long fuel hose (12” longer than many other forges).
Fully-assembled, ready-to-use UL listed regulator and pressure gauge.
Convenient spark ignitor assembly.
Heavy cast iron burners permanently welded to housing top.
Quick and easy replacement of lining and hearth brick material.
Accessories designed exclusively for Forgemaster enable you to customize your forge to suit your
needs and applications.
FORGEMASTER WARRANTY: Forgemaster warrants any of its manufactured products for the expected
life of the product against deficiency in material or workmanship. This limited warranty does not extend to
products manufactured by Forgemaster, that in Forgemaster’s judgement were improperly used, altered,
abused or repaired by others.
A
B
B
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
GAS TYPE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
50000
Forgemaster Blacksmith*
Double burners with side ports and solid front door.
(Ships in 2 boxes)
Propane
EA
96.00
775.00
50002
Blacksmith -- Dual Valve*
Propane
Double burners with dual valves allowing you to turn
burners on separately, side ports and solid front door.
(Ships in 2 boxes)
EA
88.00
850.00
60000
Forgemaster 2000*
A stainless steel version of the Blacksmith Model,
for enhanced appearance and longer life. Double
burner with side ports and solid front door. (Ships
in 2 boxes)
EA
86.00
1,215.00
FORGEMASTER SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
50000, 50002, 60000
C
HEATING CHAMBER DIMENSIONS
WIDTH
DEPTH
HEIGHT
13”
8-1/2”
3”
Forgemaster Accessories
Reliner Kits include top, walls, base, hearth brick with clip and heat shield when required.
C
D
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
11600
Universal Forge Stand
KIT
Designed to fit all Forgemaster models. It is constructed of 1” tubular
steel and 12 gauge hot-rolled steel plate. Requires no assembly. Folding
heavy-duty stand that folds flat for storage or travel.
33 x 17-1/2 x 11-1/2”
41.00*
195.00
30103
E-1 Reliner Kit
KIT
30.00
145.00
40109
Excalibur Relining Kit
KIT
28.00
145.00
50103
Blacksmith Reliner Kit
KIT
30.00
145.00
10119
Companion Forge Reliner Kit
KIT
20.00
110.00
20111
Farrier Reliner Kit
KIT
30.00
130.00
20112
Blacksmith/Farrier Reliner-Wall Kit
KIT
8.00
57.10
30107
Blacksmith/E-1/20000 Door Liner
EA
4.00
12.00
20109
Blacksmith/Farrier Top Liner
EA
8.00
48.70
20104
Blacksmith/Farrier/Excalibur Hearth Brick
EA
17.00
42.80
50106
Blacksmith/20000 28” Fuel Hose
EA
2.00
20.15
10101
Orifice
EA
0.02
3.25
10105
Ignitor
EA
0.10
14.00
10106
Lead Wire with Terminal
EA
0.10
3.70
10107
Spark Plug
EA
0.25
5.00
10126
Regulator, Gauge and POL Kit
KIT
1.49
89.30
30108
Cast Iron Window Guard
for E-1, Blacksmith, Excalibur and 20000
EA
3.00
14.00
60106
20000 Hearth Brick
EA
17.0
40.60
11500
Swing Arm
Mounts on truck or counter. Fits all models.
EA
41.0
290.00
U/M
* Over Size Box
152
www.piehtoolco.com
Pieh Blacksmith Gas Forges
BLACKSMITH GAS FORGE
A gas forge for the Professional Blacksmith’s Shop is finally available!
• Heats 1-1/4” barstock to a yellow heat with ease!
• Balanced Gas Mixture - only minimal scale!
The Smithy’s Gas Forge is Professional Grade, Commercial Quality - fabricated with 12-gauge steel and a 5/16”
frame having an internal volume of 1288 cubic inches. It reaches welding heat easily, the perfect production shop
forge. Three doors flip open to allow different access points. The end doors have window ports for handling long
pieces. The front door can be propped open. Is is Venturi Style, no blower needed, and is portable. The heating
chamber height can be reduced easily by purchasing our Smithy Forge Insert. Relining is a simple task that takes
only a few minutes and requires nothing more than a 5/16” wrench. Operational Manual is included. Forge must be
shipped motor freight and arrives ready to use with minor assembly required. *OPTIONAL INSERT AVAILABLE!
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
GAS TYPE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PTSPF-3
The Smithy’s Gas Forge, 3 Burner
LP
EA
95.00
PRICE
A
1,195.00
THE SMITHY’S GAS FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
PTSPF-3
DEPTH
15”
HIGH
13”
WIDTH
18-1/2”
FIREBOX DEPTH
DEPTH
11-1/2”
HIGH
7”
WIDTH
16”
OPEN PORTS
OAL
2 END PORTS
5 x 4-3/4”
DxWxH
15 x 18-1/2 x 25”
When you have a smaller job the insert will reduce the forge height to 3-3/4”. This will allow a faster heat and lower
fuel usage. Gas pressure can be then be reduced to 12-15 psi. Because of the metal used for the shelf, this is a
consumable item.
B
PTSPF-3Insert The Smithy’s Gas Forge Insert (12x20x5”)
EA
22.00
140.00
Victory Forge Gas 2 Burner
The problem with so many forges is the limitation of the fixed doors and the height of the fire box. Gordon Williams
(Pieh Blacksmith School Instructor) designed this forge and uses them in all our classes. You have flexibility with
the bricks used as doors, you can open or close them as much as you need to. The forge is shown without bricks
(except the bottom brick which we always include). Bricks make the cost of shipping much higher. You can order
with the 8 bricks for the doors should you choose-or you can purchase fire bricks at most Home Depot stores. The
forge comes with a Fisher Regulator (3-35 psi) and POL fitting, all the necessary orifices, hoses and gate valve. It is
ready to use! The forge is lined with 1” thick 8 lb Kao Wool blanket. Stand is not included. We have shown a photo
above with it on a stand to give you some ideas. Made in USA. May be shipped UPS.
ITEM #
C
DESCRIPTION
GAS TYPE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
The Smithy’s Forge with
front and one side open
The Smithy’s Forge
with sides open.
PRICE
VFPF-C
Victory Forge 2 Burner
LP
EA
27.00
470.00
VFPF-CWB
Victory Forge 2 Burner w/Bricks
LP
KIT 110.0
490.00
VICTORY GAS FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
VFPF-C
DEPTH
8”
HIGH
10”
WIDTH
10”
FIREBOX DEPTH
DEPTH
8”
HIGH
8”
WIDTH
8”
B
Forge/Kiln Linings
Used to insulate high temperature furnaces, kilns and gas forges. It has a very low density and high purity. It
features a maximum temperature rating of 2400°F (1316°C). The blanket can be cut with scissors making it possible
to cut different shapes. The Kao Wool is sold by the linear foot. *Contact us for full roll prices.
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
KW8
Kao Wool, 8 lb, 1” thick x 2’ wide
FT
2.50
12.00
KW8.05
Kao Wool, 8 lb, 1/2” thick x 2’ wide
FT
1.50
6.95
KW8.20
Kao Wool, 8 lb, 2” thick x 2’ wide
FT
3.50
44.00
Refractory Cement
The Kao Wool can be coated with a hard refractory to protect it from physical damage and creating airborne
refractory dust. Refractory Cement contains cristobalite (crystalline silica), hydrous alumina silicate, aluminum sulfate.
RCD
C
Refractory Cement-Dry (GM Drybond)
LB
1.00
2.71
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
VFBarb
Barb (Male) 1/4” Pipe Thread
EA
0.06
VFFer
Ferrule
EA
0.01
1.07
General Parts
PRICE
2.95
PTReg
Fisher Regulator 3-35 psi
EA
1.10
52.00
VFGV
Gate Valve (Ball) 1/4” Pipe Thread
EA
0.33
17.00
VFH-6
LP Gas Hose (with Barbs and Ferrules), 6 ft
EA
1.01
18.00
VFH-10
LP Gas Hose (with Barbs and Ferrules), 10 ft
EA
1.56
27.00
VFOrif
Orifice (not drilled)
EA
0.03
3.66
VFPol
POL Fitting 1/4” MPT
EA
0.21
7.65
1-888-743-4866
Want to build your own forge?
#BK742 VF Forge Plans on page 180
It is the diagram plans of this forge.
Disclaimer: We are not
responsible for any damages to
your health in relation to your
use of these lining products.
Wear protective clothing and
respiratory protection.
153
Johnson Gas Furnace Forges
All Johnson Forges are
*SPECIAL ORDER
JOHNSON
GAS FURNACE FORGES
Versatile Johnson Forge Furnaces provide the high, fast heat needed in heavy equipment shops, welding and
metal forming shops, metal fabricating plants, auto spring manufacturers, blacksmithing, farm equipment and
industrial maintenance shops, and school vocational shops. Forges can be used for a variety of applications
including metal bending, metal forging, occasional heat treating, metal forming and sharpening, preheating and
stress relief of welds. The forge body is made of heavy gauge steel construction with cast iron burner manifold
and special steel tie-rod reinforcement. Fire boxes are heavily insulated and super duty hard-burned firebrick
is used on all wearing surfaces. Gas and air adjustments are convenient to the operator. Johnson Forge
Furnaces come complete with quiet, powerful Johnson Blower, swinging adjustable refractory lid, adjustable
front tool rack for supporting pieces, solenoid safety valve that shuts off gas when blowers are turned off, and
exclusive Johnson Automatic Spark Ignition System. The need for matches is eliminated. Press button and
furnace lights automatically. Ships motor freight.
Johnson Furnace 122 Model *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
The 122 Model has two burners and an electric blower.
Standard Width
A
A
GAS TYPE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
Nat. Gas w/Thermocouple Safety Control
Nat Gas
EA
398.00
4,370.00
L.P. Gas w/Thermocouple Safety Control
Propane
EA
340.00
4,370.00
AA-06-00008
Nat. Gas w/Ultra-Violet Safety Control
Nat Gas
EA
900.00
4,940.00
AA-06-00020
L.P. Gas w/Ultra-Violet Safety Control
Propane
EA
340.00
4,940.00
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
AA-06-00001
AA-06-00013
PRICE
Double Width
NOTE: All gas forges require some
minor assembly before use.
AA-06-00002
Nat Gas
EA
398.00
5,150.00
AA-06-00014
Propane
EA
340.00
5,150.00
AA-06-00009
Nat Gas
EA
340.00
5,720.00
AA-06-00021
Propane
EA
340.00
5,720.00
Johnson Furnace 133 Model *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
Model 133 has four burners with electric blower. End burners may be turned off for smaller jobs.
Standard Width
GAS TYPE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
AA-06-00003 Nat. Gas w/Thermocouple Safety Control
Nat Gas
EA
398.00
8,970.00
AA-06-00015 L.P. Gas w/Thermocouple Safety Control
Propane
EA
510.00
8,970.00
AA-06-00010 Nat. Gas w/Ultra-Violet Safety Control
Nat Gas
EA
900.00
9,510.00
AA-06-00022 L.P. Gas w/Ultra-Violet Safety Control
Propane
EA
510.00
9,510.00
ITEM #
B
B
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
Double Width
AA-06-00004
Nat Gas
EA
510.00
10,780.00
AA-06-00016
Propane
EA
510.00
10,780.00
AA-06-00011
Nat Gas
EA
510.00
11,370.00
AA-06-00023
Propane
EA
510.00
11,370.00
Double Width
Nat Gas
EA
1,200.00
17,880.00
Propane
EA
1,200.00
17,880.00
Triple Width
Nat Gas
EA
900.00
21,340.00
Propane
EA
900.00
21,340.00
Nat Gas
EA
1,190.00
23,450.00
Propane
EA
1,190.00
23,450.00
Special Width
Double Length, Double Width
Nat Gas
EA
1,200.00
20,850.00
Propane
EA
1,200.00
20,850.00
JOHNSON FURNACE/FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
122 Standard Width
FIREBOX SIZE
OVERALL SIZE BURNERS BLOWER GAS CONNECT
MODEL
PIPE SIZE
(LxWxD)
(LxWxD)
13-1/2 x 4-1/4 x 7” 27-1/2 x 20 x 30”
2
1218
3/4”
122 Double Wide
13-1/2 x 4-1/4 x 7” 27-1/2 x 20 x 30”
FURNACE/FORGE
1218
3/4”
200,000
1203
1”
400,000
27 x 4-1/2 x 7”
133 Double Wide
27 x 8-3/4 x 7”
41 x 20 x 30”
4
1203
1”
400,000
54 x 9 x 7”
74 x 25 x 50”
8
2-1203
1-1/2”
800,000
133 Triple Wide
133 Special
133 Double Wide Length
154
2
4
133 Standard Width
133 Double Length
41 x 20 x 30”
GAS INPUT
BTU/HR
200,000
27 x 13-1/2 x 7”
41 x 28 x 30”
8
2-1203
1-1/2”
800,000
36 x 18 x 7”
41 x 36 x 48”
12
2-1203
1-1/2”
1,200,000
54 x 8-3/4 x 7”
80 x 30 x 48”
8
2-1203
1-1/2”
800,000
www.piehtoolco.com
Farrier Propane Forges (Forgemaster & Pro-Forge)
FARRIER PROPANE FORGES
Forgemaster
Standard features on all Forgemaster furnaces include an extra long 9’ fuel hose; fully assembled UL listed
regulator and gauge; convenient spark ignitor assembly; heavy cast iron burners permanently welded to
top housing, full 11/4” thick molded hearth brick bolted in place. All units are fitted for propane, buy may be
configured for natural gas.
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
A
10000
Companion, Single Burner
EA 45.0
Open front. Designed for modifying pre-made shoes, the single burner unit
is small, lightweight and efficient. Convenient for farriers to take to the
barn for final fittings.
475.00
B
20000
Farrier, Double Burner
Perfect for horseshoers who work with both hand-made and keg shoes.
The front opening is large enough to handle draft or saddle-horseshoes
with toe clips.
EA 78.0
630.00
C
30000
E-1, Single Burner
Single burner with a front port on door and tool rest. This fuel efficient
forge has closed sides to pack the heat into a larger heat chamber
using less gas. The E-1 features one port in the tight fitting door and an
adjustable tool rest for added convenience.
EA 81.0
665.00
D
40000
Excalibur, Single Burner
EA 78.0
Front and rear ports and self-closing door. The self-closing door with front
and rear ports to the heat chamber make this an ideal forge for many jobs
involving large bar material. This one-burner, compact forge combines
the performance of the four larger models with the efficiency of the more
compact units.
720.00
A
B
FORGEMASTER SPECIFICATIONS
HEATING CHAMBER DIMENSIONS
ITEM #
10000
20000
30000
40000
WIDTH
8”
13”
13”
11”
DIAMETER
7”
8-1/2”
8-1/2”
8-1/2”
HEIGHT
2-2/3”
3”
3”
3”
Accessories for Forgemaster are with the Blacksmith Forge Accessories, on page 152.
Cliff Carroll Pro-Forge
C
The propane Pro-Forge, known worldwide to shoers, is rugged in construction and will withstand wear and
tear. It operates with a clean fast heat that is easy to weld without sacrificing fuel efficiency. This forge has
a bar stock port on the left end, cast iron doors that do not warp, and a hassle free ignition system with
twin interchange jets that realign instantly after cleaning. It also has hearth plates you can change right
through the front door. A barstock support and welding plate is available making the forge more versatile.
E
PF-200
Pro-Forge, Twin Interchange Jets
Time for first heat of the day: 4 minutes.
Normal Heats (depending on shoe size): 2-1/2 to 3-1/2 minutes.
Working Pressure: Average 7-10psi;
Welding Pressure: 10-12 psi
Temperature: 2450°F at 7 lbs.; higher temps at higher pressures.
EA 60.0
694.00
PF-201
Pro-Forge Reliner Kit
Includes firebox, soft door, cushion, gasket and hearth plate
EA 18.0
178.00
PF-223
Welding Brick, 6 x 6 “
EA 3.0
15.65
D
CLIFF CARROLL PRO-FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
MOE2+4115P
WIDE
15”
HIGH
17-1/2”
LENGTH
16”
FIREBOX DEPTH
DOOR OPENING
HIGH
8”
LONG
12”
HIGH
3-1/2”
Be connected with us -- check the newest
products and the latest events at Pieh Tool
www.piehtoolco.com
E
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
1-888-743-4866
155
Farrier Propane Forges (Mankel & Nc)
FARRIER PROPANE FORGES
Mankel *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
This is Mankel’s oldest model-since 1976. The forge should be used to heat your material and then shut
down. The bottom and top are lined with 2800° insulation material that reflects the heat right now. The
front and side lips are made of the refractory material. This lining should give you two or more years of life.
Three versatile side openings allow larger pieces to be heated in the forge. This forge can be used to weld
bar shoes and even make knife blades. Forge is fabricated of formed steel. It is tough-will take just about
any abuse. It is also extremely easy to repair. Supplied with: Manifold, complete with orifices, Blower with
switch, Regulator with pressure gauge 8 ft hose.
A
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
MOE2+4115P
Mankel Horseshoers, Open End +4, 2 burners, 115 volt blower
EA 85.00
PRICE
1,167.00
MANKEL HORSESHOERS SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
WIDE
HIGH
DEEP
MOE2+4115P
17-1/2”
19”
17”
OPENING (WITH ENDS IN)
WIDE
DEEP
13”
2”
NC *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
A handy gas forge for quick small jobs. Does not get hot enough to forge weld, however. This single burner
forge will heat and reheat metal very quickly during work cycle. The heat remains 2350° into corners with
no cold spots. There is a push button spark ignition built right in. The bar stock door in rear allows heating
sections of bar stock. Larger pieces may be heated with the front furnace door open. Hot fit your keg shoes
Red Hot. These forges work well for many smaller blacksmithing procedures.
B
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
EA 37.00
420.00
EA 47.00
480.00
EA 51.00
Whisper Momma, Open End Ports, 2 burners
Forge has a solid insulated door which keeps the heat away from the
user and the wind away from the fire box. End ports allows bar stock to
be worked from either end or allows the user a 12” heat in the middle of
the bar. Perfect portable shoeing forge! Reaches welding temperature in
3 minutes. Will heat stacks of metal for repetition forging.
590.00
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
B
NCBABY
C
NCWD-BD
Whisper Baby, 1 Burner with Rear Port
Whisper Deluxe, Rear Port, 2 burners
Hot fit your keg shoes Red Hot.
D
NCWM-OE
NC FARRIER FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
WIDE
NCBABY
NCWD-BD
NCWM-OE
C
7”
12”
12”
INSIDE DIMENSIONS
HIGH
DEEP
3”
3”
3”
6-1/2”
6”
6”
PORT OPENING
WIDE
HIGH
3”
3”
3”
1-1/2”
1-1/2”
1-1/2”
NC Forge Accessories
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
0136
Reliner Kit for Whisper Deluxe (Mfg after 1990)
KIT 20.00
142.00
0138
Reliner Kit for Momma (Mfg after 1990)
KIT 19.00
147.00
0140
Quick lite #3 (cast iron burners)
EA 0.23
26.00
0140A
Quick lite #2 (for old Al and cast iron burners)
EA 0.24
26.00
For more NC Accessories, see page 151.
CRUCIBLES/ACCESSORIES
Crucibles & Tongs
D
Please call to order
replacement parts and
reliner kits for any of the
forges we offer.
We cannot list them all!
156
See Next Page!
A crucible is a heat-resistant container in which materials can be heated to very high temperatures. Our
crucibles are capable of holding melted metals such as aluminum, brass, silver and gold. A crucible is
needed to withstand the extreme temperatures encountered in melting metals. The crucible material must
have a much higher melting point than that of the metal being melted and it must have good strength even
when white hot. It is possible to use a home made steel crucible to melt metals such as zinc and aluminum,
because these metals melt at a temperature well below that of steel. However scaling (flaking) of a steel
crucible interior surface is a problem. This scale can contaminate the melt and thin the crucible walls rather
quickly. These crucibles can be coated with Marcote-7 to provide some degree of protection between the
steel and the metal being melted. Steel crucibles will work if you are just getting started and don’t mind
dealing with the scaling. Common refractory materials used in crucible construction are clay-graphite, and
carbon bonded silicon-carbide. These materials can withstand the highest temperatures in typical foundry
work. Silicon carbide has the added advantage of being a very durable material. Our Graphite crucibles are
rated for 2750°F (1510°C). Our crucibles are generally designed for “non-ferrous” work. Non-ferrous means
containing no iron. They will handle zinc, aluminum, brass, bronze, silver and gold alloys. You must use
Silicon Carbide crucibles when melting silver.
www.piehtoolco.com
Casting Crucibles & Accessories
Graphite Crucibles *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
A
25-02-00001
#4 Crucible
EA
2.74
89.00
B
25-02-00003
#10 Crucible
EA
7.00
137.60
C
25-02-00005
#16 Crucible
EA
10.00
152.85
D
25-02-00009
#20 Crucible
EA
13.00
172.15
25-02-00011
#30 Crucible
EA
19.00
206.55
25-02-00014
#50 Crucible
EA
26.00
274.00
25-02-00016
#60 Crucible
EA
67.00
293.30
25-02-00008
#10 Bottom Pour Crucible
EA
9.00
172.00
25-02-00007
#16 Bottom Pour Crucible
EA
13.00
200.00
A
C
B
D
Silicon Carbide Crucibles *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
25-02-00002
#4 Crucible
EA
5.00
138.00
25-02-00004
#10 Crucible
EA
12.00
155.60
25-02-00006
#16 Crucible
EA
14.50
177.65
25-02-00010
#20 Crucible
EA
20.00
203.80
25-02-00012
#30 Crucible
EA
25.00
282.30
25-02-00015
#50 Crucible
EA
38.00
300.00
25-02-00024
#60 Crucible
EA
44.00
322.00
E
CRUCIBLE SPECIFICATION CHART
ITEM #
CRUCIBLE
HEIGHT
TOP
DIAMETER
BULGE
DIAMETER
BOTTOM
DIAMETER
CAPACITY
(RED BRASS)
#4
#10
#16
#20
#30
#50
#60
5-3/4”
8-1/4”
9-1/2”
10-1/8”
11-1/2”
13-5/8”
14-9/16”
4-5/8”
6-1/8”
7”
7-7/8”
8-3/4”
10-1/4”
10-7/8”
4-9/16”
6-5/8”
7-1/2”
5-5/16”
9-7/16”
11”
12”
3-1/8”
4-3/4”
5-1/2”
6-1/8”
6-3/4”
8”
8-7/8”
10 lbs
36 lbs
53 lbs
74 lbs
81 lbs
104 lbs
120 lbs
25-02-00001/ 25-02-00002
25-02-00003/ 25-02-00004
25-02-00005/ 25-02-00006
25-02-00009/ 25-02-00010
25-02-00011/ 25-02-00012
25-02-00014/ 25-02-00015
25-02-00007/ 25-02-00024
F
Adjustable Crucible Shanks *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
E
30-01-00011
Hand Shank w/Safety for #10 & #16 Crucibles
EA
25.00
400.00
30-01-00013
Fixed Band Shank, Single End with Safety for #10 and #16 Crucibles
EA
25.00
557.00
30-01-00014
Fixed Band Shank, Single End with Safety for #20 and #30 Crucibles
EA
22.00
622.00
Crucible Tongs
F
G
G
30-01-00001
Plain for Crucible No. 10
EA
449.00
30-01-00002
EA
498.00
30-01-00003
EA
30-01-00006
Bent Handle for Crucible No. 10
EA
196.00
22.00
602.00
30-01-00007
EA
24.00
621.00
30-01-00008
EA
24.00
645.00
30-01-00009
EA
30.00
729.00
Johnson
Soft Metal Melting Furnace w/Pot, Model 200
*SPECIAL ORDER
Furnace comes equipped with a powerful, patented Johnson Auto-Blast bunsen burner (with pilot). Heavy
insulation assures fast melting and recovery rate. This rugged furnace is designed to meet the high
production demands of industry. They are made of heavy gauge welded steel with rugged cast iron legs
and top rims. Supplied with a cast iron pot for ladling. Removable lid and automatic temperature control is
available and 616 at extra cost.
H
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
GAS TYPE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
AA-05-00053
Soft Melting Furnace w/Pot
Propane
EA
84.00
1,100.00
AA-05-00004
Soft Melting Furnace w/Pot
Natural Gas EA
84.00
1,100.00
H
PRICE
JOHNSON SOFT METAL MELTING FURNACE SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM #
AA-05-00053
AA-05-00004
GAS INPUT
LEAD
CAPACITY
POT DIMENSIONS
OAL
(H x DIA)
BURNERS
GAS CONNECT
PIPE SIZE
GAS INPUT
BTU/HR
Propane
Natural Gas
50 lb
50 lb
7” Diam x 5” Deep
7” Diam x 5” Deep
21”x 12”
21”x 12”
1
1
1/4”
1/4”
26,000
26,000
1-888-743-4866
157
Blacksmith Kits
A variety of basics to get you started.
Substitutions are allowed.
*We reserve the right to substitute an item.
BLACKSMITH KITS
Beginner
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
KIT
15.00
506.34
20566
Blacksmith Kit 1 - Beginner
Kit Includes All of the following:
Block Brush, 1-1/4”
KV28L
Kevlar Knit Gloves, Large (pair)
BW1
Beeswax Bar, 1 oz.
KIT
167.00
1,220.80
KIT
447.00
3,717.44
ITEM #
A
Blacksmith Class QR
Kit A
Kit B
(includes contents of Kit A)
B-K1
6175010300
Peddinghaus Wolf Jaw 300 mm Tong
PT4021
Billy Tong, V-Bolt 3/8“
PT4022
Billy Tong, V-Bolt 1/2“
PT4037
Billy Tong, V-bit 1/4”
PT4002
Billy Tong, Box Jaw 3/8 x 3/4”
5039020800
Peddinghaus, German Cross Pein 800 Gr.
VC000
Pieh Tool, Veining Chisel (S7)
CP000
Pieh Tool, Center Punch (S7)
BK206
A Blacksmith Primer, Book
DVD9
Leaves and Flowers, DVD
92910-01
Welders Silver Pencil (3 Pack)
WHR
W-Brand, Shoers Ruler
RB1150
Radians, RAD Band Hearing Protection
RV0110ID
Radians. Revelations Safety Glasses (Clear)
PTC-BALB
Pieh Tool Blacksmith Tool Apron, with Belt, 14” Long
Intermediate
B
Kit C
(includes contents of Kits A+B)
B-K2
Blacksmith Kit 2 - Intermediate
Kit Includes All of KIT 1 AND the following:
05190
Half Round Pipeliner File
TG4
Wood Rasp Handle, Screw-on
5039021000
Peddinghaus, German Cross Pein 1000 Gr.
5044031000
Peddinghaus, Swedish Cross Pein 1000 Gr.
EP188
Pieh Tool, Eye Punch 3/16” (S7)
PT4010
Billy Tong, Rivet, 3/8”
PT4000
Billy Tong, Box Jaw 1/4 x 3/4”
PT4005
Billy Tong, Box Jaw 3/8 x 1”
PT4039
PT4040
PT4042
Billy Tong, Small Scrolling
PTPR12
Pieh Tool Round Protractor, 12”
SSW1
Super Stable Welding Compound, 1 lb.
GMSB-A
Green Mengel Swage Block A, 66 lb., 10 x 10 x3-3/4”
DVD6
Forged Animal Heads, DVD
BK68
Iron Menagerie, Book
Advanced
C
158
B-K3
Blacksmith Kit 3 - Advanced
Kit Includes All of KIT 1 + KIT 2 AND the following:
PT4012
Billy Tong, Rivet 3/4”
PT-S2
NYAL.12
Nyalic Surface Protectant, Clear 12 oz.
DVD4
A Blacksmith Primer Course - 3 Disc, DVD
BK213
The Contemporary Blacksmith, Book
BK732
Fireplace Accessories, Book
BK932
Forged Architectural Metalwork, Book
TPBM.8
Traditional Patina, Black Magic, 8 oz.
FP375
Pieh Tool Fuller Punch, 3/8”
PTCH100
Pieh Tool Chisel Hardy, 1”
GPCB
Gilders Paste Celtic Bronze (Metallic)
JHM160
JHM 160 lb Anvil
CHR-1
Cherry Red Hardening Compound, 1 lb.
PTCM1
Pieh Tool, Cone Mandrel 1”
TF1
Pieh Tool, Turning Fork 1”
PTSPF-3
The Smithy’s Forge LPG 3-Burner
www.piehtoolco.com
Clothing • Suspenders
CLOTHING
Men’s Work Shirts
Key Hickory Stripe Logger Shirt, Long Sleeve
9 oz. 100% cotton. Double needle stitching. Zipper front. Two button adjustable cuffs. Button on sleeve vent.
7ZRFKHVWSRFNHWVZLWKPLWHUHGSRFNHWÀDSV%DQGHGFROODU
A
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
575.47.S
Key Button Down Logger Shirt
Small
EA
1.49
32.00
575.47.M
Medium
EA
1.55
32.00
575.47.L
Large
EA
1.60
32.00
575.47.XL
XLarge
EA
1.80
32.00
575.47.2XL
2XLarge
EA
2.70
32.00
575.47.3XL
3XLarge
EA
2.09
35.20
575.47.T.M
Medium-Tall
EA
1.60
35.20
575.47.T.L
Large-Tall
EA
1.70
35.20
575.47.T.XL
XLarge-Tall
EA
1.95
35.20
575.47.T.2XL
2XLarge-Tall
EA
2.50
35.20
575.47.T.3XL
3XLarge-Tall
EA
3.00
35.20
A
Key Hickory Stripe Logger Pullover Shirt, Long Sleeve
9 oz. 100% cotton. Features double needle stitching. Antique brass zipper. Two button adjustable cuffs.
Two chest pockets with mitered pocket flaps. Banded collar. Pleated back yoke. Collar stays. Pencil
stall. Tall sizes available by special order.
B
573.47.M
Key Logger Pullover w/Zip Front
Medium
EA
2.20
33.00
573.47.L
Large
EA
2.40
33.00
573.47.XL
XLarge
EA
1.65
33.00
573.47.2XL
2XLarge
EA
2.60
33.00
573.47.3XL
3XLarge
EA
2.90
36.50
B
Key Western Welders Shirt, Long Sleeve
9 oz. 100% cotton. Features double needle stitching. 7 snap closure (8 snap front closure on tall sizes).
Snap closure at neck, 3 snaps on cuffs and Snap on sleeve vent. Two chest pockets with flaps. Banded
collar. Western front and back yokes. Pencil stall. Khaki Color.
C
519.24.S
Key Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps
Small
EA
1.40
35.00
519.24.M
Medium
EA
1.50
35.00
519.24.L
Large
EA
1.83
35.00
519.24.XL
XLarge
EA
1.67
35.00
519.24.2XL
2XLarge
EA
1.75
35.00
519.24.3XL
3XLarge
EA
1.85
38.50
519.24.T.L
Large-Tall
EA
1.65
38.50
519.24.T.XL
XLarge-Tall
EA
1.70
38.50
519.24.T.2XL
2XLarge-Tall
EA
2.30
38.50
519.24.T.3XL
Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps
3XLarge-Tall
EA
2.50
38.50
C
Leather Suspenders
All suspenders are made of 9 to 10 oz. American Tanned Leather. They have 3 scissor snaps that fasten
to belt loops and are 1-1/2” wide and an estimate 13-1/2” long with elastic band in the back. Measure
from the top of the front belt loop to the top of the back belt loop in the middle of pants to get the correct
size. Hand crafted locally in Camp Verde, Arizona USA.
D
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
LENGTH U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
S42P
Suspender Plain, Small
Small
42”
EA
0.75
49.00
S44P
Suspender Plain, Medium
Medium 44”
EA
0.80
49.00
S46P
Suspender Plain, Large
Large
46”
EA
0.85
49.00
S48P
Suspender Plain, XLarge
XLarge 48”
EA
0.90
49.00
S42B
Suspender Basket, Small
Small
42”
EA
0.75
65.00
S44B
Suspender Basket, Medium
Medium 44”
EA
0.80
65.00
S46B
Suspender Basket, Large
Large
46”
EA
0.85
65.00
S48B
Suspender Basket, XLarge
XLarge 48”
EA
0.90
65.00
D
Visit our website for seasonal items!
www.piehtoolco.com
1-888-743-4866
159
Pieh Tool Gift Items
PIEH TOOL GIFT ITEMS
Our Ash T-shirt’s are silk screened with our black and white logo on front and our full color logo on the back
(thermally transferred). Heather Black, California Blue and Pink are silk screened on the back with our
logo, and left sleeve has an anvil and hammer logo silk screened in the same color. These shirts are tone
on tone and are very striking and up with today’s fashion trends! Shirts are Gildan® Ultra Cotton (100%
cotton jersey) and lightweight (6.1-oz) We offer tees, tanks and a long sleeve in colors listed. Makes a great
birthday, Christmas or any time present! Check our website for updated colors.
A
Pieh Short Sleeve Shirts
A
Pieh Tool
Colored T-shirt (Back) Sleeve (below)
B
C
ITEM #
COLOR
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PiehT-S.A
Ash
Small
EA
0.34
20.00
PiehT-M.A
Ash
Medium
EA
0.39
20.00
PiehT-L.A
Ash
Large
EA
0.43
20.00
PiehT-XL.A
Ash
XLarge
EA
0.49
20.00
PiehT-2X.A
Ash
2XLarge
EA
0.55
20.00
PiehT-S.P
Pink
Small
EA
0.34
20.00
PiehT-M.P
Pink
Medium
EA
0.38
20.00
PiehT-L.P
Pink
Large
EA
0.43
20.00
PiehT-XL.P
Pink
XLarge
EA
0.49
20.00
PiehT-2X.P
Pink
2XLarge
EA
0.54
20.00
PiehT-S.HB
Heather Black
Small
EA
0.34
20.00
PiehT-M.HB
Heather Black
Medium
EA
0.39
20.00
PiehT-L.HB
Heather Black
Large
EA
0.43
20.00
PiehT-XL.HB
Heather Black
XLarge
EA
0.49
20.00
PiehT-2X.HB
Heather Black
2XLarge
EA
0.55
20.00
PiehT-S.T
Teal
Small
EA
0.34
20.00
PiehT-M.T
Teal
Medium
EA
0.39
20.00
PiehT-L.T
Teal
Large
EA
0.43
20.00
PiehT-XL.T
Teal
XLarge
EA
0.49
20.00
PiehT-2X.T
Teal
2XLarge
EA
0.54
20.00
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Pieh Tank Tops
ITEM #
B
D
COLOR
PiehTnk.M.P
Pink
Medium
EA
0.21
18.00
PiehTnk.L.P
Pink
Large
EA
0.23
18.00
PiehTnk.XL.P
Pink
XLarge
EA
0.28
18.00
PiehTnk.2XL.P
Pink
2XLarge
EA
0.28
18.00
PiehTnk.M.T
Teal
Medium
EA
0.21
18.00
PiehTnk.L.T
Teal
Large
EA
0.24
18.00
PiehTnk.XL.T
Teal
XLarge
EA
0.28
18.00
PiehTnk.2XL.T
Teal
2XLarge
EA
0.28
18.00
Pieh Twill Hat
Our Sportsman Twill has Pieh Tool logo embroidered in 4 color in the front, and one side reads Blacksmith
Supply. Velcro closure. 100% cotton.
E
C
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
PHAT-KH
Twill Sportsman Hat
Khaki
EA
0.17
18.00
PHAT-BL
Twill Sportsman Hat
Royal Blue
EA
0.17
18.00
PHAT-BK
Twill Sportsman Hat
Black
EA
0.16
18.00
PRICE
Pieh Tape Measure
Pieh Tool tape measure has steel clip, rubber boot and fractions.
D
Enjoy these gifts yourself
or for family members
and friends.
Great for any occasion!
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
1814-PIEH
Pieh Brand Tape Measure, 25’
1” x 25’
EA
0.85
7.50
Pieh Gift Certificates
Blacksmiths and farriers can be hard to shop for. If you are not sure what they have you may be scratching
your head. Gift certificates allow them to find the book or tool they have been wanting that you did not know
about. Give a Gift Certificate today and put a smile on his/or her face! Email or Call if you need this sent to
you via Email, instead of US Mail service, and receive it the same day! May be redeemed when purchasing
merchandise or classes from our store, print catalog, or on-line web store.
E
160
ITEM #
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
Gift Sale
Pieh Gift Certificates Personalized in Requested Dollar Amounts
www.piehtoolco.com
Gifts: Jewelry
HAND
FORGED JEWELRY
Sarazona Designs owner Sarah Harms creates original forged steel and silver jewelry, sure to engage
conversation. They are truly stunning and unique. All pieces are protected with renaissance wax. The
necklaces have an adjustable black cotton cord that can be worn long or as a choker. Artist’s choice of
beads accents both the necklaces and earrings. Forged locally in Camp Verde, Arizona USA.
ITEM #
A
B
SIZE
(in)
DESCRIPTION
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
A
PRICE
S39
Heart Necklace, 1”
1
EA
0.10
14.00
S58
Heart Necklace, 1-1/2”
1-1/2
EA
0.15
16.00
S5
Heart Necklace, 2”
2
EA
0.18
20.00
S42
Spiral Necklace, 1”
1
EA
0.10
14.00
S61
Spiral Necklace, 1-1/2”
1-1/2
EA
0.15
14.00
S3
Spiral Necklace, 1-3/4”
1-3/4
EA
0.18
20.00
C
S7
Heart Earrings, 1-3/4”
1-3/4
PR
0.08
28.00
D
S8
Spiral Earrings, 1-3/4”
1-3/4
PR
0.06
28.00
S30
Steel Spiral w/Pearls Earrings, 1-3/4”
1-3/4
PR
0.03
40.00
SH-120
Steel Feather Earrings, 1-3/4”
1-3/4
PR
0.12
35.00
S47
Heart Bracelet, 1”
1
EA
0.10
15.00
S48
Spiral Bracelet, 7/8”
7/8
EA
0.10
15.00
S1
Key Chain Spiral
2
EA
0.10
18.00
S2
Key Chain Heart
2
EA
0.10
18.00
B
C
D
has opened a 2nd location
for your shopping convenience
visit our North Phoenix store
NE Corner of Tatum & Dynamite
28255 N. Tatum Blvd., Ste #1
Cave Creek, Arizona 85331
Store Hours
Open Mon through Fri: 8:00 - 4:00
7:00 - 4:00 (June 1 - Sept. 30)
Saturday: 9:00 - 1:00
Tel: 480-626-0924
We carry a robust line of horseshoeing supplies,
blacksmithing & metalworking supplies,
JET® Tools and Milwaukee® Power Tools
in both our stores!
Driving directions to
From Flagstaff, AZ:
Head south on I-17 (115 mi)
Take exit 223 for Carefree Hwy/AZ-74
Turn left onto W Carefree Hwy (10.0 mi)
Turn right onto N Cave Creek Rd (3.4 mi)
Turn left onto N Tatum Blvd (1.4 mi)
Turn left just before you reach E Dynamite Blvd. intersection.
You will cross over traffic on Tatum Blvd
(Destination is on the left)
1-888-743-4866
From Phoenix, AZ
From downtown, merge onto I-10 E toward Tucson (2.2 mi)
Take exit 147A-147B for AZ-202 Loop E/AZ-51 N
Take exit 147B on the left to merge onto AZ-51 N (15.1 mi)
Take the Arizona 101 Loop E exit on the left (1.3 mi)
Take exit 31 for Tatum Boulevard
Turn left onto N Tatum Blvd
Destination will be on the right just past the intersection of
Dynamite and Tatum (5.0 mi)
161
Books: Knifemaking
KNIFEMAKING
A
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES SIZE
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
BK990
500 Knives, Celebrating Traditional & Innovative
Designs
Le Van
384
8x8
Softcover
EA
2.26
24.95
Goddard
156
8-1/2 x 11 Softcover
EA
1.20
21.99
Gränsfors
27
6x6
Softcover
EA
0.16
5.00
Chapman
40
EA
0.85
12.00
Gränsfors
36
6x6
EA
0.16
5.00
Hrisoulas
190
8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA
1.22
33.00
McCreight
224
7x9
Softcover
EA
0.83
24.80
Sachse
237
10-1/4 x
12-3/4
Hardcover
EA 4.26
140.00
7 x 10
Hardcover EA
2.04
29.99
9 x 12
Hardcover EA
4.72
95.00
Contemporary knifemakers have become masters of new
techniques and technologies, experts in reinterpreting form
and function to create sculptural works of art Flip through this
amazing on-the-page gallery, and you’ll discover a dizzying
array of styles, from ones that demonstrate simple elegance to
over-the-top embellishment. Includes daggers, kitchen knives,
hunting knives, combat and folding knives, switchblades, multiblades, swords, axes, tomahawks, and even a pistol-knife, all
honed with fine creative vision.
B
B
C
BK614
$50 Dollar Knife Shop
Wayne Goddard shows hobbyists how to do it on a budget.
Well illustrated with great photos and detailed diagrams show
the design and construction of all the tools needed to make
knives. Every knifemaker will want to learn how Goddard can
create or acquire knifemaking supplies at almost no cost.
C
BK835
Ancient Northern European Axes
The Ancient Northern European Axes Book, published by
Gränsfors Bruks of Sweden. This book introduces the use of
axes in Northern Europe and also through the ages as their
use has changed. It has an excellent illustrated reference area
on all of the axes and their uses. B/W photos & illustrations.
D
BK449
D
Shows how to build Mt. Man Folders. Blacksmiths, bladesmiths
and knifemakers will find this an superb addition to their
reference library. Over 100 photos and drawings show step-bystep construction of a “Times Gone By” masterpiece, without
power tools.
E
BK834
F
BK460
Softcover
Complete Bladesmith, The
Build your own forge, equip your workshop, choose your
materials and get to work. You’ll jump at the chance to heat
the steel: bending, twisting, folding, cutting and stretching it.
Finally, you’ll put the perfect grind on the new blade, make your
own scrimshaw, fit the softest, hardest or most exotic wood
to the grip, and slip your blade into your handmade sheath.
It’s all here: a survival blade, commando dagger, medieval
broadsword or just a utility knife.
F
G
BK469
Custom Knifemaking
10 Projects from a Master Craftsman
Demystify the ancient art of bladesmithing for contemporary
knifemakers. Following chapters on tools, set up and sheath
making, the book provides 10 projects of increasing complexity
to lead either beginner or advanced metalworkers. 180
illustrations.
G
H
BK646
Damascus Steel, 3rd Edition
His vast knowledge of historical records have made Sachse
an undisputed and internationally renowned expert in all
aspects of Damascus steel. His authentic style of describing
the techniques and the cultural myths, that have surrounded
the old craft, impress experts an interested layman alike. The
illustrations perfectly combines technical detail drawing with
colorful photography, A German edition “Damaszener Stahl” is
also available by request.
H
J
BK968
Fancy Knives: Materials and Decorative
Techniques
Offers insights into the materials used in making knives, their
qualities, and various working and decorating techniques. A
special chapter gives the reader instructions for making his
own knife. Included is valuable information about steel, knife
blades, handle materials, making sheaths and their care. Ernst
Siebeneicher-Hellwig, teaches knife making courses and is an
instructor at the Bavarian Hunting School. 300 illustrations.
J
K
162
Axe Book, The
Gränsfors Crafting Tools Instruction Manual and Help. Contains
information on axes and the philosophy behind the axes being
produced today at Gränsfors Bruks: parts of the axe, limbing
a log, working with a carpenters axe, woodworking, and axe
throwing. Other topics include choosing an axe; basics of
firewood splitting, drying and storage; caring for your axe; and
fitting a handle. Includes photos & illustrations.
E
K
Antler & Iron II: Building a Mountain Man
Folding Knife
BK955
Heritage of English Knives, The
Siebeneicher- 184
Hellwig,
Steigerwald
HaydenWright
This preeminent reference on antique English knives,
written by one of Great Britain’s most respected 20th century
authorities on weaponry contains much previously unknown
historical information about cutlers and their art. History of
the famous American designed Bowie knife, manufactured
extensively in Sheffield, is explained and amply illustrated.
Discussions present multi-bladed sportsmen’s pocket knives;
farrier’s, smoker’s, and quill knives; curiosities and actual
knives presented to King George IV in 1821. 301 color and 20
B&W illustrations.
www.piehtoolco.com
336
Books: Knifemaking
A
B
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
BK446
How to Make Knives
BK454
AUTHOR
PAGES SIZE
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
EA 1.03
17.99
Barney/
Complete instructions on making high quality handmade knives. Loveless
Forging and stock removal, mirror polishing, sheath making,
safety techniques, required tools and supplies and more. Stepby-step information and photos. Tips from Bob Loveless, Bill
Moran, Buster Warenski
and Corbet Sigman.
182
Iron Age Primitives
Chapman
18
Hollis
192
8-1/4 x
10-7/8
Hrisoulas
296
EA 1.80
48.00
Chapman
18
EA 0.85
8.95
Hrisoulas
120
EA .80
32.00
Juranitch
145
8 x 9-1/4 Softcover
EA .81
21.95
Watson
176
6x9
Softcover
EA 0.74
12.95
Goddard
160
8-1/4 x
10-7/8
Softcover
EA 1.27
27.99
A
0.85
8.95
Hardcover EA 2.00
29.99
Covered: Two knives, dag and adz, forging a copper guard and
swaging it on the tang, Hafting the adz on an antler handle,
building an antler saw from scratch, making a spring for a
pocket sheath, using pitch, sinew and hide glues on handles
and a simple hot iron die used to forge a ribbed blade.
C
BK831
Knifemaking with Bob Loveless
B
Build Knives with a Living Legend
Bob Loveless, a pioneer in knifemaking was an inspiration
for all knife enthusiasts. This book looks into the Loveless’
workshop and life. You’ll learn his methods for creating a knife
including tempering and design, the tools used, and knife care.
“While this may not be the last word in a biography of this
knifemaking legend, it certainly is a good start of filling in the
blanks.” - Steven Dick of Tactical Knives Magazine. Over 200
photos.
D
BK461
Master Bladesmith, The
Advanced Studies in Steel
C
This advanced study of steel reveals forging secrets once
protected by guilds. Never-before-seen instructions, diagrams
and photos explain the tricks behind using Japanese mokume
gane, differential heat treating, power hammers, and other
techniques to blades, spears and swords that bear the master’s
mark.
E
BK453
Nose to the Grindstone
A fixed blade and simple folder are illustrated with step by
step instructions using hot and cold iron techniques. Building
a simple touchmark is covered along with an “Antler Drilling
Engine” and a few Damascus tricks thrown in.
F
BK462
Pattern Welded Blade, The
Jim Hrisoulas reveals the secrets of this ancient craft. From
the welding of the starting billet to the final assembly of the
completed blade, Hrisoulas provides in-depth instruction in
forging basic, precise patterns and the more stunning complex
designs.
G
BK464
Razor Edge Book of Sharpening
E
Recognized as “The Bible Of The Cutting Edge,” it belongs in
the library of anyone who’s serious about sharpening. Written
by Guinness world record holder John Juranitch, it contains
all the knowledge and insights gained during his more than
45 years in the sharpening industry. Crammed with photos,
illustrations and cutting edge secrets. It covers topics like
how to choose a knife, sharpening theories and applications,
steeling, using a hone and more. You’ll learn the truth about
common myths like why you should never use oil on a hone.
H
BK650
Sharpening and Knifemaking
In a process handed down from his grandfather, Jim Watson
illustrates sharpening techniques for numerous woodcarving
tools and knives, including pocket knives and kitchen knives.
The necessary materials for sharpening are listed and
discussed, with methods for reconditioning and making new
knives and tools, and information on resurfacing the sharpening
stones.
J
BK830
Wonder of Knifemaking, The, 2nd Edition
D
“Your questions, comments, and sometimes complaints are
what keep me going as a writer. Keep it coming!” ~ Wayne
Goddard As a columnist for BLADE Magazine, Goddard has
been answering real questions from real knifemakers for more
than 20 years. Find all the details in one place in this handy
reference for every knifemaker, amateur or professional. Clear
and precise answers on every aspect of knifemaking, from
selecting steel to heat treating and finishing the blade, with
tips and tricks for knifemakers of all skill levels are given.
Mastersmith Goddard is an icon in the field of knifemaking. A
full-time maker, teacher and writer, Goddard works as hard to
teach knifemaking skills as he does to acquire them.
F
G
H
Knife Making Classes
We offer periodic bladesmith classes with Ray Rybar in Camp Verde, Arizona. Ray began forging blades in 1972 and joined the
American Bladesmith Association in 1986. In 2001 he attained the coveted status of ABS Master. Ray works almost exclusively
with patterned steel and enjoys crafting all types of knives. His favorites are long bladed and are frequently decorated with biblical
passages. Ray is a contributor to Blade Magazine and a nationally known instructor. Classes are geared toward beginner to
intermediate skill levels. Blacksmithing experience is recommended; consider taking our beginning blacksmith class first.
J
Take this rare opportunity to learn from a true artist and master craftsman!
Visit Ray’s personal website at www.rybarknives.com and our Calendar of Events: www.piehtoolco.com
1-888-743-4866
163
Books: Blacksmithing - Techniques & Projects
BLACKSMITHING TECHNIQUES & PROJECTS
A
A
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
8-1/2 x 11 Spiralbound EA
Softcover
0.27
13.75
199
8 x 10
Hardcover EA
1.82
48.95
Bealer
428
8-1/2 x
5-1/2
Hardcover EA
1.42
9.95
Parkinson
160
1.78
50.00
Sims
184
8 x 10
Softcover
EA
1.47
24.99
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BK50
101 Things You Can Build From Horseshoes
Dohrmann
33
Wolf
Easy instructions with lots of ideas to make items like a file
folder rack, plant stand, towel rack, coat hangar, hay feeder
camp stool, mug tree, shelves, and so much more. 150
illustrations.
B
BK781
ABCs of Blacksmithing, The: Examples,
Step-by-Step
U/M
Translated from the German version with updated information
and tips! Clear explanations as well as the detailed photos
and drawings. This is an excellent step-by-step approach for
beginners and provides the expert with new and different ideas
on how to approach projects. 532 photos and drawings.
B
C
BK157
Art of Blacksmithing, The
A beginners book that shows how many household items, as
well as, knives, horseshoes, iron grills, rifle barrels, barrel
hoops, etc. were made. There is also some information on
the makings of arms and armor. This is a great guide for the
restoration enthusiast.
C
BINDING
D
BK721
Artist Blacksmith, The: Design and Techniques
The essential handbook for anyone interested in bringing a
creative, contemporary approach to this ancient craft, and for
those already hooked who want to improve and expand their
skills. Topics covered include: the range and use of tools and
materials; fundamental blacksmithing processes; working at the
anvil, bending, upsetting and spreading, hot cutting, punching,
twisting and joining. Illustrated with over 200 diagrams and
photographs, Provides an introduction to the beginner and
valuable information for the more experienced smith looking to
expand their workshop.
D
E
BK763
Backyard Blacksmith, The
Lorelei takes the mystery out of blacksmithing, but not the
magic. Detailed step-by-step full color exercises teach all the
universal skills and techniques used to forge iron; it’s like
having a master blacksmith by your side. Over 20 beautiful
and functional projects organized by difficulty level allow new
blacksmiths to progress at their own pace and master the skills
they learned in earlier chapters. 250 photos/illustrations.
E
F
BK181
Basic Blacksmithing
Harries and
Heer
Excellent modern book, showing how to make blacksmithing
tools, and then how to use them to make other tools, such as
a sickle, saw etc., as well as how to set up a workshop. This
book’s strength is the use of drawings rather than text and,
being aimed at aid workers in the Third World, it is an excellent
beginner’s manual. Some of the materials and processes
shown are unusual but the information is very good. Heavily
illustrated.
127
6-3/4 x
9-5/8
Softcover
EA
0.57
29.95
G
BK186
Beginning Blacksmithing: One Mississippi
Journeyman’s View
Heath
425
EA
2.38
38.00
Dixon
157
8 x 10
Hardcover EA
1.80
52.00
Watson
171
0.99
21.00
F
G
This is one of Heaths great books. It contains everything
for beginning blacksmithing, as well as, some wonderful
projects like crafting a Kentucky long rifle. A great book that
is down to earth and is hand bound. Heath teaches the basics
of blacksmithing, forging techniques, hardening and heat
treatment, leather bellows construction, simple instructions on
how to forge weld, and the history of iron smelting. Thousands
of illustrations.
H
BK734
Blacksmith Craft, A: The Legacy of Francis
Whitaker, Vol. 1
This is a revision and expansion sequel to “The Blacksmith
Cook Book” by Francis Whitaker. It starts with discussion on
lighting a coal fire and expands from there. The book contains
a helpful index. The Blacksmith Craft is a “must have” for
blacksmiths of all levels of expertise! Step by step drawings
& tool explanations make this book unique! 800 photos &
drawings.
J
H
J
164
BK723
Blacksmith, Ironworker and Farrier, The
EA
The roles of the blacksmith as hardware maker, farrier, and
village handyman are vividly portrayed in the lively text with
exceptional illustrations. Methods of fullering, upsetting, and
welding wrought iron are clearly explained. It also explains the
construction of latches, ice tongs, chains, and a wealth of iron
fittings. For those who would like a forge and bellows of their
own, there are designs for laying out a blacksmith shop and
constructing a leather bellows and forge. Illustrated.
NOTE: AVAILABILITY MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
www.piehtoolco.com
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
BK806
Blacksmithing-Basics for the Homestead
DeLaRonde
136
8x9
Softcover
EA 0.76
15.99
Master blacksmith Joe DeLaRonde started his blacksmithing
career 35 years ago as an apprentice under a master German
blacksmith. His works are in use around the globe by military
personnel and living history enthusiasts, as well as in private
collections and museums in the United States, Canada,
Mexico, and Europe. Through detailed but easy-to-understand
instructions, illustrations, and photographs, he teaches the
basic skills of forging. Here is all the information you need to
create artistic yet functional iron hardware and implements for
home or ranch, including: pokers, shovels, tongs, hooks, camp
sets, forks, spoons/spatulas, skewers, nails, hinges, latches,
drawer pulls, coat hooks, towel bars, candle holders, brooms,
hoes, crowbars, awls, screwdrivers, chain links, chisels,
hammers, adzes, axes and knives. DeLaRonde continues to
work in his shop in Mancos, Colorado, producing some of the
finest tomahawks, axes, and knives available on the market
today. 305 illustrations.
B
BK182
Blacksmithing Instructors’ Guide
A
B
Harries
67
6-3/4 x
9-5/8
EA 0.41
29.95
McDaniel
174
8-1/2 x 10 Spiralbound EA 1.00
Softcover
25.00
Blandford
144
EA 0.79
12.95
McRaven
256
7x9
Softcover
EA 1.00
19.95
Plummer
76
8x8
Softcover
EA 0.61
19.95
This book is designed to help skilled blacksmiths who have
little or no teaching experience to train others in forge-work
techniques, using easily obtainable equipment and scrap metal
to produce tools such as hoes, sickles, hammers and axes.
C
BK206
Blacksmithing Primer, A
A step-by-step guide to basic and intermediate blacksmithing.
Includes over 20 projects and chapters that include setting up
a shop, forging and heat treating tools, forge welding, plans to
make a coal forge and anvil. Over 400 line drawings.
D
BK995
Blacksmithing Projects
Softcover
Projects for novices and experts include door latches, garden
tools, tables, fences, weather vanes, and more. A book of
ideas and suggestions featuring 80 figures and includes lists
of materials, step-by-step instructions, and suggestions for
variations in design. Reprint of ‘24 Blacksmithing Projects’.
B&W illustrations.
E
BK225
Blacksmith’s Craft, The
D
Charles McRaven, a master blacksmith, guides you stepby-step through the process of building a simple forge from
recycled materials, acquiring or crafting the basic tools,
and learning the techniques to get started in blacksmithing.
McRaven began smithing out of a desire to make his own tools
for building and restoring hewn-log homes. He demonstrates
his simple methods in easy-to-follow photos throughout
this book. Working under his tutelage, you’ll find yourself
encouraged and confident that you can create items of lasting
beauty and durability from iron and steel. Photographs and
illustrations.
F
BK959
Boone Wrought Iron
E
Daniel Boone the 7th has traced his blacksmithing heritage
back 15 generations to 16th century England. This book is a
tribute to his (and Judy’s) success as a full time professional
blacksmith after having a long career as a welder. The book
includes a brief bio, pictures of his shop and craft fair booth,
and a discussion on how he approaches the business of selling
ironwork. This is followed by 6 chapters featuring the different
types of ironwork he makes and sells. Along with the pictures
there are brief sidebars which speak to various technical
aspects involved in making the piece. Photographed by Nick
Vincent, Edited by Judy Boone. 85 photos.
G
BK773
Classic Wrought Ironwork Patterns and Designs
F
Small
48
EA 0.35
8.95
Forty plates of meticulously rendered designs replicate
authentic ironwork projects that span some 600 years of
metalcrafting. Patterns selected from English churches,
chapels, tombs, castles, and other architectural sites depict
twelfth-century hinges, fifteenth-century grilles and railings,
and seventeenth-century knockers, handles, latches, and other
ornamental elements. Ideal for today’s metal crafters looking
to recreate the decorative architectural accessories from an
earlier era, these royalty-free patterns will also be of value to
artists, architects, and designers. Illustrated.
H
BK757
Classical Techniques of Hand Forged Iron
G
Metzger
72
Translated into English in 2002 by Rudolf Baum. Franz Kuhn
& Francis Whitaker both apprenticed with Julius Schramm,
and were strong influences in the revival of the Renaissance.
Samuel Yellin also looked to earlier periods, and worked with
the tools, techniques, and traditions of the Renaissance. Max
Metzger saw the future of the blacksmith in this revival, and
he supported the name “Artist-Blacksmith” and describes the
techniques and stresses the necessity of freehand drawing
employing old traditions in original work.
C
EA 0.61
32.00
H
1-888-743-4866
165
SIZE
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
Schuler and 158
If you are looking for alternative heat sources from oil, wood, Hull
and electricity this book will tell you all you need to know about
coal heat. Covers types and availability of coal, maintenance,
conversion of furnaces to coal. Sections are devoted
specifically to the use of coal to heat water, as space heaters
and in fireplaces.
6x9
Softcover
EA 0.68
5.95
Complete Modern Blacksmith
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
A
BK667
Coal Heat
B
BK250
A
AUTHOR
PAGES
PRICE
Weygers
302
EA 1.45
19.95
MacKay
192
CD
EA 1.17
EA 0.11
35.00
15.00
Meilach
312
EA 2.66
34.95
2 books:
Spiral
SET 1.09
Bk 1:48 8-1/2 x 11 Softcovers
Bk 2:76 8-1/2 x 11
44.00
Parkinson
176
8-1/2 x 10 Hardcover EA 1.98
45.00
Chapman
23
8-1/2 x 11 CD Book
EA 0.11
10.95
Chapman
23
8-1/2 x 11 Paperback EA 0.12
CD Book
10.95
This blacksmithing book is a three-in-one of “The Modern
Blacksmith”, “The Making of Tools”, and “The Recycling, Use
and Repair of Tools”. This volume details correct hammer and
body motions, forging, creating tools and a variety of other
helpful advice. Over a thousand detailed line drawings.
B
C
BK795
CD795
Complete Working Guide for the Beginning
Blacksmith - Blacksmithing Fundamentals, A
Heritage blacksmith Don MacKay, was inspired by a lack
of blacksmithing books dedicated to the beginner, where
important elements are taken for granted. He stresses the
importance of using sound ageless techniques without the need
for modern tools. Covers the aspects of blacksmithing, shop
set-up, tools, building a forge, fuel and design and looks at
three shops that predate the 20th century. Hammer technique,
heating principles, forge welding are studied, including a new
technique of forge welding: the round scarf. Twenty-one
progressive lessons with photos and articulate descriptive stepby-step instructions. References, brings together essential
information ranging from forge welding flux recipes from the
1800’s, tables on metals, etc. Over 100 pictures and diagrams.
The CD allows you to print out pages for separate use.
C
D
BK212
Decorative and Sculptural Ironwork
After a short history of ironwork, Meilach discusses the
iron working shop, forge and tools, including anvils, vises,
hammers, tongs, punches, centrifugal blowers and machine
tools. Information on building, lighting and maintaining a
fire are presented. Forging procedures are explicitly shown:
drawing out, flattening, bending, upsetting, twisting, splitting,
punching and drafting, hot cutting on a hardy, and joining and
finishing techniques. 52 color photos and 727 B/W photos and
drawings.
D
E
BK758
Descriptive Drawing for Metalwork & Workbook for Baum
Descriptive Drawing
Rudolf Baum was head of the metalwork department at a
state technical school in Hennef, Germany. He prepared these
books to provide an introduction to descriptive drawing for both
apprentices and advanced artist-blacksmiths. Blacksmithing
begins with an idea which then becomes a mental picture.
This must then become a real picture, usually a free-hand
drawing, realistic enough so the experienced smith can present
it to his customer, and use it as a basis for a dimensioned
shop drawing. The drawings in these books appear to be
three-dimensional; the objects look as though they could be
picked up. The realistic effect is the result of simple shading
techniques explained in detail in the text, and avoids the need
for an engineers drawing.
E
F
BK932
Forged Architectural Metalwork
A handsomely illustrated guide to forged architectural ironwork
and the craft of the artist blacksmith. Architectural ironwork
demands a wide spectrum of skills, from making a finely
detailed drawing to forging heavy, red-hot metal bars. Written
by a leading artist blacksmith, you will look seriously at design,
construction, finishing, and installation, and at the skills
required of smith workers in the architectural field today. 180
photos, 50 B/W drawings.
F
G
CD915
Hot Shop
This CD is the first book in a series but made on a disc, is
about 25 years at Chapman’s blacksmith shop. It features
tooling, fixtures, hot tips and notes, knives, basement
collection and products made without a power hammer. He has
concentrated on projects that are all hand worked and almost
no sledge hammer work.
G
H
BK935
CD797
Hot Shop II
The second book now on a disc about shop tooling. Step by
step forging techniques, fly press stuff and for knife makers two copper handle blacksmith knives. Now you can print out
projects from your computer so you have them right at your
anvil! 140 photos.
H
Have you considered taking an artistic blacksmithing class at Pieh Tool?
Visit our website: www.piehtoolco.com or catalog page 73 for more information.
166
www.piehtoolco.com
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
U/M
BK210
How to Build a Blacksmith Firepot
Meador
36
8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
0.20
12.95
Meador shows how to build a portable forge out of angle iron.
By using new parts, the firepot can be built for little more than
the shipping cost of a small store-bought firepot, and for a few
dollars more, a rock solid stand can be built to hold it. A few
pages are devoted to blacksmith beginners that describe how
to select a fuel, control a fire, read the color of the burning
coals, calculate the cost of a bucket of coal knowing the cost of
a ton of coal, and make a simple coal rake. 31 illustrations.
B
BK211
How to Build a Full Size Coal Forge from
Commonly Available Metal
A
Meador
36
0.22
12.95
This book answers one of the most frequently asked
blacksmithing questions - “Does anyone have plans for building
a forge?” The coal forge in this book uses all new parts which
are much easier to come by than scrounged parts, and it
still will cost considerably less than a manufactured forge of
equal quality. The project requires simple hand tools with the
exception of something to cut the angle iron. The design uses
wheels which are a necessity for weekenders or conferencehoppers. Not only do the plans describe the construction, they
include the plans for making a smoke hood from sheet metal.
C
BK582
How to Forge Weld on a Blacksmith’s Anvil for
Those Who Have Diligently Tried and Failed
B
Heath
52
0.30
12.00
C
Well-illustrated volume covers the topic of forge welding quite
well with easy to understand instructions on the use of flux,
scarfing to a finished weld, and many other topics. Heath
covers details of what to look for in the fire, the “wet look” on
the iron, fire preparation, and other subtle details that must be
mastered before a weld can be “pooped”.
D
BK583
How to Make a Blacksmith’s Bellows
Heath
26
A wonderful how-to book with the entire process of making
bellows. Contains over 40 illustrations with text to help guide
you through the process. Heath describes how to make a
traditional two chambered leather bellows, about five feet in
length. The bellows described is one that was disassembled
at the Agricultural Museum in Jackson, Mississippi and rebuilt.
Details how to set one up, balance it and lever the lower bag.
Exact dimensions are provided.
E
BK929
How to Teach Yourself Blacksmithing with Clay
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
Softcover EA
0.10
7.00
D
Meador
37
0.21
12.95
Guild of
33
Metalsmiths
11 x 8-1/2 Softcover EA
0.41
20.00
At times blacksmiths use clay to plan-out how to make a tricky
piece. Having similar properties to red hot metal, but not the
heat so if mistakes are made, just reform the clay and start
again. 50 Illustrations.
F
BK68
Iron Menagerie
This excellent project book details how to make a steer head,
blue crane, duck head, wolf head, ram head, buffalo head, bear
head, mouse head, owl, horsehead, horsehead on a horseshoe,
eagle, rattlesnake and wizard head. It was written to fill a need
for developing blacksmithing skills. All projects in this book
were hammered out by Paul Hubler. Other contributors are Bob
and Mary Fredell, Marcia McEachron, Pete Stanaitis and Gary
Crowther. Created in memory of Dave Ferguson, who was in
the tool and die business for 25 years and loved to work with
metal, especially Damascus. David had a very strong desire to
see the art of blacksmithing continue and not be lost to future
generations. He studied blacksmithing with Paul Hubler at
Paul’s smithy in Minnesota. Illustrations and B/W photos.
G
BK782
Mastering the Fundamentals of Blacksmithing
-The Skills of a Blacksmith, Vol. I
F
Aspery
299
8-3/4 x
11-1/4
Hardcover EA
2.98
59.00
The Skills of a Blacksmith are a series of books that started
as course notes for his blacksmith school. It is designed
to lead the blacksmith along a set course of technique and
understanding. Outstanding step-by-step photographs! Packed
full of projects, a great glossary, and a safety section.
H
BK690
Mastering the Fundamentals of Leaf Work
- The Skills of a Blacksmith, Vol. II
G
Aspery
300
Builds on the skills from his first book. This is perhaps the
most comprehensive work on organic forms. In Vol. I, the
basics of the stylized leaf and stylized flower are introduced.
Mark expands on this in volume 2. He shows how to make the
necessary tools for leaf-making. Ranging from crimping and
leafing stakes to how to forge your own leafing hammer. He
shows the forged and formed rose and continues through a
multitude of leaves such as the Cottonwood and Ginkgo, and
the Acanthus Leaf. Covers the “stylized bird and split work”. A
great tool for anyone wanting to get a better grasp on organic
forging. 1190 Photographs.
E
2.94
59.00
H
1-888-743-4866
167
A
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
PRICE
BK841
Mastering Fundamentals - Traditional Joinery,
Vol. III
Aspery
368
8-3/4 x
11-1/4
Hardcover EA
3.42
59.00
Andrews
243
8 x 10
Softcover
EA
1.33
25.00
Metzger
128
10 x 14-3/4 Softcover
EA
1.48
50.00
Chapman
19
EA
0.85
10.00
Schwarzkopf 281
5 x 7-3/4
Softcover
EA
0.80
21.95
Blandford
368
7 x 10
Softcover
EA
1.36
24.95
Streeter
144
EA
0.89
22.95
Mastering the fundamentals of Traditional Joinery guides the
blacksmith in developing the technical skills and understanding
required for forging traditional joints. The concise step-bystep descriptions complement over 1,600 crisp photographs
that take the smith from developing the tooling through to the
completed joinery project.
A
B
BK63
New Edge of the Anvil
This book provides a tool for artist-blacksmiths and
metalworkers. It tells how to work metal: heating it, cutting
it, upsetting it, drawing it out, twisting it, forge welding it and
shaping and assembling it. It tells about metallurgy and tool
making, metal finishes and corrosion. It explains the process
of design, how to use the computer in metal design, set up
a business and manage it. The New Edge of the Anvil is a
revised and expanded edition of Andrews earlier and most
successful book. Students are urged to buy, read, use and then
reread this book.
B
C
BK759
Pattern Book for Artist Blacksmiths
Translated into English in 2002, this outsized reference shows
how to prepare patterns (stencils) for rosettes, calyx, leaves,
cartouche and scrolls, in Gothic, Renaissance, Baroque and
Rococo styles. Metzger’s exactitude in his drawings detail the
beauty and variations in design. Spiral bound so that it is easy
to lay open on work bench.
C
D
BK450
Penny Knife
Penny Knife is about building a historic spring-less folder from
the colonial era. These inexpensive folders were popular then
and the story goes they were named because they cost a
penny back then. Just learning how to make the sheet metal
bolster tight is worth the price of the booklet. The Penny knife
is very popular with re-enactors concerned with authenticity.
D
E
BK596
Plain and Ornamental Forging
Reprint of 1930’s original. Designed to help the beginner learn
the theory and technique of forge work, as well as aid the more
advanced blacksmith with several types of projects. Sections
include tool smithing and basic exercises and ornamental work.
Over 175 photographs and illustrations.
E
F
BK158
Practical Blacksmithing and Metalworking
A great introduction into the techniques of metalworking and
blacksmithing. Provides useful information on metal alloys,
tools and layout/safety for your shop. This is a very useful
learning tool for the blacksmith hobbyist.
G
BK242
H
BK825
Scroll Sawing in Metal: Patterns and Techniques
Pozsgai &
Downing
Scroll sawing in metal is simple, and with a few extra steps,
cutting metal is as enjoyable as cutting wood. The results
are wonderful and include chandeliers and other decorative
accessories for the home. All is explained in clear, step-by-step
instructions, illustrated in color photos and many patterns and a
gallery to inspire you. More than 100 color photos.
80
EA
0.89
14.95
J
BK591
Spruce Forge: Manual of Locksmithing, The
118
8-1/2 x 11 Spiralbound EA
Softcover
0.67
25.00
200
8x8
1.15
53.00
G
An instructional book with patterns on how to build 6 different
blacksmith locks plus basic tool making. Great step-by-step
guide with 235 illustrations.
H
K
J
K
168
Professional Smithing
Written by a recognized professional smith with over 50 years’
experience, whose work appears in hundreds of restorations
throughout the country. Traditional smithing techniques are
presented in clear, step-by-step text and photographs, enabling
the reader to produce high-quality, hand-forged small ironwork.
Included are detailed descriptions of workspace layout,
specialized tools and techniques, white smithing, tool making
and lock smithing.
F
BK993
Swedish Blacksmithing
Morrison &
Frechette
Norén,
English Language. Swedish book of basic blacksmithing, which Enander
has been available in Sweden, Denmark and Germany since
1998. It is a description of hand forging, written in the form of
a dialogue between a master blacksmith and his apprentice,
along with nearly 400 drawings of the process steps and
techniques required in blacksmithing. Steel is a forgiving
material, and it is important to understand the mistakes one has
made, in order to be able to go back and try it again. Swedish
Blacksmithing also gives examples of true peak technology,
like axe making and the latest in damascus, or pattern welding!
Some say that the book is also entertaining and most maintain
that Swedish Blacksmithing is the best objective description of
how to forge.
Hardcover EA
NOTE: AVAILABILITY MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
www.piehtoolco.com
Books: Blacksmithing - Techniques & Projects • Decorative & Sculptural
A
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
BK832
Visual Guide to Blacksmithing
Bove
241
6x9
Paperback EA 0.65
PRICE
24.95
An excellent resource for the beginner blacksmith. This heavily
illustrated guide begins by offering practical tips for setting up
a safe and space-efficient shop. Once the shop is ready, the
Guide uses hundreds of diagrams and detailed descriptions
to lead you through a variety of beginning blacksmithing
techniques to forge your first tools and complete basic
projects and help hone skills by adding embellishments and an
individuality and flair to your creations.
B
C
BK969
BK235
A
Welding Complete Techniques,
Creative
Publishing
Project Plans & Instructions
Growing interest in metalworking has made supplies easier
to come by, with most larger building centers now stocking a
variety of metals and even types of fuels. As interest in welding
expands, the number of great plans and designs continues to
grow. Packed with fresh designs and up-to-date information, this
new book is your personal metal shop teacher. Inside you’ll find
everything you need to know to get started welding today. 300
illustrations.
224
Work Methods and Tools of the Artist-Blacksmith
(Werk und Werkzeug Des Kuntschmieds)
128
Schmirler
8 x 11
Softcover
EA 2.04
24.99
B
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA 1.59
65.00
Text in German, French and English. This book contains more
than 600 tools and techniques used by the artist blacksmith
with color-wash drawings. Contains information on special
dies, special splitting tools, decorative punches and more. 224
photographs, 37 in color, and 65 drawings.
C
BLACKSMITHING
Decorative and Sculptural
D
AUTHOR
PAGES SIZE
BINDING
BK604
Architectural Ironwork
Meilach
240
11-1/4 x
8-3/4
Hardcover EA 3.40
49.95
Cook III,
Skinner
208
9 x 12
Hardcover EA 3.80
49.95
Menten
128
8-3/8 x
11-1/4
Paperback EA 0.80
15.95
BK975
Art Deco Ironwork & Sculpture
Fantastic photography explores the work of artisans of the
burgeoning Moderne Art movement in Paris. Selected from folio
volumes published in the mid-1920s to inspire fellow artists
on the cutting edge, the more than 500 treasured and exciting
pieces shared in this compendium have proven themselves
timeless in their classic lines and exquisite detailing. This is a
must-have volume for artisans of the forge, sculpture studios,
and all fans of Art Deco-era decorative arts.
F
BK214
Art Nouveau Decorative Ironwork
Derived from now-unavailable sources, this anthology presents
extensive documentation of the full range of Art Nouveau ironwork. Its 137 royalty-free photographs depict the gates, railings,
balconies, doorways, staircases, elevator cages, grilles, lampposts, and other architectural features of structures throughout
Europe. Captions identify source buildings and their locations,
architects, and designers. Dover Original.
G
H
BK764
*S/O
BK916
Art Nouveau Ironwork of Austria and Hungary
The streets of Budapest, Hungary, and Vienna, Austria, are
rich in masterpieces of Art Nouveau ironwork. Vivid photos
show varied interpretations of Art Nouveau forms used in
balustrades, balconies, lanterns, gates, doorways, elevator
door facades, and more. Explanations of the settings discuss
the details and motifs. Illustrations and 500 color photos.
Beautiful Iron: The Pursuit of Excellence
Santi &
Gacher
240
BK720
Blacksmith and His Art, The
E
49.95
G
Whitaker
192
9 x 11
Hawley
176
Spiral
EA 2.05
Hardcover
38.00
H
A story of blacksmithing, considered by many to be the “King of
the Crafts”. Smithing fathered the metal working industry, which
we take for granted today. It contains pictures of some of the
world’s finest iron-art, and shows modern day creations, which
demonstrate that there is still a place for beautiful hand forged
art objects in the 20th Century. It offers aid and inspiration
to the growing number who are looking for a vehicle of selfexpression. Illustrated.
D
F
Hundreds of examples of over 75 years’ work of Master
Blacksmith Francis Whitaker! Each page shows a photograph
of one piece, along with written descriptions, dimensions and
completion time. Work includes andirons; door hardware;
fireplace screens, hoods, tools; gates and window grilles;
weather vanes; railings; candlesticks, and much more.
J
PRICE
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
Showcases an array of ironwork commissioned for new
commercial and residential building projects. Traditional styles
in modern settings that reach for new visual impact. Over
375 spectacular examples from more than 100 of today’s
top blacksmiths, supplemented with historical works from 15
countries. These include doors and hardware, staircases and
railings, and gates and fences.
E
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
EA 1.04
19.95
J
1-888-743-4866
169
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
BK761
Catching the Fire: Philip Simmons, Blacksmith
Lyons
48
8-1/2 x 9
Softcover
EA 0.80
17.00
Bayless
336
11-1/2 x
9-1/2
Hardcover EA 2.38
36.95
Lecoq
128
11-3/4 x
9-1/2
Hardcover EA 1.87
29.95
Meilach
256
8-3/4 x
11-1/2
Hardcover EA 3.40
49.95
Stuart
224
11 x 8-1/2 Hardcover EA 3.12
39.95
Pedrini
320
9 x 12
Hardcover EA 4.70
45.00
Sonn
765
96.00
At thirteen, Philip Simmons caught the blacksmith fever. For
seventy years he has crafted lumps of metal into beautiful
ornamental pieces. His gates, fences, and railings decorate the
city of Charleston, South Carolina. Lyons visited with Simmons
and others who worked with him. She has pulled together not
only a compelling portrait of the man and his work, but of his
journey from great-grandson of slaves to nationally renowned
artist. Simmons is truly a working person’s hero and role
model. Catching the Fire presents the landscape of his life.
This book is also for young readers.
A
B
B
BK954
Charleston Ironwork - A Photographic Study
This photographic essay records the rich legacy of the art
form, as seen in Charleston’s remaining ornamental wrought
and cast iron examples. The photographs are listed by streets,
enabling the visitor to use this book as a guide while enjoying a
stroll around this beautiful historic city. Illustrations: 288.
C
BK736
Traces grilles and gates to balconies and complex lock and key
mechanisms and the successive styles of decorative French
ironwork over its 700-year development. The authoritative
work on traditional French architectural ironwork designs, from
Romanesque to the Empire, with masterly black and white
illustrations and concise explanations reveal the complex
fabrication techniques and elaborate motifs employed by
French craftsmen.
C
D
BK213
Contemporary Blacksmith, The
A historical background of ironwork and designs rooted in the
art nouveau and art deco movements. Beautifully illustrated
architectural ironwork, sculpture, furniture and more. Full of
color and wonderful black and white photographs.
D
E
BK977
Decorative Architectural Ironwork, Featuring
Wrought & Cast Designs
Over 600 color photos. One of the world’s greatest collections
of architectural ironwork is on display in the five boroughs of
New York City. Author and photographer Stuart captures the
magnitude and impressive array of historic exterior designs in
400 color photographs, with background information and the
location of each piece included in captions. You will see iron
fences, gates, newel posts, balustrades, railings, brackets,
lamps, and more. These stunning artifacts play a major role in
the fabric of the City’s streetscape, and artists, designers, and
ironworkers will all be inspired by the rich selection of designs
found here. This book also serves as an historical record of
the amazing wrought ironwork found in this amazing outdoor
museum.
E
F
BK671
Decorative Ironwork of Italy
Beautiful hand-wrought iron gates, grilles, architectural
details, and fireplace equipment feature scrollwork and floral
embellishments, from many ancient towns in Italy. Medieval
and rococo elements are plentiful. 487 full-page, black
and white photographs illuminate details that will inspire
blacksmiths and designers today. The original locations of the
ironwork are identified in the text.
F
G
G
Classic French Wrought Iron: 12th - 19th Century
BK788
Early American Wrought Iron: 3 Volumes in One,
Albert Sonn (1867-1936) originally published Early American
Wrought Iron in 1928. There were so many requests that it
was finally reprinted in 2007. It is a massive book of over 750
pages and 3000 drawings, often referred to as the ‘Bible of
Colonial Hardware’ and a celebration of the village blacksmith.
Artist and draftsman Sonn spent 8-1/2 years traveling the East
Coast, to museums, private collections, and antique stores.
The history of blacksmithing, wrought iron door hardware
(knockers and knocker latches), thumb latches of all types and
the development of bars and lifts, door locks, early American
wrought iron hinges of all types, hasps, bolts, and doors;
wagon, chest and gate hardware; balconies and railings,
newels, gateways, grilles, signs, brackets, weather vanes,
wall anchors, gutter supports, foot scrapers, shutter hardware,
household lighting, etc. Each page is filled with descriptions
of the items, where they were found or made originally, and
dated. It was reprinted on semi-gloss paper taking into account
the how dirty blacksmiths hands can be, the cover can even be
wiped. A great resource for both blacksmiths and architects.
Be connected with us -- check the newest products and the latest
events at Pieh Tool . . .www.piehtoolco.com
170
www.piehtoolco.com
Books: Blacksmithing - Decorative & Sculptural
A
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
BK827
Edgar Brandt: Art Deco Ironwork
Kahr
240
9 x 12
Hardcover EA 4.16
PRICE
79.99
A French premier metalsmith in the 20th century, Edgar Brandt
(1880-1960) designed and fabricated some of the most beautiful
architectural and decorative ironwork of his age. This elegant
book recounts his life. Lyrical gates, doors, and tables, including
his most famous screen, L’Oasis, appeared at the seminal
1925 Exposition des Arts Décoratifs, in Paris, which gave the
name Art Deco to the new design style. Combining motifs from
ancient Egypt and classical Greek sources, floral and animals
forms, and machine-inspired geometric designs, Brandt created
items that became synonymous with the most lavish designs
of the time. His workshop and showroom in Paris, along with
a gallery that featured works by other contemporary artistcraftsmen, produced luxury goods and private commissions.
Grilles, fire screens, doors, tables, andirons, vessels and
lighting devices were exquisitely executed. Historians and art
collectors interested in this fascinating period will find this book
an invaluable reference. 306 photos.
B
BK709
Feuer und Stahl
A
B
Hephaistos
84
8-1/4 x
8-1/4
EA 0.40
18.40
Meilach
256
49.95
The catalog covering the first IFGS (International Professional
Association of Artist Blacksmiths-Germany) exhibition in 1993
called “fire and steel” in Hamburg. Complete your collection.
C
BK732
Fireplace Accessories
Softcover
First book that focuses custom-made fireplace accessories
as works of art. Over 400 ideas for unique fireplace designs
reflect historical styles from Renaissance to Post-Modern. Be
amazed at the infinite effects a bar of metal can be formed
between the hammers and anvils of more than 100 master artist
blacksmiths from nine countries. Learn to appreciate the forms
used, from scrolls to carved animals; recognize their texturing,
unusual handles and hinges, supports, etc. Fire screens,
hoods, doors, andirons, grates, tongs, pokers, shovels, brooms,
and their stands emerge as significant decorative items in
today’s homes. A wonderful source book for homeowners and
designers seeking original art. Marvel at the artistry, variety,
and craftsmanship. 362 color & 55 black and white photos.
D
BK981
Found Object Art
C
Spencer
240
49.95
Spencer
240
49.95
Hundreds of examples show trash transformed into fascinating
sculpture, collages, furniture, jewelry, and clothing - some items
functional, some not. Meet artists who count themselves among
an exclusive club of dumpster divers and garbage pickers
from all over the United States. Watch as other people’s junk
finds new life as treasure and the innovative artisans inside
will profoundly influence the way you view life and its everyday
detritus.
E
BK982
Found Object Art 2
From once-cast-aside items, 83 artists have carefully crafted
fine jewelry to experiential gallery installations. Tour with their
imaginations across the United States and Europe to view 487
original artworks. Many of them make their work a poignant environmental message, some uncover treasure and transcendent
beauty, and still others set out simply to evoke a smile. This is
a delightful treasury of one-of-a-kind artworks that you’ll want
to study and be inspired by time and again. A listing of galleries
that represent the artists shown is included.
F
BK942
From Fire to Form: Sculpture from the Modern
Blacksmith and Metalsmith
E
Clarke
256
50.00
Striking color photos display artworks produced by today’s
leading blacksmiths and metalsmiths. Revealed here are
beautiful sculptures, created by long-established and new
artists, and destined for individual homes, public parks, and
other outdoor venues. Includes works by John Medwedeff,
Nathan Blank, Tony Higdon, Erika Strecker, and Zachary Noble.
Ornamental vases, bowls, plates, and containers as well as
functional gates, rails, furniture, and lighting are included. Both
images and text showcase work that may be traditional or
ground breaking in technique, but always in an artistic context.
521 photos and index.
G
H
BK983
*S/O
George Rickey, The Early Works
BK710
Gestaltetes Metall: Gitter-Tore-Türen
F
Davidson III 288
79.95
Rickey’s fascinating sculptural oeuvre spans a fifty-three-year
period (1949-2002) and is incredibly diverse. This book is
concerned exclusively with the early indoor sculptures from the
first 25 years of Rickey’s output. With over 380 photos covering
the artist’s early innovations, we get an intimate and more
complete picture of his artistic diversity. Carefully categorizes
the works into 35 chapters. Many sculptures are published here
for the first time.
Written in German. The catalogue covering the 5th IFGS
(International Professional Association of Artist BlacksmithsGermany) exhibition at Stolberg in 2001. The catalogue
contains photos of all exhibits and descriptions (lattice, gates,
doors; master pieces and journeyman pieces) as well as
pictures of the participants.
D
G
Hephaistos
68
8-1/4 x
8-1/4
Softcover
EA 0.56
18.90
H
1-888-743-4866
171
A
B
A
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
BK777
Heritage in Iron, A
Routson
216
11-3/4 x
9-1/2
Hardcover EA 2.86
50.00
Meilach
160
39.95
Meilach
256
49.95
Snyder
256
50.00
Snyder
256
50.00
Ferrari
112
29.99
Hephaistos
65
8-1/4 x
7-3/4
16.80
Documents the history of two ranch restoration projects,
the blacksmith work, and the individuals who forged the
hinges, latches, and other ironwork installed on the ranches.
Generously illustrated with meticulous mechanical drawings
and graceful pencil sketches show the work that went into
planning and designing the authentic barns, out buildings, and
hardware of the two ranches including Dashwood House, the
ranch headquarters. The purpose of the book is to honor the
blacksmiths, designers, and builders of the Double Shoe Cattle
Company and to celebrate the Western lifestyle. Over 200 fullcolor and historical photos.
B
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
BK933
Ironwork: Dynamic Details
PRICE
An exceptional insight into organic styled ironwork created
by today’s artist-blacksmiths. Photographs display details of
flowers, grape clusters, leaves, small and large animals that
attest to the blacksmith’s role as a sculptor. There are amazing
scrolls, folds, twists, textures, and weaves not normally
associated with the hard material. Meilach shows how focusing
on the iron details of flowers, leaves, and amazing critters
makes ordinary fences, gates, and chandeliers extraordinary.
Functional joints become beautiful elements on items we use
daily. 251 photos.
C
C
BK931
Ironwork Today; Inside & Out
The color photographs highlight objects for indoor and outdoor
use, including fences, railings, gates, doors, sculpture,
furniture, lighting fixtures, candle holders, and more. Some are
truly “modern” in style while others are inspired by historical
references, such as Art Nouveau, Art Deco, Craftsman, and
Victorian styles. Here is an exciting foray into the world of the
artist-blacksmith. 482 photos and illustrations.
D
D
BK805
Hundreds of beautiful color photos display the varied,
impressive iron artwork from today’s artist-blacksmiths. See
a variety of styles, from Modern to Victorian, in original works
for homes, offices, and public spaces. This metal art ranges
in scope from massive public monuments to small, everyday
objects and includes sculpture, gates, railings, furniture, lighting
fixtures ranging from chandeliers to lamps and candle holders,
doors, locks, and more. Concise text introduces each artist and
their work. This book is the second in a series pioneered by
the late Meilach and provides readers with a new look at some
of the artists they have come to know and an introduction to
new artists. This book will become a prized possession, critical
reference, and inspiration for homeowners, designers, artists,
and blacksmiths alike. 500 color photos.
E
E
BK821
Ironwork Today 3: Inside and Out
Over 450 vivid color photos provide a sweeping overview of the
amazing range of iron artwork being created by 82 of today’s
artist-blacksmiths. These works in metal are found in public
spaces, offices, and homes; from small, everyday objects to
staggering public monuments. Artists discuss their work which
include sculpture, gates, railings, furniture, lighting fixtures,
doors, locks, and more. This third book in an ongoing series,
has artwork arranged by the artist alphabetically, rather than
in categories, allowing readers to see the full scope of each
artist’s work together on adjoining pages. Here readers find
some artists whose work have been noted previously; others
they are meeting for the first time. This book will be a prized
reference guide and inspirational source for homeowners,
designers and artists as a fascinating snapshot of current
trends in this dynamic, growing field of artistic endeavor.
F
G
Ironwork Today 2
F
BK828
Italian Ironwork Medieval: Renaissance: Baroque:
Neo Classical
Italian ironwork from Roman times, through Medieval centuries,
and up to Neo Classical designs of the early nineteenth
century comprise this collection of 100 photographs from Italian
sources. They depict trellises, grilles, gates, fencing, household
lighting, fireplace accoutrements, and door hardware that will
inspire today’s designers. Their origins in hill towns of Italy
are recorded for many images. This is authentic ironwork for
contractors, decorators, and homeowners to enjoy. 100 black
and white images.
G
BK713
Leben und Arbeiten am Wasser, Immenstadt
This is “the magazine” to the European sculptors and
designers and covers their exhibitions. This exhibition was in
Immenstadt in the Allgäu in 2002. The cover shows a large
metal sculpture depicting life positively as an echo on the
water. With an abundance of outstanding photos of all issued
work, detailed information on material and technology with a
detailed portrait of all metal designers involved. It delivers a
colorful kaleidoscope of the styles with representatives of all
generations. Full color.
172
www.piehtoolco.com
Softcover EA 0.60
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
BK217
Life Force at the Anvil:
The Blacksmith’s Art from Africa
Joyce
32
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
EA 0.37
15.00
This book depicts over 50 unique pieces of African forged
metal work that was shown at the University of North Carolina
exhibition during summer of 1998. This well-illustrated book
covers dimensions, composition and history with a listing of
exhibitors.
B
BK88
Lives Shaped by Steel
A
Zastrow
240
EA 1.79
45.00
Spending time with over 40 outdoor metal artists, Zastrow
visits well-established smiths such as Nole Putnam and Randy
McDaniel, and talks about their art, inspiration, and challenges
in doing outdoor metal work. Traveling the East Coast from
New England to Florida, she shares that indefinable magic
the artists add to their sites, and makes the reader smile. She
focuses on how ironwork can actually enhance the environment
by being a part of it! Over 400 wonderful color photographs.
Excellent!
C
BK808
Masterpieces of 18th Century French Ironwork
B
Contet
176
This magnificent display of all 166 plates from an extremely
rare set of portfolios depicts scores of examples of the
ironworker’s art, among them beautiful gates, balustrades,
balcony railings, window grilles, church screens, and lantern
holders. A superb collection of royalty-free images for use by
designers, architecture enthusiasts, and lovers of antiques.
Unabridged reprint of Documents de Ferronnerie Ancienne
de la Seconde Moitie du XVI-II Siecle, Series 1-4. Originally
published by F. Contet, Paris, 1908-12.
D
BK8
9-3/8 x
12-1/4
Softcover
EA 1.37
19.95
C
Mediterranean House in America, The
Bricker and
Inspired by the romance of Italian villas, Spanish farmhouses, Nogai
and Moorish courtyards, the Mediterranean Revival style
became an archetype for sophisticated suburban homes
throughout America in the early 20th century. The characteristic
white stucco house, roofed with terra-cotta and ornamented
with ironwork, decorative tiles, and fountains, remains the
dominant style for new residences in California, the Southwest,
and Florida. The Mediterranean house’s longevity is rooted
in an overall simplicity and an emphasis on the outdoors.
Its central courtyard, terraces, and loggias provide a fluidity
between interiors and exteriors equally prized by the architects
of ancient Pompeii and ground-breaking modernists. Provides
the first comprehensive survey of this popular style, beautifully
illustrated in full-color photographs by Juergen Nogai, archival
photos, and drawings. Over 200 color photos.
240
9-3/4 x
11-3/4
Hardcover EA 3.32
50.00
D
E
Metall Design International Books are the yearbook of Hephaistos. They are a praiseworthy annual project photographically
documenting the work of several different master blacksmiths from around the world. Each annual has a brief biography of the smiths
and a large number of beautiful photographs of their work. They contain hundreds of high-quality photos. Text in German and English.
E
BK172
Metall Design International, 1999
Elgass
231
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.50
60.00
Elgass
231
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.50
60.00
Elgass
231
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.60
60.00
This is the first publication in the series and has numerous
examples of modern metal design. This edition features 8
masters of the trade: Gustafsson (Sweden), Huber (Austria),
Komine (Japan), Friedrich (Switzerland), Meloun (Czech
Republic) and Vogel, Nusser and Peters (Germany).
F
BK174
F
In this edition, some of the best show their best work. Included
are: Manfred Bredhol, Tom Joyce, Hans Tritscher, Alfred
Bullemann, Klaus Dommers, Vladamir Sokhonevitch, Giovani
Zepieri, and Paul Zimmerman.
G
BK577
This edition of Metal Design International tells about each
artist and his work. Karel Bures, Gabriele Curtolo, Herman
Gradinger, Achim Kuhn, Serge Marchal, Amdreas Rimkus,
Anthony Robinson, and Karl Schlect.
H
BK700
Metal Design International, 2002
G
Elgass
232
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.60
60.00
Elgass
232
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover) EA
2.68
60.00
This edition showcases the work of the following master smiths:
Phil Johnson (Scotland), Risto Immonen Finland), Hans-Ueli
Baumgartner (Switzerland), Helmut Brummer (Germany), Ulrich
Schmied (Germany), Manfred Bergmeister (Germany), Simon
Benetton (Italy).
J
BK701
This yearbook covers the works and biographies of 9
outstanding European metal artists with German with English
translations. Peter Elgass opens with a commentary about
modern design pirates patenting the ideas of others. Italian,
Claudio Bottero’s original ideas and techniques with iron are
presented in the annual. Claudio demonstrated stretching
and upsetting techniques in bowls and sculptures after an
interesting technique of first cutting patterns into plate.
H
J
NOTE: AVAILABILITY AND PRICES MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
1-888-743-4866
173
A
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
Hardcover EA
2.70
60.00
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.68
60.00
232
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.50
60.00
Elgass
231
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.62
60.00
Elgass
232
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.68
60.00
Elgass
232
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.58
60.00
Elgass
232
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.50
60.00
Elgass
232
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA
2.66
60.00
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
BK724
Elgass
232
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Elgass
232
Elgass
This yearbook presents more forge-work and less metal design.
Martin Breidenbach (D), H. and Y Ishikura (J), Paul Margetts
(GB), Vladimir Markov (Rus), Daniel Miller (the USA), Brian
Russell (GB), Arpad Safranek (D), Edda Sandstede (D).
A
B
BK702
Presents seven European Metalsmiths: Paul Elliot (Great
Britain), Manfred Fattler and Dirk Hoeller (Germany), Willem
Jonkers III. (the Netherlands) Vladimir Pulis (Slowakei), Hannes
Turba (Austria) and Linas Lesciauskas (Litauen).
B
C
BK762
Metal designer John Medwedeff is featured and two exciting
“new-comers”: Adam Stachowicz from Poland and Patrick
Boutillier de Saint André from France. The family of the Austrian
Herbert Gahr, of Bischofshofen with his sons Stefan and
Robert; Peter Vögele, Peter Schmitz and more! 531 photos.
D
BK778
E
BK787
HEPHAISTOS, Tenth Edition. The protagonists are Manfred
Becher, Vladan Behal, Norbert Finke, Francisco Gazitua,
Roberto Giordani, Paul Kreten, and Thijs van de Manakker.
Vladan Behal from Olomouc presents designs and furnishings
such as lamps, furniture, and vases. Chilean sculptor Gazitua
is a downright sensation - his delicate ship sculptures would
be worthy of their own book! Becher shows his development
from baroque crosses to sophisticated architectural steel
structures. Kreten’s has defined traditional metal design in
modern structures from Trier to Luxembourg. Giordani’s Italian
forged expeditions constantly lead to new forms inspired by the
light space in and around his sculptures. Finke makes railings,
fences, gates, figures, sacral works and modern monuments in
addition to steel, stainless steel, and bronze sculptures. 500+
photos.
D
F
BK810
This eleventh volume of HEPHAISTOS features the work of
8 internationally artists. The high point is the first extensive
presentation of the breath-taking work of Yuri Sarkisian. Young
Australian Robert Everingham’s work is displayed, Walter Cutter
from Schmallenberg and Robert Götzer from Switzerland, who
presents large apartment areas and sculptures. Architecturul
accessories inspired by floral motives are shown throughout.
The work by Italian brothers Jadran and Martino Stenico; and
from the Czech republic Alfred, Ivo and Milan Stawaritsch are
also featured. German and English, 500+ color photos.
E
G
The ninth issue presents the work Albert Paley,
Terrence Clark, Michael Haase, Lothar Klute, Lars Larsson,
January Odvarka, Brad Silberberg & Torsten Theel. Architects
will appreciate this years publication since it has an
architectural focus. 500+ photos.
C
F
G
BK815
This twelfth volume of the HEPHAISTOS features the work of
Michael Ertlmeier, Ascholding (Germany), Amit Har-lev, Sharona
(Israel), Günter Matten, Niederroßbach (Germany), Erik
Vargtand, Stora Skedvi (Sweden), Rein Tupker, Soest (Holland),
Agnieszka & Ryszard Mazur, Wroclaw (Poland), Schorsch Wolf,
Habitzheim (Germany). German and English with 500+ color
photos.
H
BK816
German and English, more then 500 color photos. The
HEPHAISTOS yearbooks have become the world´s most
comprehensive and unparalleled library of contemporary metal
design since the first issue in 1999. This is the thirteenth
volume! With accustomed high quality and carefully selected
photos “Metall Design international 2011” shows the work of
eight metal designers from five countries. These include Mitsuo
Nishida from Japan, the Italian Mario Converio, the German
designers Hans-Jörg Bender and Thomas Schneider, as well as
Jiri Bat´a from the Czech Republic and Jeff Fetty of the USA.
U/M
H
We offer
JET® Air Tools on page 135
and more JET®/Wilton® products
on pages 129-134.
174
www.piehtoolco.com
A
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
BK836
Elgass
232
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA 2.64
The 14th Volume in German and English with more then 735
color photos keeps HEPHAISTOS yearbooks the world´s most
comprehensive and unparalleled library of contemporary metal
design since 1999 with their first issue. With accustomed
high quality and carefully selected photos “Metall Design
International 2012” shows the work of eight metal designers
from five countries. These include Johann Reif (GER), Giovanni
Rotondo (IT); James Horrobin (GBR); Martti Risku (SE); Jeff
Fetty (USA); Kurt Oberwanger (AT); Heiner Zimmermann (GER);
Igor Andrukhin (RU).
B
BK840
BK842
Elgass
232
E
BK824
BK917
60.00
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA 2.50
232
8-1/4 x
11-3/8
Hardcover EA 2.50
60.00
More Roycroft Art Metal
McConnell
The Roycroft art community in New York State is over 100
years old, and the collector interest in the Arts & Crafts-style
items remains. Of particular interest are the beautiful and
varied hammered copper ware the “Roycrofters” made. This
second volume provides nearly 200 color photographs of
copper vases, bookends, trays, and more-including many
rarely-seen items. The history of the group and the evolution
of its art metal are discussed, along with criteria for evaluating
the quality of individual pieces. It tells of the Tookay Shop and
Avon Coppersmith, both spin-offs from the Roycroft community,
which continued in a similar tradition. Price guide included.
128
6x9
Softcover
19.95
My Life As An Artist Blacksmith
Whitaker
125
9 x 11
Hardcover EA 1.78
38.00
Zastrow
416
65.00
Elgass
The featured artists in this edition are: Paul C. Allan from
Great Britain, Michael Budd - Ireland, Igor Cierny - Slovakia,
Pippo Contarino - Italy, Fred Crist - the USA, Niklaus Fännick
- Sweden, Uwe Hoffmann - Germany, Christian Lanbacher Germany, Guiseppe Pelleriti - Italy and Paul Reimer - Canada.
D
PRICE
A
The 15th Issue the HEPHAISTOS yearbook shows over 800
high-quality photos with text in English and German. The work
of eight metal designers from seven countries: Peter Asendorf
(D), Milan Michna (Cz), Mark Prouse (U.S.), Weber and
Hermann (D), Romain Schleich (Lu), Cornelis Pronk (NL), Rick
Smith (USA) and Livio Mognol (IT).
C
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
60.00
B
EA 0.77
C
D
The biography of Francis Whitaker as told to Gary Mansfield.
Whitaker is a living legend -- he actually has been nominated
as a “Living Treasure”, under a program of the National
Endowment for the Arts. This book is reminiscences, both
fascinating and inspiring, with photographs of Whitaker and
his work.
F
BK83
Passion and Power
Passion and Power celebrates human imagination,
determination and sweat. Feel your creativity and sense of
adventure awaken as you read the stories of more than fifty
extraordinary artists from the American west. Sharing their
words and exquisite photographs of their unique works, Zastrow
chronicles their lives who dedicate themselves to creating fluid
forms from malleable metal. In your exploration of this exciting,
innovative, and often challenging branch of the art world you
will meet beauty and inspiration, served up by perseverance,
passion and power. Several names of blacksmiths and metal
artists are featured in this outstanding coffee table book!
Over 800 color photos.
G
BK203 Roycroft Art Metal, 4th Edition
E
McConnell
144
6x9
Softcover
EA 0.77
16.95
Harvey
160
45.00
F
A complete identification, history and price guide to Roycroft
art metal such as vases, jewelry, bookends, and more. 179 fullcolor and 32 black and white photographs.
H
BK820 Universe of Metal Sculpture, A
Henry Harvey’s delightful and scintillating writing style presents
his universe of sculpting and divulges secrets and tips on
everything from metalworking tools, the creative process, and
life as an artist. Join Harvey as he deconstructs and teaches
how he created sculptures including abstract fountains, coffee
tables, benches, and organic abstracts. This colorful journey
through Harvey’s 30-years of sculpting features galleries of
commissions for presidents, Fortune 500 companies, and
private collectors, as well as jewelry and outdoor sculptures.
338 color photos.
G
We offer
Milwaukee Power Tools
on pages 109-117
and their Accessories
on pages 118-125.
1-888-743-4866
H
175
Books: Patinas & Finishes
PATINAS AND FINISHES
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
A
BK976
*S/O
B
C
SIZE
BINDING
Bronze Sculpture Casting & Patination
Hurst,
This magnificent text is paired with 646 color photos and 78 line Russell
drawings of the processes involved in forming metal sculpture,
both contemporary and historic examples. Two techniques used
to form sculpture castings in metal: the lost wax (cire perdu)
method, and the modern variant of sand casting are described
in detail. Metal finishing are well detailed. 114 patination
recipes developed over 20 years by Rungwe Kindon, director
of Pangolin, are shared. For a patinator to give away his trade
secrets is unprecedented. Hurst describes the importance
of metal casting in art education. An important addition to
the libraries of art schools and universities, professional and
amateur sculptors.
368
9 x 12
Hardcover EA 4.80
125.00
BK978
*S/O
Colouring, Bronzing and Patination of Metals, The
Hughes &
Rowe
This extraordinary book, the product of Camberwell College
of Arts in Britain, brings together hundreds of recipes and
treatments for copper, brass, bronze, and silver previously
scattered in old books and papers. Classified by color and
surface finish, metal artists now have access to tested and
evaluated recipes for a wide range of colored finishes. Over 200
color photographs and lucid explanations document the results.
Problems with techniques are openly discussed. If you are a
committed bronze artist or crafts person and you want to get
good patinas you need this book! It boasts over 1000 distinct
patina formulas and an incredible bibliography.
372
8 x 11
Hardcover EA 3.60
85.00
BK997
Finishing: Methods of Work (Wood)
Richey
240
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
Paperback EA 0.52
12.95
Sugimori
110
6x9
Concealed EA 0.90
WireHardcover
24.00
8-1/2 x
11-1/4
Softbound EA 0.32
19.95
C
All the best techniques for completing a wide variety of
projects. How to select and apply finishes, which tools to use
to achieve desired effects, how to color wood, and how to
repair damaged finishes. The best tips from the “Methods of
Work” column in Fine Woodworking over the past 25 years. 175
drawings.
D
BK170
D
E
Japanese Patinas
Ancient Japanese patina techniques & recipes brought to the
West for the first time. Detailed information on chemicals and
techniques make this a studio-based reference, complemented
by photographs of work from artists in the USA and Japan.
Covers both non-ferrous and ferrous applications. Clear
instructions and explanations.
75 full color illustrations.
E
BK200
Patinas for Small Studios
Lewton-Brain 34
Describes safer, easy patination methods for metals that
involve easily obtainable, and even from the kitchen, chemicals
to produce blues, greens, browns, blacks, greys and reddish
tones on metals. Cuprite nitrate patination, which gives a wide
range of controllable green, blue, black and brown color options
is extensively discussed. Paint types which emulate patinas
are mentioned. Application methods and options for pattern
and surface control are described.
Baroque Art Gilders Paste offers 28 various waxes, resins and high
concentrations of pigments, for resistance to water and common chemical
reagents with enhanced tint retention and hiding ability for coloring and
highlighting interior and exterior applications.
Use Gilders Paste On:
Metal -- Wrought Iron, Steel, Aluminum, Alloys, etc.
Wood -- Moldings, Railings, Furniture, Gilding
Restoration, Picture Frames, Miter Joints, etc.
Ceramics -- Planters, Terra Cotta, etc.
Resin -- Castings, Plastic, etc.
Wax -- Candles, etc.
Other Applications -- Antique Restoration, Crafts, Bisque Ware, Home
Décor, Stone, Stenciling, Paper, Leather, Textiles, Gourds...
176
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PAGES
B
AUTHOR
Patinas
Sealers & Primers
Renaissance Wax & Bees Wax
Stains & Dyes
See pages 100-104.
www.piehtoolco.com
PRICE
A rosette candle holder base
done by a student in our
blacksmithing class. It can
be enhanced using metal
finishes.
Books: Foundry/Metallurgy
FOUNDRY/METALLURGY
A
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BK279
Babbitting Manual
Carbonite
Metal
Company
8
8-1/2 x 11 Photo
EA
Copy
Pamphlet
0.10
3.95
Gingery
108
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
0.36
12.95
Step by step details for the rebabbitting bearing process, the
equipment necessary, the selection of the Babbitt metals,
tinning and pouring temperature of Babbitt, recommended
chamfers and much more.
B
BK304
Building a Gas Fired Crucible Furnace
You’ll discover a furnace that uses design principles proven
through years of use, but now almost forgotten. Common
materials are used throughout and no special skills are
required. Costs can also be so low as to be considered
negligible. Working evenings, you can advance the state-ofthe-art of you shop by leaps and bounds, and significantly
increase your enjoyment of melting and casting metal.
C
BK295
Charcoal Foundry, The
BK833
Digital Temperature Control for the Blacksmith
Forge
U/M
Softcover EA
PRICE
Gingery
80
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
Softcover EA
0.23
7.95
Potter
53
8-1/2 x
5-1/2
Softcover EA
0.25
24.95
C
Design and build a digital temperature controller for any
gas-fired blacksmith forge. A synopsis of efficient operation
for the blacksmith gas forge in a concise, detailed, easy-tounderstand book. Bring your blacksmith shop into the 21st
century. Add a simple inexpensive digital temperature controller
to your gas forge. Save gas! Work bronze without fear. Gain
control over your forge. Going green by just being able to
set your temperature makes this book invaluable! Potter is a
professional blacksmith working in Sonoma County California.
His work is found in houses and businesses in 27 states.
Illustrated with photos.
E
BK989
Handbook for Ironmongers:
A Glossary of Ferrous Metallurgy Terms: A Voyage
D
Brack
208
8 x 10
Softcover EA
1.17
22.00
through the Labyrinth of Steel and Toolmaking Strategies
and Techniques 2000 BC to 1950
Defines hundreds of items of interest to blacksmiths, historians,
and knowledge seekers of steel and toolmaking and its history.
Topics range from ancient metallurgical techniques to later
developments in iron and steel production in America, modern
machines and the biomass-derived consumer products,
and toxic waste that they produce. While it stands alone as
an important resource, the Glossary is also an invaluable
component of the Davistown Museum Tools in History series,
which surveys the history of steel and toolmaking, and relates it
to New England ship smiths and edge toolmakers. Information
included on nanotechnology and nanophase metals and the
fact that it has now been proven that the famous “Damascus
Steel” received its legendary cutting power from the inclusion
of molecular fullerene nanotube and buckyball structures
wrapped into the iron matrix.
F
BK273
Hardening, Tempering and Heat Treatment
Cain gives explanations on the composition of steel, its
additives, and the effects of different temperatures on its
constituents. You will understand what changes occur in the
metal and the care that is needed in following the practical
processes, which will lead to better and more consistent
results. Flame, salt bath and furnace heating are detailed,
with information on accurate measurement or recognition of
temperature levels.
A
B
Build a complete working foundry from a 5 gallon pail, fire clay
and a steel pipe. Will easily melt aluminum with grocery store
charcoal. Learn molding and pouring.
D
BINDING
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
E
Cain
124
8-1/4 x
5-3/4
Softcover EA
0.33
25.70
F
Johnson Heating Furnaces
The NEW Johnson Ceramic Shell Burn-Out Furnace
Casting Furnace
A fast, clean, safe, easy to operate and affordable unit. It is designed for lost wax casting. They
are designed for use by artists and industry alike for both training and high production work at a
cost dramatically lower than conventional alternatives. Johnson is the first ceramic shell burn-out
system easily within the grasp of every Department of Art and fine arts foundry.
1-888-743-4866
177
Books: Foundry/Metallurgy
A
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
BK611
How I Pour Babbitt Bearings
Gingery
43
5-1/2 x
8-7/16
Softcover EA
0.17
7.95
Cannon
176
5-1/4 x
8-1/4
Softcover EA
0.41
14.95
Feinberg
74
7 x 10
Softcover EA
0.43
25.95
Ammen
375
7-3/8 x
9-1/4
Softcover EA
1.60
37.95
Brack
156
10 x 8
Softcover EA
0.85
22.00
Prior to 1940 just about every machine built used Babbitt
bearings, and every mechanic was familiar with them.
Today things are quite different. Many people get a great
deal of satisfaction from restoring old tools, machinery and
automobiles that are destined for the scrap yard. A lot of
old, heavily built machinery is still available at scrap prices.
Often all that is required to put one of these machines back
in working order is cleaning and painting individual parts and
re-pouring the Babbitt bearings. This booklet contains the basic
information you need to melt and pour, in other words, restore
Babbitt bearings. Look over Vince’s shoulder as he restores a
sawmill arbor to like-new condition. Babbitt is excellent bearing
material, and with it you can quickly and easily make low-cost
custom bearings for the off-the-wall machine tools you plan to
build.
A
B
B
BK278
How to Cast Small Metal and Rubber Parts
Learn to cast any parts made of rubber or metal hood
ornaments, kitchen utensils, automotive parts, etc. Choose the
right metal for the job, learn to design and make molds, cast
in sand, and how to repair castings. Includes instructions on
core making, repairing defects in castings, finishing, grinding,
polishing, buffing and more.
C
C
BK290
PRICE
Outlines the basic techniques of lost-wax casting and describes
the equipment needed to carry out the process successfully.
Explains how the equipment can be made, using local labor
and natural resources readily available in developing countries.
D
BK259
Metalcasting
This detailed and “interesting” book describes, in simple
terms, every type of metal casting technique imaginable.
There are plenty of clear diagrams explaining everything from
how a cupola furnace works to pouring clean ingots. Packed
with step-by-step guidelines for getting started and working
effectively and efficiently in this time-honored craft. You get
hands-on advice and cost-cutting tips, plus sound ideas for
safety and productivity. This guide shows you how to use metal
crafting tools and processes, casting and mold making, molding
sands, molding equipment, metal melting, handling, and
pouring devices, alloys and more. Patination of cast metals,
working with chemically bonded molds, the newest molding,
casting, and pattern-making techniques are just a few of what
is taught.
D
E
E
Lost-Wax Casting
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
BK5
Steel Toolmaking Strategies and Techniques
Before 1870
This book explores ancient and early modern steel and
toolmaking strategies and techniques, including those of early
Iron Age, Roman, Medieval, and Renaissance metallurgists and
toolmakers. Also reviewed are the technological innovations
of the Industrial Revolution, the contributions of the English
industrial revolutionaries to the evolution of the factory system
of mass production with interchangeable parts, and the
development of bulk steelmaking processes and alloy steel
technologies in the latter half of the 19th century. Includes
an extensive bibliography of resources pertaining to those
techniques from the early Bronze Age to the beginning of bulkprocessed steel production after 1870. Illustrated.
Look what we’ve added!
Industrial Fabrication Equipment
Now Available at Pieh Tool!
Top Quality Brands!
See pages 144-145.
178
www.piehtoolco.com
Books: Shop Equipment
SHOP EQUIPMENT
A
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BK93
Anvils in America
Postman
550
PRICE
66.50
A great reference and research book for people wishing to
know more about anvils around the world. You will understand
more about the anvil then your own hot iron. It is an extensive
and impressive research piece covering how they were
made, who made them and where. There are dozens of old
anvil advertisements and hundreds of pictures of anvils with
explanatory text. Richard defines the 17 distinct parts to an
anvil. He discusses weights of anvils and how they were
marked. He also discusses how to date an anvil and the
reasons for so many anvil patterns and types. Discussion on
material and manufacturing process are well covered.
B
BK332
Building the Gas Forge and Foundry
A
Kern
154
5-3/8 x 8 Softcover
EA 0.43
15.00
Porter
224
8 X 10
EA 1.14
19.95
B
Enhance your shop by getting the versatility needed in your
forging and casting operations! Includes easy to follow step-bystep instructions to build a gas forge. Shows how to bring stock
to a welding heat with the jet engine flame holder design. The
culmination of many ideas and practical experience to make a
gas forge capable of full welding heat. A section of the book is
on calculating heat for any given forge. Includes references for
heat energy and gas output. Enjoy building the forge or furnace
and realize you finally have full control of the heat you need.
C
BK731
Gas Burners for Forges, Furnaces & Kilns
Softcover
Explains how to make gas jet ejector burners for a forge, a
hand torch for metal arts and a crucible furnace for metals and
more. It is a do-it-yourselfer’s dream book, showing beginners
how to make highly efficient gas burners inexpensively. These
burners use simple gas accelerators as their central operating
principle. Also described is a blacksmith’s forge that can be
carried anywhere and stored under a workbench; a portable
metal melting furnace; a portable farrier’s forge; a portable
glass furnace/glory hole; and a mobile hot-work station that
aids in combining several crafts. The burners and equipment
provide an inexpensive way to get started in blacksmithing,
foundry work, ceramics, or glasswork. General information
and specific designs are given, enabling the craftsperson to
build equipment tailored to their own desires. All the equipment
is constructed from readily available materials. It is full of
instructions and illustrations and is appropriate for beginners.
111 illustrations.
D
BK582
How to Forge Weld on a Blacksmith’s Anvil For
Those Who Have Diligently Tried and Failed
D
Heath
20
7 x 10
Softcover
EA 0.30
12.00
For those who have diligently tried and failed, this easy-tounderstand, well-illustrated volume covers the topic of forge
welding quite well with instructions on the use of flux, scarfing
to a finished weld, and several other topics. Heath covers the
details of what to look for in the fire, the “wet look” on the iron,
fire preparation, and other subtle details that must be mastered
before a weld can be “popped”.
E
BK362
How to Make a Metal-Bending Machine
E
Bob Mann
20
7 x 10
Softcover
EA 0.12
11.95
Kern
300
6x9
Softcover
EA 1.08
35.00
Using simple plans and photographs, this
booklet describes the construction and assembly of this
machine. Its main feature is the ability to form wheel rims from
cold flat mild steel and then used on farm carts and other
basic equipment.
F
BK633
Little Giant Power Hammer
C
F
Kern will guide you through the entire restoration process
of this popular hammer, along with its history. The result
should be a restored hammer which will operate properly, not
one running on myth and prayers. If you are about to buy a
power hammer, the investment in purchasing this book will be
recouped many, many times over. You will know what to look
for and will have some concept of what the restoration will
involve. Contains over 200 tables, charts and illustrations.
Find Treadle Hammer
and Fly Presses
on pages 141-143.
The Sahinler Air Hammer
and forging dies:
• free form
• swage
• texture
• holding
are on page138-140.
1-888-743-4866
179
Books: Raising & Repousse
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BK818
Ready, Set, Weld!
Matin
128
C
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
EA 1.05
21.95
Welding made effortless! With simple techniques targeted
to a wide and general audience, this guide eliminates the
intimidation from an all-too-often technical craft. Rather than
creating a manual workbook with elaborate, complicated
drawings and instructions, Kimberli Matin takes readers on a
journey of creative discovery. With purchased steel rod and bar
or found metal parts from a salvage yard, plus basic, easy-touse tools, she shows how to construct 25 whimsically attractive
items. From a garden chair fashioned from an old tractor seat
and odd parts to a stunning tri-fold screen and a delicate,
filigreed plant stand, these great projects will make welders out
of everyone!
A
B
BINDING
B
BK725 Shop Built Powerhammer, The
Peot
Complete dimensions, diagrams, photos, materials list and
plans for building a 50 lb. power hammer are provided.
Basic dimensions were take from the Little Giant 50 lb.
power hammer. The power hammer discussed is of welded
construction and is made mostly from material obtained from a
scrap steelyard and surplus stores. Most material used is new
but sold as surplus. It could take three to four months of regular
stops to the junk yard before the hammer will be turned on. The
book is worth every penny! Black and white illustrations.
40
8-1/2 x 11 Spiralbound EA 0.26
Softcover
26.25
C
BK742
Williams
1
8-12 x 11 2-sided
EA 0.01
photocopy
10.00
Victory Forge, 2 Burner Propane Gas Forge Plan
Drawing
If you would rather build your own forge, these plans will help
you. A sketch diagram with no instructions but with captions
and measurements, however. This Adobe PDF will be e-mailed
to you. If you want it printed and included with the rest of
your order, please let us know at time of check out. Plans
are Copyrighted and should not be reproduced without our
permission. See page 84 for forge.
D
RAISING & REPOUSSE
D
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
BK984
500 Metal Vessels
Le Van
408
8x8
Softcover
EA 2.42
24.95
Fuller
352
6 x 9-1/4 Softcover
EA 1.26
25.00
184
35.00
McCreight
312
9-1/4 x
7-1/2
30.00
Chapman
9
Contemporary Explorations of Containment
From a fabricated spice box to forged teacups and a serving
tray on wheels, the 500 vessels chosen for this lavish color
survey, features the remarkable design and handiwork of
a group of contemporary metal artists. This beautiful and
provocative collection has been crafted from materials
(including silver, copper, pewter, iron, and gold) using various
methods (soldering, raising, casting, forming, and welding).
Applied embellishments (enamel, chasing, and repousse)
further enhance many of the pieces. Some of the works show
the continuation of traditional techniques and classic styles;
others reflect a cutting-edge approach where sculptural
qualities take precedence over function; and others are
designed solely to stir the mind, soul, and senses.
E
E
BK413
Art of Coppersmithing
Written in 1893 by one of the leading practitioners, this book
has come to be recognized as the classic work in its field. All
aspects of this important craft are covered, from the making
of household copper goods and ornaments, to copper piping,
three-and four-way expansion joints and double bends,
brewery, locomotive and ship installations -- from the simplest,
to the most complicated and demanding work. Over 474
illustrations and completely indexed.
F
F
BK1010 Chasing and Repousse
Corwin
Virtually every culture with a history of metalsmithing has
demonstrated accomplished work in the complementary
techniques of chasing and repousse. From delicate Hellenic
earrings to works as massive as the Statue of Liberty, the
use of hammers and punches to form and ornament metal
remains as vibrant today as it has in its 5,000 year history. This
book provides first-time artists with enough information to get
started, but also offers advanced workers insights into design
and process. Almost 500 photos and drawings.
G
BK586
G
Complete Metalsmith-Professional Edition, The
Replaces the old edition, covering twice the material, and goes
into greater depth. A rigid fabric cover with elastic band make
this a place to store sketches and notes. This volume has
practical information about metalsmithing techniques: polishing,
hammering, chasing, engraving; and covers working with
precious metals, jewelry making, casting and soldering. Lush
and bright drawings. 1600 illustrations.
H
H
BK163
Copper Candle Cups
Wire
EA 2.26
Hardcover
EA 0.14
6.00
This book describes and shows tooling techniques used for
making copper candle cups. Definitely a must have for anyone
who is interested in creating new ideas for iron candle cups.
This is a time-saver and adds new flavor to basic iron candle
cups. Over 40 illustrations.
180
www.piehtoolco.com
A
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BK740
Copper Candle Cups II
Chapman
9
8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.13
PRICE
10.95
In 2004 Chapman began making candle cups out of type “K”
copper pipe which has a wall thickness of 1/16”, double that
of type “M” pipe. The thicker candle cups are attractive and
have a nice feel to them. They are actually easier to forge and
produce due to the thicker wall. “Copper Candle Cups II” has
detailed explanations of methods, techniques and tooling used
to make them out of the thicker wall type “K” pipe. Note: The
tooling needed for thicker “K” pipe has different dimensions
than those for type “M” pipe.
B
BK972
Diderot’s 1751 Enclopaedia On Chasing:
Translation and Notes
A
Lewton-Brain 14
15.50
Meilach
7-1/4 x
10-1/4
39.95
B
Excellent drawings of many chasing tools as well as fascinating
drawings of a long-ago chasing shop depicting what the
artisans are doing.
C
BK588
Direct Metal Sculpture
222
Revised edition containing all original materials and some new
material to update the history of direct metal sculpture over the
past quarter century. Detailed step-by-step photos plus useful
information about equipment, methods, safety precautions and
more. Over 475 photographs and illustrations.
D
BK192
Hardcover EA 2.58
C
Expose of Repousse for the Beginning Blacksmith Heath
62
12.00
145
7 x 10
Softcover EA 0.80
24.95
Lewton-Brain 160
8-3/4 x
10-3/4
Hardcover EA 2.00
35.00
Heath easily and understandably explains in great detail the
art of Repousse. Simple, excellent drawings and text will offer
solutions and ideas. He gives an introduction to the repousse’
process in sheet copper. Techniques are presented on how to
proceed in making belt buckles, jingle bells, body armor for an
re-enactor, and simple techniques.
E
BK239
Form Emphasis for Metalsmiths
Seppa
Seppa’s own drawings of ideas and techniques are illustrated.
He covers formal shells, soldering, raising, planishing, layouts,
tubing, hinges and linkages. He also covers surface enrichment
such as refinement and finishes. Good detailed coverage!
F
BK799
Formfolding
Lewton-Brain invented fold-forming, a completely new way
of forming sheet metal quickly into wonderful 3-D shapes
and textures, most from single sheets of metal without any
soldering. Fold-forming folds it, works it and then unfolds it.
Many schools and workshops teach and use fold-forming, and
thousands of people use parts of the system in their work.
The British Museum Research Lab and the Rolex Awards for
Enterprise, among others have certified that fold-forming is
new, and has not been done before in the history of metal
working. Developed between 1980 and the present which is the
concrete result of a conceptual approach to metalsmithing that
emphasizes forming using the metals characteristics. It is about
following what the metal likes to do. 450+ photos.
G
BK964
How to Make a Chain Tool for Chasing
E
Lewton-Brain
160
8-3/4 x
10-3/4
Hardcover EA 0.25
18.00
Helmreich
160
8-3/4 x
10-3/4
Hardcover EA 1.76
29.99
A chain tool is a special class of chasing tool. It is a kind
of stamp which automatically lines up the previous blow in
registered rows of rhythmic marks. The details of how to make
this valuable tool are clearly explained. 29 illustrations
H
BK809
Making A Copper Weathervane
Folk art subjects used in American weather vanes
are shown. Create your own design or use the complete set of
plans included to produce a traditional rooster weather vane.
Use basic tools (tin snips and hammers), ageless techniques,
and sheet copper available at the local sheet metal shop to
make a weather vane that will serve the roof for years. Using
over 290 crisp color images, 25 detailed line drawings, and
concise text, Helmreich guides readers through the steps
necessary to build a hand-hammered fully functioning copper
weather vane.
J
BK988
Metal Corrugation-Surface Embellishment and
Element Formation for the Metalsmith
D
F
G
McAleer
148
37.95
H
This book is guaranteed to infuse and inspire you with the
playful creativity this process has to offer! Using a variety of
tools and techniques you will rapidly be taken beyond any
traditional utilitarian appearance seen with corrugated material
that is part of our everyday life. Discover how to get those
waves into your metal. Several years in research make this
book a must for personal expression in metalsmithing and a
necessity in your personal library.
J
1-888-743-4866
181
A
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES SIZE
BINDING
BK205
Metalsmith’s Book of Boxes and Lockets, The
McCreight
144
8 x 10
Hardcover EA
Baum
160
Steines
132
8 x 10
Henderson
Vosburgh
PRICE
1.50
30.00
EA
2.46
29.99
Hardcover EA
1.40
34.95
62
8-1/2 X 11 Spiralbound EA
Softcover
0.46
25.00
120
6x9
0.38
13.50
A follow-up to “Fundamentals by McCreight” this book has 288
high-quality photos and practical information. In addition to
featuring scores of exciting boxes by contemporary designers
from around the world, the book describes dozens of hinges,
catches and construction techniques in practical detail.
Intended for intermediate metalsmiths, this book will not only
teach you how to make that special hinge, but get you excited
about what to do with it.
A
B
BK819
Mexican Arts Series: Hammered Copper
Introduction by Roy Skodnick
See beautiful hammered copper vessels made long ago and
today at Santa Clara del Cobre, Mexico, a small town in the
southwest state of Michoacan. From nothing more than a chunk
of copper or sheet metal, artists here have spent centuries
creating both useful and decorative copper items, with specially
made hand tools and machinery. The richness of the work has
undergone a marked improvement in design, materials, and
finish during the second half of the twentieth century. Hundreds
of copper items from the Museo Nacional de Cobre illustrate
the art’s evolution. 393 colorful photographs, an historical
perspective, list and introductions to 540 copper artists, with
detailed descriptions combine in this impressive reference. Be
inspired to visit Mexico’s Michoacan state and Santa Clara del
Cobre, to meet the artists in their workshops.
B
C
C
BK914
Moving Metal
Translated from German, this book is a long overdue treat for
jewelers, blacksmiths, sculptors, and all artists of metalwork.
It has information on chasing and repoussé in greater depth
and detail than any other volume today available in the English
language. Adolf Steines is clearly a master metalworker who
enthusiastically demonstrates his creativity, knowledge, skill,
and experience. The book thoroughly addresses the workroom,
tools, materials, working surfaces, sinking, raising, stamping,
chasing, repoussé, engraving, soldering, etching, as well as the
coloring and protection of metal surfaces. Numerous examples
of the author’s works are illustrated in large scale: doors,
fountains, memorials, and many delicate jewelry pieces. Clear
drawings and quality photographs of objects and procedures.
107 photographs, 111 detailed drawings.
D
D
BK92
Nahum Hersom, Repousse
Henderson’s background in repoussé comes from Nahum
Hersom who offers a repoussé workshop at his shop in Boise,
Idaho. This book documents his workshop and parts of his
hand written workbook. The German method of embossing
is what Nahum Hersom teaches; he learned his craft from
Valentine Goelz.
E
E
BK445
Tinsmith’s Helper and Pattern Book, The
Softcover
EA
Reprint of the 1910 revised edition of the classic handbook,
first published in 1879. It contains 53 diagrams and patterns
covering a wide variety of products and layouts, each fully
explained. There is also an extensive appendix that gives
tables, rules, and practical recipes that continue to be of
great interest to contemporary tinsmiths. A clear concise and
practical handbook valuable to anyone engaged in tinsmithing.
Laser Temperature Gun
Measure temperature on hot metal
ranges -20 to 932°F.
This non-contact thermometer gun
measures the surface temperature.
Use anywhere, it is fast and easy with
the laser sighting, just point and shoot.
Read the temperature in the digital display.
See page 116 for further details.
Our Repousse Tools
are on pages 90-91.
182
www.piehtoolco.com
Books: Armor
ARMOR
A
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES SIZE
BK2
Arms & Armor
Fliegel
200
55.00
Revised edition: 2008
Associated with strength, bravery, and loyalty, arms and armor
have long been decorated with great skill and care, thereby
becoming artistic creations in their own right. The Cleveland
Museum of Art’s superb collection of arms and armor appears
here along with works of art from each period that illustrate
their use. Chapters include discussions of chivalry and the
tournament, manufacture and decoration, and weapons as
technology and art. There is a small section about swords,
halberds, etc. If you are into armors, this is the book for you!
185 color photos.
B
BK950
Art of Mail Armor, The: How to Make Your Own
Brewer &
Price
Laid out in easy steps, learn how to assemble a tool kit and
make your own links, to more complicated and intricate patterns
that will personalize and tailor mail armor for a perfect fit
and custom look. Learn how to join, enlarge, round, angle, fit
sleeves and add style to an ordinary piece with various trims
and inlays. Included are 7 different mail patterns, including
6-on-2 and double 4-on-1 that can be incorporated into many
different character costumes. The step-by-step diagrams will
have you creating your own coifs (head coverings), hauberks
(shirts), gauntlets (gloves) and bishop’s collars in no time. 450
photos and illustrations.
168
8 1/2 x 11 Softcover
EA 1.03
32.00
C
BK185
How to Make a Chain Mail
Heath
35
pages
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
Softcover
EA 0.11
7.00
Sinkevic
84
11-1/2 x
10-1/2
Hardcover EA 2.02
35.00
This book explains a more economical way of how to make
chain mail along with the history of how it was used, originally
made and its uses. The beginner is taught how to make a coat
of chain mail with detailed drawings of how to “weave” the links
and a basic lay out of how to make a shirt.
D
BK951
Knights In Shining Armor
BK148
Techniques of Medieval Armour Reproduction
B
C
A lavish exploration of the culture, symbolism and craftsmanship
of arms and armor at a time when their artistic and ornamental
importance, in fine art as much as in the armor work itself, was
superceding battlefield use. Sinkevic is Associate professor of
Art at Lafayette College, Pennsylvania. She has written several
articles and books on numerous artistic subjects.
E
A
D
Price
520
EA 3.22
Over 1000 black and white pictures, many showing the
different items Price has made. The photos provide stepby-step instruction, covering the selection of metal, taking
measurements, decorative techniques, engineering the joints,
strapping, mail, padding and hammer work. A chapter covers
the work of other modern armourers and projects specifically
devoted to making a helm, body armour, etc. He has been
making armour for almost twenty years.
60.00
E
Have you considered taking a metalsmith class that we offer at Pieh Tool in Camp Verde, Arizona?
check our website www.piehtoolco.com or call for details.
1-888-743-4866
183
Books: Jewelry & PMC
JEWELRY & PMC
A
PRICE
9 x 10-1/4 Hardcover EA
1.74
24.95
144
8-3/4 x
8-3/4
Softcover
EA
1.05
21.99
160
9 x 12
Hardcover EA
2.30
29.99
EA
0.41
24.95
Hardcover EA
1.40
24.95
1.88
24.99
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
A
BK952
Chain Mail Jewelry
Taylor, Terry 144
& Whyte,
Contemporary Designs from Classic Techniques
Once used to create protective garments, chain mail techniques Dylon
and patterns have now been adapted for jewelry making by
innovative artists. Making chain mail jewelry needs very few
tools to achieve impressive results. Thirty extraordinary projects
are offered here for all skill levels. 484 illustrations.
B
BK838
Complete Jewelry Course
JinksMcGrath
This comprehensive and heavily illustrated manual
teaches the craft of jewelry making to students looking to create
professional quality items. The author covers every step of the
process, from creating original design concepts to fashioning
professionally finished pieces of jewelry. She lists all required
tools and equipment, explains their uses, advises on safe
working practices, and then guides her readers through every
stage of the jewelry making process in a series of carefully
structured tutorials. Students will learn how to start with an
original idea, translate it into a workable design, use it as a
pattern to make beautiful wearable jewelry and then present
one’s creations to buyers.
C
BK839
Enameling on Metal
D
BK812
Keum-Boo: Hot Burnished Gold Foil
B
C
D
AUTHOR
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
LopezThe Art and Craft of Enameling on Metal Explained Clearly and Ribalta,
Pascual
Precisely. Enameling on metal is an ancient and revered art
form, and this book presents detailed instruction that is suitable i Miro
for self-teaching as well as for use in formal crafts classes.
An opening chapter discusses and illustrates examples of
enameled art objects created by medieval, renaissance, and
modern masters. A chapter that follows shows and explains
the materials, tools, and equipment that students of this craft
will need -- the special enamels and metal sheets, as well as
mallets, files, brushes, metal-working tools, acids, abrasives,
and the kiln for firing finished pieces. Subsequent chapters
present detailed instruction in mastering various techniques
that include pigment mixing, etching, engraving, painting, and
firing. Students are introduced to several different enameling
methods, such as cloisonné and basse taille. Hundreds of
instructive color photos.
PAGES
E
BK900
Making Metal Beads
BINDING
Lewton Brain 47
8-1/2 x 11 Saddlestitch
Binding
Warg
160
8 x 10
Sartin
224
This book teaches how to easily hot burnish gold foil
permanently onto silver objects and raw sheet for soldering and
building patterned jewelry with. This incredibly simple designing
technique was re-introduced to the West from Korea in the
1980’s. It lets you make pictures and patterns using pure 24k
gold foil on metals including steel, platinum, palladium, 14K,
18K and other gold alloys, aluminum and even copper. Stepby-step photos show how to make gold foil. Also discussed are
how to calibrate a hot plate and use liver of sulfur. The white
electrum alloy for keum-boo is described.
E
SIZE
U/M
With this comprehensive skill-building guide at hand, jewelers
can craft 30 stunning one-of-a-kind beads in shimmering silver,
copper, brass, and other metals. Metalworking intro provides
the basics, followed by creative design ideas and techniques
specific to metal bead work. Transform commercial beads using
simple stamping, chasing, and dimpling. Use cold connections
to produce riveted and woven beads from sheet and wire. Roll a
simple Crescent Roll Bead, and create variations in the form by
using patterned, textured, or hammered sheet metal, building
a repertoire of skills. An extensive gallery of handmade beads
provides a wealth of inspiration. Warg is currently an Artisan
Member of the Society of North American Goldsmiths and a
member of the Enamelist Society. Illustrated with photos.
F
F
BK911
Making Metal Jewelry, Complete Photo Guide
EA
With beautiful illustrations and step-by-step instructions, this
how-to book includes all the techniques involved in crafting
metal jewelry, including: cutting and filing,
cold connections, soldering, texturing, forging and forming,
setting stones and applying specialty finishes. The book’s
clear organization provides easy access to information with
straightforward directions and hundreds of full-color photos.
You’ll also find easy projects for trying the techniques, as well
as a stunning gallery of metal jewelry pieces by experienced
designers. Find beautiful jewelry examples and gain skills and
inspiration! 500 color photos, Published: April 1st 2013.
We offer Hand-Crafted Gifts and Jewelry by local artists.
See page 161; also check out our website for additional gift items.
184
www.piehtoolco.com
Books: Jewelry & PMC
A
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
BK910
Metal Clay Beads
BeckerSimon
144
8-7/8 x
10-1/4
Hardcover EA 1.73
When you combine two bestselling topics like metal clay and
beading, and then add one of the most talented and respected
artists in the business, you’ve got a winning combination. In this
unique, comprehensive reference, Becker-Simon treats readers
to 22 outstanding metal clay bead projects. An introductory
section guides you through all the fundamentals, from forming
and joining the clay to firing and finishing. Learn how to add
gemstones, glass, and other objects; use molded and carved
texture plates; etch photos into a surface; develop rich patinas;
and more. From the Porcupine Pearl Bead to a Polygon Box
Bead, the projects are both timely and sophisticated.
B
C
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
BK826
*S/O
BK822
Mexican Jewelry and Metal Art
PRICE
24.95
A
Pina
288
89.99
The collectible appeal of Mexican metal art can be attributed
to artistic quality, variety, and large production volume pieces,
including wearable art, table art, and wall art, with something
for everyone. See Mexican jewelry and metal art made with
copper, brass, alpaca, and silver, from glass mosaics on brass
to silver jewelry inlaid with crushed stone, to metal combinations
such as metales casados. The variety in color, texture, and
form is wonderful. While other books have made significant
contributions to raising awareness of Mexico-designed silver
jewelry, little has been written about other metal objects, often
made by the very same designers, such as Salvador Teran, Los
Castillos, Miguel Martinez, Miguel Pineda, Estele Popowski, and
Bernice Goodspeed. Detailed captions accompany 1000+ color
photographs. Includes a bibliography.
Mexican Silver-20th Century Handwrought Jewelry
and Metalwork
Here is the powerful story of the silver renaissance in Mexico
from the 1920s to the present. The wealth of color photos
showcases the incomparable beauty of these works in silver.
Extensive research sheds new light on the life and art of
William Spratling, Margot van Voorhies, Fred Davis, and Hubert
Harmon, and on the artisans who worked for them, making
this book the definitive study of Mexican silver jewelry and
decorative objects. 440 photos.
B
C
Chittim
Morrill
& Berk
272
59.95
D
BK813
Mixed Metals
Hettmansperger
Hettmansperger combines sheet, clay, mesh, wire and more.
She was a crafts teacher for 25 years, is an author and
magazine contributor, PBS show personality of Beads, Baubles
& Jewels. Her ‘workshop in a book’ covers the studio space,
equipment, tools, materials. Techniques to pierce, cut, forge,
solder sheet metal, shape, texture, and working with metal
clay; the use of cold connections, wirework and patinas are all
covered. The book includes 20 projects with photos.
128
24.95
E
BK784
PMC Decade
McCreight,
It has been several years since Mitsubishi Materials Corporation Friedlich,
Burks
developed and patented Precious Metal Clay. The first
decade of PMC has seen tremendous growth, not only in the
development of additional forms of the material, but in the
innovative ways that artists are using metal clay to create
unique and exciting works. This high quality presentation book
will be the first to showcase the best work being done around
the world. This is a detailed illustrated chronology. Over 250
color photos.
256
35.00
PMC Technic
120
F
BK785
McCreight
E
8 x 11
Hardcover EA 1.71
30.00
Study with someone who had researched and mastered a
specific technique. Full color, dozens of photos and illustrations.
Ten leading artists teach their specialty, with clarity, care, and
passion in this book: Tonya Davidson--PMC Syringe; Celie
Fago--Making Hinges; Jennifer Kahn--PMC Bezels; Doris King-Fusing Sterling and PMC; Terry Kovalcik--Developing Form with
Slip; Noortje Meijerink--PMC on Ceramic; Kelly Russell--Using
Stencils with PMC; Barbara Simon--Lampworking and PMC;
CeCe--WireWater Etching on PMC; and J. Fred Woell--Coreless
Beads.
G
BK811
Setting Stones In Metal Clay
F
Landenwitch 120
Laminated cover, Concealed wire binding
A full color book that focuses specifically on setting gems.
Through photos, illustrations, and clear instructions,
Landenwitch demonstrates more than 30 ways to set stones.
Traditional bezels to pavé, channel setting, and many innovative
alternatives are discussed. In addition you’ll find inspirational
work made by talented artists from around the world.
D
27.50
G
1-888-743-4866
185
Books: Design & Style
DESIGN & STYLE
A
A
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
EA 0.75
15.95
144
8-1/2 x 11 Softcover- EA 1.07
Spiralbound
36.00
Mattenklott
80
5-3/4 x
7-1/2
EA 0.41
18.00
Adam
255
38.00
Blossfeldt
128
EA 0.78
15.95
Gaber
80
8-3/8 x
11-1/4
EA 0.49
7.95
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES SIZE
BINDING
BK927
Art Forms in the Plant World
Blossfeldt
120
Metzger
Originally intended as a reference for his work as an architect,
sculptor and teacher. Blossfeldt’s exquisite sharp-focus photo
studies of plant form–leaves, buds, stems, seed pods, tendrils
and twigs–won acclaim with this publication of the 1928 edition.
This book is extremely helpful to metalsmiths who need a close
up view to understand the plant life in order to reproduce it in
metal. 120 black and white photos.
B
BK756
Basics of Style for Artist Blacksmiths
A classic German blacksmithing text which was translated into
English in 2002 by Rudolf Baum. The teaching style is easy to
understand and is presented without any material not relevant
to the smith! This reference for style and art history enables a
smith to identify the period of a style with confidence, to copy
an object with the particular style characteristics, and to know
the conditions and requirements of a stylistically correct design.
B
C
BK962
Karl Blossfeldt - The Alphabet of Plants
Blossfeldt’s interest in the plant world was of an artistic
and didactic nature. Fascinated by the structure of plants,
their organic configuration, and artistic form, he studied
them objectively through comparisons of illustration and
photographically. that could be described as strictly objective.
“His goal was to create a catalogue of forms for the benefit
of artists, artisans, and, above all, architects, providing them
with a book of instruction and models to guide them in their
designs.” Plant life has forever had a strong influence on
blacksmith designs, a forceful stream of inspiration, even to the
modern blacksmith. Blossfeldt has done his part in that great
examination of the perceptive inventory, which will have an
unforeseeable effect on our conception of the world, whether
we speed up a plant’s growth or show its form in a forty-fold
enlargement. 44 illustrations.
C
D
D
BK965
Karl Blossfeldt - The Complete Published Work
Softcover
Plant photography of Blossfeldt, shows art forms in nature.
Blossfeldt was a sculptor, amateur photographer, and a
professor at Berlin’s School of Arts and Crafts where he taught
modeling. The photographers in the know waited for this book.
239 illustrations.
E
BK928
Natural Art Forms
Using innovative techniques, Blossfeldt produced arresting
images of seed pods, buds, stems, and other botanical items.
This spectacular collection features scores of his remarkable
photographs of plant life, offering artists and crafts people a
treasury of royalty-free pictures and design inspirations. 120
black and white photos.
E
F
BK480
Treasury of Flower Designs
100 garden favorites rendered in black and white line
illustrations will suggest numerous design and artistic uses to
artists, designers, craftsmen, and needle workers. Amaryllis,
anemone, begonia, cinquefoil, peony, and snapdragon flow and
weave, many forming borders and frames. All drawings are
copyright-free.
Softcover
F
The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork is a unique three-season metalworking school located in Camp Verde, Arizona, 25 miles south of
Sedona and one hour north of Phoenix. Founded in 2003 by Pieh Tool Company, Inc., the school’s mission is to foster interest and knowledge
in metalworking crafts. These include disciplines such as blacksmithing, bladesmithing, and coppersmithing such as raising, sinking, chasing
& repousse. Workshops are also offered in silversmithing, engraving and jewelry. As Arizona’s only notable non-university
metalworking school, the Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork offers both beginner and advanced artists a variety of 2 and
3-day courses and several demonstrations taught by some of the worlds finest metalsmiths. The programs are expanding
and are updated on the Pieh Tool website Calendar. The school is named in honor of the late Bill Pieh.
Come learn in an atmosphere of friendship and camaraderie! The creative energy and enthusiasm of the instructor provides
adults and teenagers with unique skills and lasting memories.
186
www.piehtoolco.com
Books: Trades & Crafts
TRADES & CRAFTS
A
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES SIZE
BK739
Art of Engraving; A Book of Instructions
Meek
208
47.95
Kilby
192
6x9
Softcover
EA 0.85
21.95
Sellens
546
9 x 12
Hardcover EA 4.40
39.95
Complete, authoritative, imaginative and detailed introduction
and training in the art of gun engraving. This is a supremely
unique book, in layman’s terms it tells you how to engrave. It
does not assume you know anything about engraving. Start by
learning to draw scrolls and layouts, then cut practice plates
until you are sure of your ability to design a pattern, then
transfer it to a gun. Hundreds of original engravings, designs
and layouts (plus samples from other master engravers) explain
specific points and techniques. Original work is intended for
you to copy and transfer to guns to create an engraving job of
which you can be proud. Over 1378 images.
B
BK143
Cooper and His Trade, The
A
B
Valuable information on coopering by a master cooper. This is
a great find with historical data on the making of barrels, tools
and techniques from the earliest times up to today. 56 photos,
87 drawings.
C
BK957
Dictionary Of American Hand Tools
The greatest assembly of hand tools ever assembled. A
fascinating chronicle of nearly every tool used in North
America, including ancient tools of the Native Americans; trade
tools used to create coaches, pianos, ships, and saddles; tools
for harvesting farm goods, turpentine, and ice; and tools for
fine bookbinding and watch repair. The tools are organized by
profession, from beekeeper to wheelwright, and will fascinate
today’s practitioners of these trades and hobbies. Over 4,500
illustrations.
D
BK997
Finishing: Methods of Work (Wood)
C
Richey
240
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
Softcover
EA 0.90
12.95
96
7-3/4 x
11-1/2
Softcover
EA 0.85
19.95
All the best techniques for completing a wide variety of projects.
How to select and apply finishes, which tools to use to achieve
desired effects, how to color wood, and to repair damaged finishes. The best tips from the “Methods of Work” column in Fine
Woodworking over the past 25 years. 175 Drawings.
E
BK999
D
Gunstock Carving: A Step-by-Step Guide to Engrav- Janney
ing Rifles and Shotguns
The specialized art of carving gun stocks is very popular with
both hunters and crafters. Many hunters commission artists to
carve an image replicating a successful hunt on their gun or
rifle which is then displayed to commemorate their catch. This
type of woodcarving can be very lucrative and now carvers of
all levels can learn this process from start to finish with this
new book by Janney. He has appeared on PBS’s American
Woodshop and is a featured demonstrator at Cabela’s, a
national hunting store. He lives in Middletown, Ohio. Chapters
include: Tools and Materials, Carving Fish Scales and Oak
Leaves, Carving Basket Weave and Acanthus Leaves, and
Carving a Scene.
F
BK823
Heintz Art Metal
E
McConnell
127
The American Arts and Crafts Movement flourished briefly but
brilliantly in the early 20th century. It was during this era that
the Heintz Art Metal Shop and its successor the Smith Metal
Arts Company (Silver Crest) produced decorative bronze
wares of the highest quality. Avid interest in Arts and Crafts
furnishings and accessories has collectors searching for
examples made by these two firms. This book provides photos
for collectors and dealers alike with a pictorial panorama of
such Heintz and Silver Crest items as bowls, jewelry, trophies,
vases, and desk pieces, as well as essential data regarding
value, rarity, maker’s marks, and company histories.
G
BK131
Historical Guide to Wagon Hardware and
Blacksmiths Supplies
8-3/4 x
5-3/4
Paperback EA 0.74
19.95
F
Spivey
197
EA 1.28
18.95
Gerhards
160
5-1/2 x
8-1/4
EA 0.37
14.95
This is a great reference to identify pieces and parts of wagon
hardware and tools. Thousands of really neat illustrations of
wagon hardware and supplies.
H
BK657
How to Sell What you Make
Focuses on how to sell at craft fairs, galleries, and trade
shows. Over half the book is devoted to the ins and outs of
trade shows and covers the basic aspects of a small business.
Four appendixes cover trade show promoters; a calendar of
trade shows; publications; and organizations.
Softcover
G
H
NOTE: AVAILABILITY AND PRICES MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
1-888-743-4866
187
Books: Trades & Crafts
A
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES SIZE
BK998
Museum of Early American Tools (Americana), A
Sloane
108
EA 0.53
PRICE
8.95
Gingery
82
EA 0.59
12.95
Lang
96
EA 0.57
19.95
Arbor
124
EA 0.85
9.95
Bealer
212
6x9
Softcover
EA 0.79
13.95
EA 0.32
21.75
This was one of the most influential books on tools and had an
impact on the current interest in tool collecting. There are over
180 pen and ink drawings by the author. Originally published
in 1964, Sloane illustrates the uses of tools and covers such
diverse crafts as logging, carpentry, wheel making, tanning,
splitting, tools with legs and much more. Includes devices
used by curriers, wheelwrights, coopers, blacksmiths, loggers,
tanners, coach makers, and other craftsmen of the pre-industrial
age. An informal book, written for cultural historians, wood
crafters, and Americana enthusiasts. 184 illustrations.
A
B
BK658
Secrets of Building an Alcohol Producing Still
An intelligent person knows that hoarding gasoline is not a
solution to fuel shortages. An intelligent person finds alternative
solutions, and this machine is just such a solution. Instead of
trying to stockpile gasoline, you can make your own substitute
out of sugar, corn, potatoes, or almost anything you can
ferment into alcohol. This still will remove the water, creating
almost pure alcohol, nearly 200 proof, so you can burn it in just
about any type of engine.
B
C
BK994
Shop Drawings for Craftsman Inlays & Hardware
Lang has gathered all of the most important Craftsman motifs
into one source. The drawings are accurate, complete and
fully detailed. They can be enlarged or reduced as the need
arises. It was the copper, brass, and wrought iron inlays, knobs,
hinges, and latches that gave so much charm to the Craftsman
Style. Includes introduction chapters on history, design, and
technique. 76 B&W illustrations.
C
D
BK966
Tools & Trades Of America’s Past,
The Mercer Museum Collection
Nearly 100 years ago Henry Mercer began to amass a vast
collection of the tools and implements used by Americans
before the industrial age. These everyday objects of ordinary
people - their axes, sickles, pie plates, and spinning wheels provide a valuable glimpse into the material culture of the past.
236 illustrations.
D
E
BK960
Tools that Built America, The
In this richly illustrated book, author and master craftsman
Bealer tells the fascinating story of woodworking in colonial
America, enthusiastically describing and clearly depicting a
wide array of devices – from axes wielded by frontiersmen to
clear the land and build log cabins, to carpenters’ saws, planes,
and hammers, and furniture-makers’ chisels, bevels, lathes, and
calipers. Over 200 illustrations.
E
F
BK102
Wooden Iowa Rifling Bench, A
Bookout and 58
Neubauer
Shows in detail how to make your own wooden rifling bench,
which is used to ream the bore of a commercial unrifled barrel
blank in the traditional manner. Refer to the DVD where Bookout
demonstrates how to ream the rifle barrel.
F
188
www.piehtoolco.com
Books: Horseshoeing
HORSESHOEING
A
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BK676
5 Shoes, 1 Shoe Board
Gregory
24
8-1/2 x 11 Pamphlet
EA 0.16
PRICE
8.95
Blombach
58
EA 0.75
25.95
A practical step-by-step guide for building a shoe display board
to help further educate your shoeing clients, work toward
possible farrier certification and undertake a great learning
experience.
B
BK76
AFA Certification Study Guide for Certified / Intern
An excellent study guide to prepare you for the Certified or
Intern AFA Written Exam. Present levels of examination by the
American Farriers Association are: “Intern”, indicates one who
has successfully completed entry level examination; “Certified
Farrier”, recognition of individuals with a minimum of one year
practical experience who have met AFA’s basic standard of
horseshoeing knowledge and skill.
C
BK75
AFA Certification Study Guide for Journeyman
A
B
Blombach
72
EA 0.61
25.95
Rich
217
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
EA 0.75
19.95
This “Complete Self Help Study Guide” contains new
information essential to maximizing your written test score plus
all the little known “ins and outs” of passing the AFA practical!
D
BK15
Artistic Horseshoeing
This installment in the American Farriers Journal’s “Farrier
Classics” series relies on the time-tested advice of renowned
farrier George E. Rich. A reprint of the original book from 1887
(that was updated in 1907, complete with illustrations) will
be appreciated by novice and experienced farriers alike. Its
timeless information, photos and illustrations will be a highly
valued resource for your shoeing library’s inventory.
E
BK755
Better Basics
Gregory
128
Gregory, owner and instructor of the Heartland Horseshoeing
School in Missouri, takes a step-by-step approach to help
improve your horseshoeing and forging skills. Lavishly
illustrated and written, it has something for everyone from the
novice who is just starting out, to the experienced professional
wanting to polish his skills. Copyright 2004.
F
BK91
Cavalry Horseshoer’s Technical Manual
US War Dpt. 128
This illustrated 1941 technical manual, written by the
War Department for cavalry farriers has invaluable information,
diagrams and historical value. Beginning with a discussion
on anatomy and physiology of the equine hoof and leg, it
continues to describe forging and shoeing practices, traction
devices and hoof care for hardworking cavalry horses.
G
BK524
Foot of the Horse, The
BK77
Hoof Talk: The Hairline Tells It All
Roberge
304
BK16
How To Horseshoeing Book, The
8-1/2 x 11 Spiral
Bound
Softcover
EA 0.71
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
EA 0.40
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
Bergeleen
60
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
D
16.95
Softcover
EA 0.80
23.95
Softcover
EA 0.24
24.85
G
West
144
The most comprehensive book of practical horseshoeing ever
published. Focusing on the best techniques gleaned from more
than 1,800 articles appearing in the pages of American Farriers
Journal. You’ll learn plenty of new ideas that really work with
all disciplines, shapes and sizes of horses, mules and even
zoo animals! When it comes to shoeing techniques for animals
weighing less than 200 pounds to more than 2,000 pounds, this
book delivers all the essentials of foot care.
EA 0.95
19.95
H
J
Find JET® Chain Hoists
on page 134.
Other JET® products on
pages 129-135.
Softcover
17.95
F
Bergy’s book contains everything your horse wants you to know
about good horses. This book offers an enlightening tour of the
hoof. Bergy provides a simple method for evaluating balance
and stress in the hoof. He is a long-time shoer, instructor and
horseman. If you are interested in natural hoof care but are not
ready to take the shoes off your horse, Bergy has the answer
for you.
J
C
E
The in-depth shoeing advice presented over 100 years ago
will help place many of today’s shoeing challenges in proper
perspective. The book outlines numerous rules for shoers
based on Roberge’s 45 years of working with a foot care
system in existence since 1850. Besides offering detailed
advice in 18 general areas of shoeing, this valuable reference
zeros in which detailed explanations on 424 specific items that
still relate to everyday shoeing concerns.
H
Softcover
1-888-743-4866
189
Books: Horseshoeing
A
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
BK104
Natural Balance Hoof Care Book & DVD
Education Set
Ovincek
142
8-1/4 x
10-4/3
Softcover
EA 1.30
150.00
Ovincek
142
8-1/4 x
10-4/3
Softcover
EA 1.73
199.00
Bergeleen
60
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
Softcover
EA 0.20
18.85
Ovincek
40
6-7/8 x
8-7/16
Softcover
EA 0.20
12.00
Butler
1000
x2
167.00
Russell
390
6-1/2 x
9-1/4
Hardcover EA 1.60
Martin
14
8-1/2 x
10-3/4
Pamphlet
EA 0.08
7.95
14
8-1/2 x
10-3/4
Pamphlet
EA 0.10
6.95
PRICE
A Practical Guide to Hoof Care Science & Foot Function
for Pleasure & Performance Horses. Includes the Natural
Balance Hoof Care Book & DVD (4) Education System.
This is a comprehensive learning system for horse owners
interested in the maintenance of their horse’s feet, to seasoned
farriers looking for useful information that will compliment
their current hoof care knowledge. Because people learn and
comprehend information in different ways, the “Natural Balance
Hoof Care” book also comes comes with DVD’s (4) that include
corresponding sections, so sections you read in the book are
also visually explained in some of the videos.
B
BK105
Ultimate Pack
Includes all of the latest and best informational and educational
sources available today. The Ultimate Pack includes: “Natural
Balance Hoof Care” Book & DVD Education System, “Natural
Balance Hoof Trimming” DVD, “Natural Balance Shoeing” DVD
set that’s over 150 information packed pages & 600 minutes
of video that covers everything from the basics in hoof care, to
dealing with common pathologies or hoof conditions like club
feet, underrun or contracted heels, and first aid for laminitis.
B
C
BK94
Natural Trim, The
The most complete manual for achieving natural feet in the
history of the horse industry. You will learn how and why you
must establish “Natural Feet”.
D
BK525
Supplies horse owners, veterinarians and farriers with
background and instruction material to the principles of Natural
Balance. Contents include: The Wild Horse Study, Recognizing
Hoof Deformity, The Natural Trim, Natural Balance Shoeing,
and The Equine Digit Support System. There are suggestions
for hoof preparation and shoe placement throughout the book,
along with many drawings to help make Natural Balance principles understandable and use-friendly. The majority of information is concise and to the point. “New Hope for Soundness” is
an excellent tool for anyone who is interested in helping and
maintaining their horses feet.
C
E
BK49
F
BK103
G
190
BK111
Shoeing the Draft Horse
American Farriers Journal
Shoeing the draft horse can be intimidating, if only because
of these magnificent beasts’ massive size and formidable
strength. But you’ll gain new confidence with the help of
Scottish farrier Edward Martin, the world’s No. #1 draft
horseshoer. You get two dozen color photos and plenty of tips
that cut this job down to size.
H
H
Scientific Horseshoeing
Accomplished and celebrated American farrier, Prof. Russell
was also a prolific writer and illustrator, dedicated to farriery
as a science. Seasoned farrier/blacksmith Reuel Darling was
introduced to Russell’s material as a mimeographed text when
he was a farrier student under Ralph Hoover at California
Polytechnic Institute. Because of the timeless nature of
Russell’s work, Reuel was inspired to preserve the classic
by reprinting it on acid-free paper. Some of the original print
engravings from the book hang in the farrier offices at Cal Poly.
E
G
Principles of Horseshoeing (P3)
Truly the ultimate textbook of farrier science
and craftsmanship for the 21st century. Written by two
experienced authors - together, they bring a fresh NEW
approach to learning the vital craft of horseshoeing. This
updated and expanded third edition shows you how to help
horses stay sound or return to soundness. Nowhere else will
you find as complete a collection of foot knowledge as in The
Principles of Horseshoeing (P3). This is the one resource
that is a MUST for the library of every farrier, veterinarian,
and horse lover, and it is a recommended resource for AFA
certification programs. 2,350 illustrations.
D
F
New Hope for Soundness
BK682
Strategies for Overcoming Long-Toe, Underrun
Heel Concerns
41.35
American Farriers Journal
This Special Management Report explores possible causes for
long toes and underrun heels and then seeks ways to correct
them. From conformation to bedding, foals to senior horses,
no stone is left unturned. This report is a must for any horse
enthusiast’s library.
www.piehtoolco.com
Books: Horse Care
HORSE CARE
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES SIZE
BK814
Comprehensive Guide to Equine Veterinary
Medicine, The
Crabbe
352
BINDING
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
35.00
A
Horses are among the most complex creatures in the animal
kingdom: so much can go wrong so quickly. These delicate,
injury prone beasts need swift treatment. Otherwise, a simple
eating disorder might rapidly lead to death and a minor
hoof injury to permanent lameness. To make things even
more difficult, equine veterinary care is costly and insurance
prohibitively expensive. That’s why any horse owner, equine
veterinarians, and students of veterinary medicine must have
this ultimate resource on hand. It is a thorough, carefully
designed medical reference featuring four-color anatomical
drawings by the most acclaimed veterinary illustrator Kip
Carter. It covers all areas of equine health, including diagnosis
and treatment, and delves into basic equine behavior and
safety, preventive health care, and first aid. Twelve in-depth
chapters outline the individual body systems, anatomy and
physiology, and abnormalities. A Health Care section includes
alternative therapies such as acupuncture and homeopathy,
along with options for rehabilitation and physical therapy.
Critical information appears in tables, charts, side bars,
and bulleted lists for quick access. In addition, there’s an
informative history of veterinary procedures, followed by three
valuable appendices with terminology, common medications,
and advice for the first-time horse owner. A selection of the
Equestrian Book Club.
B
BK843
Founder Data Collection and Analysis:
B
Buff
107
8-1/4 x
5-1/2
Hardcover EA 0.33
Heymering
32
5-1/2 x
8-1/2
Softcover
EA 0.11
4.10
Butler &
Gravlee
96
6x9
Softcover
EA 0.35
29.95
How to Take, Read, and Interpret Radiographs for the
Prognosis and Treatment of the Foundered Horse
This is perhaps the most comprehensive book to date on this
topic. Chapters discuss: Emergency First Aid -before treatment
begins; Radiograph Techniques - to help aid in the assessment
and prognosis of the foundered horse; How to Collect and
Document Data - from the radiographs with the aid of the
founder Form; How to Determine Prognosis - and the chances
the horse will return to soundness; Shoeing the Foundered
Horse - how to use the radiographs to successfully shoe the
foundered horse; and After Care Instructions.
C
BK22
Hoof Care for Horses
No foot, no horse. It’s an old saying, but it rings as true today
as it ever did in humankind’s history of horsemanship. What
can you do to ensure your horse’s hooves are sound? Follow
the advice of those who know horses’ hooves best: Farriers.
Long-time farrier Heymering outlines the best preventive
maintenance for hooves, giving practical tips on achieving dry
footing, good ventilation in stalls, proper diet, and adequate
exercise. You’ll even discover the best way to pick up and clean
a horse’s hoof, and properly hold a horse for a farrier.
D
BK939
Laminitis and Founder, Prevention and treatment
for the Greatest of Success
38.95
BK844
Limb Length Disparity (Equine Anisomelia)
Limb Length Disparity (LLD) is an observable body imbalance
and physical deviation that manifests itself in a structurally
and/or functionally different limb length, and more than likely
has been created due to congenital, hereditary, injuries,
environmental, muscular and/or spinal problems. Identifying
LLD includes a thorough evaluation of the conformation,
muscles, skeletal structures, movement and attitude of the
horse. There are two types of LLD, structural or anatomic limb
length disparity and functional or apparent limb length disparity.
In horses, we are mainly dealing with functional LLD. The
disorder of unequal limbs or lack of similarity goes by several
names such as: High-Low Syndrome, Limb Length Inequality,
Bilateral Asymmetry, Club Foot (not to be confused with Club
Feet). This book is the first to discuss in any detail: What is
Limb Length Disparity, how to identify this body imbalance, and
how to treat Limb Length Disparity. Chapters include topics
on: What is Limb Length Disparity -definitions, etiology and
types of LLD. Observations and Techniques to Aid in Identifying
- how to observe, recognize, palpate, and measure LLD.
Treatment Considerations, Corrections, and Goals - Veterinary,
Chiropractic, Massage, Acupuncture, Saddle Fitting, Farrier,
Training, and Exercising. Pathological Shoeing For LLD - how
to trim and shoe for LLD. Conclusion and Final Words - how to
monitor and assess progress. Testimonials - a very powerful
chapter written by horse owners, veterinarians, chiropractors
and farriers.
Buff
D
E
Identifies edema of the laminar tissues and sublaminar tissues
as a cause of laminitis and founder. Emphasizes that swelling
must be reduced to prevent further damage to the sensitive foot
tissues; that the damaged structures must be supported so the
body can repair them; and the destroyed tissue must be rebuilt
by feeding the horse a balanced diet including nutrients that
support dermal tissues. This book provides the foundation for
horse owners, farriers, and veterinarians to work together for
the good of the horse.
E
C
107
8-1/4 x
5-1/2
1-888-743-4866
Softcover EA 0.36
38.95
191
Books: Horse Care • Oxen & Mules
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
BK752
Packer’s Field Manual, The
Hoverson
SIZE
192
6x9
BINDING
U/M
Softcover EA
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
0.75
19.95
In a big format for ease in the field. Written by the recognized
“top expert” in the country on packing on mules or horses with
a Decker Pack Saddle. From the selection of pack stock on to
the basics of Decker saddles, pads and tack, author Hoverson
takes you through the entire packing process step-by-step
using text and photographs. He also covers the various hitches
used in Decker packing, ropes, knots and splicing, caring for
your tack, and other useful information on such subjects as
feeding, shoeing, vaccinations and worming, dental care, stock
first aid, and dealing with brand and health inspections. 186
B&W photographs and numerous illustrations.
A
B
PAGES
OXEN & MULES
B
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
BK54
Oxen - A Teamsters Guide
Conroy
256
8 x 10
Softcover
EA
1.80
25.00
Elser &
Brown
Jammed with good pictures, illustrations, and advice on just
about anything you’d want to know about packing in and
camping. For those who yearn to pack in the wilderness
country of the West, either on their own mules and horses or
those of a professional packer, here is a book that takes the
mystery out of back country pack string travel. By teaching you
the tricks of the trade, professional outfitter Smoke Elser shows
how your trip will be easier and more enjoyable by knowing
more about the animals used and why, and how they carry their
loads as they do.
168
EA
1.10
18.00
The definitive resource for selecting, training, feeding, and
caring for the mighty ox. Written by a professor with more
than two decades of experience as a trainer and teamster, the
book shows readers how to select an ideal team, fit a yoke
and bows, address common challenges, and maintain a team’s
overall health. He also explains how to use oxen safely for a
variety of farming and logging tasks, and how to train a team
for public demonstrations and competitions. Filled with dozens
of photographs/illustrations, including a 16-page color insert,
useful reference charts, and a glossary of terms.
C
C
BK140
D
Packing In On Mules and Horses
Farrier
Invoice Pads
Duplicated with carbonless copy paper, providing both the farrier and client records of the work done on the appointment date. All the
invoice pads have 50 sets in wrap-around covers.
E
D
0.61
10.50
50 sets
5-1/2 Wrap around EA
x 8-1/2
0.62
10.50
FORMAT
PAGES
INV9A
Invoice Pad - Shoer Side View - Blank Pages
2 Part
Carbonless
50 sets
2 Part
Carbonless
INV9B
Invoice Pad - Misgivings Design
Has place to note the date of the invoice copies for future
filing. Features listing of various services performed - 15
horses per page.
F
PRICE
x 8-1/2
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
Invoice feature handy wrap-around cover, with place to note
the date of the invoice copies for future filing. Features listing
of various services performed - 15 horses per page.
E
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
SIZE
BINDING
U/M
F
FA-INV
Invoice Pad - Pieh Tool Design
2 Part
Features: Space at top for Company Stamp, Client Name, Next Carbonless
Appointment Date, and List of Services performed per horse, 4
horses per page.
50 sets
x 8-1/2
0.65
11.00
G
INV12
Invoice Pad - No Foot-Hoof, Rasp, Nippers Itemized
2 Part
Carbonless
50 sets
x 8-1/2
0.61
10.50
2 Part
Especially designed for farriers. 50 2-part forms encased in a Carbonless
sturdy wrap-around cardstock cover. This invoice book will hold
up in both the barn and truck. No tedious descriptive writing
needed. Just check off the appropriate boxes and total up!
50 sets
x 8-1/2
0.53
10.00
Book with 50 white/canary paper with the date of the invoice
copies for future filing.
G
H
INVFF
Farrier Forms
Magazine
H
American Farrier Journal
This Hands-On Magazine for Professional Farriers is the world’s leading magazine on horseshoing and equine foot care. AFJ
publishes articles on horse anatomy, physiology, leg pathology, therapeutic shoeing, mechanics, special shoeing techniques, forging,
welding, horse handling, working with veterinarians, farrier professionalism, customer relations, horseshoing tools and products, and
all phases of business practices and management. AFJ is a paid-circulation magazine.
ITEM #
J
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
MAGAFJ American Farriers Journal Magazine
Current issue will be sent. Back issues sent on request.
Lessiter
Publications
PAGES
SIZE
BINDING
256
8 x 10
Softcover
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
EA
0.15
PRICE
8.00
J
192
www.piehtoolco.com
Farrier Invoice Pads • Magazines
ANATOMY CHARTS
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
SIZE
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
AC2
Anatomy Acute Foundered Foot
Hayes
8-1/2 x 11
EA
0.04
6.00
Hayes
8-1/2 x 11
EA
0.04
6.00
20 x 26
EA
0.25
29.00
20 x 26
EA
0.25
29.00
20 x 26
EA
0.25
29.00
20 x 26
EA
0.25
29.00
20 x 26
EA
0.25
29.00
20 x 18
EA
0.25
15.00
PRICE
A
B
These anatomy charts have a lot of wonderful detail. It is laminated in
plastic. Great reference tool for veterinarians, students, horse owners
and horseshoers.
B
Anatomy Normal Hoof, Tell It Like It Is
AC1
This laminated illustration of the normal hoof is a tool for understanding
the structure of the horse’s hoof. A good reference for the novice farrier,
as well as the seasoned farrier, veterinarian and the horse owner.
C
Conformation
WC14
Durable laminated poster shows detailed illustrations of ideal
conformation and conformation faults. Shaded areas denote areas of
stress on feet and legs with faults. Laminated on both sides in heavy
plastic.
D
Dental Anatomy & Aging
WC09
Durable laminated poster depicts the anatomy of the skull, showing
the roots of the teeth and corresponding vascular system. Detailed
age determination illustrations from age one year through 25 years.
Laminated on both sides in heavy plastic.
E
Foot and Hoof Anatomy
WC05
C
D
Durable laminated poster depicts the anatomy of the hoof and it’s
neurovascular anatomy. Other illustrations on this poster include Layers
of the Hoof, Stages of Laminitis, Parasagittal Section of the Hoof, and
more. Laminated on both sides in heavy plastic.
F
WC02A
Fore Limb Anatomy
Shows the fore limb & it’s corresponding joints. Features full skeleton,
highlighting the bones of the shoulder, elbow, carpus & lower leg emphasis on the fetlock, pastern & coffin joints. Laminated on both sides
in heavy plastic.
G
WC02B
Hind Limb Anatomy
E
Anatomy of the hind limb and it’s corresponding joints. Shows the full
skeleton, highlighting the bones the hip, stifle, hock and lower leg.
Laminated on both sides in heavy plastic.
H
WC17
Internal Hoof Anatomy & Biomechanics
This full color laminated poster is an excellent tool for illustrating the
inner workings of the equine foot. Along with the 3-D model of the basic
internal structures of the foot, this poster has both a soft-tissue and a
skeletal diagram of the effects of a toe-first versus a heel-first landing.
These illustrations and diagrams make it easy to understand the possible
causes of hoof pathologies such as Navicular Syndrome and heel pain.
J
WC16
Navicular Syndrome
F
20 x 26
EA
0.25
29.00
Illustrates the various aspects of navicular disease. Shows the affected
bone, tendons and bursae as well as the vascular and neural anatomy of
the heel area of the hoof. Laminated on both sides in heavy plastic.
We offer the Finest Feeds for Your Horse’s Health
LMF Feeds has long been dedicated to Production of high quality horse feeds for horsemen in
the Western and Southwestern United States,
with multiple production facilities. LMF strives
WRSURGXFHIHHGVXVLQJRQO\WKH¿QHVWLQJUHGLents, most current equine nutrition science, and
utmost attention to detail.
LMF brings their customers the latest in horse
feed technology in the form of LMF Horse
Feeds and advances the industries knowledge of nutrition by working in conjunction with Performance Horse Nutrition (PHN),
to produce healthier, more sound athletes.
G
H
J
NOTE: AVAILABILITY AND PRICES MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
1-888-743-4866
193
DVDs: Armor • Blacksmithing
ARMOR
A
A
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
RUNNING TIME
DVD53
Armorer’s Workshop Set, The Vol 1 & 2:
Fuller
approx. 375 min. SET 0.71
(4 DVDs)
A Step-by-Step Guide to Making a Medieval Great Helm and
Hourglass Gauntlets
Learn the lost art of armor making from Fuller, one of the few modern
masters of the craft. Volume 1 covers every step of this project in
meticulous detail, including cutting the pieces, shaping, riveting, polishing,
and more. The skills taught in this video will not only enable you to make
your own historically accurate, battle-worthy helmet, they represent a
comprehensive apprenticeship in the armorer’s craft. In Volume 2, Fuller
builds on the skills he imparted in the first volume, taking you step-bystep through the creation of the smaller, more detailed pieces that make
up a pair of hourglass gauntlets. He teaches you how to weld and sand
individual pieces into a strong assembly, anneal and shape brass to make
it easy to work, chase fine lines into your piece for historical accuracy
and polish even the smallest pieces of steel to a mirror finish consistent
with the appearance of 16th century armor. Includes full-scale patterns
for the gauntlets and specialized armor-making tools, including the fluting
tool. Fuller is a former curator of the historical arms and armor exhibit
at the Glenbow Museum in Calgary, Alberta, Canada. Through years of
painstaking research of authentic period armor, he rediscovered the skills
of traditional armorcraft. As owner of Medieval Reproductions, Fuller
has more than 21 years of experience handcrafting the highest quality
reproduction arms, armor and period accessories for collectors all over
the world. For more information, consult his website.
B
C
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
PRICE
59.95
BLACKSMITHING
B
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
RUNNING TIME
U/M
DVD17
Artist Blacksmithing
Parkinson
154 minutes
(2 DVDs)
SET 0.26
66.00
McDaniel
6 hours
(3 DVDs)
SET 0.30
139.00
Explains the fundamental techniques of working with hot steel, and
how those techniques can be used creatively in designs. Set in his own
workshop, it is a rare opportunity to see a leading blacksmith in action.
Peter is an exceptional tutor. In this film, he brings his own insights to the
craft while explaining both the processes and pitfalls.
D
C
DVD4
DVD13
Basic Blacksmithing, Vol. 1
Hershel
Hershel House, a premier craftsman, famed buckskinner, knifemaker and House
gunsmith provides an excellent presentation on basic skills. He includes
building a proper fire, forging, brazing, welding, tempering, hot cuts and
hot filing. Included is a bonus section on tuning a gun lock.
approx. 90 min.
EA
0.17
29.95
E
DVD15
Basic Blacksmithing, Vol. 3
approx. 120 min. EA
0.20
29.95
This final tape in the in a series of three with Hershel House features
several projects: forging a bootscraper, strap hinge with pinnel, small
camp ax, cold forging, forging stamps and gravers, an awl and trivet.
Hershel
House
F
DVD14
Blacksmithing, Vol. 2
Hershel
House
This is the second of three by Hershel House. It demonstrates more
blacksmithing skills and advanced techniques. Useful information for the
beginner to intermediate blacksmith, he demonstrates forming an eye,
forging S hooks and tongs, making a Betty grease lamp, a bullet ladle
and forging a Kentucky belt ax. He keeps his instruction on the light side,
using liberal humor.
approx. 90 min.
EA
0.17
29.95
G
DVD10
Broommaking for the Blacksmith
Mohr
approx. 22 min.
EA
0.09
29.95
Epps
37 minutes
EA
0.19
32.95
In 1976, Jeff began is arts and crafts business. He studied as an
apprentice with a Carolina craftsman in traditional broommaking for
one year, learning the style of tying brooms and making unique wooden
handles. Jeff began his career in the arts and crafts business in 1976.
And In 1981, his blacksmithing career began, creating interior and
exterior architectural iron. He has incorporated his techniques of his
brooming with the blacksmithing craft. In this video he shares his craft of
forged handles for hand-tied straw brooms.
H
194
PRICE
D
F
H
Blacksmith Primer, A
A Course in Basic and Intermediate Blacksmithing with Randy McDaniel.
This is the companion video to “The Blacksmithing Bible, A Blacksmithing
Primer”. The author of the indispensable reference book appears in these
videos, teaching the standard techniques that all blacksmiths must know
to master the craft. This is a must-have for every blacksmith’s video
library! You will learn how to organize your shop, build your first fire,
hold and use your hammer, choose your stock, make tools for any job,
forge weld, make scrolls, hinges, how to make animal and human heads
and much, much more. Randy’s simple, straightforward and humorous
approach to learning to be a good blacksmith is as much a part of these
videos as it is his book. Shot and edited in the same clear, user-friendly
style you have come to expect from Love of Art Productions, you will
enjoy watching Randy demonstrate all the techniques close-up.
E
G
SHIP WT
(lb)
ITEM #
DVD8
Bugs and Birds
Continuing in the vein of its companion video, Leaves and Flowers,
this tape demonstrates some insect and bird motifs that can be used
and adapted for whimsical decorative work and garden-themed pieces.
Epps is shown creating critters such as a scorpion, a garden snail and
a dragonfly, as well as a hummingbird and two types of swans. These
projects range from the extremely simple to the complex , and offer a
quick way to add lots of ornamental appeal to a decorative project. A
brief “chalkboard” segment enhances the viewer’s learning opportunity by
outlining the steps in creating each item, and enhanced video and sound
make Epps’ instructions clear and easy to follow. A must-have for the
hobbyist or professional!
www.piehtoolco.com
DVDs: Blacksmithing
A
B
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
RUNNING TIME
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
DVD3
*S/O
Complete Metalsmith, The
McCreight
80 minutes
EA
0.30
29.95
DVD38
Finishes and Finishing for Metal Sculpture
Tom McCreight demonstrates many of the basic techniques of jewelry making,
including piercing, soldering, forging, stone setting and cold connections.
Close-up photography and on screen graphics makes this a wonderful way
to learn.
A
Goehl
71 minutes
EA
0.19
39.95
Crouchet
42 minutes
EA
0.20
36.95
Throughout this video you’ll see the different finishes used on Goehl’s
sculptures. The chapters are laid out so you don’t have to go searching, you
can go right to the sections you want.” Using some scrap metal, learn how to
make a tool so you can mount your electric drill in a vice which will keep both
hands free for wire brushing or buffing.
C
DVD5
Fly Press, The
Used in the jewelry industry for hundreds of years, where it is known as a
screw press, the fly press is becoming an increasingly popular tool for the
blacksmith. This machine allows the smith to accomplish many operations
on cold steel that could formerly only be done “hot”. Obviously, this is a
great advantage in increasing speed and precision in your work. In “The Fly
press”, you will learn to evaluate used fly presses, what to look for in a new
press, how to make tooling, and much more. John also demonstrates many
common blacksmith operations on the fly press such as making tenons,
veining, straightening stock, bending precise circles and hot stamping. All
of these techniques are shown to you in the exceptional way that Love of
Art Productions has come to be known for - clearly, up close, and easily
understood. John Crouchet says, “if you’re working cold you may be making
money!” What a novel idea!
D
DVD6
Forged Animal Heads
C
Epps
32 minutes
EA
0.18
32.95
This tape is the first in a series featuring Mesquite, Texas blacksmith Epps.
A nice introductory collage of images, underscored by folk music and a quote
form Longfellow’s “The Blacksmith”, gives the viewer a clue that these videos
are going to be different from most of what’s out there on the how-to market.
In this video the viewer learns the steps in creating several novelty animal
heads out of square stock and a novelty horse out of a horseshoe (Epps
began his career as a farrier). The artist also discusses ideas on applications
for the items shown. A “chalkboard’ segment introduces each item, breaking
down the process of creating the heads and showing how the shape of the
steel should change in each step. Epps includes tips on technique, including a
discussion of the molecular structure of steel and why a smith makes his steel
“square, then round”, and how to use a cross-peen hammer correctly. Forgewelding can be clearly seen in the making of one of the pieces, and he gives
tips to the beginning blacksmith on how to get a good forge weld.
E
DVD50
Forging Solutions: Hand Forging Techniques Vol. 1
B
D
Har-lev
100 minutes
EA
0.20
39.00
Har-lev
100 minutes
EA
0.21
39.00
Hofi
100 minutes
EA
0.21
39.00
Goehl
60 minutes
EA
0.20
39.95
EA
0.12
10.95
E
Amit Har-lev demonstrating basic hand forging techniques using the Hofi style
hammer.
F
DVD51
Forging Solutions: Power Hammer Techniques Vol. 1
Amit Har-lev demonstrating basic power hammer forging techniques on the
Big BLU Power hammer.
G
DVD52
Free Form Forging
Uri Hofi forging dozens of elements using the Hofi die system on the Big BLU
110. Step by step descriptions. Over 40 elements are explained and forged.
H
DVD47
Getting Started With Metal Sculpture
F
Goehl explains the tools that he uses, how to use them and shows the basic
tools one needs to get started. There are cheap imported tools and then there
are top quality tools. Both have their uses, but the trick is in knowing which
one to buy for a particular purpose and this video covers that. Materials are
thoroughly covered: such as copper, brass, tubing, hot and cold rolled steel
along with RG45.
J
CD797
Hot Shop II
Chapman
G
The CD book is the second about Gene’s shop tooling, step by step forging
techniques, fly press stuff and for you knife makers, two copper handle
blacksmith knives. Now you can print out projects from your computer so you
have them right at your anvil! 23 CD Pages. Over 140 photos.
K
DVD45
Joinery Techniques
Har-lev
80 minutes
EA
0.20
39.00
Amit Har-lev demonstrating joinery techniques using hand and power
techniques. Riveting, wrapping, wedging and much more. Step by step.
H
J
K
1-888-743-4866
195
DVDs: Blacksmithing • Chasing & Repousse • Copper & Form-Folding
A
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
RUNNING TIME
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
DVD9
Leaves and Flowers
Epps
52 minutes
EA
0.18
39.95
Epps
32 minutes
EA
0.23
32.95
Har-lev
2 hours 22
minutes
(2 DVDs)
EA
0.25
39.00
Goehl
75 minutes
EA
0.19
29.95
Third in a series, this video features Epps, a Mesquite, Texas blacksmith,
demonstrating some of the techniques for making flower and leaf motifs for
decorative projects. There are 5 leaves and 5 flowers demonstrated, including
several ways of cutting veins into a leaf, folding and shaping the leaf form,
and specific blossoms such as a rose, a morning glory, a dogwood blossom
and a calla lily. Epps shows how to achieve surface texturing on leaves and
petals to give a more naturalistic finish to the product, and discusses the
merits of giving just the inference of a specific species, rather than trying for
exact replication. The use of the guillotine tool, or top/bottom fuller, is shown.
Applications for the individual items shown are discussed, and the viewer is
encouraged to find his or her own ways of using these beautiful decorative
details. Skilled photography and editing, and a working knowledge of the
subject matter are evident in this video, as in all the others by Love of Art
Productions.
B
B
DVD7
Making Tongs
This video is the second in a series released by Love of Art Productions.
Making Tongs shows the blacksmith making three different styles of tong
joints with three different tong heads. First we see the Twisted Joint/Scrolling
Head tong, then the Traditional Joint/Wolf-jaw tong and finally the “Champion”
Joint/Bolt Head tong. Epps also shows a variety of other specialty tongs he
has made, and discusses the importance of a blacksmith being able to make
his own tools. Tips such as how to quench moving parts will help the student
blacksmith avoid frustrating mistakes in his own shop. The viewer sees the
artist using a power hammer in this video to draw out tool handles, as well.
As in the first video, Forged Animal Heads, the directors use careful editing,
good voice-over enhancement and a “chalkboard” segment before every
piece demonstrated, to help the viewer duplicate Epps’ techniques. Good
production value and Epps’ casual country wit make this a video that every
smith will want to have in his or her how-to library.
C
D
C
DVD44
Tools and Techniques with Amit Har-Lev
Amit Har-lev demonstrats the making of anvil tools and the techniques using
them. Hardy, fuller, bending fork, cone mandrel, dish swage and on the bonus
CD a shelf stake.
D
DVD48
Trees, Trees, Trees
Trees can be used in scenes or as stand alone wall sculptures, whether in
groupings or individually. You can take some of these trees that would be
fitting for a casual setting and produce a tree or trees that fit perfectly into a
formal setting. These trees also work well for offices and conference centers.
Also included is how to make two tools that you can use while making the
trees and also for other sculptures. One tool is a small parts leverage bender.
An oxygen acetylene torch and the ability to braze are the main requirements
for accomplishing these projects.
E
CHASING & REPOUSSE
F
E
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
RUNNING TIME
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
DVD42
POWER Repousse
Chapman
75 minutes
EA
0.18
39.00
Chapman
1 hour 27 minutes EA
0.19
39.00
Chapman
50 minutes
+ bonus
EA
0.21
39.00
Part two of a three part series. Using power hammers and hand held
pneumatic hammers for large scale repousse’. Forging and sinking copper
bowls and more.
F
DVD43
POWER Repousse and Chasing
Part three of a three part series. Using power hammers and hand held
pneumatic hammers for large scale repousse’. Creating a high relief abstract
human face in steel.
G
G
DVD41
Repousse
Part one of a three part series. Techniques using forms to create designs in
a negative space. Forming copper and steel to make large repousse’ wall
decorations in the metals studio. Sun/Earth form and the Oakhill Ironworks
copper leaf logo.
COPPER & FORM-FOLDING
H
H
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
RUNNING TIME
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
DVD49
Forging a Copper Rose
Har-lev
60 minutes
EA
0.20
39.00
Goehl
71 minutes
EA
0.21
39.95
Goehl
60 minutes
EA
0.20
39.95
Forging a one piece copper rose using hand and power techniques. Step
by step from blank size to finishing. Bonus toolmaking, the chisel, a forged
gouge (used in making the rose).
J
DVD37
Copper is one of the most malleable of the metals and also the most
forgiving. The tools Goehl uses are rather primitive. Learn how to make
the forming mallets, and what he uses for planishing. You will learn two
techniques to form bowls. Whether it’s a copper bowl, an abstract sculpture or
any piece formed into a shape that comes out of your mind, you can do it with
the tools and techniques shown in this video.
J
K
K
196
Forming Copper
DVD47
Getting Started With Metal Sculpture
Goehl explains the tools that he uses, how to use them and show the basic
tools one needs to get started. There are cheap imported tools and then there
are top quality tools. Both have their uses, but the trick is in knowing which
one to buy for a particular purpose and this video covers that. Materials are
thoroughly covered: such as copper, brass, tubing, hot rolled and cold rolled
steel along with RG45.
www.piehtoolco.com
DVDs: Knifemaking
KNIFEMAKING
A
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
CD796
Antler & Iron Ii: Building a Mountain Man Folding Knife
Chapman 5 MB PDF to view EA
41 MB files to print
5 MB PDF files for monitor viewing, 41 MB files for printing
This is the CD version of the book BK449 Antler and Iron II. You are able
to print out your projects now! Very convenient when working at the anvil.
CD shows how Gene Chapman builds his Mt. Man Folders. Blacksmiths,
bladesmiths and knifemakers will find this an invaluable addition to their
reference library. Over 100 photos and drawings show step-by-step
construction of a “Times Gone By” masterpiece. This folding knife can be built
just like our forefathers would have, without power tools.
B
DVD46
Basic Damascus Patterns
RUNNING TIME
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
ITEM #
0.11
PRICE
12.00
B
Norris
80 minutes
EA
0.20
39.00
Norris
80 minutes
EA
0.20
39.00
Fowler
120 minutes
EA
0.14
20.00
Renowned knife maker Norris leads the viewer through the important steps
of forming basic Damascus patterns in preparing and forging the billet. See
also: A Damascus Blade A to Z. Steps include: flux less weld, power hammer
and press welding/forming, hydraulic press with textured dies, rolling mill, and
grinding.
C
DVD28
Damascus Blade from A to Z, A
A
C
Norris gives you an up-close, step-by-step look at the process of preparing a
billet of Damascus steel and “cutting away everything that doesn’t look like a
knife!”. Lessons include preparing and forging the billet; grinding and sanding
techniques; etching techniques; pattern design and finishing techniques.
D
DVD67
Ed Fowler’s Knife Talk, Vol. 1
Welcome to the World of the Forged Blade. The past 36 years went into
the development of Fowler’s version of the Excalibur, The High Endurance
Performance Knife. Many have contributed to the knowledge, as you will see
and hear in this video some through books, phone calls, conversations and
friends who have joined me in the pursuit of the best knife we can make. All
of the information you are about to view is proven by Rex and Ed through
many hands on experiments and laboratory testing of each and every event
that follows. Forging a high endurance performance knife is an art based
on science that is subject to empirical evaluation. You will view the result
of thousands of hours and hundreds of blades that have been tested to
destruction in their quest to reveal what works.
E
DVD35
Fileworking
E
Dushane
133 minutes
EA
0.21
40.00
Learn from fileworking Master Dwayne Dushane in your own home. Watch as
he takes you step-by-step through 3 different designs of fileworking. You will
learn the S pattern, the Vine pattern, and the Rope pattern in simple-to-follow
steps. See how easy it is to embellish your knives with inexpensive tools such
as files. Discover techniques that will make your work look more professional.
F
DVD36
Forge Welding Cable & Striped Damascus
F
Osborn
123 minutes
EA
0.30
45.00
Austin
51 minutes
EA
0.17
35.00
Hrisoulas 3 hours, 18 min.
(2 DVD Set)
SET 0.25
29.95
Cover
EA
45.00
Osborn walks you step-by-step through the process of forge welding cable
Damascus. He will show you techniques that will allow you to “work smarter,
not harder”. On disc two he reveals his secrets on forge welding striped cable
Damascus. You will learn the secrets needed to turn an ordinary piece of steel
cable into a striking Damascus billet or blade.
G
DVD66
Forging a Bearded Viking Axe
D
G
Forging a Bearded Viking Axe covers the “Split-and-Wrap” method of forgewelding an axe-eye, and all of the other necessary steps in forging and
steeling the bearded axe shown on the cover.
H
DVD55
Forging Damascus: How to Create Pattern-Welded Blades
Hrisoulas is a master bladesmith specializing in medieval broadswords and
daggers and Damascus pattern welding. He has almost 30 years of experience
at the forge.
J
DVD29
Introduction to Knife Engraving, An
H
148 minutes
0.30
Watch as Cover guides you through the steps necessary to complete some
of the most beautiful artwork in the world today. Cover is an accomplished
engraver and a trained art teacher who has taught from kindergarten to
college level art classes. He discusses design and layout techniques, explains
edge geometry and sharpening alternatives, bordering and outlining basics,
shading, stippling backgrounds, inlays, and more. He uses different models for
illustration of the finer details of his work that would be hard to see on camera,
such as large wooden chisels that show the angles and geometry much better
than the actual gravers due to the miniature size of the tool itself.
K
DVD56
Japanese Silk Wrapped Handles
J
Polzien
Polzien has been making all types of knives for over 15 years. He specializes
in traditional Japanese pieces, especially Tanto Knives (short blades 12 inches
and shorter). These consist of many blade styles, as well as endless varieties
of Saya (Scabbards) and fittings. In this second DVD Polzien will take you
step-by-step from material selection to tools required as well as give you his
insight on how to produce your own exotic Japanese silk wrapped handles.
You will truly be amazed by the skills you will acquire from this master knife
maker at work.
150 Minutes
(2 DVDs)
EA
0.26
45.00
K
Check out our new Billy™ Z Tong, the Knifemaker Tong!
See page 93.
1-888-743-4866
197
DVDs: Knifemaking
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
RUNNING TIME
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
DVD57
Katana-A Modern Craftsman’s Guide to Making a Japanese
Sword
Hayes
2 hours
EA
0.21
39.95
EA
0.11
12.00
A
Get ready for the ultimate do-it-yourself project: a battle-worthy handmade
Japanese katana (long sword). In this one-of-a-kind video, Master
Bladesmith Hayes takes you step-by-step through the process of designing
and building a Katana-Tac – a simplified tactical Katana suitable for
traditional martial arts practice or modern battlefield use. You will learn
exactly how to design, profile, grind, temper, polish and haft your very own
working katana using a minimum of tools and equipment. You will also
learn some of the most closely guarded secrets of both traditional and
modern-day sword making, including the construction of a low-cost charcoal
forge and the exact process for Japanese-style clay tempering. Once your
blade is properly tempered, Hayes teaches you how to polish it to reveal the
hamon (temper line) and haft it with a traditional cord-wrapped handle. For
information purposes only.
B
B
CD798
Chapman
Revision 2008 CD is an updated version of the original “Little Uglies”. It’s
packed with more photos, drawings, shop tooling and knives, some forging
sequence images are borrowed from his other publications. Printing can be
done on your computer printer or at Office Max, Staples, Office Depot and
probably your local print shop. The revision has 17 more pages than the
original. When Gene gets bored his brain works overtime. Little Uglies is
a product of his excess energy and imagination. Popular with blacksmiths,
this all metal folding knife is so ugly it’s cute, each face is hot formed using
surprisingly simple tooling. Several spring possibilities are explored.
C
C
DVD58
Loveless Legend: How to Make Custom Knives
This ground-breaking film documentary reveals the inside secrets and tips
of the knifemaking trade as they’ve evolved in the shop of R.W. Loveless.
Learn the rare art of custom knifemaking from a true master as he shares
his expertise and talks in-depth about his design philosophy.
D
D
DVD30
Making a D-Guard Bowie
Loveless
and
Merritt
95 minutes
EA
0.35
19.95
Dean
193 minutes
(2 Disc)
EA
0.26
45.00
Hawk
220 minutes
EA
0.20
29.95
Caffrey
109 minutes
EA
0.30
45.00
Anders
183 minutes
EA
0.30
45.00
Rybar
125 minutes
EA
0.21
45.00
The D-Guard Bowie is a legendary battle weapon, part sword-part knife.
The powerfully balanced design makes it a favorite tool for many tasks,
but was kept ready for battle at all times. Dean, ABS Master Bladesmith,
has revealed his secrets and improvements for making a more secure and
artful D-Guard Bowie in this 2 disc video, including an interview with the
Mastersmith himself. See why Dean is one of the most sought after teachers
in this craft and discover how by watching his easy-to-follow methods will
improve your knifemaking skills the more you watch this video.
E
E
DVD59
Making Do: Volume One, The Poor Man’s Forge
You don’t have to be a certified master bladesmith working with highly
refined steel to craft a quality knife suitable for self-defense or general utility.
All you need are a few simple tools, some time, and metals anyone can
scrounge from garage sales, building sites, or even the local dump. Survival
authority, artisan, and neo-tribal weapons expert Hawk has been forging
greatly sought-after blades for years out of both high-quality steel and found
materials, and in this video he teaches you how easy, inexpensive, and fun it
is to forge weapons that will last a lifetime. He begins by showing you how to
make your own forge and anvil out of a few cheap items, and then goes into
testing found steel to see if it can be worked with. From there, he teaches
basic hammering, shaping, and heat-treating to guarantee that your finished
products will hold up under the wear and tear of real use. Focusing on two
projects, a knife and an axe/adze, this video will give the knowledge and
confidence to make your own weapons and tools no matter how primitive
your surroundings are.
F
G
Little Uglies II
F
DVD32
Mosaic Damascus
Caffrey will show you some of the most common Mosaic Damascus patterns.
The information is designed to be easy to understand, and will allow you to
take the “next logical step” towards producing your own Mosaic Damascus.
Caffrey covers how to create a radial pattern, a basket weave pattern, a
jelly roll pattern, and how to do an “accordion” fold. Also provides a recap
of tools, safety, and etching as explained in his previous two videos. For
advanced knifemakers and shows methods using a forge and a hydraulic
press.
G
DVD 31
Quillion of Quality, The
Anders teaches you the finer points of making the Quillion dagger as
required for the ABS Mastersmith. The Quillion dagger is the toughest challenge the American Bladesmith Society has for impeccable workmanship.
Anders goes above and beyond the requirements and explains each step
in detail. You will see why this dagger won Best Art Knife at the Ohio Valley
Knife Show just two weeks after it’s conception and the filming of this video.
Learn the proper way to flute handles and the forming of the quills and how
to make them equal on each side. Learn the fit up and finishing techniques
that will help you to pass your ABS. Quillion test with confidence.
H
H
DVD60
Scripture Damascus with Raymond Rybar
Rybar has been an Artist/Blacksmith for over thirty years and has won
countless blade awards for his bold Damascus patterns and intricate
Mosaics. His latest inspiration for his work comes from the Bible and is
centered on biblical themes: The King Of King Sword, The Crucifixion
Sword and The Gospel Of John Sword are just a few examples of this
Mastersmith’s work. In this DVD Rybar will take you step-by-step and teach
you the skills that are required to create this type of beautiful work, from
pattern selection, pattern welding to forging to introducing letters, numbers,
word and figures into the length on an entire billet. Learn theses extremely
sought after skills from a true Master of his era.
198
www.piehtoolco.com
DVDs: Knifemaking • Gunsmithing • Horseshoeing
A
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
RUNNING TIME
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
PRICE
DVD68
Wire Damascus Hunting Knife, The
Goddard
120 minutes
EA
32.00
0.23
Goddard calls this DVD a two-hour knifemaking adventure. It shows every
step in making a knife, after the billet is welded up. Circa 90% of the
instruction applies to a knife made of any type of steel. The contents covers
an array of tools used and their characteristics; definitions and explanations
of procedures, sequencing of steps taken in the process of the knife making
(shaping, quenching, tempering, schwocking, grinding, testing). The methods
of using power and hand tools, including the guillotine, spring fuller tools.
Goddard talks about the forgs: gas versus coal and the baby furnace; heat
treating, tempering, grinding, and cleaning. Techniques involved in the
processes of hand rubbing the blade, etching, handle fitting and sharpening.
This video is packed with all the information needed to make a knife.
A
B
GUNSMITHING
B
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
RUNNING TIME
U/M
SHIP WT
(lb)
PRICE
DVD61
Rifling a Gun Barrel
Bookout
30 minutes
EA
0.12
19.95
Steve Bookout demonstrates how to ream the bore of a commercial unrifled
barrel blank, then rifle it in a traditional manner with his homemade rifling
bench.
C
DVD62
Forging A Flintlock Rifle Barrel
C
Laubach
85 minutes
EA
0.13
29.95
PRICE
50.00
Jon Laubach, assisted by Christopher Laubach and Mike Miller, teaches how
to hand forge a wrought iron rifle barrel tube. Bonus material on forging a
breech plug and making the traditional boring bits.
HORSESHOEING
D
D
ITEM #
TITLE & DESCRIPTION
AUTHOR
RUNNING TIME
WT
U/M SHIP
(lb)
DVD63
Natural Balance Hoof Trimming
Ovincek
95 minutes
EA
0.21
This exciting new video is the ultimate in education and training with
regarding the Natural Balance Hoof Care. This 95 minute video contains over
35 minutes of lecture-type information that very clearly shows what the needs
of the foot are and how, through Natural Balance Hoof Care, those needs
can be met. This initial section is consistent with what you might get from a 1
Day Gene Ovnicek Clinic. The remainder of the video contains very detailed
instruction on trimming horses to be barefoot. Various types of feet are
covered including: “normal” feet, clubbed feet, hind feet, underrun feet and
feet that are transitioning from shoes to being barefoot. There is also a short
section at the end on foal management for helping to develop the optimal foot
for each horse. An unbelievable amount of information.
E
E
DVD64
Natural Balance Shoeing
Ovincek
This video is designed to give individuals interest in Natural Balance products
and Sole Support Impression Material. Use instructions are provided for
horses with mismatched feet, underrun and contracted heels, as well as
horses that are base narrow or pigeon toed and how to recognize hoof
distortions and explain how they relate to performance and lameness issues.
Possible causes for hoof distortions and guidelines on how to correct them
and prevent them from a simple, common sense perspective are covered.
Disk 1 includes lecture and dialogue covering information on anatomy and
biomechanics of the foot, then into detailed hoof preparation and shoe
placement for fairly normal feet, both front and hind applications. In Disk
2 equal detail is covered on how to deal with clubbed or mismatched feet,
underrun & contracted heels, and pigeon toed feet.
3 hours (2
DVDs)
SET 0.22
50.00
F
BK104
Education Set
4 DVDs
and book
SET 1.30
150.00
Ovincek
A Practical Guide to Hoof Care Science & Foot Function for Pleasure &
Performance Horses. Includes the Natural Balance Hoof Care Book & DVD
(4) Education System. This is a comprehensive learning system for horse
owners interested in the maintenance of their horse’s feet, to seasoned
farriers looking for useful information that will compliment their current hoof
care knowledge. Because people learn and comprehend information in
different ways, the “Natural Balance Hoof Care” book also comes comes with
DVD’s (4) that include corresponding sections, so sections you read in the
book are also visually explained in some of the videos.
G
BK105
Ultimate Pack
F
G
Ovincek
Includes all of the latest and best informational and educational sources
available today. The Ultimate Pack includes: “Natural Balance Hoof Care”
Book & DVD Education System, “Natural Balance Hoof Trimming” DVD,
“Natural Balance Shoeing” DVD set that’s over 150 information packed
pages & 600 minutes of video that covers everything from the basics in hoof
care, to dealing with common pathologies or hoof conditions like club feet,
underrun or contracted heels, and first aid for laminitis.
600 minutes
(7 DVDs)
and book
SET 1.70
199.00
We offer Natural Balance
Therapeutic Aluminum Horseshoes
page 27
EDSS Natural Balance
EDSS Natural Balance PLR
1-888-743-4866
199
Terms and Conditions
SHIPPING POLICIES IN THE USA
SPECIAL NOTICE
Due to the fluctuating international currency market, the prices of items
from overseas may vary from the price shown in our price list. Please
contact us to confirm the actual cost if you are concerned. We can notify
you by price quote before shipping.
Raw material prices are also fluctuating causing unpredictable price
increases. Prices in this catalog are subject to change without notice.
We charge your credit card only at time of shipping.* See Special Orders
section.
SHIPPING QUOTES
Please note that the shipping rates are weight-based. Shipping and
handling charges will be added at the time your order is processed. We
are always happy to quote shipping for you. Feel free to email or call us
anytime! Quotes are valid for 15 days.
ORDERING
You may order by phone, fax, mail or from our secure website catalog
at www.piehtoolco.com. Call 888-743-4866 (in USA), 928-554-0700, or
fax us at 928-554-0800. (Please do not order by email to protect your
personal financial information.) Once you place an order with us you will
be added to our mailing list and assigned a 5 digit customer number. To
expedite future orders, please use your customer number when ordering.
Your customer number appears above your name on your invoice.
Minimum Order Size: $10
Arizona Residence Sales Tax: 9.35%
PAYMENT (USA)
We accept VISA, MasterCard, American Express, Discover/Novus,
Personal Checks, Money Orders/Cashier Checks in US funds. Please
see the "Overseas Shipping/Payment Policies" section. We do not accept
COD’s. There will be a $40 charge on all returned checks/credit card
transactions. These fees must be paid before any future shipments will be
processed. There will be a 2% surcharge on the American Express.
BACK-ORDER POLICY
All items weighing 150 pounds or less will be shipped via UPS Ground
Service unless otherwise specified. Items weighing over the limits will be
shipped by motor freight.
For Hawaii and Alaska, we will ship by US Priority Mail unless you request
differently.
UPS SHIPMENTS
Delivery is between one and five days depending upon where you live.
UPS (Ground Service) delivers Monday through Friday. UPS also offers
Next Day Air, 2nd Day Air and 3 Day Ground. Saturday deliveries have
additional fees and is available only in certain areas.
Oversized Packages
Packages which are less than 30 pounds but greater than 84 inches
long are considered OVERSIZED. Packages which are less than 50
pounds but greater than 108 inches are also considered OVERSIZED and
additional fees will apply.
Handling Charges
We do not charge handling on packages shipped via UPS. A $2.50 charge
is added only for each US Mail package. After adding insurance and
tracking, UPS is often more economical and certainly more reliable.
Delivery Location
UPS cannot deliver to a post office box. Please be sure we get the proper
delivery address, and indicate if it's a business or residential address.
UPS charges more to residential (rural) addresses. We will ship residential
if you do not specify. UPS charges an address correction fee. We will pass
this fee on to you if you provide incorrect shipping details.
COMMERCIAL TRUCK SHIPMENTS
Freight charges are prepaid and added to your invoice. Please let us know
if you do not have access to a fork-lift. Accessorial charges, such as
residential delivery and lift gate fees, may be incurred.
Insurance/Handling
Most merchandise is in stock for immediate shipment. Orders are
processed same day before 3 p.m. MT. If we should be out of stock on an
item, we will back-order that item and ship the remainder of your order. If
you prefer "no back-orders", please let us know. We do charge shipping/
handling on back-orders.
All shipments are insured. Palletizing Fee: $15 each.
SPECIAL ORDERS*
We accept Wire Transfers, VISA, MasterCard, American Express,
Discover/Novus; and US money orders at our discretion. All bank Transfer
Charges, Duty and Taxes are your responsibility.
All Special Order items must be prepaid. There will be no returns on
special orders unless the item was sent in error or was defective.
SHIPPING/PAYMENT POLICIES
(OUTSIDE USA)
Payment
Shipping Parcels
RETURNS
Please do not return any merchandise without prior authorization. Returns
must include a Returned Merchandise Authorization number. (RMA)
Authorized returns may be subject to a 20% restocking charge. It may be
waved if a store credit is taken instead of a refund.
If you refuse any shipment (including being unavailable for the delivery
company) without prior approval from Pieh Tool Company, Inc., you will be
charged a 25% restocking charge, as well as the freight charges incurred.
There are no returns allowed after 15 days. Absolutely no returns on
Limited Stock Discontinued Items, Books, Video Tapes or DVD’s unless it
is defective or was sent in error.
We require that all packages be insured. By default we will ship US
Priority Mail outside the continental USA.
Handling Charges
There is a $2.50 handling charge to ship US Mail and $7.00 handling fee
fee International parcels.
Freight
Please specify if you would like us to ship Air Freight or Ocean Freight.
We require that all packages be insured. Additional handling and crating
charges may apply.
DAMAGED/MISSING GOODS
Please inspect your order when delivered. Also, please check your
packing slip to verify we have not back-ordered an item you might think is
missing. Report any damages or missing items within 2 days. Please keep
all damaged containers for inspection. We will place the claim with the
shipping company.
By ordering from this catalog you are agreeing
to the terms and conditions set forth.
For Truck Shipments
If you notice damaged or missing merchandise while the driver is still
present, make sure you note the problem on the delivery receipt.
If you discover the damage/loss after the driver is gone, call
the carrier immediately to explain what your inspection revealed and then
notify our Customer Service Department.
200
www.piehtoolco.com
ORDER FORM
661 E. Howards Rd., Suite J z Camp Verde, AZ 86322
Phone: 928-554-0700 z FAX: 928-554-0800
1-888-PIEH TOOL (743-4866)
Date
_________________________________________________
Customer Number
_______________________________
E-mail: piehtoolsales@piehtoolco.com
MAILING ADDRESS (Must match Credit Card Address)
SHIPPING ADDRESS
Name
Shipping To
________________________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address
City
State
______________________________________
Province
_________________________________
_________
Country
Zip
Phone
__________________________________________
Alternate Phone Number
Fax
J
____________________________________
Province
_______________________________
State
_________
Country
Zip
____________________________
______________________________________
www.piehtoolco.com
_________________________________________________________________
ITEM NUMBER
Residential
_________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________
DESCRIPTION
We ship UPS Ground Residential, unless requested otherwise.
We require that all packages be insured.
J
City
_________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Address
______________________________
E-mail
QUANTITY
Name
___________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
U/M
UNIT PRICE
TOTAL
Subtotal
($10 Minimum Order)
You may call for a quote!
Business
J
UPS 3rd Party, Account # _____________________________________ J Don’t Require Signature
For Overseas choose: Global Express, Priority Mail, Ocean Freight, Air Freight. Circle One
J
Shipping options within the Continental North America:
Priority Mail
J
J
J
J
J
UPS Ground
Overnight Standard
2nd Day
3rd Day
Saturday Delivery
For your convenience, please check:
J
J
Back Orders OK
No back Orders, I will reorder.
Tax (AZ 9.35%)
Shipping*
Handling Charges/Truck*
($15 per pallet)
Handling/US MAIL
($2.50 per package)
Handling/Overseas*
($7 per package)
TOTAL
So we may serve you better, please check all that apply:
J
Blacksmith
J
Jeweler
J
Horsesowner
J
Farrier
Fabricator
J
Gunsmith
J
J
Whitesmith
J
Knifemaker
J
Veterinarian
J
Welding/Repair Shop
J
School Instructor
J
Tack Shop
By ordering from Pieh Tool you are agreeing to the Terms and
Conditions set forth on our website or in our catalog (see page 200).
If you need assistance please contact Pieh Tool by phone or E-mail.
*Shipping/Handling Charges and Sales Tax (AZ only) will be applied
to your order total when processed. Please see page 200 for Wires,
International and Motor Freight Handling Charges.
Please clip and mail, Fax, or scan and send to our E-mail address.
J
J
J
Payment in the form of:
Check
Credit Card
Money Order
J
Wire Transfer (outside US)
VISA, MasterCard, American Express, Discover/Novus #:_____________________________________________________ Expiration Date _________________
Signature
(Last 3 digits on reverse side of card
__________________________________________________________________________________________
1-888-743-4866
CVN # ______________ American Express: 4 digits on front)
201
ORDER FORM
Phone: 928-554-0700 z FAX: 928-554-0800
1-888-PIEH TOOL (743-4866)
Date
_________________________________________________
Customer Number
_______________________________
SHIPPING ADDRESS
Name
Shipping To
________________________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address
City
State
______________________________________
Province
_________________________________
_________
Country
Zip
Phone
__________________________________________
Fax
J
____________________________________
Province
_______________________________
DESCRIPTION
Business
J
Zip
____________________________
______________________________________
UNIT PRICE
TOTAL
Subtotal
($10 Minimum Order)
J
Priority Mail
J
J
J
J
J
UPS Ground
Overnight Standard
2nd Day
3rd Day
Saturday Delivery
Back Orders OK
_________
Country
U/M
J
J
State
www.piehtoolco.com
_________________________________________________________________
ITEM NUMBER
Residential
_________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________
J
City
_________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Address
______________________________
E-mail
QUANTITY
Name
___________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Tax (AZ 9.35%)
Shipping*
($15 per pallet)
Handling/US MAIL
($2.50 per package)
Handling/Overseas*
($7 per package)
TOTAL
J
Blacksmith
J
Jeweler
J
Horsesowner
J
Farrier
Fabricator
J
Gunsmith
J
J
Whitesmith
J
Knifemaker
J
Veterinarian
J
Welding/Repair Shop
J
School Instructor
J
Tack Shop
J
J
J
Check
Credit Card
Money Order
J
Signature
202
__________________________________________________________________________________________
www.piehtoolco.com
ORDER FORM
Phone: 928-554-0700 z FAX: 928-554-0800
1-888-PIEH TOOL (743-4866)
Date
_________________________________________________
Customer Number
_______________________________
SHIPPING ADDRESS
Name
Shipping To
________________________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address
City
State
______________________________________
Province
_________________________________
_________
Country
Zip
Phone
__________________________________________
Fax
J
____________________________________
Province
_______________________________
State
_________
Country
Zip
____________________________
______________________________________
www.piehtoolco.com
_________________________________________________________________
ITEM NUMBER
Residential
_________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________
DESCRIPTION
J
City
_________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Address
______________________________
E-mail
QUANTITY
Name
___________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
U/M
UNIT PRICE
TOTAL
Subtotal
($10 Minimum Order)
Business
J
J
Priority Mail
J
J
J
J
J
UPS Ground
Overnight Standard
2nd Day
3rd Day
Saturday Delivery
J
J
Back Orders OK
Tax (AZ 9.35%)
Shipping*
($15 per pallet)
Handling/US MAIL
($2.50 per package)
Handling/Overseas*
($7 per package)
TOTAL
J
Blacksmith
J
Jeweler
J
Horsesowner
J
Farrier
Fabricator
J
Gunsmith
J
J
Whitesmith
J
Knifemaker
J
Veterinarian
J
Welding/Repair Shop
J
School Instructor
J
Tack Shop
J
J
J
Check
Credit Card
Money Order
J
Signature
__________________________________________________________________________________________
1-888-743-4866
203
ORDER FORM
Phone: 928-554-0700 z FAX: 928-554-0800
1-888-PIEH TOOL (743-4866)
Date
_________________________________________________
Customer Number
_______________________________
SHIPPING ADDRESS
Name
Shipping To
________________________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address
City
State
______________________________________
Province
_________________________________
_________
Country
Zip
Phone
__________________________________________
Fax
J
____________________________________
Province
_______________________________
DESCRIPTION
Business
J
Zip
____________________________
______________________________________
UNIT PRICE
TOTAL
Subtotal
($10 Minimum Order)
J
Priority Mail
J
J
J
J
J
UPS Ground
Overnight Standard
2nd Day
3rd Day
Saturday Delivery
Back Orders OK
_________
Country
U/M
J
J
State
www.piehtoolco.com
_________________________________________________________________
ITEM NUMBER
Residential
_________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________
J
City
_________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Address
______________________________
E-mail
QUANTITY
Name
___________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Tax (AZ 9.35%)
Shipping*
($15 per pallet)
Handling/US MAIL
($2.50 per package)
Handling/Overseas*
($7 per package)
TOTAL
J
Blacksmith
J
Jeweler
J
Horsesowner
J
Farrier
Fabricator
J
Gunsmith
J
J
Whitesmith
J
Knifemaker
J
Veterinarian
J
Welding/Repair Shop
J
School Instructor
J
Tack Shop
J
J
J
Check
Credit Card
Money Order
J
Signature
204
__________________________________________________________________________________________
www.piehtoolco.com
HAMM
E R ’S
BLOW
Journal
of
the Artist-
Blacksmit
A Quarterly
hs’ Associ
ation of
North Ame
ric
a
ABANA'S
NATIONA
L CURR
IC
GRILLE
Publication
+LVWRU\
RI
Of
Vol. 19,#
1
Winter 2011
<HDUV
ULUM
PROJEC
T
$UWLVW%ODFNVPLWKV
Association of North America, Inc.
A
8
EiGHT
Magazines
a year
HAM
$&21)(5(
( 9 ( 5 < 7 :2 1 & (
<($56
M
ER’S
BLO
W
JOURNAL OF
THE
ARTIST-BLACKSM
ITHS’
ASSOCIATION
R’
HAMME
OF
NORTH AMERICA
Publication
A Quarterly Publication
S
OW
LO
BL
A Quarterly
Of
Of
S’
LACKSMITH
HE ARTIST-B
VOL
THE
. 15, # 1OF TH
JOURNAL
WINTER 2007
ASSOCIATION OF
NORTH AMERICA
VOL. 14, # 4
FALL 2006
HAMMER’S
BLOW
JOURNAL OF THE ARTIST
-BLACKSMITHS’ ASSOCIATION
A Quarterly Publication
OF
NORTH AMERICA
Off
VOL. 14, # 3
2006
SUMMER
ABANA
259 Muddy Fork Road
2
JJonesborough, TN 37659
423/913-1022
OVA L
R I V E TS
To o l i n
g b y Ma
rk Asp
ery
WHERE
TS A R E
NUGGE
D THEM
YO U F I N
e
Ja y C l o s
To n g s b y
AT T H E A B A
NA
CO N F E R E N C
E
WWW.ABANA.ORG
1-888-743-4866
205
NEW REPORT — FREE DOWNLOAD
Top Tips From Hoof-Care Professionals From Around The World
100 Tips Guaranteed To
Improve Your Farrier Practice
Use these tips to improve your trimming
and shoeing techniques, increase your
efficiency, run your business more
profitably and much more!
Tips & Techniques On...
• Trimming And Shoeing
• Shoeing Ideas
• Tools And Product Tips
• Importance Of Conformation
• Business Advice
• Farrier Health Concerns
• Discipline And Breed Tips
• Therapeutic And Health Issues
• Backyard Horses
Get Your FREE
DOWNLOAD NOW!
Visit AmericanFarriers.com/ff/100tips
206
www.piehtoolco.com
1-888-743-4866
207
208
www.piehtoolco.com
I n d ex
Abrasives (Also see Polishing Rouges)
Belts..................................................... 125-126
Buffing Wheels, Sanding Discs............. 119-120
Grinding & Cut-Off Wheels/Discs .. 118-119, 126
Wire Wheels/Brushes .................................. 118
Adver tisers ....................................... 205-208
Air Hammer and Dies
Sahinler Power Hammer, Air Hammer Dies . 138
Air Tools (JET) ........................................ 135
Air Gates................................................. 146
Anatomy Char ts (Equine) ...................... 193
Anti-Fungal/Disease Remedies ........ 50-52
Antiseptics & First Aid .......................... 52
Anvil Stands ............................................. 74
Anvils .................................................... 70-72
Anvil Devils .............................................. 65
Axes ........................................................... 81
Aprons (Farrier & Blacksmith) ................54, 67
Babbitting Supplies, Ingots ................ 149
Band Saws
Portable .......................................... 109, 114
Stationery (Horizontal, Vertical) .............. 131
Accessories............................................ 124
Bar Stock Shear .................................... 133
Bees Wax ................................................ 103
Belt Sanders .......................................... 130
Benders (Hydraulic Pipe) .................. 134, 145
Blacksmith Classes ................................ 73
Blacksmith Kits ..................................... 158
Blind Bolts (Knifemaker) ........................... 95
Blowers (Electric) .............................. 146-147
Books
Armor ..................................................... 183
Blacksmithing-Decorative/Sculpture ...... 169-175
Blacksmithing-Techniques/Projects ........ 164-169
Design & Style ....................................... 186
Foundry/Metallurgy ................................. 177
Horse Care ............................................ 191
Horseshoeing ................................... 189-190
Jewelry & PMC ................................. 184-185
Knifemaking ..................................... 162-163
Oxen & Mules ........................................ 192
Patinas & Finishes ................................. 176
Raising, Repousse ........................... 180-182
Shop Equipment ..................................... 179
Trades & Crafts ................................ 187-188
Borium Sticks (Carbraze) ....................... 148
Brushes (Wire) .......................................... 94
C-Clamps ................................................. 107
Chasing Tools .......................................... 91
Chisels .................................................65, 86
Chop Saw .................................................110
Cleaners, Rust Removal ...................... 103
Clinch Blocks ........................................... 65
Clinch Cutters .................................... 64-65
Clinchers & Rebuilds ............................. 64
Clip Star ter .............................................. 66
Clothing, Suspenders ..................... 159-160
Coal & Coke ........................................... 147
Crease Nail Pullers & Rebuilds............ 62
Creasers (Fullers) ................................... 67
Crucibles & Tongs ................................ 157
Drill Bits............................................ 121-123
Drill Presses .......................................... 130
DVDs
Armor ..................................................... 194
Blacksmithing ................................... 194-196
Chasing & Repousse .............................. 196
Copper & Fold Forming .......................... 196
Gunsmithing ........................................... 199
Horseshoeing ......................................... 199
Knifemaking ..................................... 197-199
Ear Plugs .................................................. 69
Farrier Trimming Kit .............................. 60
Feed Supplements .................................. 53
Files & Handles .................................. 58-59
Fire Pot ................................................... 146
Flatters ..................................................... 88
Fluxes (Brazing, Welding)................... 147-148
Fly Presses, Tooling & Stand ....... 142-143
Fly Spray, Masks, Insecticides ............ 53
Forepunches ............................................ 66
Forges & Accessories-Coal, Coke
Forges ................................................... 146
Parts-Air Gates, Hood, Fire Pot .............. 146
Forges & Accessories-Gas (Portable)
Blacksmith, Knifemaker, Farrier ............ 150-156
Parts:Fittings, Gauges, Hoses ............. 150-156
Reliner Kits ....................... 150-153, 155-156
Fullers
Fuller Punches & Sets .............................. 90
Fullers (Creasers) .................................... 67
Guillotine Fullers ...................................... 88
Fur naces-Industrial
Crucible Furnaces .................................. 157
Furnace Forges ...................................... 154
Gift Cer tificates .................................... 160
Gifts (Jewelry, Hats, T-Shirts) ............. 160-161
Gloves (Kevlar, Cotton, Leather, Latex) ....... 68
Gold Pan, Classifiers .............................. 81
Gouges ...................................................... 65
Grease Gun .............................................117
Grinders, Buffers .............. 110-111, 129-130
Hammer Handles & Accessories ... 81-82
Hammers (Also see Mallets)
Ball Pein .................................................. 77
Brass/Copper/Goldsmith ........................... 80
Chasing & Repousse ................................ 83
Cross Pein .......................................... 76-78
Diagonal Pein ........................................... 76
Driving, Farrier ......................................... 79
Embossing ............................................... 83
Ergonomic ................................................ 76
Lapidary ................................................... 80
Planishing ................................................ 83
Raising .................................................... 83
Rounding ............................................ 76-77
Sledges............................................... 78-79
Split-Head (Rawhide) ............................... 80
Straight Pein ............................................ 76
Hand Stamps ............................................ 85
Hardy Tools (Chisel, Forks etc) .......65, 86-88
Hardener (Heat Treating) ......................... 148
Heat Gun ..................................................117
Hoists (Electric, Manual) .......................... 134
Hoof Boots .......................................... 35-36
Hoof Gauges ............................................ 63
Hoof Hardeners & Sealants .................. 51
Hoof Knives......................................... 55-56
Hoof Nippers, Rebuilds, Springs ..... 60-61
Hoof Packing ...................................... 48-49
Hoof Pads (Also see Pad Cutter)
Bar .......................................................... 40
Draft ........................................................ 42
Egg Bar ................................................... 43
Flat .......................................................... 42
Frog, Thera-Flex, Inserts ..................... 43-45
Hospital ................................................... 45
Leather .................................................... 41
Magnetic .................................................. 44
Rim ..................................................... 42-43
Snow .................................................. 43-44
Styrofoam ................................................ 45
Therapeutic ......................................... 44-45
Wedge ...........................................40-41, 43
Hoof Picks ................................................ 63
Hoof Repair (Urethane, Acrylic) ............ 46-47
Hoof Sealants, Moisturizers ................. 51
Hoof Stands ............................................. 38
Hoof Staples .......................................26, 46
Hoof Testers ............................................ 62
Horse Polishes, Coat Detangler ........... 52
Horseshoe Nails ..................................... 3-5
Horseshoes-Aluminum
Bar (Egg, Navicular, Straight, Heart) .... 33-34
Navicular.............................................27, 33
Racing Plates ...................................... 29-32
Open Roller (Rocker) ........................... 32-33
Sport ..............................................27-28, 32
Therapeutic (Denoix, Natural Balance) ...... 27
Horseshoes-Glue-On ............................... 35
Horseshoes-Plastic (Clogs, Polysteel) .... 34
Horseshoes-Rubber ................................ 37
Horseshoes-Steel
Concave (Handmade) ............................... 19
Draft ................................................... 22-23
Egg Bars ............................................. 23-25
Gaited, Walking, Weighted ................... 15-16
Half-Round ................................................11
Mule ........................................................ 22
Pony ........................................................ 22
Riding (Plain) ........................................ 6-13
Rim ..................................................... 16-18
Sliding Plates ...................................... 20-22
Sport ................................................... 13-15
Therapeutic (Center Fit, Nat. Balance) . 19-20
Toed & Heeled, Heeled ............................. 13
Training Plates ......................................... 16
1-888-743-4866
Ironworkers (Edwards) .................... 144-145
Invoice Pads (Farrier) ............................. 192
Jig Saw ....................................................115
Kao-Wool (Forge Lining) .......................... 153
Knife Sharpeners (Also see Abrasives) .. 106
Lag Bolts ............................................. 98-99
Levels ...................................................... 108
Lighting (Portable) ................................... 137
Liniments .................................................. 52
Magazines .............................................. 192
Magnets ................................................. 105
Mallets (Hickory, Rawhide, UHMB) ........80, 84
Mandrel Cones ......................................... 87
Metal For ming Stakes, Tools ........... 84-88
Metal Marking (Pencils, Soapstone) ....... 108
Nail Headers ............................................ 88
Nail Nippers ............................................. 60
Order For ms ................................... 201-204
Pad Cutter ................................................ 41
Palm Nailer.............................................. 116
Patinas & Gilders Paste ....... 100-101, 104
Picks (Rock) ............................................... 80
Pitch Bowls & Pitch ............................... 90
Pliers ....................................................... 106
Polishing Rouges & Waxes
Renaissance Wax & Bees Wax ............... 103
Rouges (for Grinding) ....................... 126-127
Poultices ................................................... 52
Power Tools (Corded, Cordless)
Angle Grinders, Polisher ............ 110-111, 135
Combo Kits ............................................. 115
Die Grinders, Multi-Tools ... 110-111, 115, 135
Drills, Impact Drivers ......... 110, 112-113, 135
Saws .................................. 109-110, 114-115
Shears ............................. 107, 111, 116, 133
Tubing Cutter .......................................... 116
Power Tool Accessories (Corded, Cordless)
Bandsaw. Sawzall Blades ................. 124-125
Drills Bits ......................................... 121-123
Wire Wheels, Sanding Discs ............. 118-120
Primers, Sealers ................................... 102
Pritchels .............................................. 65-66
Pull-Offs .................................................... 62
Punches
Ball Punches .....................................89, 143
Center Punches........................... 66, 89, 143
Drift Punches ........................................... 89
Eye Punches .....................................90, 143
Fullering Punches..................................... 90
Round Punches (Handled) ........................ 88
Power Hammer Set ................................ 141
Radio ........................................................117
Rasp Handles/Holders ....................... 59-60
Rasps (Hoof) ......................................... 57-58
Refractor y Cement ............................... 153
Rivets, Burrs, Rivet Headers, Nails . 95-97
Rose Blanks ............................................. 88
Rules, Tape Measurers ...... 60, 63, 107-108
Safety Glasses ........................................ 69
Saw Blades ...................................... 124-125
Saws ...................... 109-110, 114-115, 131-132
Screws (Pyramid Head) .............................. 99
Scrolling Jigs/Wrenches ................... 87-88
Shears (Hand-held, Slitting & Foot Style) 41,133
Sheet Metal Hand Brakes ................... 132
Shoe Spreaders ....................................... 62
Shoeing Boxes ......................................... 39
Squares, Protractors ...................... 107-108
Stall Jacks ............................................... 74
Stud Punches ........................................... 66
Studs, Plugs ............................................. 25
Swage Blocks .......................................... 86
Swages & Texturing (Also see Air Hammer)
Spring Swages ....................................... 140
Top & Bottom ......................................... 139
Temperature Laser Gun ........................ 116
Ter ms and Conditions ......................... 200
Tinning Compounds & Pastes ............ 149
Toe Clips, V-Inserts, Heel Springs, Rails ..26
Tongs (Also see Pliers) ................... 92-94, 157
Treadle Hammer & Dies ...................... 141
Tubing Cutters ................................ 109, 116
Tooth Float, Twitch ................................ 52
Utility Knives, Saws ............................. 109
Vet Wrap ................................................... 47
Vises ..................................................... 74-75
Vise Grips, Wrenches ...................... 87, 107
Voltage Detector .................................... 116
Wing Dividers ........................................... 63
Vol. 14-1

Blacksmith Metalsmith Knifemaker Farrier

Transcription

Similar documents

025

USS CONYNGHAM DDG-17 History Collection

ordering instructions mail order

Product sheet BBPE050.4A

hoofmaker endorsements - MSB International Ltd

easyPilot Cobra™ Shootbolt

mystery ship of wwii, the surcouf

OCTOPUS GRUPA – ISTRAŽIVAČKI RAD UZ PODRŠKU

Going Global Gets Easy

012602 Art. VESPINO